Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Infrastructure / Priority Technology Holdings, Inc.

Priority Technology Holdings, Inc.

prth · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker prth
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Infrastructure
Employees 1005
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Priority Technology Holdings, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
 SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

X       ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

☐       TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ____________ to __________                  
Commission file number: 001-37872

Priority Technology Holdings, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

2001 Westside Parkway, Suite 155
Alpharetta, Georgia

(Address of principal executive offices)

47-4257046

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

30004

(Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (800) 935-5961

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

  Name of each exchange on which registered

Common stock, $0.001 par value
Warrants
Units, each consisting of one share of common stock and one warrant

  Nasdaq Global Market
  Nasdaq Global Market
  Nasdaq Global Market

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No (X)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No (X)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and  (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes  (X)     No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this
chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).   Yes  (X)     No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of
registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company.  See the
definitions of "large accelerated filer," ''accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer  

☐
X

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

☐
X

X

 If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting
standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  ☐    No  (X)

As of June 29, 2018, the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates
of the registrant was approximately $52.8 million (based upon the closing sale price of the common stock on that date on The Nasdaq Capital Market).

As of March 22, 2019, 67,458,396 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, were issued and outstanding.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  Priority Technology Holdings, Inc.
Annual Report on Form 10-K
For the Year Ended December 31, 2018

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Terms Used in the Annual Report on Form 10-K
Part I.

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A. 
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Item 13.
Item 14.
Item 15.
Item 16.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

Part II.

Part III.

Part IV.

Signatures

Page

1
2
20
41
41
41
41
42
43
44
58
59
104
104
105
106
106

106
106
106
107
109

110

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Some  of  the  statements  made  in  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  constitute  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  federal  securities  laws.  Such  forward-
looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management's expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In
addition,  any  statements  that  refer  to  projections,  forecasts  or  other  characterizations  of  future  events  or  circumstances,  such  as  statements  about  our  future  financial
performance,  including  any  underlying  assumptions,  are  forward-  looking  statements.  The  words  "anticipate,"  "believe,"  "continue,"  "could,"  "estimate,"  "expect,"  "future,"
"goal,"  "intend,"  "likely,"  "may,"  "might,"  "plan,"  "possible,"  "potential,"  "predict,"  "project,"  "seek,"  "should,"  "would,"  "will,"  "approximately,"  "shall"  and  similar
expressions  may  identify  forward-looking  statements,  but  the  absence  of  these  words  does  not  mean  that  a  statement  is  not  forward-looking.  Forward-looking  statements
contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K include, but are not limited to, statements about:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

in 

of 

use 

regulation, 

distribution

in  our  processing

the  payment  processing

competition 
industry;
the 
partners;
any  unauthorized  disclosures  of  merchant  or  cardholder  data,  whether  through  breach  of  our  computer  systems,  computer  viruses,  or
otherwise;
any  breakdowns 
systems;
government 
information;
the 
vendors;
any  changes  in  card  association  and  debit  network  fees  or
products;
any  failure  to  comply  with  the  rules  established  by  payment  networks  or  standards  established  by  third-party
processor;
any  proposed  acquisitions  or  any  risks  associated  with  completed  acquisitions;
and
other risks and uncertainties set forth in the "Item 1A - Risk Factors" section of this Annual Report on Form 10-
K.

regulation  of 

third-party

including 

consumer

use 

of 

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their
potential effects on us. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements in deciding whether to invest in our securities. We cannot assure you that
future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond
our control) or other assumptions, including the risk factors set forth on page 20 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, that may cause our actual results or performance to be
materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our
assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements.

In addition, statements that "we believe" and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to
us as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or
incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information.
These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

You should read this Annual Report on Form 10-K with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be materially
different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they were made. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of
new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

As  used  in  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  unless  the  context  otherwise  requires,  references  to  the  terms  "Company,"  "Priority,"  "we,"  "us"  and  "our"  refer  to  Priority
Technology Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Terms Used in the Annual Report on Form 10-K

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Basis of Presentation

PART I.

On July 25, 2018, MI Acquisitions, Inc. ("MI Acquisitions"), which was formed under the laws of the State of Delaware on April 23, 2015, acquired all of the outstanding
member equity interests of Priority Holdings, LLC in exchange for the issuance of MI Acquisitions' common stock. As a result, Priority Holdings, LLC, which was previously a
privately-owned company, became a wholly-owned subsidiary of MI Acquisitions (the "Business Combination").  Simultaneously, MI Acquisitions changed its name to Priority
Technology Holdings, Inc. For financial accounting and reporting purposes under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("GAAP"), the acquisition was
accounted for as a "reverse merger." Under this method of accounting, MI Acquisitions is treated as the acquired entity whereby Priority Holdings, LLC was deemed to have
issued  common  stock  for  the  net  assets  and  equity  of  MI Acquisitions  accompanied  by  a  simultaneous  equity  recapitalization  of  Priority  Holdings,  LLC. Net  assets  of  the
Company are stated at historical cost and accordingly the equity and net assets of the Company have not been adjusted to fair value. As of July 25, 2018, the consolidated
financial statements of the Company include the combined operations, cash flows, and financial positions of both MI Acquisitions and Priority Holdings, LLC.  Prior to July 25,
2018, the results of operations, cash flows, and financial position are those of Priority Holdings, LLC. The units and corresponding capital amounts and earnings per unit of
Priority Holdings, LLC prior to July 25, 2018 have been retroactively restated as shares reflecting the exchange ratio established in the recapitalization.

 Overview of the Company

We are a leading provider of merchant acquiring and commercial payment solutions, offering unique product capabilities to small and medium businesses ("SMBs"), enterprises
and distribution partners such as retail independent sales organizations ("ISOs"), financial institutions ("FIs"), wholesale ISOs, and independent software vendors ("ISVs") in the
United States. The Company, then Priority Holdings, LLC, was founded in 2005 with a mission to build a merchant inspired payments platform that would advance the goals of
our SMB and enterprise clients and distribution partners. Since 2013, we have grown from the 38th largest U.S. merchant acquirer to become the 13th largest and 6th largest
non-bank merchant acquirer as of the end of 2017, measured by Visa and MasterCard purchase volume according to the December 2017 Nilson Report. In 2018 and 2017, we
processed  over 466 million  and 439 million transactions, respectively, and over $38 billion  and $35 billion, respectively, in bankcard payment volume across approximately
181,000 and 174,000, respectively, merchants. Headquartered in Alpharetta, Georgia, we had 562 employees as of December 31, 2018 and are led by an experienced group of
payments executives.

Our  growth  has  been  underpinned  by  three  key  strengths:  (1)  a  cost-efficient,  agile  payment  and  business  processing  infrastructure,  known  internally  as  Vortex.Cloud  and
Vortex.OS, (2) two proprietary product platforms: the MX product suite targeting the consumer payments market and the commercial payments exchange ("CPX") product suite
targeting the commercial payments market and (3) focused distribution engines dedicated to selling into business-to-consumer ("B2C") and commercial payments business-to-
business ("B2B") markets.

The MX Product line provides technology-enabled payment acceptance and business management capabilities to merchants, enterprises and our distribution partners. The MX
product line includes: (1) our MX ISO/Agent and VIMAS reseller technology systems (collectively referred to as "MX Connect") and (2) our MX Merchant products, which
together provide resellers and merchant clients, a flexible and customizable set of business applications that help better manage critical business work functions and revenue
performance  using  core  payment  processing  as  our  leverage  point.  MX  Connect  provides  our  consumer  payments  reselling  partners  with  automated  tools  that  support  low
friction merchant on-boarding, underwriting and risk management, client service, and commission processing through a single mobile-enabled, web-based interface. The result
is  a  smooth  merchant  activation  onto  our  flagship  consumer  payments  offering,  MX  Merchant,  which  provides  core  processing  and  business  solutions  to  SMB  clients.  In
addition to payment processing, the MX Merchant product line encompasses a variety of proprietary and third-party product applications that merchants can adopt such as MX
Insights, MX Storefront, MX Retail, MX Invoice, MX B2B and ACH.com, among others. This comprehensive suite of solutions enables merchants to identify key consumer
trends in their business, quickly implement e-commerce or retail point-of-sale ("POS") solutions, and even handle automated clearing house ("ACH") payments. By empowering
resellers to adopt a consultative selling approach and embedding our technology into the critical day-

2

 
 
 
Table of Contents

to-day  workflows  and  operations  of  both  merchants  and  resellers,  we  believe  that  we  have  established  and  maintained  "sticky"  relationships. We  believe  that  our  strong
retention, coupled with consistent merchant boarding, have resulted in strong processing volume and revenue growth.

The CPX platform, like the MX Product line, provides a complete solution suite designed to monetize all types of B2B payments by maximizing automation for buyers and
suppliers. CPX supports virtual card, purchase card, electronic fund transfer, ACH and check payments, intelligently routing each transaction via the optimal payment method.
Underlying our MX and CPX platforms is the Company's Vortex.Cloud and Vortex.OS enterprise infrastructure, a curated cloud and application programming interface ("API")
driven operating system built for scale and agility.

We  developed  an  entirely  virtual  computing  infrastructure  in  2012.  This  infrastructure,  known  as  Vortex.Cloud,  is  a  highly-available,  redundant,  and  audited  payment  card
industry ("PCI"), Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act ("HIPAA"), NACHA, and Financial Stability Oversight Council (the "FSOC") computing platform with
centralized security and technical operations. We strive to enable Vortex.Cloud to maintain 99.999% uptime. All computational and IP assets of our operating companies are
hosted and managed on Vortex.Cloud infrastructure. With Vortex.Cloud, we have constructed a uniform set of APIs, called Vortex.OS (operating system), that provide critical
functionality to our payment divisions. The Vortex OS APIs provide electronic payments, security/crypto, data persistence, time series data (events), and artificial intelligence
(AI). The MX and CPX product platforms leverage Vortex.OS and Vortex.Cloud for maximum scalability, high-availability, security, and access to advanced feature sets. The
combined result is a purpose build infrastructure and product offering that produces solid organic growth and profit margin results. Furthermore, in addition to supporting a
modern product stack, Vortex.Cloud and Vortex.OS enable the rapid inclusion of data and systems of acquisition targets for smooth consolidation to our operating infrastructure
and accelerate achievement of revenue and cost synergies.

We sell our B2C merchant acquiring solutions primarily to SMBs through a growing and diverse reseller network, including ISOs, FIs, ISVs, Value-Added Resellers ("VARs")
and  other  referral  partners.  We  maintain  stable,  long-term  relationships  with  our  resellers,  bolstered  by  the  integration  of  MX  Connect,  a  powerful  customer  relationship
management ("CRM") and business operating system. MX Connect is used by our resellers and internal teams to manage their merchant base and accelerate the growth of their
businesses through various value-added tools and resources which include marketing resources, automated onboarding, merchant underwriting, merchant activity monitoring
and  reporting.  In  addition,  we  offer  ISVs  and  VARs  a  technology  "agnostic"  and  feature  rich API,  providing  developers  with  the  ability  to  integrate  electronic  payment
acceptance  into  their  software  and  improve  boarding  efficiency  for  their  merchant  base.  For  the  end  user,  MX  Merchant  provides  a  customizable,  virtual  terminal  with
proprietary business management tools and add-on applications that create an integrated merchant experience. MX Merchant's add-on applications include invoicing, website
builder, inventory management and customer engagement and data analytics focused on targeted marketing among others. These proprietary business management tools and
add-on applications, coupled with our omni-channel payment solutions, enable us to achieve attrition rates that, we believe, are well below industry average. MX Merchant can
be deployed on hardware from a variety of vendors and operated either as a standalone product or integrated with third-party software. Through MX Merchant, we are well-
positioned to capitalize on the trend towards integrated payments solutions, new technology adoption, and value-added service utilization in the SMB market. Our broad go-to-
market strategy has resulted in a merchant base that is both industry and geographically diversified in the United States, resulting in low industry and merchant concentration.

In addition to our B2C offering, we have diversified our source of revenues through our growing presence in the B2B market. We work with enterprise clients and leading
financial institutions seeking to automate their accounts payable processes. We provide curated managed services and a robust suite of integrated accounts payable automation
solutions to industry leading financial institutions and card networks such as Citibank, MasterCard, Visa and American Express, among others. Unlike the consumer payments
business  which  advocates  a  variable  cost  indirect  sales  strategy,  Priority  Commercial  Payments  supports  a  direct  sales  model  that  provides  turnkey  merchant  development,
product sales, and supplier enablement programs. CPX offers clients a seamless bridge for buyer to supplier (payor to provider) payments by integrating directly to a buyer's
payment  instruction  file  and  parsing  it  for  payment  to  suppliers  via  virtual  card,  purchase  card, ACH  +,  dynamic  discounting,  or  check.  Successful  implementation  of  our
Accounts Payable ("AP") automation solutions provides suppliers with the benefits of cash acceleration, buyers with valuable rebate/discount revenue, and the Company with
stable sources of payment processing and other revenue. Considering that the commercial payments volume in the United States is over twice the size of consumer payments
and substantially less penetrated for electronic payments, we believe that this market represents a high growth opportunity for us.

3

 
 
 
Table of Contents

More recently, we began to build our Integrated Partners component which offers solutions for ISVs, third-party integrators, and merchants that allow for the leveraging of our
core payments engine via application program interfaces ("APIs") resources. Integrated Partners connects businesses with other businesses and their customers in the real estate,
hospitality, and health care marketplaces.

We generate revenue primarily from fees charged for processing payment transactions, and to a lesser extent, from monthly subscription services and other solutions provided to
merchants. Processing fees are generated from the ongoing sales of our merchants under multi-year merchant contracts, and thus are highly recurring in nature. Due to the
nature of our strong reseller-centric distribution model and differentiated technology offering, we can drive efficient scale and operating leverage, generating robust margins and
profitability.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, we generated revenue of $424.4 million, a net loss of $15.0 million and Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP measure) of $52.9 million,
compared to revenue of $425.6 million, net income of $4.6 million and Adjusted EBITDA of  $56.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. For a discussion of Adjusted
EBITDA and a reconciliation to net income (loss), the most directly comparable measure under GAAP, please see the section entitled "Item 7 - Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations—Certain Non-GAAP Measures" elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Industry Overview

The  B2C  payment  processing  industry  provides  merchants  with  credit,  debit,  gift  and  loyalty  card  and  other  payment  processing  services,  along  with  related  value-added
solutions  and  information  services.  The  industry  continues  to  grow,  driven  by  wider  merchant  acceptance,  increased  consumer  use  of  electronic  payments  and  advances  in
payment technology. The proliferation of bankcards and use of other payment technologies has made the acceptance of electronic payments through multiple channels a virtual
necessity for many businesses, regardless of size, to remain competitive. This increased use and acceptance of bankcards and the availability of more sophisticated products and
services has resulted in a highly competitive and specialized industry.

Services to the SMB merchant market have been historically characterized by basic payment processing without ready access to more sophisticated technology, value-added
solutions, or customer service that are typically offered to large merchants. To keep up with the changing demands of how consumers wish to pay for goods and services, we
believe  that  SMB  merchants  increasingly  recognize  the  need  for  value-added  services  wrapped  around  omni-channel  payment  solutions  that  are  tailored  to  their  specific
business needs.

Key Industry Trends

The following are key trends we believe are impacting the merchant acquiring / payment processing industry:

•

•

Trend Toward Electronic Transactions. We believe the continued shift from cash/paper payments toward electronic / card payments will drive growth for merchant
acquirers  and  processors  as  volume  continues  to  grow  correspondingly. According  to  the  December  2017  Nilson  Report,  card  and  electronic-based  payments  will
make-up 83% of U.S. consumer payments (dollar volume) by 2021, compared to 64% and 75% in 2011 and 2016, respectively. We believe the continued migration
from cash to card and overall market growth will continue to provide tailwinds to the electronic payments industry.

Increasing Demand for Integrated Payments.  Merchant  acquirers  are  increasingly  differentiating  themselves  from  competitors  via  innovative  technology,  including
integrated POS solutions ("integrated payments"). Integrated payments refer to the integration of payment processing with various software solutions and applications
that are sold by VARs and ISVs. Integrated software tools help merchants manage their businesses, streamline processes, lower costs, increase accuracy, and drive
growth for businesses. The broader solutions delivered as part of an integrated payments platform have become an increasingly important consideration point for many
SMBs,  whereas  pricing  was  historically  the  key  factor  influencing  the  selection  of  a  merchant  acquirer.  Merchant  acquirers  that  partner  with  VARs  and  ISVs  to
integrate payments with software or own the software outright may benefit most from new revenue streams and higher merchant retention.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

• Mobile Payments. Historically, e-commerce was conducted on a computer via a web browser; however, as mobile technologies continue to proliferate, consumers are
making more purchases through mobile browsers and native mobile applications. We believe this shift represents a significant opportunity given the high growth rates
of  mobile  payments  volume,  higher  fees  for  card-not-present  and  cross-border  processing  and  potential  for  the  in-app  economy  to  stimulate  and/or  alter  consumer
spending behavior.

• Migration to EMV. EMV, which stands for Europay, MasterCard and Visa, is the global payments standard that utilizes chip technology on cards designed to increase
security. EMV technology employs dynamic authentication for each transaction, rendering any data copied from magnetic strip readers to produce counterfeit cards
unusable. Demand for EMV ready terminals should remain resilient in the near term due to the following:

•

•

The United States was one of the last countries to adopt EMV technology, leaving a large group of merchants still transitioning to the EMV standards;
and

U.S. merchants are penalized for failing to comply with EMV standards by bearing the chargeback risk when presented with an EMV enabled card when the
terminal is non-compliant.

The large majority of our third-party products are EMV enabled, and we expect that most new hardware sales will be EMV enabled devices, although all hardware sales
constitute only a small portion of our total revenue.

B2B payments is the largest payment market in the United States by volume and presents a significant opportunity for payment providers to capitalize on the conversion of
check and paper-based payments to electronic payments, including card-based acceptance. As businesses have increasingly looked to improve efficiency and reduce costs, the
electronification of B2B payments has gained momentum. Business Insider estimates that over 51% of B2B volume was paid via check in 2016, mainly due to the complex and
cumbersome process associated with B2B payments, including invoicing, delayed payment terms and use of multiple banks.

Electronics Payments Overview

The  payment  processing  and  services  industry  provides  the  infrastructure  and  services  necessary  to  enable  the  acceptance,  processing,  clearing  and  settlement  of  electronic
payments predominantly consisting of credit card, debit card, ACH payments, gift cards and loyalty rewards programs. Characterized by recurring revenues, high operating
leverage, and robust cash flow generation, the industry continues to benefit from the mass migration from cash and checks to electronic payments. According to the December
2017 Nilson Report, purchase volume on credit, debit and prepaid cards in the United States was approximately $6.2 trillion in 2016 and is estimated to reach nearly $8.5 trillion
by 2021, a compound annual growth rate of 6.6%.

There are five key participants in the payment processing value chain: (i) card issuing banks, (ii) merchant acquirers, (iii) payment networks, (iv) merchant processors and (v)
sponsor banks. Each of these participants performs key functions in the electronic payments process, while other entities, such as terminal manufacturers, gateway providers and
independent sales organizations also play important functions within the value chain.

•

Card Issuing Banks  –  Typically  financial  institutions  that  issue  credit/debit  cards  to  consumers  (also  underwrite  the  risk  associated  the  cards),  authorize  (check  for
fraud  and  sufficient  funds)  transactions  and  transfer  funds  through  the  payment  networks  for  settlement.  Some  card  issuers  do  not  have  the  ability  to  process
transactions in-house, in which case the issuer may engage a card processor.

• Merchant  Acquirers  –  Firms  that  sign  up  merchants  to  their  platform  through  a  variety  of  sales  channels,  enabling  them  to  accept,  process  and  settle  electronic
payments. Additionally, merchant acquirers provide other value-added services to help merchants run their businesses more efficiently, such as helping to select POS
hardware and providing customer support and services.

•

Payment Networks – Card brand companies, such as MasterCard or Visa, that set rules and provide the rails to route transactions and information between card issuers,
merchant acquirers and payments processors in real-time over vast communication networks.

5

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

• Merchant  Processors  –  Firms  that  provide  the  technology  needed  to  allow  for  payment  authorization,  data  transmission,  data  security  and  settlement  functions.

Oftentimes the term merchant acquirer and processor are used synonymously; however, they perform two distinct functions (sometimes provided by the same entity).

•

Sponsor Banks – Financial Institutions that are acquiring members of Visa and MasterCard and  provide  sponsorship  access  to  acquirers  and  processors  to  the  card
networks. Sponsor banks provide merchants the ultimate access to the card networks for their processing activity.

The  industry  also  includes  other  third-party  providers,  including  service,  software  and  hardware  companies  that  provide  products  and  services  designed  to  improve  the
experience for issuers, merchants and merchant acquirers. This category includes mobile payment enablers, terminal manufacturers, and ISV's.

Each electronic payment transaction consists of two key steps: the front-end authorization and back end settlement.

•

•

Front End Authorization – The original request for payment authorization that occurs when the card is swiped or inserted at the POS or the data is entered into an
online gateway.

Back End Settlement – The settlement and clearing process consists of settling outstanding payables and receivables between the card issuing bank & merchant bank.
This process is facilitated by a back-end processor that utilizes the network's platform to send outstanding payable information and funds between the two parties.

A credit or debit card transaction carried out offline or through signature debit is a two-message process, with the front end occurring at the POS and the back end occurring
later as a part of a batch processing system that clears all of the day's payments from transaction occurring throughout the day. Credit and debit card transactions carried out with
personal identification numbers consist of a single message, whereby the authorization and clearing occur immediately – the money is instantly debited from the cardholder's
checking account, although the settlement of funds (the transfer to the merchant's account) may happen later as part of a batch process.

6

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Competitive Strengths

We  possess  certain  attributes  that  we  believe  differentiate  us  as  a  leading  provider  of  merchant  acquiring  and  commercial  payment  solutions  in  the  United  States.  Our  key
competitive strengths include:

Purpose-Built Proprietary Technology

We  have  strategically  built  our  proprietary  software  to  provide  technology-enabled  payment  acceptance  and  business  management  solutions  to  merchants,  enterprises  and
resellers. The MX product line is embedded into the critical day-to-day workflows and operations of both merchants and resellers, leading to highly "sticky" relationships and
high retention. CPX provides a complete commercial solution suite that monetizes commercial payments and maximizes automation for buyers and suppliers. By integrating
with Vortex.Cloud and Vortex.OS, MX and CPX can scale in a cost-effective and efficient manner, while enhancing features and functionality. Both product lines also support
low  friction  merchant  onboarding  and  an  integrated  value-added  product  offering  for  merchants,  resellers  and  ISVs  in  the  consumer  and  commercial  payment  space.
Furthermore, in addition to supporting a modern user experience, Vortex.Cloud enables the rapid inclusion of data and systems of acquisition targets for smooth consolidation to
our operating infrastructure and accelerates achievement of revenue and of cost synergies.

Diverse Reseller Community

We  maintain  strong  reseller  relationships  with  approximately  1,000  ISOs,  FIs,  ISVs,  VARs  and  other  referral  partners.  MX  Connect  enables  resellers  to  efficiently  market
merchant acquiring solutions to a broad base of merchants through this one-to-many distribution model. Resellers leverage MX Connect's powerful CRM and business operating
features  to  manage  their  internal  sales  teams  and  engage  their  merchant  base  through  various  value-added  tools  and  resources,  such  as  marketing  resources,  automated
onboarding, merchant underwriting, merchant activity monitoring and reporting, to support the growth of their businesses. We believe that our ability to service our reseller
partners  through  a  comprehensive  offering  provides  a  competitive  advantage  that  has  allowed  the  company  to  build  a  large,  diverse  merchant  base  characterized  by  high
retention. The strength of our technology offering is manifest in the fact that we maintain ownership of merchant contracts, with most reseller contracts including strong non-
solicit and portability restrictions.

Comprehensive Suite of Payment Solutions

MX Merchant offers a comprehensive and differentiated suite of traditional and emerging payment products and services that enables SMBs to address their payment needs
through one provider. We provide a payment processing platform that allows merchants to accept electronic payments (e.g. credit cards, debit cards, and ACH) at the point of
sale ("POS"), online, and via mobile payment technologies. In addition, through MX Merchant, we deliver innovative business management products and add-on features that
meet the needs of SMBs across different vertical markets. Through our MX Merchant platform, we believe we are well-positioned to capitalize on the trend towards integrated
payments solutions, new technology adoption and value-add service utilization that is underway in the SMB market. We believe our solutions facilitate a superior merchant
experience that results in increased customer lifetime value.

Highly Scalable Business Model with Operating Leverage

As a result of thoughtful investments in our technology, we have developed robust and differentiated infrastructure that has enabled us to scale in a cost-efficient manner. Our
purpose-built  proprietary  technology  platforms,  MX  and  CPX,  each  serve  a  unique  purpose  within  consumer  and  commercial  payments,  enabling  the  company  to  realize
significant operating leverage within each business segment. Furthermore, the agility of our Vortex.Cloud and Vortex.OS enterprise infrastructure enables us to quickly and cost
efficiently  consolidate  acquisitions  to  drive  revenue  and  cost  synergies.  Our  operating  efficiency  supports  a  low  capital  expenditure  environment  to  develop  product
enhancements that drive organic growth across our consumer and commercial payment ecosystems and attract both reselling partners and enterprise clients looking for best-in-
class solutions. By creating a cost-efficient environment that facilitates the combination of ongoing product innovation to drive organic growth and stable cash flow to fund
acquisitions, we anticipate ongoing economies of scale and increased margins over time.

Experienced Management Team Led by Industry Veterans

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Our  executive  management  team  has  a  record  of  execution  in  the  merchant  acquiring  and  technology-enabled  payments  industry.  Our  team  has  continued  to  develop  and
enhance our proprietary and innovative technology platforms that differentiate us with merchants and  resellers  in  the  industry.  Since  founding  the  Company,  our  leadership
team has built strong, long-term relationships with reseller and enterprise partners by leveraging the MX and CPX product platforms to meet the needs of businesses in specific
vertical markets. We invest to attract and retain executive leadership that align with the opportunities in the market and our strategic focus.

Growth Strategies

We intend to continue to execute a multi-pronged growth strategy, with diverse organic initiatives supplemented by acquisitions. Growth strategies include:

Organic Growth in our Consumer Reseller and Merchant Base

We expect to grow through our existing reseller network and merchant base, capitalizing on the inherent growth of existing merchant volume and reseller merchant portfolios.
By  providing  resellers  with  agile  tools  to  manage  their  sales  businesses  and  grow  their  merchant  portfolio,  we  have  established  a  solid  base  from  which  to  generate  new
merchant adoption and retain existing merchants. By engaging in a consultative partnership approach, we maintain strong relationships with our reseller partners and continues
to  exhibit  strong  merchant  adoption  and  volume  growth  trends.  Through  our  resellers,  we  provide  merchants  with  full-service  acquiring  solutions,  as  well  as  value-added
services and tools to streamline their business processes and enables them to focus on driving same store sales growth.

Expand our Network of Distribution Partners

We  have  established  and  maintains  a  strong  position  within  the  reseller  community,  with  approximately  1,000  partners.  We  intend  to  continue  to  expand  our  distribution
network  to  reach  new  partners,  particularly  with  ISVs  and  VARs  to  expand  technology  and  integrated  partnerships.  We  believe  that  our  MX  Connect  technology  offering
enables us to attract, and retain, high quality resellers focused on growth.

Increase Margin per Merchant with Complementary Products and Services

We intend to drive the adoption of our value-added services and tools with our merchant base. MX Merchant allows merchants to add proprietary Priority applications as well
as other third-party applications from the MX Merchant Marketplace to build customized payment solutions that are tailored to a merchant's business needs. As we continue to
board new merchants and promote our MX Merchant solution, we can cross-sell these add-on applications. By increasing attachment rates, along with continued benefit from
economies  of  scale,  we  expect  to  see  improved  margins  per  merchant.  Merchants  utilizing  MX  Merchant  exhibit  somewhat  higher  retention,  contributing  to  our  improving
overall  retention  rates.  We  believe  we  are  well-positioned  to  capitalize  on  the  secular  trend  towards  integrated  payments  solutions,  new  technology  adoption  and  value-add
service utilization in the SMB market.

Deploy Industry Specific Payment Technology

We  intend  to  continue  to  enhance  and  deploy  our  technology-enabled  payment  solutions  in  attractive  industries.  Through  MX  Merchant,  we  have  developed  proprietary
applications and added third-party tools that address the specific needs of merchants in certain verticals, including retail, healthcare and hospitality. We continue to identify and
evaluate new and attractive industries where we can deliver differentiated technology-enabled payment solutions that meet merchants' industry-specific needs.

Expand Electronic Payments Share of B2B Transactions with CPX

We  have  a  growing  presence  in  the  commercial  payments  market  where  we  provide  curated  managed  services  and AP  automation  solutions  to  industry  leading  financial
institutions and card networks such as Citibank, MasterCard, Visa and American Express. Commercial payments is the largest and one of the fastest growing payments market
in the United States by volume. We are well positioned to capitalize on the secular shift from check to electronic payments, which currently lags the consumer payments

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

markets, by eliminating the friction between buyers and suppliers through our industry leading offering, and driving strong growth and profitability.

Accretive Acquisitions

We intend to selectively pursue strategic and tactical acquisitions that meet certain criteria, with a consistent long-term goal of maximizing stockholder value. We actively seek
potential  acquisition  candidates  that  exhibit  certain  attractive  attributes  including,  predictable  and  recurring  revenue,  scalable  operating  model,  low  capital  intensity
complementary technology offerings and strong cultural fit. Our Vortex.Cloud operating infrastructure is purpose-built to rapidly and seamlessly consolidate complementary
businesses into our ecosystem, optimizing revenue and cost synergies.

Technology Infrastructure and Product Solutions

Infrastructure Offering

Vortex.Cloud

Vortex.Cloud  is  a  highly-available,  redundant,  and  audited  (PCI,  HIPAA,  NACHA,  and  FSOC)  computing  platform  with  centralized  security  and  technical  operations.  We
strive  to  enable  Vortex.Cloud  to  maintain  99.999%  uptime. All  computational  and  IP  assets  of  our  payment  operating  divisions  are  hosted  and  managed  on  Vortex.Cloud
infrastructure.  Vortex.Cloud  enables  the  rapid  inclusion  of  data  and  systems  of  acquisition  targets  for  smooth  consolidation  to  our  operating  infrastructure  and  accelerates
achievement of revenue and cost synergies.

Vortex.OS

Vortex.OS provides critical technological functionality to our payment operating divisions. The Vortex.OS APIs include: electronic payments, security/crypto, data persistence,
time  series  data  (events),  and  artificial  intelligence  (AI).  Our  purpose-built  payments  engine  facilitates  industry  leading  organic  growth  and  efficient  consolidation  of
acquisitions resulting in strong profit margins.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Consumer Payments Offering

Reseller Tools

MX Connect

Our objective is to empower our resellers to grow their businesses and improve their merchant portfolios. To do so, we provide our resellers with a feature rich API architecture,
powerful merchant relationship management tools, and thought leadership resources. MX Connect provides dynamic portfolio management giving resellers total control over
their financial data along with convenient low friction merchant onboarding, automated underwriting, and robust portfolio reporting and compensation tracking.

In addition, we offer our resellers thought leadership resources to support their growth and educate their employees. Priority University ("PriorityU") includes proprietary white
papers on Apple Pay, EMV, regulations & compliance, and other industry topics. PriorityU also includes a comprehensive set of marketing and training tools that re-sellers can
leverage to train their employees and tactfully engage merchants. In addition to the written and video-based tools on our website, we maintain a live reseller support phone line
to provide resellers with real time assistance.

Finally, we offer our resellers Brand Licensing and Wholesale Development Programs which allow resellers to leverage the strength of the Priority brand for immediate and
meaningful marketing impact.

Merchant Products

Our core payment processing technology allows merchants to accept electronic payments via multiple integrated POS technologies. However, our payment processing platform
goes beyond traditional electronic payments acceptance with a fully integrated platform called MX Merchant. Our proprietary product maximizes the lifetime value of merchant
relationships.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

MX Merchant

Our flagship offering, MX Merchant, is a customizable payments platform that allows merchants to accept electronic payments and manage their business. Merchants can accept
credit cards, debit cards, and cash using a virtual terminal, monitor payment activity in real-time, manage payment history and customer data, and create customizable reports
and statements. MX Merchant is a proprietary software platform and virtual terminal that can be deployed on hardware from a variety of vendors and operated on a standalone
basis or integrated with 3rd party software products.

The MX Merchant platform also allows customers to add applications from the MX Merchant Marketplace to build a payment platform customized to that merchant's business,
including:

• MX Invoice – Invoice and recurring billing app which speeds up the payment process and creates automatic, trustworthy, and easy to use

invoices.

• MX Retail – Inventory and stock control app utilizing both MX Merchant and MX Retail applications to handle all point-of-sale needs, rewards program and inventory

management with an iPhone application.

• MX B2B – Ensures merchants receive lower rates for Level II / III processing by setting up user level permissions based on job

function.

• MX Insights – Customer engagement and data analytics tool focused on marketing campaigns with intelligent customer targeting through use of big

data.

• MX Storefront – Allows merchants to quickly and easily create a professional, comprehensive, entirely customizable website, complete with full payment

integration.

• MX Medical – Delivers patient payment estimates at the POS of a medical practice. The tool informs patients of their payment responsibility and presents the patient
with a range of payment options. Once the patient leaves the medical practice, notifications and messaging are pushed to the patient's mobile device alerting them to
future payments.

•

ACH.com – Integrated ACH payment processing
platform.

We offer several third-party products and services to our merchants including:

•

•

•

ControlScan – On demand tools merchants can utilize to analyze, remediate, and validate PCI
compliance.

e-Tab – Provides a mobile restaurant / hospitality ordering and payment platform. We acquired the e-Tab business assets in February
2019.

Terminals – we offer several EMV ready terminals and mobile card readers from manufacturers such as Ingenico, Verifone, and
Magtek.

• Merchant Financing – we are a reseller of several merchant financing solutions provided by American

Express.

Commercial Payments Offering: Managed Services and CPX

We provide curated managed services and AP automation solutions (CPX) on behalf of industry leading financial institutions and card networks such as Citibank, MasterCard,
Visa and American Express ("AMEX"). Our turnkey merchant development, business process outsourcing and refined supplier enablement program, allow commercial partners
to leverage our long-standing customer relationships. Established in 2008, our commercial payments offering has allowed us to profit from the large and growing commercial
payments market. Priority CPX offers solutions to key pain points such as scalability of expanding supplier onboarding while decreasing costs through automation. Successful
implementation of our AP automation strategies provides vendors with the benefits of cash acceleration, buyers with valuable rebate/discount revenue, and the Company with
stable sources of merchant acquiring, credit card interchange and discount fee revenue.

11

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Managed Services

We provide business process outsourcing services to AMEX that offer AMEX's merchants access to several programs, including AMEX Buyer Initiated Payments ("BIP") and
AMEX  Merchant  Financing  loans. Acting  as  an  outsourced  sales  force,  we  utilize  approximately  180  employees  to  originate  BIP  or  Merchant  Financing  loans  for AMEX,
earning a fee for each origination. Additionally, AMEX compensates us for personnel fees incurred for the employees who sell these outsourced services. We do not take any
credit risk associated with the aforementioned programs.

CPX

Priority CPX is a turnkey commercial payments platform that automates the AP payment process between buyers and suppliers to maximize financial rebates and ensure timely,
automated payment of vendor payments.

•

•

•

•

CPX Access - Interactive portals connecting Buyers and Suppliers to promote the payment and data exchange between
partners.

CPX Gateway - Seamless integration with enterprise resource planning systems that produce a single payment file for the entire CPX solutions
suite.

CPX Commercial Acceptance - Optimize payment programs with a full suite of targeted solutions and powerful outreach campaign management and automated
electronic quick-start application.

CPX Payments - Leveraging a complete suite of traditional and transitional payment solutions to completely automate AP
files.

Sales and Distribution

We reach our consumer payment merchants through three primary sales channels: 1) Retail ISOs/Agents and Financial Institutions (i.e. community banks), 2) Wholesale ISOs,
and 3) Independent Software Vendors and Value-Added Resellers. MX Connect allows resellers to engage merchants for processing services and a host of value-added features
designed to enhance their customer relationship. Merchants utilize our diverse product suite to manage their business, increasing our ability to retain the merchant if the ISO
were to leave the Company.

•

Retail ISOs/Agents and Financial Institutions (i.e. community banks) – A non-risk bearing independent company of sales agents, individual sales agent, or financial
institution that operates as a sales force on behalf of the Company. Retail

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

resellers are not employed by us but rather are independently contracted to acquire merchants to utilize our payment processing and product offerings. While the reseller
serves as the merchant's key contact, the processing contract is between us and the merchant and agreements with resellers include non-solicitation rights. We manage
the transaction risk on behalf of retail resellers.

• Wholesale ISO – A risk bearing independent company of sales agents that operates as a sales force on behalf of the Company. Wholesale ISOs are not employed by us
but  rather  are  independently  contracted  to  acquire  merchants  to  utilize  our  payment  processing  and  product  offerings.  While  the  ISO  serves  as  the  merchant's  key
contact, the processing contract is between us and the merchant, and agreements with ISOs include non-solicitation rights. Wholesale ISOs are responsible and bear all
transaction risk on their merchant portfolios. We underwrite all such merchants even though wholesale ISOs bear the risk.

•

ISVs and VARs - ISVs develop and sell business management software solutions while VARs sell third-party software solutions to merchants as part of a bundled
package that includes the computer systems which operates the software. We partner with ISVs and VARs that can integrate our capabilities into a variety of software
applications (e.g. medical billing software). These integrated payment solutions create an extremely "sticky" customer relationship.

Priority  Commercial  Payments  obtains  its  "buyer"  clients  through  direct  sales  initiative  and  referral  and  business  partnerships  with  integrated  software  partners,  the  card
networks  (MasterCard,  Visa, American  Express)  and  large  US  banking  institutions.  We  support  a  direct  vendor  sales  model  that  provides  turnkey  merchant  development,
product sales, and supplier enablement programs. By establishing a seamless bridge for buyer-to-supplier (payor-to-provider) payments that is integrated directly to a buyer's
payment instruction file to facilitate payments to vendors via all payment types (virtual card, purchase card, ACH +, dynamic discounting), we have established ourselves as an
emerging force in commercial payments.

Our market strategy has resulted in a merchant base that we believe is diversified across both industries and geographies resulting in, what we believe, is more stable average
profitability  per  merchant.  No  single  reseller  relationship  contributes  more  than  10%  of  total  bankcard  processing  volume.  On  a  standalone  basis  the  Priority  CPX  product
would represent the 52nd largest merchant acquirer in the U.S. and among its fastest growing.

Security, Disaster Recovery and Back-up Systems

As a result of normal business operations, we store information relating to our merchants and their transactions. Because this information is considered sensitive in nature, we
maintain a high level of security to attempt to protect it. Our computational systems are continually updated and audited to the latest security standards as defined by payment
card industry and data security standards ("PCI DSS"), FSOC, and HIPAA audits. As such, we have a dedicated team responsible for security incident response. This team
develops,  maintains,  tests  and  verifies  our  incident  response  plan.  The  primary  function  of  this  team  is  to  react  and  respond  to  intrusions,  denial  of  service,  data  leakage,
malware,  vandalism,  and  many  other  events  that  could  potentially  jeopardize  data  availability,  integrity,  and  confidentiality.  This  team  is  responsible  for  investigating  and
reporting on all malicious activity in and around our information systems. In addition to handling security incidents, the incident response team continually educates themselves
and us on information security matters.

High-availability and disaster recovery are provided through a combination of redundant hardware and software running at two geographically distinct data centers. Each data
center deployment is an exact mirror of the other and each can handle all technical, payment, and business operations for all product lines independently of the other. If one site
or service becomes impaired, the traffic is redirected to the other automatically. Business Continuity Planning drills are run each quarter to test fail-over and recovery as well as
staff operations and readiness.

Third-Party Processors and Sponsor Banks

We partner with various vendors in the payments value chain to process payments for our merchant clients, most notably processors and sponsor banks, which sit between us
(the merchant acquirer) and the card networks. Processing is a scale driven business in which many acquirers outsource the processing function  to  a  small  number  of  large
processors. In these partnerships, we serve as a merchant acquirer and enters into processing agreements with payment processors, such as First Data or TSYS, to serve as our
front-end and back-end transaction processor for which they are paid processing fees. These processors in turn have agreements

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

with card networks such as Visa and MasterCard, through which the transaction information is routed in exchange for network fees.

To provide processing services, acquirers such as we must be registered with the card networks (e.g. Visa and MasterCard). To register with a card network in the United States,
acquirers must maintain relationships with banks willing to sponsor the acquirer's adherence to the rules and standards of the card networks, or a sponsor bank. We maintain
sponsor  bank  relationships  with  Citizens  Bank,  Wells  Fargo,  and  Synovus  Bank.  For ACH  payments,  the  Company's ACH  network  (ACH.com)  is  sponsored  by Atlantic
Capital Bank, MB Financial Bank, and Regions Bank. Sponsor bank relationships enable us to route transactions under the sponsor bank's control and identification number
(referred to as a BIN for Visa and ICA for MasterCard) across the card networks (or ACH network) to authorize and clear transactions.

Risk Management

Our thoughtful merchant and reseller underwriting policies combined with our forward-looking transaction management capabilities have enabled us to maintain low credit loss
performance.  Our  risk  management  strategies  are  informed  by  a  team  with  decades  of  experience  managing  merchant  acquiring  risk  operations  that  are  augmented  by  our
modern systems designed to manage risk at the transaction level.

Initial Underwriting- Central to our risk management process is our front-line underwriting policies that vet all resellers and merchants prior to their contracting with us. Our
automated risk systems pull credit bureau reports, corporate ownership details, as well as anti-money laundering, Office of Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC") and Financial
Crimes Enforcement Network ("FinCEN") information from a variety of integrated data bases. This information is put into the hands of a tenured team of underwriters who
conduct any necessary industry checks, financial performance analysis or owner back ground checks, consistent with our policies. Based upon these results the underwriting
department rejects or  approves  and  sets  appropriate  merchant  and  reseller  reserve  requirements  which  are  held  by  our  bank  sponsors  on  our  behalf.  Resellers  are  subject  to
quarterly  and/or  annual  assessments  for  financial  strength  compliance  with  our  policies  and  adjustments  to  reserve  levels.  The  results  of  our  initial  merchant  underwriting
inform the transaction level risk limits for volume, average ticket, transaction types and authorization codes among other items that are captured by our CYRIS risk module—a
proprietary  risk  system  that  monitors  and  reports  transaction  risk  activity  to  our  risk  team.  This  transaction  level  risk  module,  housed  within  MX  Connect,  forms  the
foundational risk management framework that enables the company to optimize transaction activity and processing scale while preserving a modest aggregate risk profile that
has resulted in historically low losses.

Real-Time Risk Monitoring- Merchant transactions are monitored on a transactional basis to proactively enforce risk controls. Our risk systems provide automated evaluation of
merchant  transaction  activity  against  initial  underwriting  settings.  Transactions  that  are  outside  underwriting  parameters  are  queued  for  further  investigation. Also,  resellers
whose merchant portfolio represents a concentration of investigated merchants are evaluated for risk action (i.e., increased reserves or contract termination).

Risk Audit- Transactions flagged by our risk monitoring systems or that demonstrate suspicious activity traits that have been flagged for review can result in funds being held
and  other  risk  mitigation  actions.  These  can  include  non-  authorization  of  the  transaction,  debit  of  reserves  or  even  termination  of  processing  agreement.  Merchants  are
periodically  reviewed  to  assess  any  risk  adjustments  based  upon  their  overall  financial  health  and  compliance  with  Network  standards.  Merchant  transaction  activity  is
investigated for instances of business activity changes or credit impairment (and improvement).

Loss Mitigation- In instances where particular transactions and/or individual merchants are flagged for fraud, where transaction activity is resulting in excessive charge-backs,
several loss mitigation actions may be taken. These include charge-back dispute resolution, merchant and reseller funds (reserves or processed batches) withheld, inclusion on
Network Match List to notify the industry of a "bad actor", and even legal action.

We ensure that our risk and underwriting activities are coordinated with our bank sponsors (Wells Fargo, Citizens Bank and Synovus) and authorization and settlement partners
(First Data and TSYS).

Acquisitions of Businesses

On June 19, 2015, we entered into a definitive agreement to purchase substantially all merchant acquiring related assets, except those identified as excluded, of American Credit
Card Processing Corp., American Credit Card Processing Corp. II, American

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Credit Card Processing Corp. III and their affiliates. The total purchase price consideration was approximately $27.6 million, consisting of cash paid and a contingent earnout
payment.

During 2018, we consummated the acquisitions of four businesses for total cash consideration of $7.5 million plus shares of our common stock with a fair value of $5.0 million.
There is the potential for additional contingent consideration up to $1.5 million.

For more information regarding our acquisitions, see Note 2, Business Combinations, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report
on Form 10-K.

Competition

The U.S. acquiring industry is highly competitive, with several large processors accounting for the majority of processing volume; when excluding banks, we ranked 6th among
U.S. merchant acquiring as of 2017, according to the December 2017 Nilson Report. When comparing top non-bank U.S. merchant acquirers by volume, Worldpay holds the
leadership position followed by Global Payments, First Data and TSYS. While the scale of these companies is large, we believe there is still ample opportunity for companies
like us to continue to grow given the vast amount of growth in MasterCard/Visa purchasing volume which increased in 2017 given the utility of card-based payments by U.S.
consumers.

The concentration at the top of the industry partly reflects consolidation; however, we believe that consolidation has also resulted in many large processors having multiple,
inflexible legacy IT systems that are not well equipped to adjust to changing market requirements. We believe that the large merchant acquirers whose innovation has been
hindered by these redundant, legacy systems risk losing market share to acquirers with more agile and dynamic IT systems, such as Priority.

Pricing has historically been the key factor influencing the selection of a merchant acquirer. However, providers with more advanced tech-enabled services (primarily online
and  integrated  offerings)  have  an  advantage  over  providers  operating  legacy  technology  and  offering  undifferentiated  services  that  have  come  under  pricing  pressure  from
higher levels of competition. High quality customer service further differentiates providers as this helps to reduce attrition. Other competitive factors that set acquirers apart
include price, partnerships with financial institutions, servicing capability, data security and functionality. Leading acquirers are expected to continue to add additional services
to expand cross-selling opportunities, primarily in omni-channel payment solutions, POS software, payments security, customer loyalty and other payments-related offerings.

The largest opportunity for acquirers to expand is within the small to medium-sized merchant market. According to First Annapolis, there are approximately 7.2 million small to
mid-sized  merchants  generating  over  $800  billion  in  credit/debit  dollar  volume  annually,  which  equates  to  approximately  $6  billion  in  acquirer  net  revenue.  JP  Morgan
estimates that small and mid-sized merchants make up 30% to 35% of U.S. bank card purchase volume. Volume per merchant is lower for acquirers with high penetration rates
amongst small businesses; however, this is largely offset by the aggregate processing fee potential and market size.

According  to  the  SMB  group,  a  markets  insight  firm  for  small  and  medium-sized  businesses,  the  majority  of  small  (approximately  67%)  and  medium-sized  businesses
(approximately  81%)  recognize  the  upside  tech-enabled  solutions  provide  to  daily  operations  and  long-term  growth  potential.  As  small  businesses  increasingly  demand
integrated solutions tailored to specific business functions or industries merchant processors are adopting payment enabled software offerings that combine payments with core
business operating software. By subsisting within SMB's critical business software processors are able to improve economic results through better merchant retention and often
higher processing margins. Through our MX Merchant platform, we are well-positioned to capitalize on the trend towards integrated solutions, new technology adoption and
value added-service utilization in the SMB market.

Government Regulation and Payment Network Rules

We operate in an increasingly complex legal and regulatory environment. We are subject to a variety of federal, state and local laws and regulations and the rules and standards
of the payment networks that are utilized to provide our electronic payment services, as more fully described below.

Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act")

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Act, which was signed into law in the United States in 2010, resulted in significant structural and other changes to the regulation of the financial services
industry. The Dodd-Frank Act directed the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve Board") to regulate the debit interchange transaction fees
that a card issuer or payment card network receives or charges for an electronic debit transaction. Pursuant to the so-called "Durbin Amendment" to the Dodd-Frank Act, these
fees must be "reasonable and proportional" to the cost incurred by the card issuer in authorizing, clearing and settling the transaction. Pursuant to regulations promulgated by
the Federal Reserve Board, debit interchange rates for card issuers with assets of $10 billion or more are capped at $0.21 per transaction and an ad valorem component of 5
basis points to reflect a portion of the issuer's fraud losses plus, for qualifying issuers, an additional $0.01 per transaction in debit interchange for fraud prevention costs. The cap
on interchange fees has not had a material direct effect on our results of operations.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act limits the ability of payment card networks to impose certain restrictions because it allows merchants to: (i) set minimum dollar amounts (not to
exceed $10) for the acceptance of a credit card (and allows federal governmental entities and institutions of higher education to set maximum amounts for the acceptance of
credit cards) and (ii) provide discounts or incentives to encourage consumers to pay with cash, checks, debit cards or credit cards.

The rules also contain prohibitions on network exclusivity and merchant routing restrictions that require a card issuer to enable at least two unaffiliated networks on each debit
card,  prohibit  card  networks  from  entering  into  exclusivity  arrangements  and  restrict  the  ability  of  issuers  or  networks  to  mandate  transaction  routing  requirements.  The
prohibition on network exclusivity has not significantly affected our ability to pass on network fees and other costs to our customers, nor do we expect it to in the future.

The Dodd-Frank Act also created the FSOC, which was established to, among other things, identify risks to the stability of the United States financial system. The FSOC has
the  authority  to  require  supervision  and  regulation  of  nonbank  financial  companies  that  the  FSOC  determines  pose  a  systemic  risk  to  the  United  States  financial  system.
Accordingly, we may be subject to additional systemic risk-related oversight.

Payment Network Rules and Standards

As a merchant acquirer, we are subject to the rules of Visa, MasterCard, American Express, Discover and other payment networks. In order to provide services, several of our
subsidiaries are either registered as service providers for member institutions with MasterCard, Visa and other networks or are direct members of MasterCard, Visa and other
networks. Accordingly, we are subject to card association and network rules that could subject us to a variety of fines or penalties that may be levied by the card networks for
certain acts or omissions.

Furthermore,  payment  networks  establish  their  own  rules  and  standards  that  allocate  responsibilities  among  the  payment  networks  and  their  participants.  These  rules  and
standards, including the PCI DSS, govern a variety of areas including how consumers and merchants may use their cards, data security and allocation of liability for certain acts
or omissions including liability in the event of a data breach. The payment networks may change these rules and standards from time to time as they may determine in their sole
discretion and with or without advance notice to their participants. These changes may be made for any number of reasons, including as a result of changes in the regulatory
environment, to maintain or attract new participants, or to serve the strategic initiatives of the networks and may impose additional costs and expenses on or be disadvantageous
to certain participants. Participants are subject to audit by the payment networks to ensure compliance with applicable rules and standards. The networks may fine, penalize or
suspend the registration of participants for certain acts or omissions or the failure of the participants to comply with applicable rules and standards.

An example of a standard is EMV, which is mandated by Visa, MasterCard, American Express and Discover. This mandate sets new requirements and technical standards,
including  requiring  integrated  POS  systems  to  be  capable  of  accepting  the  more  secure  "chip"  cards  that  utilize  the  EMV  standard  and  set  new  rules  for  data  handling  and
security. Processors and merchants that do not comply with the mandate or do not use systems that are EMV compliant risk fines and liability for fraud-related losses. We have
invested significant resources to ensure our systems' compliance with the mandate, and to assist our merchants in becoming compliant by the applicable deadlines.

To provide our electronic payments services, we must be registered either indirectly or directly as service providers with the payment networks that we utilize. Because we are
not a bank, we are not eligible for membership in certain payment networks, including Visa and MasterCard, we are therefore unable to directly access these networks. The
operating regulations of certain payment networks, including Visa and MasterCard, require us to be sponsored by a member bank as a service provider. We are

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

registered with certain payment networks, including Visa and MasterCard, through Wells Fargo, Citizens Bank and Synovus Bank. The agreements with our bank sponsors give
them substantial discretion in approving certain aspects of our business practices including our solicitation, application and qualification procedures for merchants and the terms
of our agreements with merchants. We are registered directly as service providers with Discover, American Express and certain other networks. We are also subject to network
operating rules promulgated by NACHA—the Electronic Payments Associations relating to payment transaction processed by us using the Automated Clearing House Network.
For ACH payments, our ACH network (ACH.com) is sponsored by Atlantic Capital Bank, MB Financial Bank, and Regions Bank.

Banking Laws and Regulations

The Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (the "FFIEC") is an interagency body comprised of federal bank and credit union regulators such as the Federal Reserve
Board,  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC"),  the  National  Credit  Union Administration,  the  Office  of  the  Comptroller  of  the  Currency  and  the  Bureau  of
Consumer Financial Protection. The FFIEC examines large data processors in order to identify and mitigate risks associated with systemically significant service providers,
including specifically the risks they may pose to the banking industry.

We  are  considered  by  the  Federal  Financial  Institutions  Examination  Council  to  be  a  technology  service  provider  ("TSP")  based  on  the  services  we  provide  to  financial
institutions. As a TSP, we are subject to audits by an interagency group consisting of the Federal Reserve System, FDIC, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

Privacy and Information Security Laws

We provide services that may be subject to various state, federal and foreign privacy laws and regulations. These laws and regulations include the federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley
Act  of  1999,  which  applies  to  a  broad  range  of  financial  institutions  and  to  companies  that  provide  services  to  financial  institutions  in  the  United  States,  including  gaming
business. We are also subject to a variety of foreign data protection and privacy laws, including, without limitation, Directive 95/46/EC, as implemented in each member state of
the European Union and its successor, the General Data Protection Regulation, which became effective in May 2018. Among other things, these foreign and domestic laws, and
their implementing regulations, in certain cases restrict the collection, processing, storage, use and disclosure of personal information, require notice to individuals of privacy
practices, and provide individuals with certain rights to prevent use and disclosure of protected information. These laws also impose requirements for safeguarding and removal
or elimination of personal information.

Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Regulation

The United States federal anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (collectively,
the "BSA"), and the "BSA" implementing regulations administered by FinCEN, a bureau of the United States Department of the Treasury, require, among other things, each
financial institution to: (1) develop and implement a risk-based anti-money laundering program; (2) file reports on large currency transactions; (3) file suspicious activity reports
if the financial institution believes a customer may be violating U.S. laws and regulations; and (4) maintain transaction records. Given that a number of our clients are financial
institutions that are directly subject to U.S. federal anti-money laundering laws and regulations, we have developed an anti-money laundering compliance program to best assist
our clients in meeting such legal and regulatory requirements.

We are subject to certain economic and trade sanctions programs that are administered by OFAC of the United States Department of Treasury, which place prohibitions and
restrictions on all U.S. citizens and entities with respect to transactions by U.S. persons with specified countries and individuals and entities identified on OFAC's Specially
Designated  Nationals  list  (for  example,  individuals  and  companies  owned  or  controlled  by,  or  acting  for  or  on  behalf  of,  countries  subject  to  certain  economic  and  trade
sanctions, as well as terrorists, terrorist organizations and narcotics traffickers identified by OFAC under programs that are not country specific). Similar anti-money laundering,
counter-terrorist financing and proceeds of crime laws apply to movements of currency and payments through electronic transactions and to dealings with persons specified on
lists maintained by organizations similar to OFAC in several other countries and which may impose specific data retention obligations or prohibitions on intermediaries in the
payment  process.  We  have  developed  and  continue  to  enhance  compliance  programs  and  policies  to  monitor  and  address  such  legal  and  regulatory  requirements  and
developments. We continue to enhance such programs and policies to ensure that our customers do not engage in prohibited transactions with designated countries, individuals
or entities.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Debt Collection and Credit Reporting Laws

Portions of our business may be subject to the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act and similar state laws. These debt collection laws are designed
to eliminate abusive, deceptive and unfair debt collection practices and may require licensing at the state level. The Fair Credit Reporting Act regulates the use and reporting of
consumer credit information and also imposes disclosure requirements on entities that take adverse action based on information obtained from credit reporting agencies. We
have procedures in place to comply with the requirements of these laws.

Unfair or Deceptive Acts or Practices

We and many of our merchants are subject to Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act prohibiting unfair or deceptive acts or practices, or UDAP. In addition, the UDAP
and other laws, rules and or regulations, including the Telemarketing Sales Act, may directly impact the activities of certain of our merchants, and in some cases may subject
us, as the merchant's payment processor or provider of certain services, to investigations, fees, fines and disgorgement of funds if we were deemed to have aided and abetted or
otherwise  provided  the  means  and  instrumentalities  to  facilitate  the  illegal  or  improper  activities  of  the  merchant  through  our  services.  Various  federal  and  state  regulatory
enforcement agencies including the Federal Trade Commission and the states attorneys general have authority to take action against non-banks that engage in UDAP or violate
other laws, rules and regulations and to the extent we are processing payments or providing services for a merchant that may be in violation of laws, rules and regulations, we
may be subject to enforcement actions and as a result may incur losses and liabilities that may impact our business.

Indirect Regulatory Requirements

A number of our clients are financial institutions that are directly subject to various regulations and compliance obligations issued by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau
(the  "CFPB"),  the  Office  of  the  Comptroller  of  the  Currency  and  other  agencies  responsible  for  regulating  financial  institutions.  While  these  regulatory  requirements  and
compliance obligations do not apply directly to us, many of these requirements materially affect the services we provide to our clients. The banking agencies, including the
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, have imposed requirements on regulated financial institutions to manage their third-party service providers. Among other things,
these  requirements  include  performing  appropriate  due  diligence  when  selecting  third-party  service  providers;  evaluating  the  risk  management,  information  security,  and
information  management  systems  of  third-party  service  providers;  imposing  contractual  protections  in  agreements  with  third-party  service  providers  (such  as  performance
measures, audit and remediation rights, indemnification, compliance requirements, confidentiality and information security obligations, insurance requirements, and limits on
liability);  and  conducting  ongoing  monitoring  of  the  performance  of  third-party  service  providers.  Accommodating  these  requirements  applicable  to  our  clients  imposes
additional  costs  and  risks  in  connection  with  our  financial  institution  relationships.  We  expect  to  expend  resources  on  an  ongoing  basis  in  an  effort  to  assist  our  clients  in
responding to any regulatory inquiries on behalf of merchants and resellers.

Telephone Consumer Protection Act

We are subject to the Federal Telephone Consumer Protection Act and various state laws to the extent we place telephone calls and short message service ("SMS") messages to
clients  and  consumers.  The  Telephone  Consumer  Protection Act  regulates  certain  telephone  calls  and  SMS  messages  placed  using  automatic  telephone  dialing  systems  or
artificial or prerecorded voices.

Other Regulation

We are subject to U.S. federal and state unclaimed or abandoned property (escheat) laws which require us to turn over to certain government authorities the property of others
we hold that has been unclaimed for a specified period of time such as account balances that are due to a distribution partner or merchant following discontinuation of our
relationship with them. The Housing Assistance Tax Act of 2008 requires certain merchant acquiring entities and third-party settlement organizations to provide information
returns for each calendar year with respect to payments made in settlement of electronic payment transactions and third-party payment network transactions occurring in that
calendar year. Reportable transactions are also subject to backup withholding requirements.

The  foregoing  is  not  an  exhaustive  list  of  the  laws,  rules  and  regulations  to  which  we  are  subject  to  and  the  regulatory  framework  governing  our  business  is  changing
continuously.

18

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

We  have  developed  a  payments  platform  that  includes  many  instances  of  proprietary  software,  code  sets,  work  flows  and  algorithms.  It  is  our  practice  to  enter  into
confidentiality, non-disclosure, and invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors, and into confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with other
third parties, to limit access to, and disclosure and use of, our confidential information and proprietary technology. In addition to these contractual measures, we also rely on a
combination of trademarks, copyrights, registered domain names, and patent rights to help protect the Priority brand and our other intellectual property.

As of December 31, 2018, we had in excess of 30 active trademarks that pertain to company, product names, and logos. We may file patent applications as we innovate through
research and development efforts, and to pursue additional patent protection to the extent we deem it beneficial and cost-effective. We also own a number of domain names
necessary for business operations and brand protection.

Employees

As  of  December  31,  2018,  we  employed 562  employees,  of  which 516  were  employed  full-time.  None  of  our  employees  are  represented  by  a  labor  union  and  we  have
experienced no work stoppages. We consider our employee relations to be good.

Availability of Filings

Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or
15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange Act"),  are  made  available  free  of  charge  on  our  internet  web  site  at  www.prth.com,  as  soon  as
reasonably  practicable  after  we  have  electronically  filed  the  material  with,  or  furnished  it  to,  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  "SEC").  The  SEC  maintains  an
internet site that contains our reports, proxy and information statements and our other SEC filings. The address of that web site is https://www.sec.gov/.  The contents of our
websites are not intended to be incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or in any other report or document we file with the SEC, and any references to
our websites are intended to be inactive textual references only.

19

 
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below. Our business, prospects, financial condition or operating results could be harmed by any of these risks, as well as
other risks not currently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial.

Risk Factors Related to Our Business

The payment processing industry is highly competitive and such competition is likely to increase, which may adversely influence the prices we can charge to merchants for
our services and the compensation we must pay to our distribution partners, and as a result, our profit margins.

The payment processing industry is highly competitive. We primarily compete in the SMB merchant industry. Competition has increased recently as other providers of payment
processing services have established a sizable market share in the SMB merchant acquiring industry. Our primary competitors for SMB merchants in these markets include
financial institutions and their affiliates and well-established payment processing companies that target SMB merchants directly and through third parties, including Bank of
America Merchant Services, Chase Merchant Services, Elavon, Inc. (a subsidiary of U.S. Bancorp), Wells Fargo Merchant Services, First Data Corporation, Worldpay, Inc.,
Global Payments, Inc., TSYS and Square. We also compete with many of these same entities for the assistance of distribution partners. For example, many of our distribution
partners are not exclusive to us but also have relationships with our competitors, such that we have to continually expend resources to maintain those relationships. Our growth
will depend on the continued growth of payments with credit, debit and prepaid cards ("Electronic Payments"), particularly Electronic Payments to SMB merchants, and our
ability to increase our market share through successful competitive efforts to gain new merchants and distribution partners.

In  addition,  many  financial  institutions,  subsidiaries  of  financial  institutions  or  well-established  payment-enabled  technology  providers  with  which  we  compete,  have
substantially  greater  capital,  technological,  management  and  marketing  resources  than  we  have.  These  factors  may  allow  our  competitors  to  offer  better  pricing  terms  to
merchants and more attractive compensation to distribution partners, which could result in a loss of our potential or current merchants and distribution partners. Competing with
financial institutions is also challenging because, unlike us, they often bundle processing services with other banking products and services. This competition may effectively
limit the prices we can charge our merchants, cause us to increase the compensation we pay to our distribution partners and require us to control costs aggressively in order to
maintain acceptable profit margins. Our current and future competitors may also develop or offer services that have price or other advantages over the services we provide.

We are also facing new, well capitalized, competition from emerging technology and non-traditional payment processing companies as well as traditional companies offering
alternative electronic payments services and payment enabled software solutions. If these new entrants gain a greater share of total electronic payments transactions, they could
impact  our  ability  to  retain  and  grow  our  relationships  with  merchants  and  distribution  partners. Acquirers  may  be  susceptible  to  the  adoption  by  the  broader  merchant
community of payment enabled software versus terminal based payments. 

To acquire and retain a segment of our merchants, we depend in part on distribution partners that may not serve us exclusively and are subject to attrition.

We rely in significant part on the efforts of ISOs, ISVs, and referral partners to market our services to merchants seeking to establish a merchant acquiring relationship. These
distribution partners seek to introduce us, as well as our competitors, to newly established and existing SMB merchants, including retailers, restaurants and other businesses.
Generally, our agreements with distribution partners (with the exception of a portion of our integrated technology partners and bank referral partners) are not exclusive, and
distribution partners retain the right to refer merchants to other merchant acquirers. Gaining and maintaining loyalty or exclusivity can require financial concessions to maintain
current distribution partners and merchants or to attract potential distribution partners and merchants from our competitors. We have been required, and expect to be required in
the future, to make concessions when renewing contracts with our distribution partners and such concessions can have a material impact on our financial condition or operating
performance. If these distribution partners switch to another merchant acquirer, cease operations or become insolvent, we will no longer receive new merchant referrals from
them, and we risk losing existing merchants that were originally enrolled by them. Additionally, our distribution partners are subject to the requirements imposed by our bank
sponsors, which may result in fines to them for non-compliance and may, in some cases, result in these entities ceasing to refer merchants to us. We cannot accurately predict
the level of attrition of our distribution partners or merchants in the future, particularly those merchants we

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

acquired as customers in the portfolio acquisitions we have completed in the past five years, which makes it difficult for us to forecast growth. If we are unable to establish
relationships with new distribution partners or merchants, or otherwise increase our transaction processing volume in order to counter the effect of this attrition, our revenues
will decline.

Unauthorized disclosure of merchant or cardholder data, whether through breach of our computer systems, computer viruses, or otherwise, could expose us to liability,
protracted and costly litigation and damage our reputation.

We  are  responsible  for  data  security  for  ourselves  and  for  third  parties  with  whom  we  partner,  including  by  contract  and  under  the  rules  and  regulations  established  by  the
payment networks, such as Visa, MasterCard, Discover and American Express, as well as debit card networks. These third parties include merchants, our distribution partners
and other third-party service providers and agents. We and other third parties collect, process, store and/or transmit sensitive data, such as names, addresses, social security
numbers, credit or debit card numbers and expiration dates, driver's license numbers and bank account numbers. We have ultimate liability to the payment networks and our
bank sponsors that register us with Visa or MasterCard for our failure or the failure of third parties with whom we contract to protect this data in accordance with payment
network requirements. The loss, destruction or unauthorized modification of merchant or cardholder data by us or our contracted third parties could result in significant fines,
sanctions and proceedings or actions against us by the payment networks, governmental bodies, consumers or others.

Information  security  risks  for  us  and  our  competitors  have  substantially  increased  in  recent  years  in  part  due  to  the  proliferation  of  new  technologies  and  the  increased
sophistication,  resources  and  activities  of  hackers,  terrorists,  activists,  organized  crime,  and  other  external  parties,  including  hostile  nation-state  actors.  Examples  of  such
information security risks are the recent Spectre and Meltdown threats which, rather than acting as viruses, were design flaws in many CPUs that allowed programs to steal data
stored  in  the  memory  of  other  running  programs  and  required  patch  software  to  correct.  The  techniques  used  by  these  bad  actors  to  obtain  unauthorized  access,  disable  or
degrade service, sabotage systems or utilize payment systems in an effort to perpetrate financial fraud change frequently and are often difficult to detect. Furthermore, threats
may  derive  from  human  error,  fraud  or  malice  on  the  part  of  employees  or  third  parties,  or  may  result  from  accidental  technological  failure.  For  example,  certain  of  our
employees  have  access  to  sensitive  data  that  could  be  used  to  commit  identity  theft  or  fraud.  Concerns  about  security  increase  when  we  transmit  information  electronically
because such transmissions can be subject to attack, interception or loss. Also, computer viruses can be distributed and spread rapidly over the internet and could infiltrate our
systems or those of our contracted third parties. Denial of service or other attacks could be launched against us for a variety of purposes, including interfering with our services
or to create a diversion for other malicious activities. These types of actions and attacks and others could disrupt our delivery of services or make them unavailable. Any such
actions or attacks against us or our contracted third parties could hurt our reputation, force us to incur significant expenses in remediating the resulting impacts, expose us to
uninsured  liability,  result  in  the  loss  of  our  bank  sponsors  or  our  ability  to  participate  in  the  payment  networks,  subject  us  to  lawsuits,  fines  or  sanctions,  distract  our
management  or  increase  our  costs  of  doing  business.  For  example,  we  are  presently  evaluating  whether  the  recent  Spectre  and  Meltdown  threats  may  require  us  to  replace
substantial portions of our current technology hardware and infrastructure in order to mitigate the risk associated with those threats. If we are required to replace a substantial
portion of our current technology hardware and infrastructure, either as a result of the Spectre and Meltdown threats or similar future threats, we would likely incur substantial
capital expenditures, which may materially and adversely affect our free cash flow and results of operations as a result.

We and our contracted third parties could be subject to breaches of security by hackers. Its encryption of data and other  protective  measures  may  not  prevent  unauthorized
access to or use of sensitive data. A breach of a system may subject us to material losses or liability, including payment network fines, assessments and claims for unauthorized
purchases with misappropriated credit, debit or card information, impersonation or other similar fraud claims. A misuse of such data or a cybersecurity breach could harm our
reputation and deter merchants from using electronic payments generally and our services specifically, thus reducing our revenue. In addition, any such misuse or breach could
cause  us  to  incur  costs  to  correct  the  breaches  or  failures,  expose  us  to  uninsured  liability,  increase  our  risk  of  regulatory  scrutiny,  subject  us  to  lawsuits,  and  result  in  the
imposition of material penalties and fines under state and federal laws or by the payment networks. While we maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and
conditions, cover certain aspects of cyber risks, our insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses. In addition, a significant cybersecurity breach of our systems or
communications could result in payment networks prohibiting us from processing transactions on their networks or the loss of our bank sponsors that facilitate our participation
in the payment networks, either of which could materially impede our ability to conduct business.

The confidentiality of the sensitive business information and personal consumer information that resides on our systems and our associated third parties' systems are critical to
our business. While we maintain controls and procedures to protect the sensitive data we collect, we cannot be certain that these measures will be successful or sufficient to
counter all current and emerging

21

 
 
 
Table of Contents

technology threats that are designed to breach these systems in order to gain access to confidential information. For example, although we generally require that our agreements
with distribution partners or our service providers which may have access to merchant or cardholder data include confidentiality obligations that restrict these parties from using
or  disclosing  any  merchant  or  cardholder  data  except  as  necessary  to  perform  their  services  under  the  applicable  agreements,  we  cannot  guarantee  that  these  contractual
measures will prevent the unauthorized use, modification, destruction or disclosure of data or allow us to seek reimbursement from the contracted party. In addition, many of our
merchants are small and medium businesses that may have limited competency regarding data security and handling requirements and may thus experience data breaches. Any
unauthorized use, modification, destruction or disclosure of data could result in protracted and costly litigation and the incurrence of significant losses.

In addition, our agreements with our bank sponsors and our third-party payment processors (as well as payment network requirements) require us to take certain protective
measures to ensure the confidentiality of merchant and consumer data. Any failure to adequately comply with these protective measures could result in fees, penalties, litigation
or termination of our bank sponsor agreements.

Any  significant  unauthorized  disclosure  of  sensitive  data  entrusted  to  us  would  cause  significant  damage  to  our  reputation  and  impair  our  ability  to  attract  new  integrated
technology and referral partners, and may cause parties with whom we already have such agreements to terminate them.

As a result of information security risks, we must continuously develop and enhance our controls, processes, and practices designed to protect our computer systems, software,
data and networks from attack, damage, or unauthorized access. This continuous development and enhancement will require us to expend additional resources, including to
investigate  and  remediate  significant  information  security  vulnerabilities  detected.  Despite  our  investments  in  security  measures,  we  are  unable  to  assure  that  any  security
measures will not be subject to system or human error.

We may experience breakdowns in our processing systems that could damage client relations and expose us to liability.

Our core business depends heavily on the reliability of our processing systems. A system outage could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and
results of operations. Not only would we suffer damage to our reputation in the event of a system outage, but we may also be liable to third parties. Many of our contractual
agreements with clients require us to pay penalties if our systems do not meet certain operating standards. To successfully operate our business, we must be able to protect our
processing and other systems from interruption, including from events that may be beyond our control. Events that could cause system interruptions include, but are not limited
to, fire, natural disaster, unauthorized entry, power loss, telecommunications failure, computer viruses, terrorist acts, cyber-attacks, and war. Although we have taken steps to
protect against data loss and system failures, there is still risk that we may lose critical data or experience system failures. To help protect against these events, we perform the
vast majority of disaster recovery operations ourselves, but we also utilize select third parties for certain operations. To the extent we outsource our disaster recovery, we are at
risk  of  the  vendor's  unresponsiveness  or  other  failures  in  the  event  of  breakdowns  in  our  systems.  In  addition,  our  property  and  business  interruption  insurance  may  not  be
adequate to compensate us for all losses or failures that may occur.

Governmental regulations designed to protect or limit access to or use of consumer information could adversely affect our ability to effectively provide our services to
merchants.

Governmental bodies in the United States have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, laws and regulations restricting the use, collection, storage, and transfer of, and
requiring safeguarding of, non-public personal information. Our operations are subject to certain provisions of these laws. Relevant federal privacy laws include the Gramm-
Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, which applies directly to a broad range of financial institutions and indirectly, or in some instances directly, to companies that provide services to
financial institutions. These laws and regulations restrict the collection, processing, storage, use and disclosure of personal information, require notice to individuals of privacy
practices  and  provide  individuals  with  certain  rights  to  prevent  the  use  and  disclosure  of  protected  information.  These  laws  also  impose  requirements  for  safeguarding  and
proper destruction of personal information through the issuance of data security standards or guidelines.

The Federal Trade Commission's information safeguarding rules under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act require us to develop, implement and maintain a written, comprehensive
information security program containing safeguards that are appropriate for our size and complexity, the nature and scope of our activities and the sensitivity of any customer
information at issue. Our financial

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

institution clients are subject to similar requirements under the guidelines issued by the federal banking regulators. As part of their compliance with these requirements, each of
our financial institution clients is expected to have a program in place for responding to unauthorized access to, or use of, customer information that could result in substantial
harm or inconvenience to customers and they are also responsible for our compliance efforts as a major service provider. In addition, regulators are proposing new laws or
regulations which could require us to adopt certain cybersecurity and data handling practices. In many jurisdictions consumers must be notified in the event of a data breach,
and  such  notification  requirements  continue  to  increase  in  scope  and  cost.  The  changing  privacy  laws  in  the  United  States  create  new  individual  privacy  rights  and  impose
increased obligations on companies handling personal data.

In addition, there are state laws restricting the ability to collect and utilize certain types of information such as Social Security and driver's license numbers. Certain state laws
impose  similar  privacy  obligations  as  well  as  obligations  to  provide  notification  of  security  breaches  of  computer  databases  that  contain  personal  information  to  affected
individuals, state officers and consumer reporting agencies and businesses and governmental agencies that own data.

In connection with providing services to our merchants, we are required by regulations and contracts with our merchants and with our financial institution referral partners to
provide assurances regarding the confidentiality and security of non-public consumer information. These contracts require periodic audits by independent companies regarding
our compliance with industry standards and also allow for similar audits regarding best practices established by regulatory guidelines. The compliance standards relate to our
infrastructure,  components  and  operational  procedures  designed  to  safeguard  the  confidentiality  and  security  of  non-public  consumer  personal  information  shared  by  our
merchants with it. Our ability to maintain compliance with these standards and satisfy these audits will affect our ability to attract, grow and maintain business in the future. If
we fail to comply with the laws and regulations relating to the protection of data privacy, we could be exposed to suits for breach of contract or to governmental proceedings. In
addition, our relationships and reputation could be harmed, which could inhibit our ability to retain existing merchants and distribution partners and obtain new merchants and
distribution partners.

If more restrictive privacy laws or rules are adopted by authorities in the future, our compliance costs may increase and our ability to perform due diligence on, and monitor the
risk of, our current and potential merchants may decrease, which could create liability for it. Additionally, our opportunities for growth may be curtailed by our compliance
capabilities or reputational harm, and our potential liability for security breaches may increase.

Potential distribution partners and merchants may be reluctant to switch to a new merchant acquirer, which may adversely affect our growth.

Many  potential  distribution  partners  and  merchants  worry  about  potential  disadvantages  associated  with  switching  merchant  acquirers,  such  as  a  loss  of  accustomed
functionality, increased costs and business disruption. For our distribution partners, switching to us from another merchant acquirer or integrating with us may be perceived by
them  as  a  significant  undertaking. As  a  result,  many  distribution  partners  and  merchants  often  resist  change.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  strategies  for  overcoming
potential reluctance to change vendors or initiate a relationship with us will be successful, and this resistance may adversely affect our growth and performance results.

Because we rely on third-party vendors to provide products and services, we could be adversely impacted if they fail to fulfill their obligations.

Our business is dependent on third-party vendors to provide us with certain products and services. For example, we utilize First Data and TSYS to provide authorization and
settlement services. Our current amended and restated processing agreement with First Data was entered into in December 2014 and will remain in effect through December
2019 and automatically renews for successive one-year terms thereafter unless either party provides written notice of non-renewal to the other party. Our current processing
agreement with TSYS is effective January 1, 2019 for a three-year term and automatically renews for a successive one-year term thereafter unless either party provides written
notice of non-renewal to the other party.

The failure of these vendors, such as First Data and TSYS, to perform their obligations in a timely manner could adversely affect our operations and profitability. In addition, if
we are unable to renew our existing contracts with our most significant vendors, such as First Data and TSYS, we might not be able to replace the related product or service at
the same cost, which would negatively impact our profitability. Specifically, while we believe we would be able to locate alternative vendors to provide substantially

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

similar services at comparable rates, or otherwise replicate such services internally, it is not assured that a change will not be disruptive to our business, which could potentially
lead to a material adverse impact on our revenue and profitability until resolved.

Changes in card association and debit network fees or products could increase costs or otherwise limit our operations.

From  time  to  time,  card  associations  and  debit  networks  increase  the  organization  and/or  processing  fees  (known  as  interchange  fees)  that  they  charge.  It  is  possible  that
competitive pressures will result in us absorbing a portion of such increases in the future, which would increase our operating costs, reduce our profit margin, and adversely
affect our business, operating results, and financial condition. In addition, the various card associations and networks prescribe certain capital requirements. Any increase in the
capital level required would further limit our use of capital for other purposes.

We are subject to extensive government regulation, and any new laws and regulations, industry standards or revisions made to existing laws, regulations or industry
standards affecting the electronic payments industry may have an unfavorable impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to numerous regulations that affect electronic payments including, U.S. financial services regulations, consumer protection laws, escheat regulations, and privacy
and information security regulations. Regulation and proposed regulation of our industry has increased significantly in recent years. Changes to statutes, regulations or industry
standards,  including  interpretation  and  implementation  of  statutes,  regulations  or  standards,  could  increase  our  cost  of  doing  business  or  affect  the  competitive  balance.  For
example, the Trump Administration has called for changes in existing regulatory requirements, including those applicable to financial services.

We  cannot  predict  the  impact,  if  any,  of  such  changes  on  our  business.  It  is  likely  that  some  policies  adopted  by  the  new  administration  will  benefit  us,  while  others  will
negatively affect it. Until we know what changes are adopted, we will not know whether in total we benefit from, or are negatively affected by, the changes. Failure to comply
with regulations may have an adverse effect on our business, including the limitation, suspension or termination of services provided to, or by, third parties, and the imposition
of penalties or fines.

Interchange fees, which are typically paid by the payment processor to the issuer in connection with electronic payments, are subject to increasingly intense legal, regulatory,
and legislative scrutiny. In particular, the Dodd-Frank Act significantly changed the United States financial regulatory system, including by regulating and limiting debit card
fees  charged  by  certain  issuers,  allowing  merchants  to  set  minimum  dollar  amounts  for  the  acceptance  of  credit  cards  and  allowing  merchants  to  offer  discounts  or  other
incentives for different payment methods.

Rules implementing the Dodd-Frank Act also contain certain prohibitions on payment network exclusivity and merchant routing restrictions. These restrictions could limit the
number of debit transactions, and prices charged per transaction, which would negatively affect our business. The Dodd-Frank Act also created the CFPB, which has assumed
responsibility for most federal consumer protection laws, and the FSOC, which has the authority to determine whether any non-bank financial company, which may include us
within  the  definitional  scope,  should  be  supervised  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  because  it  is  systemically  important  to  the  United  States  financial  system.  Any  such
designation would result in increased regulatory burdens on our business, which increases our risk profile and may have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition
and results of operations.

We and many of our merchants are subject to Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act prohibiting unfair or deceptive acts or practices. That statement and other laws,
rules  and  or  regulations,  including  the  Telemarketing  Sales Act,  may  directly  impact  the  activities  of  certain  of  our  merchants  and,  in  some  cases,  may  subject  us,  as  the
merchant's electronic processor or provider of certain services, to investigations, fees, fines and disgorgement of funds if we were deemed to have improperly aided and abetted
or otherwise provided the means and instrumentalities to facilitate the illegal or improper activities of the merchant through our services. Various federal and state regulatory
enforcement agencies, including the Federal Trade Commission and state attorneys general, have authority to take action against non-banks that engage in unfair or deceptive
practices or violate other laws, rules and regulations and to the extent we are processing payments or providing services for a merchant that may be in violation of laws, rules
and regulations, we may be subject to enforcement actions and as a result may incur losses and liabilities that may impact our business.

Our  business  may  also  be  subject  to  the  Fair  Credit  Reporting Act  (the  "FCRA"),  which  regulates  the  use  and  reporting  of  consumer  credit  information  and  also  imposes
disclosure requirements on entities that take adverse action based on information obtained

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

from credit reporting agencies. We could be liable if our practices under the FCRA are not in compliance with the FCRA or regulations under it.

Separately, the Housing Assistance Tax Act of 2008 included an amendment to the Internal Revenue Code that requires the filing of yearly information returns by payment
processing entities and third-party settlement organizations with respect to payments made in settlement of electronic payment transactions and third-party payment network
transactions  occurring  in  that  calendar  year.  Transactions  that  are  reportable  pursuant  to  these  rules  are  subject  to  backup  withholding  requirements.  We  could  be  liable  for
penalties if our information returns do not comply with these regulations.

These and other laws and regulations, even if not directed at us, may require us to make significant efforts to change our products and services and may require that we incur
additional  compliance  costs  and  change  how  we  price  our  services  to  merchants.  Implementing  new  compliance  efforts  may  be  difficult  because  of  the  complexity  of  new
regulatory requirements and may cause us to devote significant resources to ensure compliance. Furthermore, regulatory actions may cause changes in business practices by us
and other industry participants which could affect how we market, price and distribute our products and services, which could limit our ability to grow, reduce our revenues, or
increase  our  costs.  In  addition,  even  an  inadvertent  failure  to  comply  with  laws  and  regulations,  as  well  as  rapidly  evolving  social  expectations  of  corporate  fairness,  could
damage our business or our reputation.

Failure to comply with the rules established by payment networks or standards established by third-party processors could result in those networks or processors imposing
fines or the networks suspending or terminating our registrations through our bank sponsors.

In  order  to  provide  our  merchant  acquiring  services,  we  are  registered  through  our  bank  sponsors  with  the  Visa  and  MasterCard  networks  as  service  providers  for  member
institutions. Approximately $35.8 billion of our processing volume in the year ended December 31, 2018 was attributable to transactions processed on the Visa and MasterCard
networks. As  such,  we  and  our  merchants  are  subject  to  payment  network  rules.  The  payment  networks  routinely  update  and  modify  requirements  applicable  to  merchant
acquirers  including  rules  regulating  data  integrity,  third-party  relationships  (such  as  those  with  respect  to  bank  sponsors),  merchant  chargeback  standards  and  PCI  DSS.
Standards governing our third-party processing agreements may also impose requirements with respect to compliance with PCI DSS.

If we do not comply with the payment network requirements or standards governing our third-party processing agreements, our transaction processing capabilities could be
delayed or otherwise disrupted, and recurring non-compliance could result in fines from the payment networks or third-party processors, the payment networks suspending or
terminating our registrations which allow us to process transactions on their networks, which would make it impossible for us to conduct our business on our current scale.

In the first quarter of 2018, we closed in excess of 1,200 merchant accounts in order to ensure compliance with the card associations subscription e-commerce criteria. The
closure  of  these  merchant  accounts  was  made  in  response  to  the  card  associations  having  identified  at  least  one  merchant  as  having  engaged  in  deceptive  practices  with
consumers and being noncompliant with their card association requirements, which resulted in excessive chargebacks. The card association has also found evidence that certain
merchants had engaged in activities that violated certain card association rules, including entering transactions that did not represent bona fide business between the merchant of
record  and  the  cardholder,  and  processing  sales  for  the  same  cardholder  under  different  merchant  accounts  over  time.  The  card  association  also  raised  concern  about  data
security failures by merchants or merchant non-compliance with PCI DSS and about a customer relationship vendor that some of our merchants were using at the time.

As a result of these and other findings, we took certain corrective actions, after reviewing these merchant accounts for alleged violations of card association rules and our terms
of service, including opening duplicate or multiple accounts to avoid compliance with our chargeback limitations. The corrective actions increase the costs of our compliance
program  which  were  passed  along  to  resellers  representing  these  merchants. As  a  result  of  some  of  these  discrete  corrective  actions  as  well  as  standard  risk  assessment
conducted through our risk management systems, we terminated certain of the merchant accounts. We continue to evaluate additional existing and new merchant accounts for
similar activity, and the number and type of merchants we will onboard in the future could potentially continue to be affected. In addition, if we are in the future forced to close a
material  number  of  our  merchant  accounts  as  a  result  of  separate  inquiries  from  card  associations  of  our  own  internal  risk  assessment  process,  such  closures  could  have  a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. We have not been fined by the credit card association related to these account
closures, however, had we not resolved the issues presented in such notices, we

25

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

may have been required to pay a fine. If in the future if we are unable to recover fines from or pass-through costs to our merchants and/or resellers, or recover losses under
insurance policies, we would experience a financial loss, and any such loss could be significant.

Under certain circumstances specified in the payment network rules or our third-party processing agreements, we may be required to submit to periodic audits, self-assessments
or other assessments of our compliance with the PCI DSS. Such activities may reveal that we have failed to comply with the PCI DSS. In addition, even if we comply with the
PCI DSS, there is no assurance that we will be protected from a security breach. The termination of our registration with the payment networks, or any changes in payment
network or issuer rules that limit our ability to provide merchant acquiring services, could have an adverse effect on our payment processing volumes, revenues and operating
costs. If an audit or self-assessment under PCI DSS identifies any deficiencies that we need to remediate, the remediation efforts may distract our management team and be
expensive and time consuming.

Changes in payment network rules or standards could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Payment network rules are established and changed from time to time by each payment network as they may determine in their sole discretion and with or without advance
notice to their participants. The timelines imposed by the payment networks for expected compliance with new rules have historically been, and may continue to be, highly
compressed, requiring us to quickly implement changes to our systems which increases the risk of non-compliance with new standards. In addition, the payment networks could
make changes to interchange or other elements of the pricing structure of the merchant acquiring industry that would have a negative impact on our results of operations. For
example, we closed approximately 1,200 merchant accounts in 2018 in order to ensure compliance with the card association subscription e-commerce criteria.

There may be a decline in the use of electronic payments as a payment mechanism for consumers or adverse developments with respect to the electronic payments industry
in general which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Maintaining  or  increasing  our  profitability  is  dependent  on  consumers  and  businesses  continuing  to  use  credit,  debit  and  prepaid  cards  at  the  same  or  greater  rate  than
previously. If consumers do not continue to use these cards for their transactions or if there is a change in the mix of payments between cash and electronic payments which is
adverse to us, our business could decline and we could incur material losses. Regulatory changes may also result in merchants seeking to charge customers additional fees for
use of electronic payments. Additionally, in recent years, increased incidents of security breaches have caused some consumers to lose confidence in the ability of retailers to
protect their information.

In order to remain competitive and to continue to increase our revenues and earnings, we must continually update our products and services, a process which could result
in increased costs and the loss of revenues, earnings, merchants and distribution partners if the new products and services do not perform as intended or are not accepted in
the marketplace.

The electronic payments industry in which we compete is subject to rapid technological changes and is characterized by new technology, product and service introductions,
evolving industry standards, changing merchant needs and the entrance of non-traditional competitors. We are subject to the risk that our existing products and services become
obsolete, and that we are unable to develop new products and services in response to industry demands. Our future success will depend in part on our ability to develop or adapt
to technological changes and the evolving needs of our resellers, merchants and the industry at large. We are continually involved in many business and technology projects,
such as CPX, MX Connect and MX Merchant. MX Connect and MX Merchant provide resellers and merchant clients, a flexible and customizable set of business applications
that  help  better  manage  critical  business  work  functions  and  revenue  performance  using  core  payment  processing  as  our  leverage  point. Additionally,  CPX  provides AP
automation solutions that offers enterprise clients a bridge for buyer to supplier payments. These may require investment in products or services that may not directly generate
revenue. These projects carry the risks associated with any development effort, including difficulty in determining market demand and timing for delivery of new products and
services, cost overruns, delays in delivery and performance problems. In addition, new products and offerings may not perform as intended or generate the business or revenue
growth expected. Defects in our software and errors or delays in our processing of electronic transactions could result in additional development costs, diversion of technical and
other resources from our other development efforts, loss of credibility with current or potential distribution partners and merchants, harm to our reputation, fines

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

imposed by card networks, or exposure to liability claims. Any delay in the delivery of new products or services or the failure to differentiate our products and services could
render them less desirable, or possibly even obsolete, to our merchants. Additionally, the market for alternative payment processing products and services is evolving, and we
may develop too rapidly or not rapidly enough for us to recover the costs we have incurred in developing new products and services.

We may not be able to continue to expand our share of the existing electronic payments industry or expand into new markets, which would inhibit our ability to grow and
increase our profitability.

Our  future  growth  and  profitability  depend,  in  part,  upon  our  continued  expansion  within  the  markets  in  which  we  currently  operate,  the  emergence  of  other  markets  for
electronic payments and our ability to penetrate these markets and our current distribution partners' merchant base. Future growth and profitability of our business may depend
upon our ability to penetrate new industries and markets for electronic payments.

Our ability to expand into new industries and markets also depends upon our ability to adapt our existing technology or to develop new technologies to meet the particular needs
of each new industry or market. We may not have adequate financial or technological resources to develop effective and secure services or distribution channels that will satisfy
the  demands  of  these  new  industries  or  markets.  Penetrating  these  new  industries  or  markets  may  also  prove  to  be  more  challenging  or  costly  or  take  longer  than  we  may
anticipate. If we fail to expand into new and existing electronic payments industries and markets, we may not be able to continue to grow our revenues and earnings.

Our acquisitions subject us to a variety of risks that could harm our business.

We review and complete selective acquisition opportunities as part of our growth strategy. There can be no assurances that we will be able to complete suitable acquisitions for
a variety of reasons, including the identification of and competition for acquisition targets, the need for regulatory approvals, the inability of the parties to agree to the structure
or purchase price of the transaction and our inability to finance the transaction on commercially acceptable terms. In addition, any potential  acquisition  will  subject  us  to  a
variety of other risks:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

we may need to allocate substantial operational, financial and management resources in integrating new businesses, technologies and products, and management may
encounter difficulties in integrating the operations, personnel or systems of the acquired businesses;

acquisitions may have a material adverse effect on our business relationships with existing or future merchants or distribution partners, in particular, to the extent we
consummate acquisitions that increase our sales and distribution capabilities;

we may assume substantial actual or contingent liabilities, known and
unknown;

acquisitions may not meet our expectations of future financial
performance;

counter-parties to the acquisition transactions may fail to perform their obligations under the applicable acquisition related documents, and/or negligently or
intentionally commit misrepresentations as to the condition of the acquired business, asset, or go-forward enterprise;

we may experience delays or reductions in realizing expected synergies or
benefits;

we may incur substantial unanticipated costs or encounter other problems associated with acquired businesses or devote time and capital investigating a potential
acquisition and not complete the transaction;

we may be unable to achieve our intended objectives for the transaction;
and

we may not be able to retain the key personnel, customers and suppliers of the acquired
business.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Additionally,  we  may  be  unable  to  maintain  uniform  standards,  controls,  procedures  and  policies  as  we  attempt  to  integrate  the  acquired  businesses,  and  this  may  lead  to
operational inefficiencies. These factors related to our acquisition strategy, among others, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.

Potential changes in the competitive landscape, including disintermediation from other participants in the payments value chain, could harm our business.

We expect that the competitive landscape will continue to change, including the following developments:

•

•

•

•

rapid and significant changes in technology may result in technology-led marketing that is focused on business solutions rather than pricing, new and innovative
payment methods and programs that could place us at a competitive disadvantage and reduce the use of our services;

competitors, distribution partners, and other industry participants may develop products that compete with or replace our value-added products and
services;

participants in the financial services, payments and technology industries may merge, create joint ventures or form other business combinations that may strengthen
their existing business services or create new payment services that compete with us; and

new services and technologies that we develop may be impacted by industry-wide solutions and standards related to migration to EMV chip technology, tokenization
or other security-related technologies.

Failure to compete effectively against any of these competitive threats could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to successfully manage our intellectual property and may be subject to infringement claims.

We rely on a combination of contractual rights and copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws to establish and protect our proprietary technology. Third parties may
challenge, circumvent, infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property, or such intellectual property may not be sufficient to permit us to take advantage of current market
trends  or  otherwise  to  provide  competitive  advantages,  which  could  result  in  costly  redesign  efforts,  discontinuance  of  service  offerings  or  other  competitive  harm.  Others,
including our competitors, may independently develop similar technology, duplicate our services or design around our intellectual property and, in such cases, we could not
assert  our  intellectual  property  rights  against  such  parties.  Further,  our  contractual  arrangements  may  not  effectively  prevent  disclosure  of  our  confidential  information  or
provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of our confidential information. We may have to litigate to enforce or determine the scope and enforceability
of our intellectual property rights and know-how, which is expensive, could cause a diversion of resources and may not prove successful. Also, because of the rapid pace of
technological change in our industry, aspects of our business and our services rely on technologies developed or licensed by third parties, and we may not be able to obtain or
continue  to  obtain  licenses  and  technologies  from  these  third  parties  on  reasonable  terms  or  at  all.  The  loss  of  intellectual  property  protection  or  the  inability  to  license  or
otherwise use third-party intellectual property could harm our business and ability to compete.

We may also be subject to costly litigation if our services and technology are alleged to infringe upon or otherwise violate a third-party's proprietary rights. Third parties may
have, or may eventually be issued, patents that could be infringed by our products, services or technology. Any of these third parties could make a claim of infringement against
us with respect to our products, services or technology. We may also be subject to claims by third parties for patent, copyright or trademark infringement, breach of license or
violation of other third-party intellectual property rights. Any claim from third parties may result in a limitation on our ability to use the intellectual property subject to these
claims. Additionally, in recent years, individuals and groups have been purchasing intellectual property assets for the sole purpose of making claims of infringement or other
violations and attempting to extract settlements from companies like ours. Even if we believe that intellectual property related claims are without merit, defending against such
claims  is  time  consuming  and  expensive  and  could  result  in  the  diversion  of  the  time  and  attention  of  our  management  and  employees.  Claims  of  intellectual  property
infringement or violation also might require us to redesign affected products or services, enter into costly settlement or license agreements, pay costly damage awards, or face a
temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or selling certain of our products or services. Even if we have an agreement for indemnification against such
costs, the indemnifying party, if any in such circumstances, may be unable to uphold our contractual

28

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

obligations. If we cannot or do not license the infringed technology on reasonable terms or substitute similar technology from another source, our revenue and earnings could be
adversely impacted.

We are subject to economic and political risk, the business cycles of our merchants and distribution partners and the overall level of consumer and commercial spending,
which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The electronic payments industry depends heavily on the overall level of consumer, commercial and government spending. We are exposed to general economic conditions that
affect consumer confidence, consumer spending, consumer discretionary income and changes in consumer purchasing habits. A sustained deterioration in general economic
conditions  or  increases  in  interest  rates  could  adversely  affect  our  financial  performance  by  reducing  the  number  or  aggregate  dollar  volume  of  transactions  made  using
electronic payments. If our merchants make fewer sales of their products and services using electronic payments, or consumers spend less money through electronic payments,
we will have fewer transactions to process at lower dollar amounts, resulting in lower revenue. In addition, a weakening in the economy could force merchants to close at higher
than historical rates, resulting in exposure to potential losses and a decline in the number of transactions that we process. We also have material fixed and semi-fixed costs,
including rent, debt service, contractual minimums and salaries, which could limit our ability to quickly adjust costs and respond to changes in our business and the economy.

Global economic, political and market conditions affecting the U.S. markets may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition, including our
revenue growth and profitability.

The current worldwide financial market situation, as well as various social and political tensions in the United States and around the world, may contribute to increased market
volatility, may have long-term effects on the United States and may cause economic uncertainties or deterioration in the United States. The U.S. markets experienced extreme
volatility and disruption during the economic downturn that began in mid-2007, and the U.S. economy was in a recession for several consecutive calendar quarters during the
same period. In addition, the fiscal and monetary policies of foreign nations, such as Russia and China, may have a severe impact on U.S. financial markets.

Any new legislation that may be adopted in the United States could significantly affect the regulation of U.S. financial markets. Areas subject to potential change, amendment
or repeal include the Dodd-Frank Act and the authority of the Federal Reserve Board and the Financial Stability Oversight Council. The United States may also potentially
withdraw from or renegotiate various trade agreements and take other actions that would change current trade policies of the United States. We cannot predict which, if any, of
these actions will be taken or, if taken, their effect on the financial stability of the United States. Such actions could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations, particularly in view of the regulatory oversight we presently face. We cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the
U.S. economy in general, or specifically on our business model or growth strategy, which typically involves the use of debt financing. To the extent a downturn in the U.S.
economy impacts our merchant accounts, regulatory changes increase the burden we face in operating our business, or disruptions in the credit markets prevent us from using
debt to finance future acquisitions, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely impacted.

A substantial portion of all of our merchants are small- and medium-sized businesses, which may increase the impact of economic fluctuations and merchant attrition on it.

We  market  and  sell  our  solutions  primarily  to  SMB  merchants.  SMB  merchants  are  typically  more  susceptible  to  the  adverse  effects  of  economic  fluctuations  than  larger
businesses. We experience attrition in merchants and merchant charge volume in the ordinary course of business resulting from several factors, including business closures,
transfers of merchants' accounts to our competitors and account closures that we initiate due to heightened credit risks relating to, or contract breaches by, a merchant. Adverse
changes  in  the  economic  environment  or  business  failures  of  our  SMB  merchants  may  have  a  greater  impact  on  us  than  on  our  competitors  who  do  not  focus  on  SMB
merchants to the extent that we do. We cannot accurately predict the level of SMB merchant attrition in the future. If we are unable to establish accounts with new merchants or
otherwise increase our payment processing volume in order to counter the effect of this attrition, our revenues will decline.

Our systems and our third-party providers' systems may fail due to factors beyond our control, which could interrupt our service, resulting in our inability to process, cause
us to lose business, increase our costs and expose us to liability.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We depend on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of numerous systems, including our computer network systems, software, data centers and telecommunication networks,
as well as the systems and services of our bank sponsors, the payment networks, third-party providers of processing services and other third parties. Our systems and operations
or those of our third-party providers, such as our provider of dial-up authorization services, or the payment networks themselves, could be exposed to damage or interruption
from,  among  other  things,  fire,  natural  disaster,  power  loss,  telecommunications  failure,  unauthorized  entry,  computer  viruses,  denial-of-service  attacks,  acts  of  terrorism,
human  error  or  sabotage,  financial  insolvency  and  similar  events.  Our  property  and  business  interruption  insurance  may  not  be  adequate  to  compensate  us  for  all  losses  or
failures  that  may  occur. At  present,  our  critical  operational  systems,  such  as  our  payment  gateway,  are  fully  redundant,  while  certain  of  our  less  critical  systems  are  not.
Therefore, certain aspects of our operations may be subject to interruption. Also, while we have disaster recovery policies and arrangements in place, they have not been tested
under actual disasters or similar events.

Defects  in  our  systems  or  those  of  third  parties,  errors  or  delays  in  the  processing  of  payment  transactions,  telecommunications  failures  or  other  difficulties  could  result  in
failure to process transactions, additional operating and development costs, diversion of technical and other resources, loss of revenue, merchants and distribution partners, loss
of merchant and cardholder data, harm to our business or reputation, exposure to fraud losses or other liabilities and fines and other sanctions imposed by payment networks.

We rely on other service and technology providers. If they fail or discontinue providing their services or technology generally or to us specifically, our ability to provide
services to merchants may be interrupted, and, as a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

We rely on third parties to provide or supplement bankcard processing services and for infrastructure hosting services. We also rely on third parties for specific software and
hardware used in providing our products and services. The termination by our service or technology providers of their arrangements with us or their failure to perform their
services efficiently and effectively may adversely affect our relationships with our merchants and, if we cannot find alternate providers quickly, may cause those merchants to
terminate their relationship with it.

We also rely in part on third parties for the development and access to new technologies, or updates to existing products and services for which third parties provide ongoing
support,  which  increases  the  cost  associated  with  new  and  existing  product  and  service  offerings.  Failure  by  these  third-party  providers  to  devote  an  appropriate  level  of
attention to our products and services could result in delays in introducing new products or services, or delays in resolving any issues with existing products or services for which
third-party providers provide ongoing support.

Fraud by merchants or others could cause us to incur losses.

We face potential liability for fraudulent electronic payment transactions initiated by merchants or others. Merchant fraud occurs when a merchant opens a fraudulent merchant
account and conducts fraudulent transactions or when a merchant, rather than a customer (though sometimes working together with a customer engaged in fraudulent activities),
knowingly uses a stolen or counterfeit card or card number to record a false sales transaction, or intentionally fails to deliver the merchandise or services sold in an otherwise
valid  transaction. Any  time  a  merchant  is  unable  to  fund  a  chargeback,  we  have  a  number  of  contractual  arrangements  and  other  means  of  recourse  to  mitigate  those  risks.
Nonetheless, there still is loss exposure in the event a merchant is unable to fund a chargeback. Additionally, merchant fraud occurs when employees of merchants change the
merchant demand deposit accounts to their personal bank account numbers, so that payments are improperly credited to the employee's personal account. We have established
systems and procedures to detect and reduce the impact of merchant fraud, but we cannot be sure that these measures are or will be effective. Failure to effectively manage risk
and prevent fraud could increase our chargeback or other liability.

We also have potential liability for losses caused by fraudulent card-based payment transactions. Card fraud occurs when a merchant's customer uses a stolen card (or a stolen
card number in a card-not-present transaction) to purchase merchandise or services. In a card-present transaction, where a merchant has an EMV, or "chip reader", compliant
machine, if the merchant swipes the card and receives authorization for the transaction from the issuer, the issuer remains liable for any loss. In a card-not-present transaction,
or  where  a  merchant  lacks  an  EMV-capable  machine  even  if  the  merchant  receives  authorization  for  the  transaction,  the  merchant  is  liable  for  any  loss  arising  from  the
transaction. Many of the merchants that we serve transact a substantial percentage of their sales in card-not-present transactions over the internet or in response to telephone or
mail orders, which makes these merchants more vulnerable to fraud than merchants whose transactions are conducted largely in card-present transactions.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We incur liability when our merchants refuse or cannot reimburse us for chargebacks resolved in favor of their customers.

We have potential liability for chargebacks associated with the transactions we process. If a billing dispute between a merchant and a cardholder is not ultimately resolved in
favor  of  the  merchant,  the  disputed  transaction  is  "charged  back"  to  the  merchant's  bank  and  credited  or  otherwise  refunded  to  the  cardholder.  The  risk  of  chargebacks  is
typically greater with those merchants that promise future delivery of goods and services rather than delivering goods or rendering services at the time of payment. If we or our
bank sponsors are unable to collect the chargeback from the merchant's account or reserve account (if applicable), or if the merchant refuses or is financially unable (due to
bankruptcy or other reasons) to reimburse the merchant's bank for the chargeback, we may bear the loss for the amount of the refund paid to the cardholder. Any increase in
chargebacks not paid by our merchants could increase our costs and decrease our revenues. We have policies to manage merchant-related credit risk and often mitigate such
risk  by  requiring  collateral  and  monitoring  transaction  activity.  Notwithstanding  our  programs  and  policies  for  managing  credit  risk,  it  is  possible  that  a  default  on  such
obligations by one or more of our merchants could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We rely on bank sponsors, which have substantial discretion with respect to certain elements of our business practices, in order to process electronic payment transactions.
If these sponsorships are terminated and we are not able to secure new bank sponsors, we will not be able to conduct our business.

Because we are not a bank, we are not eligible for membership in the Visa, MasterCard and other payment networks. These networks' operating regulations require us to be
sponsored by a member bank in order to process Electronic Payment transactions. We are currently registered with Visa and MasterCard through Citizens Bank, Wells Fargo
and  Synovus  Bank.  We  are  also  subject  to  network  operating  rules  promulgated  by  the  National Automated  Clearing  House Association  relating  to  payment  transactions
processed by us using the Automated Clearing House Network. For ACH payments, our ACH network (ACH.com) is sponsored by Atlantic Capital Bank, BB&T Bank and MB
Financial Bank. From time to time, we may enter into other sponsorship relationships as well.

Our  bank  sponsors  may  terminate  their  agreements  with  us  if  we  materially  breach  the  agreements  and  do  not  cure  the  breach  within  an  established  cure  period,  if  our
membership  with  Visa  and/or  MasterCard  terminates,  if  we  enter  bankruptcy  or  file  for  bankruptcy,  or  if  applicable  laws  or  regulations,  including  Visa  and/or  MasterCard
regulations, change to prevent either the applicable bank or us from performing services under the agreement. If these sponsorships are terminated and we are unable to secure a
replacement bank sponsor within the applicable wind down period, we will not be able to process electronic payment transactions.

Furthermore, our agreements with our bank sponsors provide the bank sponsors with substantial discretion in approving certain elements of our business practices, including
our solicitation, application and underwriting procedures for merchants. We cannot guarantee that our bank sponsors' actions under these agreements will not be detrimental to
it, nor can we provide assurance that any of our bank sponsors will not terminate their sponsorship of us in the future. Our bank sponsors have broad discretion to impose new
business  or  operational  requirements  on  us,  which  may  materially  adversely  affect  our  business.  If  our  sponsorship  agreements  are  terminated  and  we  are  unable  to  secure
another bank sponsor, we will not be able to offer Visa or MasterCard transactions or settle transactions which would likely cause us to terminate our operations.

Our  bank  sponsors  also  provide  or  supplement  authorization,  funding  and  settlement  services  in  connection  with  our  bankcard  processing  services.  If  our  sponsorships
agreements are terminated and we are unable to secure another bank sponsor, we will not be able to process Visa and MasterCard transactions which would have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In July 2018, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency announced that it will begin accepting special purpose national bank charter applications from financial technology
companies ("FinTech Charter"). No applications for a FinTech Charter have been submitted to date, and we cannot predict which, if any, of our current or future competitors
would take advantage of the charter. However, such a development could increase the competitive risks discussed above or create new competitive risks, such as our nonbank
competitors being able to more easily access the payment networks without the requirement of a bank sponsor, which could provide them with a competitive advantage.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Our risk management policies and procedures may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risks.

We operate in a rapidly changing industry. Accordingly, our risk management policies and procedures may not be fully effective to identify, monitor, manage and remediate
our  risks.  Some  of  our  risk  evaluation  methods  depend  upon  information  provided  by  others  and  public  information  regarding  markets,  merchants  or  other  matters  that  are
otherwise inaccessible by us. In some cases, that information may not be accurate, complete or up-to-date. Additionally, our risk detection system is subject to a high degree of
"false positive" risks being detected, which makes it difficult for us to identify real risks in a timely manner. If our policies and procedures are not fully effective or we are not
always successful in capturing all risks to which we are or may be exposed, we may suffer harm to our reputation or be subject to litigation or regulatory actions that materially
increase our costs and subject us to reputational damage that could limit our ability to grow and cause us to lose existing merchant clients.

Legal proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

In the ordinary course of business, we may become involved in various litigation matters, including but not limited to commercial disputes and employee claims, and from time
to time may be involved in governmental or regulatory investigations or similar matters arising out of our current or future business. Any claims asserted against us, regardless
of merit or eventual outcome, could harm our reputation and have an adverse impact on our relationship with our merchants, distribution partners and other third parties and
could lead to additional related claims. Certain claims may seek injunctive relief, which could disrupt the ordinary conduct of our business and operations or increase our cost of
doing  business.  Our  insurance  or  indemnities  may  not  cover  all  claims  that  may  be  asserted  against  us,  and  any  claims  asserted  against  it,  regardless  of  merit  or  eventual
outcome, may harm our reputation and cause us to expend resources in our defense. Furthermore, there is no guarantee that we will be successful in defending ourselves in
future litigation. Should the ultimate judgments or settlements in any pending litigation or future litigation or investigation significantly exceed our insurance coverage, they
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, Mr. Thomas Priore, is presently subject to an SEC civil order pertaining to his prior involvement with a registered
investment adviser, which could heighten the regulatory scrutiny on us.

On June 21, 2010, the SEC filed a civil lawsuit against ICP Asset Management ("ICP") and Thomas Priore in his role as majority owner, President and Chief Investment Officer
of ICP's registered investment advisor. The SEC principally alleged that portfolio rebalancing trades executed by ICP at the height of the credit crisis, in connection with its
management of the assets of four collateralized debt obligation vehicles (the Triaxx "CDOs"), violated certain fiduciary duties and obligations under the CDOs' trust indentures.
The SEC contended that certain trades executed by ICP at purchase prices between the CDO trusts, should have been executed at then prevailing market prices and on an arms'
length basis, and, by failing to do so, ICP caused the CDOs to overpay for securities in violation of its fiduciary duty. The SEC further alleged that the nature of certain trades
was mischaracterized to investors and executed without requisite approvals from the CDOs' trustee. On August 14, 2012, Mr. Priore and ICP agreed to a civil settlement with
regulators without admitting or denying the allegations, consenting to the entry of a civil order by the SEC (the "SEC Order"). On March 11, 2015 the administrative settlement
was entered pertaining to the SEC Order that barred Mr. Priore from associating with any broker, dealer, investment adviser, municipal securities dealer or transfer agent, and
from participating in any offering involving a penny stock, for a minimum of five years from the date of the SEC Order with the right to apply to the applicable regulatory body
for  reentry  thereafter.  The  SEC  Order  does  not,  nor  has  it  ever,  prohibited  Thomas  Priore's  involvement  with  us,  or  his  service  as  President,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and
Chairman. During such time that the SEC bar remains in effect, we will be required to monitor if any future offerings of our stock might be considered an offering of "penny
stock" which would be prohibited under the bar. In addition, while the SEC bar remains in effect, Mr. Priore is prohibited from owning a controlling equity stake in or operating
a securities broker dealer, investment adviser, municipal securities dealer or transfer agent. The SEC bar does not, however, impact our current business.

The loss of, for example, key personnel or of our ability to attract, recruit, retain and develop qualified employees could adversely affect our business, financial condition
and results of operations.

Our success depends upon the continued services of our senior management and other key personnel who have substantial experience in the electronic payments industry and
the markets in which we offer our services. In addition, our success depends in large part

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

upon  the  reputation  within  the  industry  of  our  senior  managers  who  have  developed  relationships  with  our  distribution  partners,  payment  networks  and  other  payment
processing and service providers. Further, in order for us to continue to successfully compete and grow, we must attract, recruit, develop and retain personnel who will provide
us  with  expertise  across  the  entire  spectrum  of  our  intellectual  capital  needs.  Our  success  is  also  dependent  on  the  skill  and  experience  of  our  sales  force,  which  we  must
continuously  work  to  maintain.  While  we  have  many  key  personnel  who  have  substantial  experience  with  our  operations,  we  must  also  develop  our  personnel  to  provide
succession plans capable of maintaining the continuity of our operations. The market for qualified personnel is competitive, and we may not succeed in recruiting additional
personnel or may fail to effectively replace current personnel who depart with qualified or effective successors.

In addition, we rely heavily on several senior key directors and executive officers, including Mr. Thomas Priore, who is our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman,
who helped found Priority. Our future success will continue to depend on the diligence, skill, network of business contacts and continued service of Thomas Priore, together
with members of our senior management team. We cannot assure you that unforeseen business, medical, personal or other circumstances would not lead any such individual to
terminate his relationship with us. The loss of Thomas Priore, or any of the members of our senior management team, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to
achieve our growth strategy as well as on our future financial condition and results of operations. Failure to retain or attract key personnel could impede our ability to grow and
could result in our inability to operate our business profitably. In addition, contractual obligations related to confidentiality, assignment of intellectual property rights, and non-
solicitation may be ineffective or unenforceable and departing employees may share our proprietary information with competitors in ways that could adversely impact us or
seek to solicit our distribution partners or merchants or recruit our key personnel to competing businesses.

Our business and operations could be negatively affected if we become subject to any securities litigation or stockholder activism, which could cause us to incur significant
expense, hinder execution of business and growth strategy and impact our stock price.

In  the  past,  following  periods  of  volatility  in  the  market  price  of  a  company's  securities,  securities  class  action  litigation  has  often  been  brought  against  that  company.
Stockholder activism, which could take many forms or arise in a variety of situations, has been increasing recently. Volatility in our stock price or other reasons may in the
future  cause  us  to  become  the  target  of  securities  litigation  or  stockholder  activism.  Securities  litigation  and  stockholder  activism,  including  potential  proxy  contests,  could
result  in  substantial  costs  and  divert  our  management's  and  the  board  of  directors'  attention  and  resources  from  our  business. Additionally,  such  securities  litigation  and
stockholder activism could give rise to perceived uncertainties as to our future, adversely affect our relationships with service providers and make it more difficult to attract and
retain  qualified  personnel. Also,  we  may  be  required  to  incur  significant  legal  fees  and  other  expenses  related  to  any  securities  litigation  and  activist  stockholder  matters.
Further,  our  stock  price  could  be  subject  to  significant  fluctuation  or  otherwise  be  adversely  affected  by  the  events,  risks  and  uncertainties  of  any  securities  litigation  and
stockholder activism.

Changes in tax laws and regulations could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows from operations.

Our operations are subject to tax by U.S. federal, state, local, and non-U.S. taxing jurisdictions. Changes in tax laws in our significant tax jurisdictions could materially increase
the amount of taxes we owe, thereby negatively impacting our results of operations as well as our cash flows from operations. For example, restrictions on the deductibility of
interest  expense  in  a  U.S.  jurisdiction  without  a  corresponding  reduction  in  statutory  tax  rates  could  negatively  impact  our  effective  tax  rate,  financial  position,  results  of
operations, and cash flows in the period that such a change occurs and future periods.

Our reported financial results may be adversely affected by changes in U.S. GAAP.

Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("U.S. GAAP") are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB"), the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or
interpretations, including changes related to revenue recognition, could have a significant effect on our reported financial results, and could affect the reporting of transactions
completed before the announcement of a change.

We  are  an  "emerging  growth  company"  and  the  reduced  disclosure  requirements  applicable  to  emerging  growth  companies  may  make  our  securities  less  attractive  to
investors.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 ("JOBS Act"). We may remain an "emerging growth company" until the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. However, if our non-convertible debt issued within a three-year period or revenues exceeds $1.07 billion, or the market value of our
common stock that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million on the last day of the second fiscal quarter of any given fiscal year, we would cease to be an emerging growth
company  as  of  the  following  fiscal  year. As  an  emerging  growth  company,  we  are  not  required  to  comply  with  the  auditor  attestation  requirements  of  Section  404  of  the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act  of  2002,  have  reduced  disclosure  obligations  regarding  executive  compensation  in  our  periodic  reports  and  proxy  statements,  and  are  exempt  from  the
requirements  of  holding  a  non-binding  advisory  vote  on  executive  compensation  and  stockholder  approval  of  any  golden  parachute  payments  not  previously  approved.
Additionally, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and
private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As such, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company
effective dates. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock
less attractive as a result, there may be a less active market for our common stock, our share price may be more volatile and the price at which our securities trade could be less
than if we did not use these exemptions.

Material weaknesses have been identified in our internal control over financial reporting.

We  have  identified  material  weaknesses  in  internal  controls  over  our  financial  reporting  that  remain  unremediated. A  material  weakness  is  defined  as  a  deficiency,  or  a
combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will
not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The material weaknesses identified were (1) lack of sufficient resources with appropriate depth and experience to interpret complex accounting guidance and prepare financial
statements and related disclosures in accordance with U.S. GAAP and (2) deficiencies in certain aspects of the financial statement close process and specifically lacks processes
and procedures to ensure critical evaluation and review of various account reconciliations, analyses and journal entries.

We were not required to perform an evaluation of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 in accordance with the provisions of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as we were a private company prior to July 2018. Had such an evaluation been performed, additional control deficiencies may have been identified
by our management, and those control deficiencies could have also represented one or more material weaknesses.

We have taken steps to enhance our internal control environment and plan to take additional steps to remediate the material weaknesses. Although we plan to complete this
remediation process as quickly as possible, we cannot at this time estimate how long it will take.

Risk Factors Related to Our Indebtedness

We will face risks related to our substantial indebtedness.

As of December 31, 2018, we had outstanding debt of $412.7 million compared to $283.1 million as of December 31, 2017, an increase of $129.6 million or 46%, consisting of
outstanding  debt  of $322.7  million  under  a  senior  credit  facility  with  a  syndicate  of  lenders  (the  "Senior  Credit  Facility")  and $90.0  million  under  a  subordinated  term  loan
(including  accrued  payment-in-kind  interest  through  December  31,  2018)  (the  "Subordinated  Term  Loan").  In  addition,  the  Senior  Credit  Facility  includes  a  $25.0  million
revolving credit facility, which was undrawn as of December 31, 2018. Our total interest expense was $29.9 million, $25.1 million, and $4.8 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016,
respectively.  In  the  future,  we  may  elect  to  use  additional  forms  of  indebtedness,  including  publicly  or  privately  offered  notes,  which  may  further  increase  our  levels  of
indebtedness. See "Item 7 - Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources" for a description of
our existing credit facilities.

Our current and future levels of indebtedness could have important consequences to us, including, but not limited to:

•

increasing our vulnerability to, and reducing our flexibility to respond to, general adverse economic and industry
conditions;

34

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

•

•

•

requiring the dedication of a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payment of principal of, and interest on, our indebtedness, thereby reducing the
availability of such cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, joint ventures or other general corporate purposes;

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the competitive environment;
and

limiting our ability to borrow additional funds and increasing the cost of any such
borrowing.

Substantially all of our indebtedness is floating rate debt. As a result, an increase in interest rates generally, such as those we have recently experienced, would adversely affect
our profitability. We may enter into pay-fixed interest rate swaps to limit our exposure to changes in floating interest rates. Such instruments may result in economic losses
should interest rates decline to a point lower than our fixed rate commitments. We would be exposed to credit-related losses, which could impact the results of operations in the
event of fluctuations in the fair value of the interest rate swaps due to a change in the credit worthiness or non-performance by the counterparties to the interest rate swaps.

We may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the agreements governing our existing indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional
indebtedness,  these  restrictions  are  subject  to  several  significant  qualifications  and  exceptions  and,  under  certain  circumstances,  the  amount  of  indebtedness  that  could  be
incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial.

Our Senior Credit Facility requires us to maintain certain leverage ratios, which will become more restrictive later this year.

Certain  of  our  subsidiaries  are  borrowers  (the  "Borrowers")  or  guarantors  under  the  Senior  Credit  Facility. The  Senior  Credit  Facility  includes  a  Total  Net  Leverage  Ratio
covenant, which requires a Total Net Leverage Ratio of no more  than  6.50:1.00  as  of  December  31,  2018,  6.25:1.00  as  of  March  31,  2019,  and  further  steps  down  in  each
subsequent quarter of 2019 to be no more than 5.25:1.00 as of December 31, 2019 and for each quarter thereafter. The Senior Credit Facility defines Total Net Leverage Ratio
as the consolidated total debt of the Borrowers, less unrestricted cash subject to certain restrictions, divided by the Earnout Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP measure) of the
Borrowers for the prior four quarters. See "Item 7 - Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Certain Non-GAAP Measures."

If the Borrowers were to fail to comply with the Total Net Leverage Ratio covenant, it would trigger an event of default under the Senior Credit Facility, as described below.  As
of December 31, 2018, the Borrowers' Total Net Leverage Ratio was 5.06:1.00.

Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the credit agreements relating to our credit facilities or any future debt instruments we may issue, the lenders thereunder
could elect to accelerate payments due and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. Consequently, we may not have sufficient assets to repay amounts then
outstanding under any such indebtedness.

Under the terms of our existing credit facilities, upon the occurrence of an event of default, the lenders will be able to elect to declare all amounts outstanding under such credit
facilities to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to lend additional funds. Among other reasons, an event of default could be declared by the lenders
in  the  event  we  fail  to  pay  when  due  the  interest,  principal  of  or  premium  on  any  loan,  we  fail  to  comply  with  certain  financial  and  operational  covenants  or  any  negative
covenant, or event of default with respect to certain other credit facilities or debt instruments we may issue in the future.

Any future credit facilities or debt instruments we may issue will likely contain similar, or potentially more expansive, events of default as compared to those set forth in the
terms of our existing credit facilities, including those breach or defaults with respect to any of our other outstanding debt instruments. Our existing credit facilities are secured
by a pledge of substantially all of our assets and any indebtedness we incur in the future may also be secured.

The credit agreements governing our existing credit facilities and any other debt instruments we may issue in the future will contain restrictive covenants that may impair
our ability to conduct business.

The credit agreements governing our existing credit facilities contain operating covenants and financial covenants that may limit management's discretion with respect to certain
business matters. In addition, any debt instruments we may issue in the future will

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

likely contain similar operating and financial covenants restricting our business. Among other things, these covenants will restrict our ability to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

pay dividends, or redeem or purchase equity
interests;

incur additional
debt;

incur
liens;

change the nature of our
business;

engage in transactions with
affiliates;

sell or otherwise dispose of
assets;

• make acquisitions or other investments;

and

• merge or consolidate with other

entities.

In addition, we are required to comply with certain restrictions on the ratio of our indebtedness to our Earnout Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP measure as defined in the credit
agreements governing our existing credit facilities).

As a result of these covenants and restrictions, we will be limited in our ability to pay dividends or buy back stock and how we conduct our business, and we may be unable to
raise additional debt or other financings to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could
also  include  even  more  restrictive  covenants.  Failure  to  comply  with  such  restrictive  covenants  may  lead  to  default  and  acceleration  and  may  impair  our  ability  to  conduct
business. We may not be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future and, if we fail to do so, that we will be able to obtain waivers from the lenders and/or
amend  the  covenants,  which  may  result  in  foreclosure  on  our  assets  and  our  common  stock  becoming  worthless.  See  "Item  7  -  Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources" for a description of our existing credit facilities.

Risks Factors Related to Our Common Stock

You may not be able to resell shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid or at all, and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result.

The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile. The stock market recently has experienced volatility. This volatility often has been unrelated or disproportionate
to the operating performance of particular companies. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial price you paid due to a number of factors such as those
listed in "—Risks Factors Related to our Business" and the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and
investors;

results of operations that vary from those of our
competitors;

changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates and investment recommendations by securities analysts and
investors;

declines in the market prices of stocks
generally;

strategic actions by us or our
competitors;

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new products, acquisitions, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures, other strategic relationships,
or capital commitments;

36

 
 
 
Table of Contents

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or
markets;

changes in business or regulatory
conditions;

future sales of our common stock or other
securities;

investor perceptions or the investment opportunity associated with our common stock relative to other investment
alternatives;

the public's response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the
SEC;

announcements relating to
litigation;

guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance, or our failure to meet this
guidance;

the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our
stock;

changes in accounting
principles;

occurrences of extreme or inclement weather;
and

other events or factors, including those resulting from natural disasters, war, acts of terrorism, or responses to these
events.

These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, price
volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our common stock is low.

In  the  past,  following  periods  of  market  volatility,  stockholders  have  instituted  securities  class  action  litigation.  If  we  were  involved  in  securities  litigation,  it  could  have  a
substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of executive management from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.

Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell
your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We intend to retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion, and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.
The declaration, amount, and payment of any future dividends on shares of common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may
take  into  account  general  and  economic  conditions,  our  financial  condition,  and  results  of  operations,  our  available  cash  and  current  and  anticipated  cash  needs,  capital
requirements, contractual, legal, tax, and regulatory restrictions, implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other
factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by covenants of our existing and outstanding indebtedness and may be
limited by covenants of any future indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our common stock unless you sell
our common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they downgrade our common stock or our sector, our stock price and trading volume could
decline.

The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control
these analysts. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrades our common stock or our industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, or publish
inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our common stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of the combined company

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change of control.

Certain  provisions  of  our Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  our Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  have  an  anti-takeover  effect  and  may  delay,  defer,  or
prevent a merger, acquisition, tender offer, takeover attempt, or other change of control transaction that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts
that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by our stockholders.

These provisions provide for, among other things:

•

•

•

•

•

the  ability  of  our  board  of  directors  to  issue  one  or  more  series  of  preferred
stock;

advance  notice  for  nominations  of  directors  by  stockholders  and  for  stockholders  to  include  matters  to  be  considered  at  our  annual
meetings;

certain 
meetings;

limitations  on  convening  special  stockholder

the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2⁄3% of the shares of common stock entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors if Priority Investment Holdings, LLC and Priority Incentive Equity Holdings, LLC and their affiliates (collectively, the "Priority Holders") hold
less than 40% of our outstanding shares of common stock; and

that certain provisions may be amended only by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2⁄3% of the shares of common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors if the Priority Holders hold less than 40% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

The provisions requiring 66 2⁄3% approval if the Priority Holders hold less than 40% of our outstanding shares of common stock gives the Priority Holders significant influence
over the vote on these items even after the Priority Holders own less than a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock.

In addition, these anti-takeover provisions could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire us, even if the third-party's offer may be considered beneficial by many of our
stockholders. As a result, our stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of
actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or
our directors, officers, employees or stockholders.

Our Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides  that,  subject  to  limited  exceptions,  the  Court  of  Chancery  of  the  State  of  Delaware  will  be  the  sole  and
exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our Company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our
directors,  officers  or  stockholders  to  us  or  our  stockholders,  (iii)  action  asserting  a  claim  against  us  or  any  of  our  directors,  officers  or  stockholders  arising  pursuant  to  any
provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or our Amended and Restated Bylaws, or (iv) action asserting a
claim against us or any of our directors, officers or stockholders governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in
shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation described above.
This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder's ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other
employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs
associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We believe that our stockholders will benefit from having any such disputes litigated in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. Although some plaintiffs might prefer
to litigate matters in a forum outside of Delaware because another court may be more convenient or because they believe another court would be more favorable to their claims,
we  believe  that  the  benefits  us  and  our  stockholders  outweigh  these  concerns.  Delaware  offers  a  system  of  specialized  courts  to  deal  with  corporate  law  questions,  with
streamlined procedures and processes which help provide relatively quick decisions. These courts have developed considerable expertise in dealing with corporate law issues, as
well as a substantial and influential body of case law construing Delaware's corporate law and long-standing precedent regarding corporate governance. In addition, the adoption
of this provision would reduce the risk that we could be involved in duplicative litigation in more than one forum, as well as the risk that the outcome of cases in multiple
forums  could  be  inconsistent,  even  though  each  forum  purports  to  follow  Delaware  law.  The  enforceability  of  similar  exclusive  jurisdiction  provisions  in  other  companies'
certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any action, a court could find the exclusive jurisdiction provision
contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action. However, given the decisions of the Court of Chancery of
the State of Delaware in 2013 upholding similar provisions in Boilermakers Local 154 Retirement Fund v. Chevron Corp., et al.  and IClub Investment Partnership v. FedEx
Corp., et al., we believe that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware would find our exclusive forum provisions to be enforceable as well.

Mr. Thomas Priore, our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, controls the Company, and his interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

Thomas Priore and his affiliates have the ability to elect all of the members of our board of directors and thereby control our policies and operations, including the appointment
of management, future issuances of our common stock or other securities, the payment of dividends, if any, on our common stock, the incurrence or modification of debt by us,
amendments to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws, and the entering into of extraordinary transactions, and their
interests may not in all cases be aligned with your interests. In addition, Thomas Priore may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, and other transactions that, in
his judgment, could enhance his investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you. For example, he could cause us to make acquisitions that increase our
indebtedness or cause us to sell revenue-generating assets. Additionally, in certain circumstances, acquisitions of debt at a discount by purchasers that are related to a debtor can
give rise to cancellation of indebtedness income to such debtor for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Our Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides  that  neither  he  nor  any  of  his  affiliates,  or  any  director  who  is  not  employed  by  us  (including  any  non-
employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same
business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. So long as Thomas Priore continues to own a significant amount of our combined
voting power, even if such amount is less than 50%, he will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions. Furthermore, so long as Thomas Priore
and his respective affiliates collectively own at least 50% of all outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, they will be able
to appoint individuals to our board of directors. In addition, given his level of control, Thomas Priore will be able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder
approval and will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of the Company or a change in the composition of our board of directors and could preclude any unsolicited
acquisition of the Company. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of common stock as part of a sale of the
Company and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock.

We are a "controlled company" within the meaning of the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC ("Nasdaq") and, as a result, qualify for, and rely on, exemptions from
certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections as those afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such governance
requirements.

Mr. Thomas Priore controls a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a "controlled company" within the meaning of the corporate
governance standards of Nasdaq. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a "controlled
company" and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•

the requirement that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent
directors;

39

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

•

•

the requirement that we have a Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the
committee's purpose and responsibilities; and

the requirement that we have a Compensation Committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose
and responsibilities.

We  utilize  and  intend  to  continue  to  utilize  these  exemptions.  As  a  result,  we  do  not  have  a  majority  of  independent  directors  and  our  Compensation  Committee  and
Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee does not consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, our stockholders do not have the same protections afforded to
stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.

Risk Factors Related to Our Warrants

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants (the "Warrants") at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at $0.01 per warrant, if the last
reported sales price (or the closing bid price of our common stock in the event the common stock is not traded on any specific trading day) of the common stock equals or
exceeds $16.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the date we send proper notice of such redemption,
provided that on the date we give notice of redemption and during the entire period thereafter until the time we redeem the Warrants, we have an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act covering the common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available or cashless exercise is exempt
from the registration requirements under the Securities Act. If and when the Warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to
register  or  qualify  the  underlying  securities  for  sale  under  all  applicable  state  securities  laws.  Redemption  of  the  outstanding  Warrants  could  force  a  warrant  holder:  (i)  to
exercise Warrants and pay the exercise price therefore at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) to sell Warrants at the then-current market price when you
might  otherwise  wish  to  hold  your  Warrants  or  (iii)  to  accept  the  nominal  redemption  price  which,  at  the  time  the  outstanding  Warrants  are  called  for  redemption,  may  be
substantially less than the market value of your Warrants.

The liquidity of the Warrants may be limited.

There is a limited trading market for our Warrants, which might adversely affect the liquidity, market price and price volatility of the Warrants. In addition, our publicly-traded
Warrants were recently removed from quotation on The Nasdaq Global Market. As a result, investors in our Warrants may find it more difficult to dispose of or obtain accurate
quotations as to the market value of our Warrants, and the ability of our stockholders to sell our Warrants in the secondary market has been materially limited.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

N/A

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We maintain several offices across the United States, all of which we lease.

Our key office locations include:

•

•

•

•

•

corporate headquarters in Alpharetta, Georgia with approximately 95,000 leased square
feet;
data management office in Atlanta, Georgia with approximately 130 leased square
feet;
data management office in Austin, Texas with approximately 260 leased square
feet;
telesales office in our Alpharetta, Georgia location with approximately 33,000 leased square feet which is part of our corporate headquarters' total leased space;
and
administrative office in New York, NY with approximately 3,300 square
feet.

We lease several small facilities for sales and operations. Our current facilities meet the needs of our employee base and can accommodate our currently contemplated growth.
We believe that we will be able to obtain suitable additional facilities on commercially reasonable term to meet any needs.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In 2015, approximately three years after reaching a civil settlement with regulators on the matter, and without admitting or denying the allegations against him, Mr. Thomas
Priore  consented  to  the  entry  of  the  SEC  Order  relating  to  his  prior  involvement  as  the  majority  owner,  President  and  Chief  Investment  Officer  of  a  registered  investment
adviser, ICP Asset Management, LLC. Under the SEC Order, Mr. Priore agreed to be barred from associating with any broker, dealer, investment adviser, municipal securities
dealer or transfer agent, and from participating in any offering involving a penny stock, for a minimum of five years from the date of the SEC Order with the right to apply to
the applicable regulatory body for reentry thereafter. The SEC Order does not, nor has it ever, prohibited Thomas Priore's involvement with the Company, or his service as
President, Chief Executive Officer or Chairman. During such time that the SEC bar remains in effect, the combined company will be required to monitor if any future offerings
of our stock might be considered an offering of "penny stock" which would be prohibited under the bar.

During October 2018, we settled a legal matter for $1.6 million, which is included in Selling, general, and administrative expenses in our consolidated statement of operations
for the year ended December 31, 2018.

We are involved in certain other legal proceedings and claims, which arise in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of the Company, based on consultations with inside
and outside counsel, the results of any of these ordinary course matters, individually and in the aggregate, are not expected to have a material effect on our results of operations,
financial  condition,  or  cash  flows. As  more  information  becomes  available  and  we  determine  that  an  unfavorable  outcome  is  probable  on  a  claim  and  that  the  amount  of
probable loss that we will incur on that claim is reasonably estimable, we will record an accrued expense for the claim in question. If and when we record such an accrual, it
could be material and could adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

N/A

41

Table of Contents

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY
SECURITIES

PART II.

Market Information

Prior to the consummation of the Business Combination on July 25, 2018, MI Acquisitions' common stock, warrants and units were each listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market
under the symbol "MACQ," "MACQW" and "MACQU," respectively. Upon the consummation of the Business Combination and the change of the Company's name to Priority
Technology Holdings, Inc., our common stock commenced trading on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "PRTH" and our warrants and units commenced trading
under the symbols "PRTHW" and "PRTHU, " respectively. As of March 6, 2019, our warrants and units were delisted from trading on The Nasdaq Global Market.  Following
their delisting, our warrants and units became available to be quoted in the over-the-counter market under the symbols "PRTHW" and "PRTHU," respectively.

Holders

As of March 22, 2019, we had 34, 2, and 1 holders of record of our common stock, warrant and units, respectively. This figure does not include the number of persons whose
securities are held in nominee or "street" name accounts through brokers.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid, and do not anticipate declaring or paying in the foreseeable future, any cash dividends on our common stock.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

On December 19, 2018, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program. Under the program, the Company may purchase up to $5.0 million of its
outstanding  common  stock  from  time  to  time  through  June  30,  2019. As  of  March  22,  2019,  the  Company  has  not  repurchased  any  of  its  common  stock  pursuant  to  the
repurchase plan.

42

 
Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth selected historical financial information derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on
Form  10-K  as  of  December  31,  2018  and  2017,  and  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2018,  2017,  and  2016,  and  from  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  not
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as of December 31, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2015.  You should read the following selected financial data in
conjunction with the sections entitled "Item 7 - Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the audited consolidated financial
statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(in thousands except per share amounts)
  Statement of operations data
  Revenues
  Operating expenses
  Interest expense
  Other, net
  (Loss) income before income taxes
  Income tax benefit

  Net (loss) income

  Basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share

(in thousands)
  Statement of cash flows data
  Net cash provided by (used in):
  Operating activities
Investing activities
  Financing activities

(in thousands)

Balance Sheet data
Cash and restricted cash
Total assets
Total liabilities
Total stockholders' (deficit) equity
Shares of common stock outstanding

Years Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

2015

424,415   $
404,496  
(29,935)  
(6,784 )  

(16,800)  
(1,759 )  

(15,041)   $

425,619   $
390,370  
(25,058)  
(5,597 )  

4,594  
—  

4,594   $

344,114   $
318,274  
(4,777 )  
(877)  

20,186  
—  

20,186   $

286,244
271,685
(4,052 )
(1,240 )

9,267
—

9,267

(0.24)   $

0.06   $

0.15   $

0.07

Years Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

2015

31,348   $
(108,928 )   $
67,252   $

36,869   $
(9,037 )   $
(25,375)   $

22,275   $
(6,362 )   $
(10,548)   $

25,308
(31,888)
18,714

  $

  $

  $

  $
  $
  $

As of December 31,

2018

2017

2016

33,831   $
388,618   $
474,091   $
(85,473 )   $
67,038  

44,159   $
266,707   $
356,862   $
(90,155)   $
73,110  

41,702
256,050
140,043
116,007
195,439

  $
  $
  $
  $

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations together with "Item 6 - Selected Financial Data" and our
audited  financial  statements  and  the  related  notes  included  elsewhere  in  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  This  discussion  contains  forward-looking  statements  about  our
business, operations and industry that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements regarding  our  plans,  objectives,  expectations  and  intentions.  Our  future  results  and
financial  condition  may  differ  materially  from  those  currently  anticipated  by  us  as  a  result  of  the  factors  described  in  the  sections  entitled  "Item  1A  -  Risk  Factors"  and
"Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements." Certain amounts in this section may not foot due to rounding.

For  a  description  and  additional  information  about  our  two  reportable  segments,  see  Note  16, Segment  Information,  contained  in  "Item  8  -  Financial  Statements  and
Supplementary Data" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Results of Operations

This section includes a summary of our results of operations for the periods presented followed by a detailed discussion of our results for (i) the year ended December 31, 2018
compared to the year ended December 31, 2017 and (ii) the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. We have derived this data, except
key indicators for merchant bankcard processing dollar values and transaction volumes, from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.

Our  revenue  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  has  been  negatively  affected  by  the  closure  of  high-margin  accounts  with  certain  subscription-billing  e-commerce
merchants. The closure of merchants in this channel was due to industry-wide changes for enhanced card association compliance. This revenue, which is entirely within our
Consumer  Payments  reportable  segment,  was  $65.2  million,  $95.6  million,  and  $58.3  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2018,  2017,  and  2016,  respectively. Our
income  from  operations  associated  with  these  merchants  was  $21.3  million,  $31.9  million,  and  $19.0  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2018,  2017,  and  2016,
respectively. Based upon the current trend, we currently expect revenue from this channel of subscription-billing e-commerce merchants to be approximately $15.0 million and
income from operations to be approximately $6.0 million for the year ending December 31, 2019.

In addition to the impact of the closures of certain merchants described above, our income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 has been negatively affected
by expenses associated with our Business Combination, conversion to a public company, and certain legal matters. These expenses, which were entirely within Corporate, were
$12.4 million, $5.6 million, and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

44

 
 
Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2017

REVENUE:
Merchant card fees
Outsourced services and other

Total revenue
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Costs of merchant card fees
Costs of outsourced services and other
Salary and employee benefits
Depreciation and amortization
Selling, general and administrative
Change in fair value of contingent consideration

Total operating expenses

Income from operations

OTHER (EXPENSES) INCOME:
Interest expense
Other, net

Total other expenses, net

Years Ended December 31,

2018

2017

$ Change

% Change

(dollars in thousands)

  $

392,033   $
32,382  

424,415  

398,988   $
26,631  

425,619  

296,223  
18,128  
38,324  
19,740  
32,081  
—  

404,496  

305,461  
15,743  
32,357  
14,674  
22,545  
(410)  

390,370  

(6,955 )  
5,751  

(1,204 )  

(9,238 )  
2,385  
5,967  
5,066  
9,536  
410  

14,126  

(1.7 )%
21.6  %

(0.3 )%

(3.0 )%
15.1  %
18.4  %
34.5  %
42.3  %
nm

3.6 %

19,919  

35,249  

(15,330)  

(43.5)%

(29,935)  
(6,784 )  

(36,719)  

(25,058)  
(5,597 )  

(30,655)  

(4,877 )  
(1,187 )  

(6,064 )  

19.5  %
21.2  %

19.8  %

(Loss) income before taxes

(16,800)  

4,594  

(21,394)  

(465.7 )%

Income tax benefit 

Net (loss) income

n.m. = not meaningful

(1,759 )  

—  

(1,759 )  

nm

  $

(15,041)   $

4,594   $

(19,635)  

(427.4 )%

45

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
Table of Contents

The following table shows our segment income statement data and selected performance measures for the periods indicated:

(dollars and volume amounts in thousands)

Years Ended December 31,

2018

2017

Change

% Change

Consumer Payments:

Revenue
Operating expenses

Income from operations

Operating margin

Key Indicators:

Merchant bankcard processing dollar value
Merchant bankcard transaction volume

Commercial Payments and Managed Services:

Revenue
Operating expenses

(Loss) income from operations

Operating margin

Key Indicators:

Merchant bankcard processing dollar value
Merchant bankcard transaction volume

Income from operations of reportable segments
Corporate expenses

Consolidated income from operations

Key Indicators:

Merchant bankcard processing dollar value
Merchant bankcard transaction volume

Revenue

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

394,986
344,458

  $

50,528

  $

12.8  %  

400,320
344,847

  $

55,473

  $

13.9 %  

(5,334 )
(389)

(4,945 )

(1.1 )%  

37,892,474
465,584

  $

34,465,600
439,055

  $

3,426,874
26,529

29,429
32,350

  $

(2,921 )

  $

(9.9 )%  

262,824
173

47,607
(27,688 )

  $

  $

19,919

  $

  $

25,299
24,327

972

  $

3.8 %  

190,338
95

  $

56,445
(21,196 )

  $

35,249

  $

4,130
8,023

(3,893 )

(13.7)%  

72,486
78

(8,838 )
(6,492 )

(15,330)

  $

38,155,298

  $

34,655,938

  $

3,499,360

465,757

439,150

26,607

(1.3 )%
(0.1 )%

(8.9 )%

9.9 %
6.0 %

16.3  %
33.0  %

(400.5 )%

38.1  %
82.1  %

(15.7)%
30.6  %

10.1  %

6.1 %

For the year ended December 31, 2018, our consolidated revenue decreased by $1.2 million, or 0.3%, from the year ended December 31, 2017 to $424.4 million. This decrease
was driven by a $5.3 million, or 1.3%, decrease in revenue from our Consumer Payments segment, partially offset by a $4.1 million, or 16.3%, increase in revenue from our
Commercial  Payments  and  Managed  Services  segment.  Consolidated  bankcard  processing  dollar  value  and  merchant  bankcard  transactions  increased  10.1%  and  6.1%,
respectively.

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  the  decrease  in  Consumer  Payments  revenue  was  primarily  attributable  to  a  decrease  in  revenue  of  $30.4  million  from  certain
subscription-billing  e-commerce  merchants,  largely  offset  by  revenue  resulting  from  the  overall  increases  in  bankcard  processing  dollar  value  and  merchant  bankcard
transactions of 9.9% and 6.0%, respectively, compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The higher merchant bankcard processing dollar value and transaction volume in
2018

46

 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

were mainly due to the continuation of higher consumer spending trends in 2018 and positive net onboarding of new merchants. Additionally, the average dollar amount per
bankcard transaction increased to $81.39, or 3.7%, in 2018 from $78.50 in 2017.

The  increase  in  Commercial  Payments  and  Managed  Services  revenue  for  year  ended  December  31,  2018  was  attributable  in  part  to  increases  in  CPX  merchant  bankcard
processing dollar value and the number of merchant bankcard transactions volume of 38.1% and 82.1%, respectively. Managed Services revenue grew due to an increase in
headcount of our in-house sales force dedicated to selling merchant financing products on behalf of our financial institution partners, for which we record revenue on a cost-plus
basis.

Operating expenses

Our  consolidated  operating  expenses  increased  $14.1  million,  or  3.6%,  from  $390.4  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  to  $404.5  million  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2018, driven primarily by a $9.6 million, or 42.3%, increase in Selling, General, and Administrative ("SG&A") expenses. This increase in SG&A expenses was
due  primarily  to  in-house  sales  force  expansion  and  corporate  expenses  related  to  transaction  costs  associated  with  the  Business  Combination  and  conversion  to  a  public
company, such as legal, accounting and other advisory and consulting expenses. Higher consolidated operating expenses were partially offset by lower costs of merchant card
fees attributable to 2018 acquisitions of residual portfolio commission rights, partially offset by growth in processing volume. Costs of merchant card fees as a percentage of
merchant card fee revenue dropped by 10 basis points in 2018 from 2017. Salary and employee benefits increased $6.0 million, or 18.4%, related to increases in corporate and
operations headcount and increases in headcount from business acquisitions in 2018. Depreciation and amortization increased $5.1 million, or 34.5%, attributable mainly to the
internally developed software for the MX Connect and CPX platforms and acquired merchant portfolios.

Income from operations

Consolidated  income  from  operations  decreased  $15.3  million,  or  43.5%,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  compared  to  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017.  Our
consolidated operating margin for year ended December 31, 2018 was 4.7% compared to 8.3% for the year ended December 31, 2017. The margin decrease was primarily due
to the loss of certain subscription-billing e-commerce merchants and increases in expenses related to the Business Combination, conversion to a public company, and certain
legal matters.

Our  Consumer  Payments  reportable  segment  contributed  $50.5  million  in  segment  operating  income  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  a  decrease  of  $4.9  million,  or
8.9%, from $55.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This decrease largely reflected the loss of certain subscription-billing e-commerce merchants, partially offset
by increases in merchant processing transactions.

Our  Commercial  Payments  and  Managed  Services  segment  incurred  a  $2.9  million  operating  loss  for  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  compared  to  $1.0  million  in  segment
operating income for the year ended December 31, 2017. This decline in operating income was attributable to the startup of our newly established Integrated Partners businesses
and increased investment in Commercial Payments staffing and infrastructure.

Corporate  expenses  were  $27.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  an  increase  of  $6.5  million  over  expenses  of  $21.2  million  in  the  year  ended  December  31,
2017. This increase was driven primarily by a $6.8 million increase in expenses associated with our Business Combination, conversion to a public company, and certain legal
matters. These expenses were $12.4 million and $5.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Interest expense

Interest expense, including amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and discount, increased by $4.9 million, or 19.5%, to $29.9 million in 2018 from $25.1 million in 2017.
This increase was due to higher outstanding borrowings in 2018, partially offset by lower applicable interest rates as a result of the debt modification in January 2018.

Other, net

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Other, net increased $1.2 million from a net expense of $5.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 to a net expense of $6.8 million in the year ended December 31,
2018. This change was primarily due to debt modification costs of $2.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2018.

Income tax expense (benefit)

We  became  part  of  a  "C-corporation"  reporting  tax  group  on  July  25,  2018  in  connection  with  the  Business  Combination.  On  July  25,  2018,  we  recognized  a  net  deferred
income tax asset of $47.5 million, which also resulted in a credit to our additional paid-in capital within our consolidated stockholders' equity (deficit). The net deferred tax asset
is the result of the difference between the initial tax bases in the assets and liabilities and their respective carrying amounts for financial statement purposes.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, our income tax benefit was $1.8 million, resulting in an effective income tax benefit rate of 10.5%. This income tax benefit was based
on the pre-tax loss incurred after July 25, 2018. On a pro-forma basis assuming C-corp status for the full year 2018, our income tax benefit would have been $2.6 million,
resulting in a pro-forma effective income tax benefit rate of 15.6%. Our annualized pro-forma effective income tax benefit rate for 2018 is less than the statutory rate due to
timing and permanent differences between amounts calculated under GAAP and the tax code.

The actual and pro-forma effective income tax rates for 2018 may not be indicative of our effective tax rates for future periods.

Net loss

Our  consolidated  net  loss  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  was  $15.0  million  compared  to  net  income  of  $4.6  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  for  the
aforementioned reasons.

48

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2016

The following table shows our consolidated income statement data for the periods indicated:

REVENUE:
Merchant card fees
Outsourced services and other

Total revenue

OPERATING EXPENSES:
Costs of merchant card fees
Costs of outsourced services and other
Salary and employee benefits
Depreciation and amortization
Selling, general and administrative
Change in fair value of contingent consideration

Total operating expenses

Income from operations

OTHER (EXPENSES) INCOME:
Interest expense
Other, net

Total other expenses, net

Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

$ Change

% Change

(dollars in thousands)

  $

398,988   $
26,631  

425,619  

321,091   $
23,023  

344,114  

305,461  
15,743  
32,357  
14,674  
22,545  
(410)  

390,370  

243,049  
13,971  
32,330  
14,733  
16,856  
(2,665 )  

318,274  

77,897  
3,608  

81,505  

62,412  
1,772  
27  
(59)  
5,689  
2,255  

72,096  

24.3  %
15.7  %

23.7  %

25.7  %
12.7  %
0.1 %
(0.4 )%
33.8  %
(84.6)%

22.7  %

35,249  

25,840  

9,409  

36.4  %

(25,058)  
(5,597 )  

(30,655)  

(4,777 )  
(877)  

(5,654 )  

(20,281)  
(4,720 )  

(25,001)  

424.6 %
538.2 %

442.2 %

Net income

  $

4,594   $

20,186   $

(15,592)  

(77.2)%

49

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents

The following table shows our segment income statement data and selected performance measures for the periods indicated:

(dollars and volume amounts in thousands)

Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

Change

% Change

Consumer Payments:

Revenue
Operating expenses

Income from operations

Operating margin

Key Indicators:

Merchant bankcard processing dollar value
Merchant bankcard transaction volume

Commercial Payments and Managed Services:

Revenue
Operating expenses

Income from operations

Operating margin

Key Indicators:

Merchant bankcard processing dollar value
Merchant bankcard transaction volume

Income from operations of reportable segments
Corporate expenses

Consolidated income from operations

Key Indicators:

Merchant bankcard processing dollar value
Merchant bankcard transaction volume

Revenue

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

400,320
344,847

  $

55,473

  $

13.9 %  

322,666
284,894

  $

37,772

  $

11.7 %  

77,654
59,953

17,701

2.2 %  

34,465,600
439,055

  $

30,335,776
398,498

  $

4,129,824
40,557

  $

25,299
24,327

972

  $

3.8 %  

  $

21,448
19,587

1,861

  $

8.7 %  

3,851
4,740

(889)

(4.9 )%    

190,338
95

  $

  $

95,834
64

56,445
(21,196 )

  $

35,249

  $

39,633
(13,793 )

  $

25,840

  $

94,504
31

16,812
(7,403 )

9,409

34,655,938
439,150

  $

30,431,610
398,562

  $

4,224,328
40,588

24.1  %
21.0  %

46.9  %

13.6  %
10.2  %

18.0  %
24.2  %

(47.8)%

98.6  %
48.4  %

42.4  %
53.7  %

13.9  %
10.2  %

Consolidated  revenue  increased  $81.5  million,  or  23.7%,  from  $344.1  million  in  2016  to  $425.6  million  in  2017.  This  increase  was  driven  primarily  by  a  $77.7  million,  or
24.1%, increase in revenue from our Consumer Payments segment and a $3.9 million, or 18.0%, increase in revenue from our Commercial Payments and Managed Services
segment.

The increase in Consumer Payments revenue was attributable primarily to a 13.6% increase in merchant bankcard processing dollar value and a 10.2% increase in the number of
merchant bankcard transactions, attributable mainly to higher consumer spending trends in 2017, positive net boarding of new active merchants, including the onboarding of a
sizeable merchant portfolio in July 2017, and merchant mix. The increase in merchant processing dollar value was also impacted by a small increase in average transaction
dollar value. A small increase in average transaction processing fees, attributable to merchant mix, also contributed to revenue growth.

50

 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The increase in Commercial Payments and Managed Services revenue was attributable primarily to an increase in headcount in our in-house sales force dedicated to selling
merchant financing products on behalf of our financial institution partners (for which we record revenue on a cost-plus basis, as described above).

Operating expenses

Consolidated  operating  expenses  increased  $72.1  million,  or  22.7%,  from  $318.3  million  in  2016  to  $390.4  million  in  2017.  This  increase  was  driven  primarily  by  a  $62.4
million, or 25.7%, increase in costs of merchant card fees, attributable to growth in processing volume. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $5.7 million as a
result of growth in business volume and 2017 litigation settlements and related expenses.

Income from operations

Consolidated income from operations increased $9.4 million, or 36.4%, from $25.8 million in 2016 to $35.2 million in 2017 due to the aforementioned changes in revenue and
operating expenses.

Consumer  Payments  contributed  $55.5  million  in  segment  operating  income  in  2017,  a  $17.7  million,  or  46.9%,  increase  from  $37.8  million  in  2016  due  the  increase  in
processing volume discussed above and a 2.2 percentage point improvement in segment operating margin due mainly to merchant mix.

Commercial Payments and Managed Services contributed $1.0 million in segment operating income in 2017, a $0.9 million, or 47.8%, decrease from $1.9 million in 2016. The
decrease in Commercial Payments and Managed Services operating income was principally the result of ramp up in headcount ahead of the  rollout  of  the  CPX  platform  in
September 2017.

Corporate expenses were $21.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $7.4 million over expenses of $13.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2016.
This increase was driven primarily by litigation settlements and related expenses, as well as other SG&A expenses.

Interest expense

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $25.1 million compared to $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase was attributable to the
increase in outstanding debt in 2017.

Other, net

Other, net increased $4.7 million from $0.9 million in 2016 to $5.6 million in 2017 due to expense associated with the increase in the fair value of the Goldman Sachs warrant
liability and costs related to the debt refinancing in 2017.

Net income (loss)

Consolidated net income decreased $15.6 million, or 77.2%, from $20.2 million in 2016 to $4.6 million in 2017, due to the increases in interest expense and other, net that was
offset partially by the increase in income from operations, as described above.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Certain Non-GAAP Measures

We periodically review the following key non-GAAP measures to evaluate our business and trends, measure our performance, prepare financial projections and make strategic
decisions.

EBITDA, Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Earnout Adjusted  EBITDA  Included  in  this  presentation  are  discussions  and  reconciliations  of  earnings  before  interest,  income  tax  and
depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") and EBITDA adjusted for certain non-cash, non-recurring or non-core expenses ("Adjusted EBITDA") to net income in accordance
with  GAAP. Adjusted  EBITDA  excludes  certain  non-cash  and  other  expenses,  litigation  settlement  costs,  certain  legal  services  costs,  professional  and  consulting  fees  and
expenses, severance, separation and employee settlements, share-based compensation and one-time Business Combination expenses and certain adjustments. We believe these
non-GAAP measures illustrate the underlying financial and business trends relating to our results of operations and comparability between current and prior periods. We also
use these non-GAAP measures to establish and monitor operational goals. 

In  addition,  our  financial  covenants  under  our  debt  agreements  and  the  earnout  incentive  plan  pursuant  to  the  Business  Combination  and  Recapitalization,  are  based  on  a
measure similar to Adjusted EBITDA ("Earnout Adjusted EBITDA"). The calculations of Earnout Adjusted EBITDA under our debt agreements and the earnout incentive plan
include  adjustments  for,  among  other  things,  pro  forma  effects  related  to  acquired  merchant  portfolios  and  residual  streams  and  run  rate  adjustments  for  certain  contracted
savings on an annualized basis, which are not included as adjustments to Adjusted EBITDA. 

These non-GAAP measures are not in accordance with, or an alternative to, GAAP and should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute or superior to, the other
measures  of  financial  performance  prepared  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  Using  only  the  non-GAAP  financial  measures,  particularly Adjusted  EBITDA  or  Earnout Adjusted
EBITDA, to analyze our performance would have material limitations because their calculations are based on subjective determination regarding the nature and classification of
events and circumstances that investors may find significant. We compensate for these limitations by presenting both the GAAP and non-GAAP measures of our operating
results. Although other companies may report measures entitled "Adjusted EBITDA" or similar in nature, numerous methods may exist for calculating a company's Adjusted
EBITDA  or  similar  measures. As  a  result,  the  methods  we  use  to  calculate Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Earnout Adjusted  EBITDA  may  differ  from  the  methods  used  by  other
companies to calculate their non-GAAP measures.

52

Table of Contents

(in thousands)

Consolidated Net (Loss) Income (GAAP)

Add: Interest expense (1)
Add: Depreciation and amortization
Less: Income tax benefit

Consolidated EBITDA (non-GAAP)

Further adjusted by:

Add: Non-cash equity-based compensation
Add: Debt modification costs and warrant fair value changes
Add: Changes in fair value of contingent consideration
Add: Litigation settlement costs
Add: Certain legal services (2)
Add: Professional, accounting and consulting fees (3)

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)

Further adjusted by:

Add: Pro-forma impacts for acquisitions
Add: Contracted revenue and savings
Add: Other professional and consulting fees
Add: Other tax expenses and other adjustments

Years Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

  $

(15,041)   $
29,935  
19,740  
(1,759 )  

32,875  

4,594   $

25,058  
14,674  
—  

44,326  

1,649  
6,042  
—  
1,615  
4,900  
5,856  

1,021  
5,966  
(410)  
2,329  
2,699  
952  

52,937  

56,883   $

14,010  
2,924  
1,236  
1,566  
72,673   $

1,303  
1,743  

713    
690    

61,332  

20,186
4,777
14,733
—

39,696

2,314
1,204
(2,665 )
36
2,136
1,156

43,877

Consolidated Earnout Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) (4)

  $

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

Interest expense includes amortization expense for debt issuance costs and issue
discount.
Legal expenses related to business and asset acquisition activity and settlement negotiation and other litigation
expenses.
Primarily transaction-related, capital markets and accounting advisory
services.
Presented only for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, reflecting definition in debt agreements entered into in connection with the January 2017 debt
refinancing. Subsequent to the Business Combination, the Earnout Adjusted EBITDA of the Borrowers under the credit agreements excludes expenses of Priority
Technology Holdings, Inc., which is neither a Borrower nor a guarantor under the credit agreements. Earnout Adjusted EBITDA of the Borrowers was
approximately $78.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity and capital resource management is a process focused on providing the funding we need to meet our short-term and long-term cash and working capital needs. We
have used our funding sources to build our merchant portfolio, technology solutions, and to make acquisitions with the expectation that such investments will generate cash
flows sufficient to cover our working capital needs and other anticipated needs, including for our acquisition strategy. We anticipate that cash on hand, funds generated from
operations and available borrowings under our revolving credit agreement are sufficient to meet our working capital requirements for at least the next twelve months.

Our principal uses of cash are to fund business operations, administrative costs, and debt service.

Our working capital, defined as current assets less current liabilities, was $21.1 million at December 31, 2018 and $39.5 million at December 31, 2017. As of December 31,
2018, we had cash totaling $15.6 million compared to $28.0 million at December 31, 2017. These balances do not include restricted cash, which reflects cash accounts holding
customer settlement funds and reserves for potential losses of $18.2 million at December 31, 2018 and $16.2 million at December 31, 2017.

At December 31, 2018, we had availability of $25.0 million under our revolving credit arrangement.

The following tables and narrative reflect our changes in cash flows for the comparative annual periods.

Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2017

(in thousands)

Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities

Net (decrease) increase in cash and restricted cash

Cash Provided By Operating Activities

Years Ended December 31,

2018

2017

  $

  $

31,348   $

(108,928 )  
67,252  
(10,328)   $

36,869
(9,037 )
(25,375)

2,457

Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  was  $31.3  million  and $36.9  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  and  2017,  respectively.  The  $5.5  million,  or  15.0%,
decrease was principally the result of reduced income from operations of $15.3 million, partially offset by changes in operating working capital. Changes in operating working
capital increased by $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017.

Cash Used In Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $108.9 million and $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Cash flow used in investing activities
includes the acquisitions of merchant portfolios, purchases of property, equipment and software, and acquisitions of businesses. For the year ended December 31, 2018, we
invested $90.9 million in merchant portfolio acquisitions, an $88.4 million increase from the year ended December 31, 2017. We used $7.5 million for business acquisitions for
the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to zero in the prior year. Cash used for purchases of property, plant and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2018 was
$10.6 million, an increase of $4.0 million from the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in purchases was driven primarily by equipment purchases for MX Connect
and CPX, capitalization of internally developed software and improvements to the legal and CPX office space.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Cash Provided By (Used In) Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $67.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to net cash used in financing activities of $25.4 million in the prior
year. Cash flows from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 resulted primarily from the proceeds received in the January 2018 and December 2018 debt
upsizings and the equity recapitalization in connection with the Business Combination, offset in part by cash used for equity redemptions, the redemption of the Goldman Sachs
warrant, and equity distributions prior to July 25, 2018. Cash flows used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily reflected equity redemptions
partially offset by a net increase in long term debt.

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2016

(in thousands)

Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities

Net increase in cash and restricted cash

Cash Provided By Operating Activities

Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

  $

  $

  $

36,869
(9,037 )  
(25,375 )  

2,457   $

22,275  
(6,362 )  
(10,548 )  

5,365  

Net cash provided by operating activities was $36.9 million in 2017, a $14.6 million, or 65.5%, increase from $22.3 million in 2016. The $14.6 million increase from 2016 to
2017 was principally the result of the $9.4 million increase in income from operations as well as changes in working capital.

Cash Used In Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $9.0 million for 2017 and $6.4 million for 2016. Cash flows used in investing activities in 2017 and 2016 reflect the purchases of
property, plant, equipment and software, which increased by $2.5 million from 2016 to 2017, driven primarily by leasehold improvements related to an increase in office space
to support the roll out of new business lines, and additions to merchant portfolios.

Cash Provided By (Used In) Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $25.4 million in 2017 and $10.5 million in 2016. Cash flows used in financing activities in 2017 primarily reflect $203.0 million in
membership unit redemptions and $90.7 million in repayments of the long-term debt, which more than offset new debt proceeds of $276.3 million. Cash flows used in financing
activities in 2016 primarily include $10.0 million in equity distributions.

Long-Term Debt

As of December 31, 2018, we had outstanding long-term debt of $412.7  million  compared  to $283.1  million  at  December  31,  2017,  an  increase  of  $129.6  million. The  debt
balance  consisted  of  outstanding  term  debt  of $322.7  million  under  the  Senior  Credit  Facility  and $90.0  million  in  term  debt  under  the  subordinated  Credit  and  Guaranty
Agreement with Goldman Sachs Specialty Lending Group, L.P. (the "GS Credit Facility") (including accrued payment-in-kind ("PIK") interest through December 31, 2018).
Additionally, under the Senior Credit Facility, we have a $25.0 million revolving credit facility, which was undrawn as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. The
outstanding principal amounts under the Senior Credit Facility and the subordinated GS Credit Facility mature in January 2023 and July 2023, respectively. The $25 million
revolving credit facility expires in January 2022.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Outstanding  borrowings  under  the  Senior  Credit  Facility  bear  interest  at  the  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate  (LIBOR)  with  a  floor  of  1.0%,  plus  an  applicable  margin.  The
margin stood at 5.0% as of December 31, 2018, which was a reduction from 6.0% as of December 31, 2017, due to amendments made in connection with the January 2018 debt
upsizing. We are required to make quarterly principal payments under the Senior Credit Facility, as determined and defined in the credit agreement.

The subordinated GS Credit Facility provides for cash and PIK interest components. Cash interest is payable at an annual rate of 5.0% while PIK interest resets on a quarterly
basis  based  on  our  Total  Net  Leverage  Ratio,  as  defined  in  the  credit  agreement  relating  to  the  GS  Credit  Facility,  with  a  floor  of  5.0%.  As  of  December  31,  2018,  the
outstanding amount on the subordinated GS Credit Facility term debt totaled $90.0 million, a $4.9 million increase from December 31, 2017 attributable to the accrual of PIK
interest. The  PIK  interest  payable  on  the  subordinated  GS  Credit  Facility  decreased  from  6.25%  as  of  December  31,  2017  to  5.5%  in  January  2018  (which  remained  the
applicable PIK rate as of December 31, 2018) based our Total Net Leverage Ratio, as defined in the credit agreement.

The Senior Credit Facility and the subordinated GS Credit Facility are secured by substantially all of our assets, however, the parent entity, Priority Technology Holdings, Inc.,
is neither a borrower nor guarantor to the Senior Credit Facility or the GS Credit Facility.

The Senior Credit Facility and the subordinated GS Credit Facility contain representations and warranties, financial and collateral requirements, mandatory payment events, and
events  of  default  and  affirmative  and  negative  covenants,  including  without  limitation,  covenants  that  restrict  among  other  things,  the  ability  to  create  liens,  merge  or
consolidate, dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, make certain investments or acquisitions, enter into certain transactions (including with affiliates), and to enter into
certain leases. The financial covenants include requirements to maintain certain leverage and fixed charge coverage ratios. As of December 31, 2018, we were in compliance
with our financial covenants.

As of December 31, 2018, financial covenants under the Senior Credit Facility required the Total Net Leverage Ratio, as defined in the agreement, not to exceed 6.50:1.00,
which threshold will decline to 6.25:1.00 as of March 31, 2019, 6.00:1.00 as of June 30, 2019, 5.75:1.00 as of September 30, 2019, and 5.25:1.00 as of December 31, 2019.
Under certain circumstances, we may also be required to maintain a First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, as defined in the agreement, not to exceed 4.25:1.00. The Net Leverage
Ratios are determined using the outstanding debt balance and Earnout Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP measure), as defined in the Senior Credit Facility. For a reconciliation of
Earnout Adjusted EBITDA to net income, see above under "Certain Non-GAAP Measures."  As of December 31, 2018, the Borrowers' Total Net Leverage Ratio was 5.06:1.00.
The subordinated GS Credit Facility contains financial covenants similar to the Senior Credit Facility.

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and commitments for the periods indicated as of December 31, 2018.

(in thousands)

Contractual Obligations

Facility and other leases (a)
Debt (b)
Interest on debt (c)
Processing minimums (d)

Payments Due by Period

Total

Less than
1 year

  1 to 3 years   3 to 5 Years

More than
5 years

  $

  $

10,628    
412,682    
170,530    
21,000    
614,840    

  $

  $

1,637   $
3,293  
33,567  
7,000  
45,497   $

2,587   $
6,585  
67,687  
14,000  
90,859   $

2,573   $

402,804  
69,276  
—  

474,653   $

3,831
—
—
—

3,831

(a)We have entered into, or assumed via acquisitions, several operating leases for office space in the states of Georgia, New York, Tennessee, Texas and Florida, as well as

equipment leases.

(b)Reflects contractual principal

payments.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(c)Reflects  minimum  interest  payable  on  term  debt  under  the  Senior  Credit  Facility  and  the  subordinated  GS  Credit

Facility.

(d)Reflects minimum annual spend commitments with third-party processor partners. In the event we fail to meet the minimum annual spend commitment, we are required to

pay the difference between the minimum and the actual dollar amount spent in the year.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We  have  not  entered  into  any  transactions  with  third  parties  or  unconsolidated  entities  whereby  we  have  financial  guarantees,  subordinated  retained  interest,  derivative
instruments, or other contingent arrangements that expose us to material continuing risks, contingent liabilities or other obligations.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our  accounting  policies  are  more  fully  described  in  Note  1, Nature  of  Business  and  Accounting  Policies.  The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP
requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results
could differ significantly from those estimates. We believe that the following discussion addresses our most critical accounting policies, which are those that are most important
to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require management's most difficult, subjective, and complex judgments.

Revenue Recognition

The determination of whether we should recognize revenue based on the gross amount billed to a customer or the net amount retained is a matter of judgment that depends on
the  facts  and  circumstances  of  the  arrangement. We  recognize  merchant  card  fee  revenues  net  of  interchange  fees,  which  are  assessed  to  our  merchant  customers  on  all
transactions  processed  by  third  parties.  Interchange  fees  and  rates  are  not  controlled  by  us,  and  therefore  we  effectively  act  as  a  clearing  house  collecting  and  remitting
interchange fee settlement on behalf of issuing banks, debit networks, credit card associations, and processing customers. All other revenue is reported on a gross basis, as we
contract directly with the merchant, assume the risk of loss, and have pricing flexibility.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial
reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected  to  be
recovered or settled. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future taxable income. A valuation allowance is recognized if it is more likely than not that some
portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized based on the weight of available evidence, including expected future earnings.

We recognize an uncertain tax position in our financial statements when we conclude that a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based solely
on its technical merits. Only after a tax position passes the first step of recognition will measurement be required. Under the measurement step, the tax benefit is measured as the
largest  amount  of  benefit  that  is  more  likely  than  not  to  be  realized  upon  effective  settlement.  This  is  determined  on  a  cumulative  probability  basis.  The  full  impact  of  any
change in recognition or measurement is reflected in the period in which such change occurs. Interest and penalties related to income taxes are recognized in the provision for
income taxes.

Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

We test goodwill for impairment for each of our reporting units on an annual basis or when events occur, or circumstances indicate the fair value of a reporting unit is below our
carrying value. We perform the impairment tests by using market data and discounted cash flow analysis, which involve estimates of future revenues and operating cash flows.

We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For long-lived
assets, except goodwill, an impairment loss is indicated when the undiscounted

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

future cash flows estimated to be generated by the asset group are not sufficient to recover the unamortized balance of the asset group.

Merchant Portfolios

Merchant portfolios represent the value of the acquired merchant customer base at the time of acquisition. We amortize the cost of our acquired merchant portfolios over their
estimated useful lives using either a straight-line or an accelerated method that most accurately reflects the estimated pattern in which the economic benefits of the respective
asset is consumed.

Potential Impacts of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

For the potential impacts that pending adoptions of recently issued accounting standards may have on our future financial position, results of operations, or cash flows, see Note
1, Nature of Business and Accounting Policies, under the header "Recently Issued Standards Not Yet Adopted."

ITEM 7A. QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest rate risk

Our Senior Credit Facility bears interest at a rate based on LIBOR plus a fixed margin. As of December 31, 2018, we had $322.7 million in outstanding borrowings under our
Senior  Credit  Facility. A  hypothetical  1%  increase  or  decrease  in  the  applicable  LIBOR  rate  on  our  outstanding  indebtedness  under  the  Senior  Credit  Facility  would  have
increased or decreased cash interest expense on our indebtedness by approximately $3.2 million per annum. The discrepancy between the hypothetical increase and decrease is
attributable to the 1.0% LIBOR floor under the Senior Credit Facility. The applicable LIBOR rate stood at approximately 2.50% at December 31, 2018.

We do not currently hedge against interest rate risk.

58

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

PRIORITY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

59

Page
60
61
62
63

64
66

 
Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Priority Technology Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Opinion on the Financial Statements 
We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Priority  Technology  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  (as  successor  to  Priority  Holdings,  LLC  and
Subsidiaries) (the "Company") as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our
opinion,  the  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  the  Company  as  of  December  31,  2018  and  2017,  and  the  results  of  its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America. 

Recapitalization
As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, on July 25, 2018, Priority Holdings LLC consummated a reverse merger with M I Acquisitions, Inc. and a simultaneous
recapitalization.

Basis for Opinion 
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our
audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with
respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an
audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the
purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ RSM US LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2014.

Atlanta, Georgia
March 29, 2019

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Priority Technology Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

ASSETS
Current assets:

Cash
Restricted cash
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $511 and $484, respectively
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Current portion of notes receivable (Note 4)
Settlement assets (Note 3)

Total current assets

Notes receivable, less current portion (Note 4)
Property, equipment, and software, net (Note 6)
Goodwill (Note 5)
Intangible assets, net (Note 5)
Deferred income tax assets, net (Note 9)
Other non-current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable and accrued expenses (Note 7)
Accrued residual commissions
Customer deposits and advance payments
Current portion of long-term debt (Note 8)
Settlement obligations (Note 3)
Current portion of equity repurchase obligation

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt, net of discounts and deferred financing costs (Note 8)
Warrant liability (Note 8)

Equity repurchase obligation
Other non-current liabilities

Total long-term liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

Stockholders' equity (deficit): (Note 12)

Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, 100,000,000 and zero shares authorized at December 31,
2018 and 2017, respectively, and zero shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2017
Common stock, par value of $0.001 per share, 1 billion shares authorized, 67,038,304 and 73,110,114
shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively
Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

$

$

$

  $

15,631
18,200
45,651

3,642  
979
1,042  

85,145

852
17,482
109,515  
124,637  
49,692

1,295  
388,618   $

  $

27,638
18,715

3,282  
3,293  

11,132

—  

64,060

402,095  
—  
—  

7,936  

410,031  

474,091  

—  

67
(85,540 )  

(85,473 )  

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)

$

388,618   $

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

61

27,966
16,193
47,433
3,747
3,442
7,207

105,988

3,807
11,943
101,532
42,062
—
1,375

266,707

18,603
23,470
4,853
7,582
10,474
1,500

66,482

267,939
8,701
7,690

6,050

290,380

356,862

—

73
(90,228 )

(90,155 )

266,707

 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
Table of Contents

Priority Technology Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

2018

2017

2016

REVENUE:

Merchant card fees
Outsourced services and other

Total revenue

OPERATING EXPENSES:
Costs of merchant card fees
Costs of outsourced services and other
Salary and employee benefits
Depreciation and amortization
Selling, general and administrative
Changes in fair value of contingent consideration

Total operating expenses

Income from operations

OTHER (EXPENSES) INCOME:

Interest expense

  Other, net

Total other expenses, net

(Loss) income before income taxes

Income tax benefit (Note 9)

Net (loss) income

(Loss) income per common share: (Note 17)

Basic and diluted

Weighted-average common shares outstanding: (Note 17)

Basic and diluted

PRO FORMA (C-corporation basis): (Note 9)

Pro forma income tax (benefit) expense (unaudited)
Pro forma net (loss) income (unaudited)

(Loss) earnings per common share:
Basic and diluted (unaudited)

  $

392,033   $
32,382

424,415  

398,988   $
26,631

425,619  

296,223  
18,128
38,324
19,740
32,081

—  

404,496  

305,461  
15,743
32,357
14,674
22,545

(410 )  

390,370  

19,919

35,249

(29,935 )  
(6,784 )  

(36,719 )  

(25,058 )  
(5,597 )  

(30,655 )  

321,091
23,023

344,114

243,049
13,971
32,330
14,733
16,856
(2,665 )

318,274

25,840

(4,777 )
(877 )

(5,654 )

(16,800 )  

4,594  

20,186

(1,759 )  

—  

—

(15,041 )   $

4,594   $

20,186

(0.24 )   $

0.06   $

0.15

61,607

67,144

131,706

(2,619)   $
(14,181 )   $

1,530    
3,064    

(0.23 )   $

0.04    

  $

  $

  $
  $

  $

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

62

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
Table of Contents

(in thousands)

January 1, 2016

Cash distributions to members

Equity-based compensation

Net income

December 31, 2016

Cash distributions to members

Member redemptions

Reclass for common shares repurchase obligation

Elimination of Class C units

Release of contingent consideration

Elimination of Preferred units

Pro-rate adjustment and forfeitures

Equity-based compensation

Net income

December 31, 2017

Cash distributions to members prior to Business Combination

Member redemptions prior to Business Combination

Conversion of MI Acquisitions, Inc. shares

Pro-rata adjustment

Effects of Founders' Share Agreement

Equity-based compensation

Recapitalization costs

Net deferred income taxes related to loss of partnership status

Common stock issued for business acquisitions

Net loss

December 31, 2018

Priority Technology Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016

Preferred Stock

Common Stock

  Shares

Amount

Shares

  Amount

Additional
Paid-In Capital
(Deficit)

Retained Earnings/

Accumulated

(Deficit)

Stockholders'
Equity (Deficit)

94,752

  $

8,587

  $

—   $
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—   $

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

187,036

  $

—  

8,403

—  

  $

187
—  

8
—  

(10,019)

2,306

—  

195,439

195

87,039

—  

—  

(62,574)

(122 )

—  

(19,756)

—  

(35,574)

(4,425 )

—  
—  

73,110

—  

(12,565)

6,667

(724 )

(175 )

250
—  
—  

475
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

73

—  

(13)

7
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

67,038

  $

67

  $

(3,399 )

(79,283)

(9,190 )

—  

3,812

—  
—  

1,021

—  
—  

(7,075 )

(36,548)

49,382

—  

(2,118 )

1,063

(9,704 )

—  

5,000

—  
—   $

—  
—  

20,186

28,773

—  

(123,595 )

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

4,594

(90,228 )

—  

(28,342 )

—  
—  
—  

586
—  

47,485

—  

(15,041 )

(85,540)

  $

103,526

(10,019)

2,314

20,186

116,007

(3,399 )

(203,000 )

(9,190 )

—

3,812

—

—

1,021

4,594

(90,155)

(7,075 )

(64,903)

49,389

—

(2,118 )

1,649

(9,704 )

47,485

5,000

(15,041)

(85,473)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

63

   
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Priority Technology Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016

(in thousands)

2018

2017

2016

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
Net (loss) income
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

  $

(15,041 )   $

4,594   $

20,186

Depreciation and amortization of assets
Equity-based compensation
Amortization of debt issuance costs and discount
Equity in losses and impairment of unconsolidated entities
Provision for deferred income taxes
Change in fair value of warrant liability
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
Loss on debt extinguishment
Payment-in-kind interest
Other non-cash charges
Change in operating assets and liabilities (net of business combinations):

     Accounts receivable
     Settlement assets
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets
     Notes receivable
     Accounts payable and other current liabilities
     Other assets and liabilities

Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
Acquisitions of businesses
Additions to property, equipment, and software
Acquisitions of merchant portfolios

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issue discount
Repayments of long-term debt
Borrowings under revolving line of credit
Repayments of borrowings under revolving line of credit
Debt issuance costs
Distributions from equity
Redemptions of equity interests
Recapitalization proceeds
Redemption of warrants
Recapitalization costs

Net Provided By (Used In) Financing Activities

Net change in cash and restricted cash
Cash and restricted cash at beginning of year

Cash and restricted cash at end of year

19,740

1,649  
1,418  
865
(2,206 )  
3,458  
—  
—  
4,897  
211

1,991  
6,166  
171
4,862  
2,473  
694

31,348

(7,508 )  
(10,562 )  
(90,858 )  

(108,928 )  

126,813  
(2,834 )  
8,000  
(8,000 )  
(425 )  
(7,075 )  
(76,211 )  
49,389
(12,701 )  
(9,704 )  

67,252

14,674

1,021  
1,211  
133

—  
4,198  
(410 )  
1,753  
5,118  
133

(13,687 )  
(1,517 )  
1,673  
(1,677 )  
19,017
635

36,869

—  
(6,554 )  
(2,483 )  

(9,037 )  

276,290  
(90,696 )  
—  
—  
(4,570 )  
(3,399 )  
(203,000 )  
—  
—  
—  

(25,375 )  

(10,328 )  
44,159
33,831   $

2,457  

41,702
44,159   $

  $

64

14,733
2,314
665
162
—
1,204
(2,665 )
—
—
196

8,388
1,296
409
(2,855 )
(21,685 )
(73 )

22,275

—
(4,098 )
(2,264 )

(6,362 )

—
—
—
—
(529 )
(10,019 )
—
—
—
—

(10,548 )

5,365
36,337

41,702

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
Table of Contents

Supplemental cash flow information:

Cash paid for interest

Priority Technology Holdings, Inc.

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

Purchases of property, equipment, and software through accounts payable
Notes receivable from sellers used as partial consideration for business acquisitions
Common stock issued as partial consideration in business acquisitions in Consumer Payments
segment
Cash consideration payable for business acquisition

  Common share repurchase obligation

  $

  $
  $

  $
  $
  $

23,350   $

19,036   $

3,716

50   $
560   $

5,000   $
184   $
—   $

60   $
—   $

—   $
—   $
9,190   $

392
—

—
—
—

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.    NATURE OF BUSINESS AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Business

Headquartered  in Alpharetta,  Georgia,  Priority  Technology  Holdings,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (together,  the  "Company")  began  operations  in  2005  with  a  mission  to  build  a
merchant  inspired  payments  platform  that  would  advance  the  goals  of  its  customers  and  partners.  Today,  the  Company  is  a  leading  provider  of  merchant  acquiring  and
commercial  payment  solutions,  offering  unique  product  capabilities  to  small  and  medium  size  businesses  ("SMBs")  and  enterprises  and  distribution  partners  in  the  United
States.  The  Company  operates  from  a  purpose-built  business  platform  that  includes  tailored  customer  service  offerings  and  bespoke  technology  development,  allowing  the
Company to provide end-to-end solutions for payment and payment-adjacent needs.

The Company provides:

•

•

•

•

•

Consumer  payments  processing  solutions  for  business-to-consumer  ("B2C")  transactions  through  independent  sales  organizations  ("ISOs"),  financial  institutions,
independent software vendors ("ISVs"), and other referral partners. Our proprietary MX platform for B2C payments provides merchants a fully customizable suite of
business management solutions.
Commercial  payments  solutions  such  as  automated  vendor  payments  and  professionally  curated  managed  services  to  industry  leading  financial  institutions  and
networks.  Our  proprietary  business-to-business  ("B2B")  Commercial  Payment  Exchange  (CPX)  platform  was  developed  to  be  a  best-in-class  solution  for
buyer/supplier payment enablement.
Institutional services (also known as Managed Services) solutions that provide audience-specific programs for institutional partners and other third parties looking to
leverage the Company's professionally trained and managed call center teams for customer onboarding, assistance, and support, including marketing and direct-sales
resources.
Integrated partners solutions for ISVs and other third-parties that allow them to leverage the Company's core payments engine via robust application program interfaces
("APIs") resources and high-utility embeddable code.
Consulting  and  development  solutions  focused  on  the  increasing  demand  for  integrated  payments  solutions  for  transitioning  to  the  digital
economy.

The Company provides its services through two reportable segments: (1) Consumer Payments and (2) Commercial Payments and Managed Services. For additional information
about our reportable segments, see Note 16, Segment Information.

To  provide  many  of  its  services,  the  Company  enters  into  agreements  with  payment  processors  which  in  turn  have  agreements  with  multiple  card  associations.  These  card
associations  comprise  an  alliance  aligned  with  insured  financial  institutions  ("member  banks")  that  work  in  conjunction  with  various  local,  state,  territory,  and  federal
government agencies to make the rules and guidelines regarding the use and acceptance of credit and debit cards. Card association rules require that vendors and processors be
sponsored by a member bank and register with the card associations. The Company has multiple sponsorship bank agreements and is itself a registered ISO with Visa®. The
Company  is  also  a  registered  member  service  provider  with  MasterCard®.  The  Company's  sponsorship  agreements  allow  the  capture  and  processing  of  electronic  data  in  a
format to allow such data to flow through networks for clearing and fund settlement of merchant transactions.

Corporate History and Recapitalization

M I Acquisitions, Inc. ("MI Acquisitions") was incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware as a special purpose acquisition company ("SPAC") whose objective was to
acquire, through a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination, one or more businesses or
entities. MI Acquisitions completed an initial public offering ("IPO") in September 2016, and MI Acquisitions' common stock began trading on The Nasdaq Capital Market
with the symbol MACQ. In addition, MI Acquisitions completed a private placement to certain initial stockholders of MI Acquisitions.  MI Acquisitions received gross proceeds
of approximately $54.0 million from the IPO and private placement.

On  July  25,  2018,  MI  Acquisitions  acquired  all  of  the  outstanding  member  equity  interests  of  Priority  Holdings,  LLC  ("Priority")  in  exchange  for  the  issuance  of  MI
Acquisitions' common stock (the "Business Combination") from a private placement. As a

66

Table of Contents

result, Priority, which was previously a privately-owned company, became a wholly-owned subsidiary of MI Acquisitions.  Simultaneously with the Business Combination, MI
Acquisitions changed its name to Priority Technology Holdings, Inc. and its common stock began trading on The Nasdaq Global Market with the symbol PRTH.

As  a  SPAC,  MI Acquisitions  had  substantially  no  business  operations  prior  to  July  25,  2018.  For  financial  accounting  and  reporting  purposes  under  accounting  principles
generally accepted in the United States ("U.S. GAAP"), the acquisition was accounted for as a "reverse merger," with no recognition of goodwill or other intangible assets.
Under this method of accounting, MI Acquisitions was treated as the acquired entity whereby Priority was deemed to have issued common stock for the net assets and equity of
MI Acquisitions consisting mainly of cash of $49.4 million, accompanied by a simultaneous equity recapitalization (the "Recapitalization") of Priority. The net assets of MI
Acquisitions are stated at historical cost and, accordingly, the equity and net assets of the Company have not been adjusted to fair value. As of July 25, 2018, the consolidated
financial  statements  of  the  Company  include  the  combined  operations,  cash  flows,  and  financial  positions  of  both  MI Acquisitions  and  Priority.  Prior  to  July  25,  2018,  the
results  of  operations,  cash  flows,  and  financial  position  are  those  of  Priority. The  units  and  corresponding  capital  amounts  and  earnings  per  unit  of  Priority  prior  to  the
Recapitalization have been retroactively restated as shares reflecting the exchange ratio established in the Recapitalization.

The  Company's  President,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chairman  controls  a  majority  of  the  voting  power  of  the  Company's  outstanding  common  stock. As  a  result,  the
Company is a "controlled company" within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC ("Nasdaq").

The Company operates in two reportable segments: 1) Consumer Payments and 2) Commercial Payments and Managed Services. For more information about the Company's
segments, refer to Note 16, Segment Information.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an "emerging growth company" (EGC), as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 ("JOBS Act").  The Company may remain an EGC until
December 31, 2021. However, if the Company's non-convertible debt issued within a rolling three-year period or if its revenue for any year exceeds $1.07 billion, the Company
would cease to be an EGC immediately, or the market value of its common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million on the last day of the second quarter of
any  given  year,  the  Company  would  cease  to  be  an  EGC  as  of  the  beginning  of  the  following  year.  As  an  EGC,  the  Company  is  not  required  to  comply  with  the  auditor
attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Additionally, the Company as an EGC may continue to elect to delay the adoption of any new or
revised  accounting  standards  that  have  different  effective  dates  for  public  and  private  companies  until  those  standards  apply  to  private  companies. As  such,  the  Company's
financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  those  of  the  Company  and  its  controlled  subsidiaries. All intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been
eliminated upon consolidation. Investments in unconsolidated affiliated companies are accounted for under the equity method and are included in "Other non-current assets" in
the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company generally utilizes the equity method of accounting when it has an ownership interest of between 20% and 50% in
an entity, provided the Company is able to exercise significant influence over the investee's operations.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts
of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reported period. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

67

Table of Contents

Components of Revenues and Expenses

Revenues

Merchant card fees revenue consists mainly of fees for processing electronic payments, including credit, debit and electronic benefit transaction card processing. The fees are
generally based on a variable percentage of the dollar amount of each transaction and, in some cases, additional fees for each transaction. In addition, merchant customers may
also be charged miscellaneous fees, including statement fees, annual fees, monthly minimum fees, fees for handling chargebacks, gateway fees, and fees for other miscellaneous
services. Merchant card fees revenue is attributable primarily to our Consumer Payments segment.

Outsourced services and other revenue consist mainly of cost-plus fees related to B2B services, merchant financing and buyer-initiated payment programs sold on behalf of
certain enterprise customers, originated through our in-house sales force, including incentives for meeting sales targets. Outsourced services revenue is attributable primarily to
our  Commercial  Payments  and  Managed  Services  reportable  segment. Other  revenues  include  revenue  from  the  sales  of  equipment  (primarily  point  of  sale  terminals)  and
processing of automated clearing house ("ACH") transactions.

Costs of Services

Costs of Merchant Card Fees

Costs  of  merchant  card  fees  primarily  consist  of  residual  payments  to  agents  and  ISOs  and  other  third-party  costs  directly  attributable  to  payment  processing.  The  residual
payments represent commissions paid to agents and ISOs based upon a percentage of the net revenues generated from merchant transactions.

Costs of Outsourced Services and Other Revenue

Costs of outsourced services and other revenue consist of salaries directly related to outsourced services revenue, the cost of equipment (point of sale terminals) sold, and third-
party fees and commissions related to the Company's ACH processing activities.

Selling, General and Administrative

SG&A  expenses  include  mainly  professional  services,  advertising,  rent, office  supplies,  software  licenses,  utilities,  state  and  local  franchise  and  sales  taxes,  litigation
settlements, executive travel, insurance, and expenses related to the Business Combination.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of interest on outstanding debt and amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discounts.

Other, net

Other, net is composed of interest income, debt modification and extinguishment expenses, changes in fair value of warrant liabilities, and equity in losses and impairment of
unconsolidated entities. Interest income consists mainly of interest received pursuant to notes receivable from independent sales agents. Debt modification and extinguishment
expenses  includes  write-offs  of  unamortized  deferred  financing  costs  and  original  issue  discount  relating  to  the  extinguished  debt. Equity  in  loss  and  impairment  of
unconsolidated entities consists of the Company's share of the income or loss of its equity method investment as well as any impairment charges related to such investments.

68

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) represents the sum of net income (loss) and other amounts that are not included in the audited consolidated statement of operations as the amounts
have  not  been  realized.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2018,  2017,  and  2016,  there  were  no  differences  between  the  Company's  net  income  (loss)  and  comprehensive
income (loss). Therefore, no separate Statements of Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) are included in the financial statements for the reporting periods.

Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when (1) it is realized or realizable and earned, (2) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, (3) delivery and performance has occurred,
(4) there is a fixed or determinable sales price and (5) collection is reasonably assured.

The Company's reportable segments are organized by services the Company provides and distinct business units. Set forth below is a description of the Company's revenue
recognition polices by segment.

Consumer Payments

The Company's Consumer Payments segment represents merchant card fee revenues, which are based on the electronic transaction processing of credit, debit and electronic
benefit transaction card processing authorized and captured through third-party networks, check conversion and guarantee, and electronic gift certificate processing. Merchants
are charged rates which are based on various factors, including the type of bank card, card brand, merchant charge volume, the merchant's industry and the merchant's risk
profile. Typically, revenues generated from these transactions are based on a variable percentage of the dollar amount of each transaction, and in some instances, additional fees
are  charged  for  each  transaction.  The  Company's  contracts  in  most  instances  involve three  parties:  the  Company,  the  merchant  and  the  sponsoring  bank.  The  Company's
sponsoring  banks  collect  the  gross  revenue  from  the  merchants,  pay  the  interchange  fees  and  assessments  to  the  credit  card  associations,  retain  their  fees  and  pay  to  the
Company a residual payment representing the Company's fee for the services provided. Merchant customers may also be charged miscellaneous fees, including statement fees,
annual fees, and monthly minimum fees, fees for handling chargebacks, gateway fees and fees for other miscellaneous services.

The determination of whether a company should recognize revenue based on the gross amount billed to a customer or the net amount retained is a matter of judgment that
depends on the facts and circumstances of the arrangement and that certain factors should be considered in the evaluation. The Company recognizes merchant card fee revenues
net of interchange fees, which are assessed to the Company's merchant customers on all transactions processed by third parties. Interchange fees and rates are not controlled by
the Company, which effectively acts as a clearing house collecting and remitting interchange fee settlement on behalf of issuing banks, debit networks, credit card associations
and  its  processing  customers. All  other  revenue  is  reported  on  a  gross  basis,  as  the  Company  contracts  directly  with  the  merchant,  assumes  the  risk  of  loss  and  has  pricing
flexibility.

Commercial Payments and Managed Services

This  segment  provides  business-to-business  ("B2B")  automated  payment  processing  services  to  buyers  and  suppliers,  including  virtual  payments,  purchase  cards,  electronic
funds transfers, ACH payments, and check payments. Revenues are generally earned on a per-transaction basis and through implementation services. Additionally, this segment
provides outsourced services by providing a sales force to certain enterprise customers. Such services are provided on a cost-plus fee arrangement and revenue is recognized to
the extent of billable rates times hours worked and other reimbursable costs incurred.

Cash and Restricted Cash

Cash includes cash held at financial institutions that is owned by the Company. Restricted cash is held by the Company in financial institutions for the purpose of in-process
customer settlements or reserves held per contact terms.

69

 
Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are stated net of allowance for doubtful accounts and are amounts primarily due from the Company's sponsor banks for revenues earned, net of related
interchange and bank processing fees, and do not bear interest. Other types of accounts receivable are from agents, merchants and other customers. Amounts due from sponsor
banks are typically paid within 30 days following the end of each month.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable

The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts when it is probable that the accounts receivable balance will not be collected, based upon loss trends and an analysis
of individual accounts. Accounts receivable are written off when deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of accounts receivable previously written off are recognized when received.

Customer Deposits and Advance Payments

The  Company  may  receive  cash  payments  from  certain  customers  and  vendors  that  require  future  performance  obligations  by  the  Company. Amounts  associated  with
obligations  expected  to  be  satisfied  within  one  year  are  reported  in  Customer  deposits  and advance  payments  on  the  Company's  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  amounts
associated with obligations expected to be satisfied after one year are reported as a component of Other non-current liabilities on the Company's consolidated balance sheets.
These payments are subsequently recognized in the Company's consolidated statements of operations when the Company satisfies the performance obligations required to retain
and earn these deposits and advance payments.

Property and Equipment, Including Leases

Property and equipment are stated at cost, except for property and equipment acquired in a merger or business combination, which is recorded at fair value at the time of the
transaction. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

The Company has multiple operating leases related to office space. Operating leases do not involve transfer of risks and rewards of ownership of the leased asset to the lessee,
therefore the Company expenses the costs of its operating leases. The Company may make various alterations (leasehold improvements) to the office space and capitalize these
costs  as  part  of  property  and  equipment.  Leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  useful  life  of  the  improvement  or  the  term  of  the  lease,
whichever is shorter.

Expenditures for repairs and maintenance which do not extend the useful life of the respective assets are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures that increase the value or
productive  capacity  of  assets  are  capitalized. At  the  time  of  retirements,  sales,  or  other  dispositions  of  property  and  equipment,  the  original  cost  and  related  accumulated
depreciation are removed from the respective accounts, and the gains or losses are presented as a component of income or loss from operations.

Costs Incurred to Develop Software for Internal Use

Costs incurred to develop computer software for internal use are capitalized once: (1) the preliminary project stage is completed, (2) management authorizes and commits to
funding a specific software project, and (3) it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended. Costs incurred prior
to  meeting  the  qualifications  are  expensed  as  incurred.  Capitalization  of  costs  ceases  when  the  project  is  substantially  complete  and  ready  for  its  intended  use.  Post-
implementation  costs  related  to  the  internal  use  computer  software,  are  expensed  as  incurred.  Internal  use  software  development  costs  are  amortized  using  the  straight-line
method  over  its  estimated  useful  life  which  ranges  from  three  to five years.  Software  development  costs  may  become  impaired  in  situations  where  development  efforts  are
abandoned due to the viability of the planned project becoming doubtful or due to technological obsolescence of the planned software product. For the years ended December
31,  2018,  2017,  and  2016,  there  has  been no  impairment  associated  with  internal  use  software.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2018,  2017,  and  2016,  the  Company
capitalized  software  development  costs  of $6.7 million, $3.1 million,  and $3.1 million,  respectively. As  of  December  31,  2018  and  2017,  capitalized  software  development
costs,  net  of  accumulated  amortization,  totaled $10.8 million  and $6.7 million,  respectively,  and  is  included  in  property,  equipment,  and  software,  net  on  the  consolidated
balance sheets. Amortization expense for capitalized software development costs for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 was  $2.6 million, $1.6 million, and
$1.0 million, respectively.

70

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Settlement Assets and Obligations

Settlement  processing  assets  and  obligations  recognized  on  the  Company's  consolidated  balance  sheet  represent  intermediary  balances  arising  in  the  Company's  settlement
process for merchants and other customers. See Note 3, Settlement Assets and Obligations.

Debt Issuance Costs

Eligible debt issuance costs associated with the Company's credit facilities are deferred and amortized to interest expense over the term of the related debt using the effective
interest method. Debt issuance costs associated with Company's term debt are presented on the Company's consolidated balance sheets as a direct reduction in the carrying value
of the associated debt liability.

Business Combinations

The Company uses the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations which requires assets acquired and liabilities assumed to be recognized at their fair values on
the acquisition date. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired. The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities
assumed are determined based upon the valuation of the acquired business and involves making significant estimates and assumptions based on facts and circumstances that
existed as of the acquisition date. The Company uses a measurement period following the acquisition date to gather information that existed as of the acquisition date that is
needed to determine the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The measurement period ends once all information is obtained, but no later than one year from
the acquisition date.

Non-Controlling Interests

The Company has issued non-voting profit-sharing interests in two of its subsidiaries that were formed in 2018 to acquire the operating assets of certain businesses (see Note 2,
Business Combinations). The  Company  is  still  the  majority  owner  of  these  subsidiaries  and  therefore  the  profit-sharing  interests  are  deemed  to  be  non-controlling  interests
("NCI").

To estimate the initial fair value of a profit-sharing interest, the Company utilizes future cash flow scenarios with focus on those cash flow scenarios that could result in future
distributions to the NCIs. In subsequent periods, profits or losses are attributed to an NCI based on the hypothetical-liquidation-at-book-value method that utilizes the terms of
the profit-sharing agreement between the Company and the NCIs.

As the majority owner, the Company has call rights on the profit-sharing interests issued to the NCIs. These call rights can be executed only under certain circumstances and
execution  is  always  voluntary  at  the  Company's  discretion. The  call  rights  do  not  meet  the  definition  of  a  free-standing  financial  instrument  or  derivative,  thus  no  separate
accounting is required for these call rights.

Goodwill

The Company tests goodwill for impairment for its reporting units on an annual basis, or when events occur or circumstances indicate the fair value of a reporting unit is below
its carrying value. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded to the extent that implied fair value of the goodwill within the
reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  value.  The  Company  performed  its  most  recent  annual  goodwill  impairment  test  as  of  November  30,  2018  using  market  data  and
discounted cash flow analysis. Based on this analysis, it was determined that the fair value exceeded the carrying value of its reporting units. The Company concluded there
were no indicators of impairment for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets, acquired in connection with various acquisitions, are recorded at fair value determined using a discounted cash flow model as of the date of the acquisition.
Intangible assets primarily include merchant portfolios and other intangible assets such as non-compete agreements, trade names, acquired technology (developed internally by
acquired companies prior to the business combination with the Company) and customer relationships.

71

Table of Contents

Merchant Portfolios

Merchant portfolios represent the value of the acquired merchant customer base at the time of acquisition. The Company amortizes the cost of its acquired merchant portfolios
over their estimated useful lives, which range from one year to ten years, using either a straight-line or an accelerated method that most accurately reflects the pattern in which
the economic benefits of the respective asset is consumed.

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets consist of values relating to non-compete agreements, trade names, acquired technology, and customer relationships. These values are amortized over the
estimated useful lives ranging from one year to 25 years.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For
long-lived assets, except goodwill, an impairment loss is indicated when the undiscounted future cash flows estimated to be generated by the asset group are not sufficient to
recover the unamortized balance of the asset group. If indicated, the loss is measured as the excess of carrying value over the asset groups' fair value, as determined based on
discounted future cash flows. The Company concluded there were no indications of impairment for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

Accrued Residual Commissions

Accrued residual commissions consist of amounts due to independent sales organizations ("ISOs") and independent sales agents on the processing volume of the Company's
merchant customers. The commissions due are based on varying percentages of the volume processed by the Company on behalf of the merchants. Percentages vary based on
the program type and transaction volume of each merchant. Residual commission expenses were $242.8 million, $249.9 million, and $195.4 million, respectively, for the years
ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, and are included in costs of merchant card fees in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

ISO Deposit and Loss Reserve

ISOs may partner with the Company in an executive partner program in which ISOs are given negotiated pricing in exchange for bearing risk of loss. Through the arrangement,
the  Company  accepts  deposits  on  behalf  of  the  ISO  and  a  reserve  account  is  established  by  the  Company. All  amounts  maintained  by  the  Company  are  included  in  the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets as other liabilities, which are directly offset by restricted cash accounts owned by the Company.

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes the cost resulting from all equity-based payment transactions in the financial statements at grant date fair value. Equity-based compensation expense
is recognized over the requisite service period and is reflected in Salary and employee benefits expense on the Company's consolidated statements of operations. The effects of
forfeitures are recognized as they occur.

Stock options

Under the Company's 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, the Company determines the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the use
of the following subjective assumptions:

Expected Volatility - Measure of the amount by which a stock price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate. Due to the relatively short amount of time that the Company's
common stock (Nasdaq: PRTH) has traded on a public market, the Company uses volatility data for the common stocks of a peer group of comparable public companies. An
increase in the expected volatility will increase the fair value of the stock option and related compensation expense.

72

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Risk-free interest rate - U.S. Treasury rate for a stripped-principal treasury note as of the grant date having a term equal to the expected term of the stock option. An increase in
the risk-free interest rate will increase the fair value of the stock option and related compensation expense.

Expected term - Period of time over which the stock options granted are expected to remain outstanding. As a newly-public company, the Company lacks sufficient exercise
information for its stock option plan. Accordingly, the Company uses a method permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") whereby the expected term is
estimated to be the mid-point between the vesting dates and the expiration dates of the stock option grants. An increase in the expected term will increase the fair value of the
stock option and the related compensation expense.

Dividend yield - The Company used an amount of zero as the  Company  has  paid  no  cash  or  stock  dividends  and  does  not  anticipate  doing  so  in  the  foreseeable  future. An
increase in the dividend yield will decrease the fair value of the stock option and the related compensation expenses.

Time-Based Restricted Stock Awards

The fair value of time-based restricted stock awards is determined based on the quoted closing price of the Company's common stock on the date of grant and is recognized as
compensation expense over the vesting term of the awards.

Performance-Based Restricted Stock Awards

The Company accounts for its performance-based restricted equity awards based on the quoted closing price of the Company's common stock on the date of grant, adjusted for
any market-based vesting criteria, and records equity-based compensation expense over the vesting term of the awards based on the probability that the performance criteria will
be achieved. The Company reassesses the probability of vesting at each reporting period and prospectively adjusts equity-based compensation expense based on its probability
assessment.

Advertising

The Company expenses advertising and promotion costs as incurred. Advertising and promotion expenses were approximately $0.9 million, $0.5 million, and $0.4 million for
the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share ("EPS") is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common
stock outstanding during the period, excluding the effects of any potentially dilutive securities. Diluted EPS gives effect to the potential dilution,  if  any,  that  could  occur  if
securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock, using the more dilutive of the two-class method or if-converted method.
Diluted  EPS  excludes  potential  shares  of  common  stock  if  their  effect  is  anti-dilutive. If  there  is  a  net  loss  in  any  period,  basic  and  diluted  EPS  are  computed  in  the  same
manner.

The  two-class  method  determines  net  income  (loss)  per  common  share  for  each  class  of  common  stock  and  participating  securities  according  to  dividends  declared  or
accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income available to common shareholders for the period to be allocated between
common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed. Prior to redemption in July
2018, the Goldman Sachs warrants were deemed to be participating securities because they had a contractual right to participate in non-forfeitable dividends on a one-for-one
basis with the Company's common stock. Accordingly, the  Company applied the two-class method for EPS when computing net income (loss) per common share. For periods
beginning after September 30, 2018, EPS using the two-class method is no longer required due to the redemption of the Goldman Sachs warrant. See Note 8, Long-term Debt
and Warrant Liability.

Income Taxes

Prior to July 25, 2018, Priority was a "pass-through" entity for income tax purposes and had no material income tax accounting reflected in its financial statements since taxable
income and deductions were "passed through" to Priority's unconsolidated owners.

73

 
Table of Contents

As a limited liability company, Priority Holdings, LLC elected to be treated as a partnership for the purpose of filing income tax returns, and as such, the income and losses of
Priority  Holdings,  LLC  flowed  through  to  its  members.  Accordingly,  no  provisions  for  federal  and  most  state  income  taxes  was  provided  in  the  consolidated  financial
statements. However, periodic distributions were made to members to cover company-related tax liabilities.

MI Acquisitions was a taxable "C-Corp" for income tax purposes. As a result of Priority's acquisition by MI Acquisitions, the combined Company is now a taxable "C-Corp"
that reports all of Priority's income and deductions for income tax purposes. Accordingly, subsequent to July 25, 2018, the consolidated financial statements of the Company
reflect the accounting for income taxes in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board 's ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 740, Income Taxes
("ASC 740").

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between
financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to
be recovered or settled. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future taxable income. A valuation allowance is recognized if it is more likely than not that some
portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized based on the weight of available evidence, including expected future earnings.

The Company recognizes an uncertain tax position in its financial statements when it concludes that a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination
based solely on its technical merits. Only after a tax position passes the first step of recognition will measurement be required. Under the measurement step, the tax benefit is
measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon effective settlement. This is determined on a cumulative probability basis. The full
impact of any change in recognition or measurement is reflected in the period in which such change occurs.  The Company recognized interest and penalties associated with
uncertain tax positions as a component of interest expense.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company measures certain assets and liabilities at fair value. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an
exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company
uses a three-level fair value hierarchy to prioritize the inputs used to measure fair value and maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable
inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

Level 1 – Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date.

Level 2 – Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

The fair values of the Company's merchant portfolios, assets and liabilities acquired in mergers and business combinations, and former warrant liability are primarily based on
Level 3 inputs and are generally estimated based upon valuation techniques that include discounted cash flow analysis based on cash flow projections and, for years beyond the
projection period, estimates based on assumed growth rates. Assumptions are also made regarding appropriate discount rates, perpetual growth rates, and capital expenditures,
among others. In certain circumstances, the discounted cash flow analysis is corroborated by a market-based approach that utilizes comparable company public trading values
and, where available, values observed in public market transactions.

The carrying values of accounts and notes receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, long-term debt and cash, including settlement assets and the associated deposit
liabilities approximate fair value due to either the short-term nature of such instruments or the fact that the interest rate of the debt is based upon current market rates.

Warrant Liability

As discussed in Note 8, Long-Term Debt and Warrant Liability, the Company issued warrants to purchase Class A common units of Priority Holdings, LLC representing 2.2%
of the outstanding common units of Priority Holdings, LLC. These warrants were

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

redeemed in full during July 2018. Prior to redemption in July 2018, the warrants were accounted for as a liability at estimated fair value with changes in fair value recognized in
earnings for each reporting period. See Note 15, Fair Value.

New Accounting and Reporting Standards

Prior to July 25, 2018, Priority was defined as a non-public entity for purposes of applying transition guidance related to new or revised accounting standards under U.S. GAAP,
and as such was typically required to adopt new or revised accounting standards subsequent to the required adoption dates that applied to public companies. MI Acquisitions
was classified as an EGC. Subsequent to the Business Combination, the Company will cease to be an EGC no later than December 31, 2021. The Company will maintain the
election available to an EGC to use any extended transition period applicable to non-public companies when complying with a new or revised accounting standards. Therefore,
as long as the Company retains EGC status, the Company can continue to elect to adopt any new or revised accounting standards on the adoption date (including early adoption)
required for a private company.

Accounting Standards Adopted in 2018

Modifications to Share-Based Compensation Awards (ASU 2017-09)

As  of  January  1,  2018,  the  Company  adopted Accounting  Standards  Update  ("ASU")  No.  2017-09, Compensation-Stock  Compensation  Topic  718  -  Scope  of  Modification
Accounting ("ASU 2017-09"). ASU 2017-09 clarifies when changes to the terms and conditions of share-based payment awards must be accounted for as modifications. Entities
apply the modification accounting guidance if the value, vesting conditions, or classification of an award changes. The Company has not modified any share-based payment
awards since the adoption of ASU 2017-09, therefore this new ASU has had no impact on the Company's financial position, operations, or cash flows. Should the Company
modify share-based payment awards in the future, it will apply the provisions of ASU 2017-09.

Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Income Taxes (ASU 2015-17)

In connection with the Business Combination and Recapitalization, the Company prospectively adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2015-17, Balance  Sheet  Classification  of
Deferred Taxes  ("ASU  2015-17"),  during  the  third  quarter  of  2018. ASU  2015-17  simplifies  the  balance  sheet  presentation  of  deferred  income  taxes  by  reporting  the  net
amount of deferred tax assets and liabilities for each tax-paying jurisdiction as non-current on the balance sheet. Prior guidance required the deferred taxes for each tax-paying
jurisdiction to be presented as a net current asset or liability and net non-current asset or liability.

Definition of a Business (ASU 2017-01)

On  October  1,  2018,  the  Company  prospectively  adopted  the  provisions  of ASU  No.  2017-01, Business  Combinations  (Topic  805):  Clarifying  the  Definition  of  a  Business
("ASU 2017-01"). ASU 2017-01 assists entities in determining if acquired assets constitute the acquisition of a business or the acquisition of assets for accounting and reporting
purposes. The guidance requires an entity to evaluate if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of
similar identifiable assets; if so, the set of transferred assets and activities is not a business. In practice prior to ASU 2017-01, if revenues were generated immediately before
and after a transaction, the acquisition was typically considered a business. The Company's December 2018 acquisition of certain assets of Direct Connect Merchant Services,
LLC was not deemed to be the acquisition of a business under ASU 2017-01 because substantially all of the fair value was concentrated in a single identifiable group of similar
identifiable assets.

Accounting for Share-Based Payments to Employees (ASU 2016-09)

For its annual reporting period beginning January 1, 2018, the Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2016​-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting
("ASU 2016-09"), which amends ASC Topic 718, Compensation–Stock Compensation. This adoption of this new ASU had the following effects:

Consolidated Statement of Operations - ASU 2016-09 imposes a new requirement to record all of the excess income tax benefits and deficiencies (that result from an increase or
decrease in the value of an award from grant date to settlement date) related to

75

Table of Contents

share-based  payments  at  settlement  through  the  statement  of  operations  instead  of  the  former  requirement  to  record  income  tax  benefits  in  excess  of  compensation  cost
("windfalls") in equity, and income tax deficiencies ("shortfalls") in equity to the extent of previous windfalls, and then to operations. This change is required to be applied
prospectively upon adoption of ASU 2016-09 to all excess income tax benefits and deficiencies resulting from settlements of share-based payments after the date of adoption.
This particular provision of ASU 2016-09 had no material effect on the Company's financial position, operations, or cash flows.

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows - ASU 2016-09 requires that all income tax-related cash flows resulting from share-based payments, such as excess income tax benefits,
are to be reported as operating activities on the statement of cash flows, a change from the prior requirement to present windfall income tax benefits as an inflow from financing
activities and an offsetting outflow from operating activities. This particular provision of ASU 2016-09 had no material effect on the Company's financial position, operations,
or cash flows.

Additionally, ASU 2016-09 clarifies that:

•

•

All cash payments made to taxing authorities on an employee's behalf for withheld shares at settlement are presented as financing activities on the statement of cash
flows. This change must be applied retrospectively. This particular provision of ASU 2016-09 had no material effect on the Company's financial position, operations,
or cash flows.

Entities are permitted to make an accounting policy election for the impact of forfeitures on the recognition of expense for share-​based payment awards. Forfeitures can
be estimated or recognized when they occur. Estimates of forfeitures will still be required in certain circumstances, such as at the time of modification of an award or
issuance  of  a  replacement  award  in  a  business  combination.  If  elected,  the  change  to  recognize  forfeitures  when  they  occur  needs  to  be  adopted  using  a  modified
retrospective approach, with a cumulative effect adjustment recorded to opening retained earnings. The Company made a policy election to recognize the impact of
forfeitures  when  they  occur. This policy election primarily impacted the Company's new equity compensation plans originating in 2018 (see Note 13, Equity-Based
Compensation),  thus  not  requiring  a  cumulative  effect  adjustment  to  opening  retained  earnings  for  these  new  plans. For  the  Company's  previously  existing  equity
compensation plan (the Management Incentive Plan), see Note 13, Equity-Based Compensation. The amount of the cumulative effect upon adoption of ASU 2016-09
was not material and therefore has not been reflected in opening retained earnings on the Company's consolidated balance sheets or consolidated statements of changes
in stockholders' equity (deficit).

Recently Issued Accounting Standards Pending Adoption

Revenue Recognition (ASC 606)

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which since has been codified and amended in ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts
with  Customers.  This  guidance  clarifies  the  principles  for  recognizing  revenue  and  will  be  applicable  to  all  contracts  with  customers  regardless  of  industry-specific  or
transaction-specific fact patterns. Further, the guidance will require improved disclosures as well as additional disclosures to help users of financial statements better understand
the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue that is recognized. Since its original issuance, the FASB has issued several updates to this guidance. The new standard
could change the amount and timing of revenue and costs for certain significant revenue streams, increase areas of judgment and related internal controls requirements, change
the presentation of revenue for certain contract arrangements and possibly require changes to the Company's software systems to assist in both internally capturing accounting
differences and externally reporting such differences through enhanced disclosure requirements. As an EGC, the standard is effective for the Company's 2019 annual reporting
period and for interim periods after 2019. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or modified retrospective transition method. The Company has not yet selected
a transition method and is currently evaluating the effect that the standard may have on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

Leases (ASC 842)

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued  new  lease  accounting  guidance  in ASU  No.  2016-02, Leases-Topic 842 ,  which  has  been  codified  in ASC  842, Leases.  Under  this  new
guidance, lessees will be required to recognize for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases): 1) a lease liability equal to the lessee's obligation to make lease payments
arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis and 2) a right-of-use asset which will represent the lessee's right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease

76

Table of Contents

term. As an EGC, this standard is effective for the Company's annual reporting period beginning in 2020 and interim reporting periods beginning first quarter of 2021. The
adoption of ASC 842 will require the Company to recognize non-current assets and liabilities for right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities on its consolidated balance
sheet, but it is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's results of operations or cash flows. ASC 842 will also require additional footnote disclosures to the
Company's consolidated financial statements.

Credit Losses (ASU 2016-13 and ASU 2018-19)

In  June  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2016-13, Financial  Instruments-Credit  Losses  (Topic  326):  Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on  Financial  Instruments.  This  new
guidance will change how entities account for credit impairment for trade and other receivables, as well as for certain financial assets and other instruments. ASU 2016-13 will
replace the current "incurred loss" model with an "expected loss" model. Under the "incurred loss" model, a loss (or allowance) is recognized only when an event has occurred
(such as a payment delinquency) that causes the entity to believe that a loss is probable (i.e., that it has been "incurred"). Under the "expected loss" model, a loss (or allowance)
is recognized upon initial recognition of the asset that reflects all future events that leads to a loss being realized, regardless of whether it is probable that the future event will
occur. The "incurred loss" model considers past events and current conditions, while the "expected loss" model includes expectations for the future which have yet to occur.
ASU  2018-19, Codification  Improvements  to  Topic  326,  Financial  Instruments  –  Credit  Losses,  was  issued  in  November  2018  and  excludes  operating  leases  from  the  new
guidance. The standard will require entities to record a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is
effective.  The  Company  is  currently  evaluating  the  potential  impact  that ASU  2016-13  may  have  on  the  timing  of  recognizing  future  provisions  for  expected  losses  on  the
Company's accounts receivable. As an EGC, the ASU is effective for annual periods beginning in 2021 and interim periods within annual periods beginning in 2022.

Statement of Cash Flows (ASU 2016-15)

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230). This ASU represents a consensus of the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force on
eight separate issues that each impact classifications on the statement of cash flows. In particular, issue number three addresses the classification of contingent consideration
payments  made  after  a  business  combination.  Under ASU  2016-15,  cash  payments  made  soon  after  an  acquisition's  consummation  date  (i.e.,  approximately  three  months
or less) will be classified as cash outflows from investing activities. Payments made thereafter will be classified as cash outflows from financing activities up to the amount of
the  original  contingent  consideration  liability.  Payments  made  in  excess  of  the  amount  of  the  original  contingent  consideration  liability  will  be  classified  as  cash  outflows
from operating activities. As an EGC, this ASU is effective for the Company for years beginning in 2019 and interim periods within years beginning in 2020. The Company is
evaluating the effect this ASU will have on its consolidated statement of cash flows.

Goodwill Impairment Testing (ASU 2017-04)

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment.  ASU 2017-04 will eliminate
the requirement to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill (i.e., step 2 of the current goodwill impairment test) to measure a goodwill impairment charge. Instead, entities
will  record  an  impairment  charge  based  on  the  excess  of  a  reporting  unit's  carrying  amount  over  its  fair  value  (i.e.,  measure  the  charge  based  on  the  current  step  1). Any
impairment charge will be limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to an impacted reporting unit. ASU 2017-04 will not change the current guidance for completing Step 1
of  the  goodwill  impairment  test,  and  an  entity  will  still  be  able  to  perform  the  current  optional  qualitative  goodwill  impairment  assessment  before  determining  whether  to
proceed to Step 1. Upon adoption, the ASU will be applied prospectively.  As an EGC, this ASU will be effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed in periods
beginning in 2022. The impact that ASU 2017-04 may have on the Company's financial condition or results of operations will depend on the circumstances of any goodwill
impairment event that may occur after adoption.

Share-Based Payments to Non-Employees (ASU 2018-07)

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Share-based Payments to Non-Employees, to simplify the accounting for share-based payments to non-employees by aligning it
with  the  accounting  for  share-based  payments  to  employees,  with  certain  exceptions. As  an  EGC,  the ASU  is  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  in  2020  and
interim periods within annual periods beginning first quarter 2021, but not before the Company adopts ASC 606, Revenue Recognition. The Company is evaluating the impact
this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements.

77

 
Table of Contents

Disclosures for Fair Value Measurements (ASU 2018-13)

In August  2018,  the  FASB  issued ASU  2018-13, Fair  Value  Measurement  (Topic  820):  Disclosure  Framework  —  Changes  to  the  Disclosure  Requirements  for  Fair  Value
Measurement. This ASU eliminates, adds and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements as part of the FASB's disclosure framework project. For all
entities, this ASU is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning in 2020. Certain amendments must be applied prospectively while others are to be applied on a
retrospective basis to all periods presented. As disclosure guidance, the adoption of this ASU will not have an effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or
cash flows.

Implementation Costs Incurred in Cloud Computing Arrangements (ASU 2018-15)

In August  2018,  the  FASB  issued ASU  2018-15, Implementation  Costs  Incurred  in  Cloud  Computing  Arrangements ("ASU  2018-15"),  which  aligns  the  requirements  for
capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or
obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). As an EGC, this ASU is effective for the Company for annual reporting
periods  beginning  in  2021,  and  interim  periods  within  annual  periods  beginning  in  2022.  The  amendments  should  be  applied  either  retrospectively  or  prospectively  to  all
implementation costs incurred after the date of adoption. The Company is evaluating the impact this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements.

Concentration of Risk

The  Company's  revenue  is  substantially  derived  from  processing  Visa®  and  MasterCard®  bank  card  transactions.  Because  the  Company  is  not  a  member  bank,  in  order  to
process these bank card transactions, the Company maintains sponsorship agreements with member banks which require, among other things, that the Company abide by the
by-laws and regulations of the card associations.

Substantially all of the Company's revenues and receivables are attributable to merchant customer transactions, which are processed by third-party payment processors.

A majority of the Company's cash and restricted cash is held in certain financial institutions, substantially all of which is in excess of federal deposit insurance corporation
limits. The Company does not believe it is exposed to any significant credit risk from these transactions.

In 2018, 2017, and 2016, no one merchant customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company's consolidated revenues.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts in these consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation, with no net effect on the Company's
stockholders' equity (deficit) or net income (loss) for any period.

2.    BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

Business Combinations in 2018

PayRight

In April 2018, Priority PayRight Health Solutions, LLC ("PPRHS"), a subsidiary of the Company, purchased the majority of the operating assets and certain operating liabilities
of PayRight Health Solutions LLC ("PayRight"). This purchase allowed PPRHS to gain control over the PayRight business and therefore the Company's consolidated financial
statements include the financial

78

Table of Contents

position,  results  of  operations,  and  cash  flows  of  PayRight  from  the  date  of  acquisition.  PayRight  utilizes  technology  assets  to  deliver  customized  payment  solutions  to  the
health  care  industry.  The  results  of  the  acquired  business  and  goodwill  of  $0.3  million  from  the  transaction  are  being  reported  by  the  Company  as  part  of  the  Commercial
Payments  and  Managed  Services  reportable  segment. Additionally,  the  acquisition  resulted  in  the  recognition  of  intangible  and  net  tangible  assets  with  a  fair  value  of $0.6
million. The Company transferred total consideration with a fair value of $0.9 million consisting of: $0.5 million in cash and forgiveness of amounts owed to the Company by
PayRight; $0.3  million  fair  value  of  the  Company's  previous  equity-method  investment  in  PayRight  described  in  the  following  paragraph;  and $0.1  million  of  other
consideration. Certain PayRight sellers were provided profit-sharing rights in PayRight as non-controlling interests, however, based on this arrangement no losses or earnings
were allocated to the non-controlling interests for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Previously, in October 2015, the Company purchased a non-controlling interest in the equity of PayRight, and prior to April 2018 the Company accounted for this investment
using the equity method of accounting. At December 31, 2017, the Company's carrying value of this investment was $1.1 million.  Immediately prior to PPRHS' April 2018
purchase of substantially all of PayRight's business assets, the Company's existing non-controlling investment in PayRight had a carrying value of approximately $1.1 million
with an estimated fair value on the acquisition date of approximately $0.3 million. The Company recorded an impairment loss of $0.8 million during the second quarter of 2018
for  the  difference  between  the  carrying  value  and  the  fair  value  of  the  non-controlling  equity-method  investment  in  PayRight.  The  loss  is  reported  within  Other,  net  in  the
Company's consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018.

RadPad and Landlord Station

In July 2018, the Company acquired substantially all of the net operating assets of RadPad Holdings, Inc. ("RadPad") and Landlord Station, LLC ("Landlord Station"). RadPad
is a marketplace for the rental real estate market. Landlord Station offers a complementary toolset that focuses on facilitation of tenant screening and other services to the fast-
growing  independent  landlord  market.  These  asset  purchases  were  deemed  to  be  a  business  under  ASC  805.  The  Company  formed  a  new  entity,  Priority  Real  Estate
Technology, LLC ("PRET"), to acquire and operate these businesses.  Due to the related nature of the two sets of business assets, same acquisition dates, and how the Company
intends to operate them under the "RadPad" name and operating platform within PRET, the Company deemed them to be one business for accounting and reporting purposes.
PRET is reported within the Company's Commercial Payments and Managed Services reportable segment.

Total consideration paid for RadPad and Landlord Station was $4.3 million consisting of $3.9 million in cash plus forgiveness of pre-existing debt owed by the sellers to the
Company  of $0.4  million. Additionally, the Company paid and expensed $0.1 million for transaction costs. Net tangible and separately-identifiable intangible assets with an
initial fair value of $2.1 million were acquired along with goodwill with an initial value of $2.2 million. Non-controlling equity interests in PRET were issued to certain sellers
in the form of residual profit interests and distribution rights, however the fair value of these non-controlling interests was deemed to be immaterial at time of acquisition due to
the  nature  of  the  profit-sharing  and  liquidations  provisions  contained  in  the  operating  agreement  for  PRET. Under  the  terms  of  the  profit-sharing  arrangement  between  the
controlling and non-controlling interests, no losses or earnings were allocated to the non-controlling interests for the year ended December 31, 2018.

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2018,  the  Company  received  additional  information  about  the  fair  values  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed. Accordingly,  measurement
period adjustments were made to the opening balance sheet to decrease net assets acquired and increase goodwill by $0.2 million.

Priority Payment Systems Northeast

In  July  2018,  the  Company  acquired  substantially  all  of  the  net  operating  assets  of  Priority  Payment  Systems  Northeast,  Inc.  ("PPS  Northeast"). This  purchase  of  these  net
assets  was  deemed  to  be  a  business  under ASC  805. Prior  to  this  acquisition,  PPS  Northeast  was  an  independent  brand-licensed  office  of  the  Company  where  it  developed
expertise in software-integrated payment services designed to manage turnkey installations of point-of-sale and supporting systems, as well as marketing programs that place
emphasis on online ordering systems and digital marketing campaigns. PPS Northeast is reported within the Company's Consumer Payments reportable segment.

Initial  consideration  of $3.5  million  consisted  of $0.5  million  plus 285,117  shares  of  common  stock  of  the  Company  with  a  fair  value  of  approximately  of $3.0  million. In
addition,  contingent  consideration  in  an  amount  up  to $0.5  million  was  deemed  to  have  a  fair  value  of $0.4  million  at  acquisition  date. If  earned,  the  seller  can  receive  this
contingent consideration in either cash or

79

Table of Contents

additional shares of the Company's common stock, as mutually agreed by the Company and seller. Net tangible and separately-identifiable intangible assets with an initial fair
value of $2.0 million were acquired along with goodwill with an initial value of $1.9 million, including the $0.4 million estimated fair value of the contingent consideration due
to  the  seller. At  December  31,  2018,  the  fair  value  of  the  contingent  consideration  still  approximated  the  original  $0.4  million  fair  value  assigned  on  date  of  acquisition.
Transaction costs were not material and were expensed.

Priority Payment Systems Tech Partners

In August 2018, the Company acquired substantially all of the net operating assets of M.Y. Capital, Inc. and Payments In Kind, Inc., collectively doing business as Priority
Payment Systems Tech Partners ("PPS Tech"). These related asset purchases were deemed to be a business under ASC 805. Due to the related nature of the two sets of business
assets and how the Company intends to operate them, the Company deemed them to be one business for accounting and reporting purposes. Prior to this acquisition, PPS Tech
was an independent brand-licensed office of the Company where it developed a track record and extensive network in the integrated payments and B2B marketplaces. PPS Tech
is reported within the Company's Consumer Payments reportable segment.

Initial consideration of $5.0 million consisted of $3.0 million plus 190,078 shares of common stock of the Company with a fair value of approximately $2.0 million. In addition,
contingent  consideration  in  an  amount  up  to $1.0  million  was  deemed  to  have  a  fair  value  of $0.6  million  at  acquisition  date. If  earned,  the  seller  will  receive  half  of  any
contingent consideration in cash and the other half in a number of shares of common stock of the Company equal to the portion of the earned contingent consideration payable
in shares of common stock of the Company. Net tangible and separately-identifiable intangible assets with an initial fair value of $2.2 million were acquired along with goodwill
with an initial value of $3.4 million, including the $0.6 million estimated fair value of the contingent consideration due to the seller. At December 31, 2018, the fair value of the
contingent consideration still approximated the original $0.6 million fair value assigned on date of acquisition. Transaction costs were not material and were expensed.

Other Information

Based on their purchase prices and pre-acquisition operating results and assets, none of the business combinations consummated by the Company in 2018, as described above,
met the materiality requirements for disclosure of pro-forma financial information, either individually or in the aggregate. The measurement periods, as defined by ASC 805,
Business Combination ("ASC 805"), are still open for all of these business combinations since the Company is awaiting information to finalize the acquisition-date fair values of
certain acquired assets and assumed liabilities.

Goodwill for all 2018 business combinations is deductible by the Company for income tax purposes.

The Company did not consummate any business combinations during 2017 or 2016.

3.    SETTLEMENT ASSETS AND OBLIGATIONS

The standards of the card networks restrict non-members, such as the Company, from performing funds settlement or accessing merchant settlement funds.  Instead, these funds
must  be  in  the  possession  of  the  member  bank  until  the  merchant  is  funded.  The  Company  has  relationships  with  member  banks  to  facilitate  payment  transactions. These
agreements  allow  the  Company  to  route  transactions  under  a  member  bank's  control  to  process  and  clear  transactions  through  card  networks. Amounts  for  payment  card
settlements included in settlement assets and obligations on the Company's consolidated balance sheets represent intermediary balances arising in the settlement process.

Reserves Held For ACH Customers

For the Company's ACH business component that conducts business as ACH.com, the Company earns revenues by processing ACH transactions for financial institutions and
other  business  customers. Certain customers establish and maintain reserves with the Company to cover potential losses in processing ACH transactions.  These  reserves  are
held in bank accounts controlled by

80

Table of Contents

the Company. As such, the Company recognizes the cash balances within restricted cash and settlement obligations on its consolidated balance sheets.

Merchant Reserves and Estimated Shortfalls

Under  agreements  between  the  Company  and  merchants,  merchants  assume  liability  for  obligations  such  as  chargebacks,  customer  disputes,  and  unfilled  orders.    However,
under  its  risk-based  underwriting  policy,  the  Company  may  require  certain  merchants  to  establish  and  maintain  reserves  designed  to  protect  the  Company  from  anticipated
obligations such as chargebacks, customer disputes, and unfilled orders. A merchant reserve account is funded by the merchant but controlled by a sponsor bank during the
term  of  the  merchant  agreement.  Unused  merchant  reserves  are  returned  to  the  merchant  after  termination  of  the  merchant  agreement  or  in  certain  instances  upon
a reassessment of risks during the term of the merchant agreement. Sponsor banks held merchant reserves of approximately $186.2 million and $191.5 million at December 31,
2018 and 2017, respectively. Since these merchant reserves held at sponsor banks are not assets of the Company and the associated risks are not liabilities of the Company,
neither is recognized on the Company's consolidated balance sheets. 

In the event the amount in a merchant reserve is insufficient to cover expected or incurred losses, the Company may be liable to cover the shortfall.  The Company recognized a
liability for estimated shortfalls of approximately $2.0 million and $1.1 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.  The liabilities are included in the Company's
consolidated balance sheet as contra balances against settlement assets.

The Company's settlement assets and obligations at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

(in thousands)

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

Settlement Assets:
Card settlements due from merchants, net of estimated losses
Card settlements due from processors

Total Settlement Assets

Settlement Obligations:
Card settlements due to merchants
Due to ACH payees (1)

Total Settlement Obligations

(1) Amounts due to ACH payees are held by the Company in restricted cash.

4.     NOTES RECEIVABLE

$

$

$

$

  $

988
54

1,042   $

  $

777
10,355

11,132

  $

7,207
—

7,207

—
10,474

10,474

The Company has notes receivable from sales agents of $1.8 million and $7.2 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. These notes bear an average interest rate
of 12.8% and 10.5% as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Interest and principal payments on the notes are due at various dates through January 2021.

Under the terms of the agreements, the Company preserves the right to holdback residual payments due to the applicable sales agents and applies such residuals against future
payments due to the Company. Based on the terms of these agreements and historical experience, no reserve has been recorded for notes receivable as of December 31, 2018
and 2017.

Principal contractual maturities on the notes receivable at December 31, 2018 were as follows:

81

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(in thousands)
Years Ended December 31,

2019
2020

  $

  $

Maturities

979
852

1,831

5.    GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The  Company  records  goodwill  when  an  acquisition  is  made  and  the  purchase  price  is  greater  than  the  fair  value  assigned  to  the  underlying  tangible  and  intangible  assets
acquired and the liabilities assumed. The Company's goodwill is allocated to reporting units as follows:

(in thousands)

Consumer Payments
Commercial Payments and Managed Services

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

$

$

106,832   $
2,683  

109,515   $

101,532
—

101,532

The  Company's  intangible  assets  primarily  include  merchant  portfolios  and  other  intangible  assets  such  as  non-compete  agreements,  trade  names,  acquired  technology
(developed internally by acquired companies prior to acquisition by the Company) and customer relationships. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company acquired
merchant  portfolios  totaling  approximately $90.9 million,  including $44.8 million in December 2018 related to Direct Connect Merchant Services, LLC. For  the  year  ended
December 31, 2017, the Company acquired merchant portfolios totaling approximately $2.5 million.

There  were  no  changes  in  the  carrying  amount  of  goodwill  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017. The  following  table  summarizes  the  changes  in  the  carrying  amount  of
goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2018:

(in thousands)

Amount

Balance at December 31, 2017:

Pipeline Cynergy Holdings, LLC and ACCPC, Inc.
Goodwill arising from business combinations in 2018:
  PayRight
  RadPad/Landlord Station
  PPS Northeast
  PPS Tech

Balance at December 31, 2018

$

$

101,532

298
2,385
1,920
3,380

109,515

For business combinations consummated during the year ended December 31, 2018, goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes.

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 intangible assets consisted of the following:

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

(in thousands)

Other intangible assets:

Merchant portfolios
Non-compete agreements
Trade names
Acquired technology
Customer relationships

Less accumulated amortization:
Merchant portfolios
Non-compete agreements
Trade names
Acquired technology
Customer relationships

$

137,576   $
3,390  
2,870  

14,390
55,940

214,166  

(48,492 )  
(3,390 )  
(1,017 )  
(10,222 )  
(26,408 )  

(89,529 )  

46,716
3,390
2,580
13,200
51,090

116,976

(41,915 )
(3,243 )
(776 )
(7,928 )
(21,052 )

(74,914 )

42,062

Balance at December 31, 2018

$

124,637   $

The weighted-average amortization periods for intangible assets at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were as follows:

Merchant portfolios
Non-compete agreements
Trade name
Technology

Customer relationships

Useful Life

Amortization Method

Weighted-Average Life

1 - 10 years
3 years
5 - 12 years
6 - 7 years

1 - 25 years

Straight-line and double
declining
Straight-line
Straight-line
Straight-line
Straight-line and sum-of-years
digits

6.3 years
3.0 years
11.6 years
6.1 years

14.4 years

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $14.7 million, $10.5 million, and $11.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

The estimated amortization expense of intangible assets as of December 31, 2018 for the next five years and thereafter is:

(in thousands)
Years Ending December 31,

Maturities

2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Thereafter

Total

  $

  $

83

26,544
24,250
22,575
21,133
16,132
14,003

124,637

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Actual amortization expense to be reported in future periods could differ from these estimates as a result of new intangible asset acquisitions, changes in useful lives, and other
relevant events or circumstances.

The Company tests goodwill for impairment for each of its reporting units on an annual basis, or when events occur or circumstances indicate the fair value of a reporting unit is
below  its  carrying  value.  The  Company  performed  its  most  recent  annual  goodwill  impairment  test  as  of  November  30,  2018  using  market  data  and  discounted  cash  flow
analysis. The Company concluded there were no indicators of impairment as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. As such, there was no impairment loss for the years
ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016.

6.    PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND SOFTWARE

The Company's property, equipment, and software balance primarily consists of furniture, fixtures, and equipment used in the normal course of business, computer software
developed  for  internal  use,  and  leasehold  improvements.  Computer  software  represents  purchased  software  and  internally  developed  back  office  and  merchant  interfacing
systems used to assist the reporting of merchant processing transactions and other related information.

A summary of property, equipment, and software as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 follows:

(in thousands)

Furniture and fixtures
Equipment
Computer software
Leasehold improvements

Less accumulated depreciation

Property, equipment, and software, net

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

$

$

  $

2,254
8,164
27,804
5,935

44,157
(26,675 )  

17,482

  $

1,871
6,256
20,443
4,965

33,535
(21,592 )    

11,943

Useful Life

2-7 years
3-7 years
3-5 years
5-10 years

Depreciation expense totaled $5.1 million, $4.2 million, and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

7.    ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

The  Company  accrues  for  certain  expenses  that  have  been  incurred  and  not  paid,  which  are  classified  within  accounts  payable  and  accrued  expenses  in  the  accompanying
consolidated balance sheets.

The components of accounts payable and accrued expenses that exceeded five percent of total current liabilities consisted of the following at December 31, 2018 and December
31, 2017 consisted of the following:

(in thousands)

Accounts payable
Accrued compensation
Accrued network fees

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

$
$
$

8,030   $
6,193   $
6,971   $

8,751
6,136
1,529

8.    LONG-TERM DEBT AND WARRANT LIABILITY

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
Table of Contents

Long-term debt owed by certain subsidiaries (the "Borrowers") of the Company consisted of the following as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

(dollar amounts in thousands)
Term Loan - Senior, matures January 3, 2023 and bears interest at LIBOR plus 5.0% at December 31,
2018 and 6.0% at December 31, 2017 (actual rate of approximately 7.5% at December 31, 2018 and 7.4%
at December 31, 2017)
Term Loan - Subordinated, matures July 3, 2023 and bears interest at 5.0% plus payment-in-kind interest
(actual rate of 10.5% at December 31, 2018 and 11.3% at December 31, 2017)
Revolving credit agreement - expires January 2, 2022

Total Debt

Less: current portion of long-term debt
Less: unamortized debt discounts
Less: deferred financing costs

Total long-term debt

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

$

$

322,666   $

90,016

—  

412,682  
(3,293 )  
(3,300 )  
(3,994 )  
402,095   $

198,000

85,118
—

283,118
(7,582 )
(3,212 )
(4,385 )

267,939

Substantially all of the Company's assets are pledged as collateral under the long-term debt agreements, which are described in more detail in the following sections of this
footnote. However, the parent entity, Priority Technology Holdings, Inc., is neither a borrower nor a guarantor of the long-term debt.

Debt Refinancing in January 2017

On January 3, 2017, the Company refinanced existing long-term debt whereby the Borrowers entered into a credit agreement with a syndicate of lenders (the "Senior Credit
Agreement"). The  Senior  Credit Agreement  had  an  original  maximum  borrowing  amount  of $225.0  million,  consisting  of  a $200.0  million  term  loan  and  a $25.0  million
revolving credit facility. Borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement were subject to an applicable margin, or percentage per annum, equal to: (i) with respect to initial term
loans, (a) for LIBOR rate loans, 6.00% per annum and (b) for base rate loans, 5.00% per annum; and (ii) with respect to revolving loans (a) for LIBOR rate loans and letter of
credit fees, 6.00%, (b) for base rate loans, 5.00% and (c) for unused commitment fees, 0.50%.

As  part  of  the  debt  refinancing  on  January  3,  2017,  the  Borrowers  also  entered  into  a  Credit  and  Guaranty Agreement  (the  "GS  Credit Agreement")  with  Goldman  Sachs
Specialty Lending Group, L.P. ("Goldman Sachs" or "GS") for an  $80.0 million term loan, the proceeds of which were used to refinance the amounts previously outstanding
with Goldman Sachs.

The  term  loans  under  the  Senior  Credit Agreement  and  the  GS  Credit Agreement  were  issued  at  a  discount  of $3.7  million.  The  Company  determined  that  the 2017  debt
refinancing  should  be  accounted  for  as  a  debt  extinguishment.  The  Company  recorded  an  extinguishment  loss  of  approximately $1.8  million,  which  consisted  primarily  of
lender fees incurred in connection with the refinancing and the write-off of unamortized deferred financing fees and original issue discount. The extinguishment loss is reported
within "Other, net" on the Company's consolidated statements of operations.

First Amendment in November 2017

The Senior Credit Agreement and the GS Credit Agreement were amended on November 14, 2017 (the "First Amendment"). The First Amendment allows for loan advances of
less  than $5.0 million and for certain liens on cash securing the Company's funding obligations under a new product involving a virtual credit card program. There were no
other substantive changes in the First Amendment.

Second Amendment in January 2018

On January 11, 2018, the Borrowers modified the Senior Credit Agreement and the GS Credit Agreement (collectively, the "Second Amendment"). The Second Amendment
increased  the  Senior  Credit Agreement  term  loans  by $67.5  million  and  lowered  the  applicable  margin  under  the  Senior  Credit Agreement.  The $67.5  million  in  additional
borrowings under the Senior Credit

85

 
 
Table of Contents

Agreement  was  issued  at  a  discount  of $0.4  million. As  a  result  of  the  Second Amendment,  borrowings  under  the  Senior  Credit Agreement  were  subject  to  an  applicable
margin, or percentage per annum, equal to: (i) with respect to initial term loans, (a) for LIBOR rate loans, 5.00% per annum, and (b) for base rate loans, 4.00% per annum; and
(ii) with respect to revolving loans (a) for LIBOR rate loans and letter of credit fees, 5.00%, (b) for base rate loans, 4.00%, and (c) for unused commitment fees, 0.50%.

The  Company  determined  that  the  Second Amendment  should  be  accounted  for  as  a  debt  modification.  Therefore,  all  previously  deferred  fees  and  costs  continued  to  be
amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the respective terms of the amended term. The Company incurred $0.8 million in issuance costs related to
the Second Amendment, which were expensed as incurred and recorded as a component of Other, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the year
ended December 31, 2018. In connection with the new lenders to the Senior Credit Agreement as a result of the Second Amendment, the Company capitalized incremental
deferred financing costs of $0.3 million and fees paid to lenders of $0.4 million. As a result of the Second Amendment, the Senior Credit Agreement had a maximum borrowing
amount of $292.5 million, consisting of a $267.5 million Term Loan and a $25.0 million revolving credit facility.

Third Amendment in December 2018

On  December  24,  2018,  the  Borrowers  modified  the  Senior  Credit  Agreement  and  the  GS  Credit  Agreement  (collectively,  the  "Third  Amendment").  Under  the  Third
Amendment, (i) the term loan under the Senior Credit Agreement was increased in an aggregate principal amount of $60.0 million (issued at a discount of $0.3 million) and (ii)
the term loan commitments under the Senior Credit Agreement were increased by  $70.0 million on a delayed basis ($130.0 million increase in total). Until the additional $70.0
million is drawn, the Borrowers will pay a fee on the undrawn amounts at a rate of 2.50% per annum from the 31st day after the date of the Third Amendment to the 60th day
and 5.00% per annum thereafter for so long as the amounts remain committed and undrawn. In addition, the Borrowers will be required to pay a fee of 0.50% of any of the
additional $70.0 million that is drawn.  The existing applicable margins, or interest rates, in the Second Amendment did not change as a result of the Third Amendment.

The terms of the GS Credit Agreement were amended to allow for the increase in borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement but otherwise the terms of the GS Credit
Agreement  were  not  substantively  changed  by  the  Third Amendment.  The  allowed  borrowings  amount  under  the  GS  Credit Agreement  are  $80.0 million  and  this  was  not
changed by the Third Amendment.

The Company determined that the Third Amendment should be accounted for as a debt modification. Therefore, all previously deferred fees and costs continue to be amortized
to  interest  expense  using  the  effective  interest  method  over  the  respective  terms.  The  Company  incurred  approximately $1.3 million  in  issuance  costs  related  to  the  Third
Amendment, of which $1.2 million was expensed as a component of Other, net in the Company's consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018
and  approximately $0.1 million  was  recorded  as  deferred  financing  costs  on  the  Company's  consolidated  balance  sheet  as  of  December  31,  2018. As  a  result  of  the  Third
Amendment, the Senior Credit Agreement has a maximum borrowing amount of $422.5 million, consisting of a $327.5 million term loan, a $70.0 million undrawn term loan
commitment, and a $25.0 million revolving credit facility.

Additional Information

The Senior Credit Agreement matures on January 3, 2023, with the exception of the revolving credit facility which expires on January 2, 2022. Any amounts outstanding under
the  revolving  credit  facility  must  be  paid  in  full  before  the  maturity  date  of  January  2,  2022.  There  were no  amounts  outstanding  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  as  of
December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. The Company recorded $0.2 million of interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 as a penalty for not drawing on the
revolving credit facility. The GS Credit Agreement matures on July 3, 2023.

Under  the  Senior  Credit Agreement,  the  Company  is  required  to  make  quarterly  principal  payments  of $0.8  million. Additionally,  the  Company  may  be  obligated  to  make
certain additional mandatory prepayments based on excess cash flow, as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement. No such prepayment was due for the year ended December 31,
2018. At December 31, 2017, the mandatory prepayment was $5.6 million, which was included in current portion of long-term debt. On April 30, 2018, the Company entered
into a limited waiver and consent whereby the 2017 mandatory prepayment was waived. Accordingly, this $5.6 million at December 31, 2017 was not paid.

86

 
Table of Contents

Principal contractual maturities on long-term debt at December 31, 2018 are as follows:

(in thousands)
Years Ended December 31,

2019
2020
2021
2022
2023

Maturities

3,293
3,293
3,293
3,293
399,510

412,682

  $

  $

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the payment-in-kind (PIK) interest under the GS Credit Agreement added $4.9 million and $5.1 million, respectively, to the
principal amount of the subordinated debt, which totaled $90.0 million and $85.1 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, the Company recorded interest expense, including amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discounts, of
$29.9 million, $25.1 million, and $4.8 million, respectively.

Covenants

The  Senior  Credit Agreement  and  the  GS  Credit Agreement,  as  amended,  contain  representations  and  warranties,  financial  and  collateral  requirements,  mandatory  payment
events,  events  of  default,  and  affirmative  and  negative  covenants,  including  without  limitation,  covenants  that  restrict  among  other  things,  the  ability  to  create  liens,  pay
dividends or distribute assets from the Company's subsidiaries to Priority Technology Holdings, Inc., merge or consolidate, dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness,
make certain investments or acquisitions, enter into certain transactions (including with affiliates), and to enter into certain leases. Substantially all of the borrowers' assets are
pledged  as  collateral  under  the  Senior  Credit Agreement  and  GS  Credit Agreement.  The  borrowers  are  also  required  to  comply  with  certain  restrictions  on  their  Total  Net
Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement and GS Credit Agreement). As of December 31, 2018, the Borrowers were in compliance with the covenants.

The Total Net Leverage Ratio covenant under the Senior Credit Facility requires a Total Net Leverage Ratio of no more than 6.50:1.00 as of December 31, 2018, 6.25:1.00 as
of March 31, 2019, and further steps down in each subsequent quarter of 2019 to be no more than 5.25:1.00 as of December 31, 2019 and for each quarter thereafter. The Senior
Credit Facility defines Total Net Leverage Ratio as the consolidated total debt of the Borrowers, less unrestricted cash subject to certain restrictions, divided by the Earnout
Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP measure) of the Borrowers for the prior four quarters. As of December 31, 2018, the Borrowers' Total Net Leverage Ratio was 5.06:1.00.

Goldman Sachs Warrant ("GS warrant")

In connection with the prior GS Credit Agreement, Priority Holdings, LLC issued a warrant to GS to purchase 1.0% of Priority Holdings, LLC's outstanding Class A common
units. As part of the 2017 debt amendment, the 1.0% warrant with GS was extinguished and Priority Holdings, LLC issued a new warrant to GS to purchase 1.8% of Priority
Holding,  LLC's  outstanding  Class A  common  units.  As  of December  31,  2017,  the  warrant  had  a  fair  value  of $8.7 million  and  was  presented  as  a  warrant  liability  in  the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

On  January  11,  2018,  the 1.8%  warrant  was  amended  to  provide  GS  with  a  warrant  to  purchase 2.2%  of  Priority  Holdings,  LLC's  outstanding  Class A  common  units.  The
change in the warrant percentage was the result of anti-dilution provisions in the warrant agreement, which were triggered by Priority Holdings, LLC's Class A common unit
redemption that occurred during the first quarter of 2018. The warrant had a term of 7 years and an exercise price of $0. Since the obligation was based solely on the fact that
the 2.2% interest in equity of Priority Holdings, LLC was fixed and known at inception as well as the fact that GS could exercise the warrant with a settlement in cash any time
prior to the expiration date of December 31, 2023, the warrant was recorded as a liability in the Company's historical financial statements prior to redemption on July 25, 2018.
On July 25, 2018, Priority Holdings, LLC and GS agreed to redeem the warrant in full in exchange for $12.7 million in cash.

87

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Deferred Financing Costs

Capitalized  deferred  financing  costs  related  to  the  Company's  credit  facilities  totaled  of $4.0  million  and $4.4  million  at  December  31,  2018  and  December  31,  2017,
respectively. Deferred financing costs are being amortized using the effective interest method over the remaining term of the respective debt and are recorded as a component of
interest expense. Interest expense related to amortization of deferred financing costs was $0.8 million, $0.7 million, and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2018,
2017, and 2016, respectively. Deferred financing costs are included in long-term debt in the Company's consolidated balance sheets.

9.    INCOME TAXES

In connection with the Business Combination as disclosed in Note 1, Nature of Business and Accounting Policies, the partnership tax status was terminated on July 25, 2018.
Under  the  former  partnership  status,  Priority  Holdings,  LLC  was  a  dual  member  limited  liability  company  and  as  such  its  financial  statements  reflected  no  income  tax
provisions as a pass-through entity. As a result of the Business Combination, for income tax purposes Priority Holdings, LLC became a disregarded subsidiary of the Company,
the successor entity to MI Acquisitions, Inc., whereby its operations became taxable. For all periods subsequent to the Business Combination, the income tax provision reflects
the taxable status of the Company as a corporation. The initial net deferred tax asset from the Business Combination is the result of the difference between initial tax basis,
generally substituted tax basis, and the reflective carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities for financial statement purposes. The net deferred tax asset as of July 25, 2018
was approximately $47.5 million, which was recorded and classified on the Company's consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2018 in accordance with ASU 2015-17 and
as an adjustment to Additional Paid-In Capital in the Company's consolidated statement of changes in stockholders' equity (deficit) for the year ended December 31, 2018.  In
addition,  the  Company's  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2018  and  2017  reflect  unaudited  pro-forma  income  tax  disclosure  amounts  to
illustrate the income tax effects had the Company been subject to federal and state income taxes for both full years.

Components of income tax (benefit) expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 was as follows:

(in thousands)

U.S. current income tax expense
    Federal
    State and local

    Total current income tax expense

U.S. deferred income tax (benefit)
    Federal
    State and local

    Total deferred income tax (benefit)

    Total income tax (benefit)

December 31, 2018

29
418

447

(1,901 )
(305 )

(2,206 )

(1,759 )

$

$

The  Company's  effective  income  tax  rate  was 10.5%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018. This  rate  differs  from  the  statutory  federal  rate  of 21%  primarily  due  to  the
partnership status of Priority Holdings, LLC. for periods prior to July 25, 2018. The following table provides a reconciliation of the income tax benefit at the statutory U.S.
federal tax rate to actual income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2018:

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(in thousands)

U.S. federal statutory (benefit)
Earnings as dual-member LLC
State and local income taxes, net
Excess tax benefits pursuant to ASU 2016-09
Valuation allowance changes
Nondeductible items
Tax credits

Income tax (benefit)

December 31, 2018

(3,528 )
1,643
89
140
(66 )
86
(123 )

(1,759 )

$

$

89

Table of Contents

Deferred income taxes reflect the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amount of the Company's assets and
liabilities, tax credits and their respective tax bases, and loss carry forwards. The significant components of deferred income taxes were as follows:

(in thousands)

December 31, 2018

Deferred Tax Assets:
Accruals and reserves
Intangible assets
Net operating loss carryforwards
Interest limitation carryforwards
Other

Gross deferred tax assets

     Valuation allowance

     Total deferred tax assets

Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Prepaid assets
Investments in partnership
Property and equipment

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax assets

$

$

861
53,383
796
2,638
1,098

58,776

(842 )

57,934

(632 )
(3,896 )
(3,714 )

(8,242 )

49,692

In accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes ("ASC 740"), the Company will provide a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets when it is more likely
than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The assessment considers all available positive and negative evidence and is measured quarterly.
As  of  December  31,  2018,  the  Company  has  recorded  a  valuation  allowance  of  approximately $0.8  million  against  certain  deferred  income  tax  assets  related  to  Business
Combination costs that the Company believes are not more likely than not to be realized.

The Company recognizes the tax effects of uncertain tax positions only if such positions are more likely than not to be sustained based solely upon its technical merits at the
reporting date. The Company refers to the difference between the tax benefit recognized in its financial statements and the tax benefit claimed in the income tax return as an
"unrecognized tax benefit." As of December 31, 2018, the net amount of our unrecognized tax benefits was not material.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax and income tax in multiple state jurisdictions. Tax periods for 2015 and all years thereafter remain open to examination by
the federal and state taxing jurisdictions and tax periods for 2014 and all years thereafter remain open for certain state taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject.

A  change  in  MI Acquisitions'  beneficial  ownership  occurred  concurrent  with  the  Business  Combination  and  Recapitalization  on  July  25,  2018,  which  likely  caused  a  stock
ownership  change  for  purposes  of  Section  382  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code. However,  this  ownership  change  should  have  no  material  impact  to  the  net  operating  losses
("NOLs") available as of this date. At December 31, 2018, the Company had federal NOL carryforwards of approximately $2.8 million which can offset future taxable income
as follows:  1) approximately $2.5 million can offset 80% of future taxable income for an indefinite period of time and 2) approximately $0.2 million can offset 100% of future
taxable income through expiration dates ranging from 2036 to 2038. Also at December 31, 2018, the Company had state NOL carryforwards of approximately $3.8  million
with expirations dates ranging from 2019 to 2024.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("Tax Act") was enacted.  The Tax Act included a number of changes to existing U.S. tax laws. The most notable provisions
of the Tax Act that impacted the Company included a reduction of the U.S. corporate

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

income  tax  rate  from 35%  to 21% and the limitations on interest deductibility, both effective January 1, 2018, as well as immediate expensing for certain assets placed into
service after September 27, 2017. The Company did not experience any material impacts of the provisions of the Tax Act for the year ended December 31, 2018 other than the
impact of the reduction of the U.S. corporate rate from 35%  to 21%  and  the  limitation  on  interest  deductibility. As  of  December  31,  2018,  the  Company  has  completed  the
accounting for the income tax effects of all elements of the Tax Act in accordance with the SEC's Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118.

The Company was affected by the new interest deductibility rule under the Tax Act. This rule disallows interest expense to the extent it exceeds 30% of adjusted taxable income,
as  defined. For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  the  Company's  interest  deduction  was  limited  to $11.7  million.  The  excess  interest  not  deducted  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2018 can be carried forward indefinitely for use in future years.

10.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

The Company has various operating leases for office space and equipment. These leases range in terms from one to 16 years. Most of these leases are renewable at expiration,
subject to terms acceptable to the lessors and the Company.

Future minimum lease commitments under non-cancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year are as follows:

Due In

2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Thereafter

Total

(in thousands)
Amount Due

$1,637
1,353
1,234
1,258
1,315
3,831

$10,628

Total rent expenses for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 was $1.9 million, $1.5 million, and $1.3 million, respectively, which is included in SG&A expenses
in the Company's consolidated statements of operations.

Minimum Annual Commitments with Third-Party Processors

The Company has multi-year agreements with third parties to provide certain payment processing services to the Company. The Company pays processing fees under these
agreements that are based on the volume and dollar amounts of processed payments transactions. Some of these agreements have minimum annual requirements for processing
volumes. As of December 31, 2018, the Company is committed to pay minimum processing fees under these agreements of approximately $21.0 million over the next four
years.

Legal Proceedings

During  2017,  the  Company  settled  a  legal  matter  that  resulted  in  a  loss  to  the  Company  of $2.2  million,  which  was  recorded  within  SG&A  expenses  in  the  Company's
consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
Table of Contents

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2018,  the  Company  settled  a  legal  matter  for $1.6 million,  which  is  included  in  SG&A  expenses  in  the  Company's  consolidated  statement  of
operations for the year ended December 31, 2018.

The Company is involved in certain legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of the Company and based on consultations with
inside  and  outside  counsel,  the  results  of  any  of  these  matters,  individually  and  in  the  aggregate,  are  not  expected  to  have  a  material  effect  on  the  Company's  results  of
operations, financial condition, or cash flows. As more information becomes available, and the Company determines that an unfavorable outcome is probable on a claim and
that the amount of probable loss that the Company will incur on that claim is reasonably estimable, the Company will record an accrued expense for the claim in question. If and
when the Company records such an accrual, it could be material and could adversely impact the Company's results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

Merchant Reserves

See Note 3, Settlement Assets and Obligations, for information about merchant reserves.

11.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Management Services Agreement

During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, Priority Holdings, LLC had a management services agreement with PSD Partners LP, which is owned by Mr.
Thomas Priore, the Company's President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman. The Company incurred total expenses of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018
and $0.8 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 related to management service fees, annual bonus payout, and occupancy fees, which are recorded in
SG&A expenses in the Company's consolidated statements of operations.

Call Right

The Company's President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman was given the right to require any of the founders of MI Acquisitions to sell all or a portion of their Company
securities at a call-right purchase price, payable in cash. The call right purchase price for common stock will be based on the greater of: 1) $10.30; 2) a preceding volume-
weighted average closing price (as defined in the governing document); or 3) a subsequent volume-weighted average closing price (as defined in the governing document). The
call right purchase price for warrants will be determined by the greater of: 1) a preceding volume-weighted average closing price (as defined in the governing document) of the
called security or 2) a subsequent volume-weighted average closing price of the called security. For the Company, the call right does not constitute a financial instrument or
derivative under GAAP since it does not represent an asset or obligation of the Company, however the Company discloses it as a related party matter.

12.    STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

As disclosed in Note 1, Nature of Business and Accounting Policies, on July 25, 2018 the Company executed the Business Combination which was accounted for as a "reverse
merger" between Priority Holdings, LLC and MI Acquisitions, resulting in the Recapitalization of the Company's equity. The combined entity was renamed Priority Technology
Holdings, Inc.

Common and Preferred Stock

For periods prior to July 25, 2018, equity has been retroactively restated to reflect the number of shares received as a result of the Recapitalization.

92

Table of Contents

The equity structure of the Company was as follows on December 31, 2018 and 2017:

(in thousands)

Common stock, par value $0.001
Preferred stock, par value $0.001

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

Authorized

Issued

Authorized

Issued

1,000,000

100,000  

67,038  
—  

1,000,000  
—  

73,110
—

In connection with the Business Combination and Recapitalization, the following occurred:

•

•

•

•

In exchange for the 4.6 million common units of Priority Holdings, LLC, 60.1 million shares of common stock were issued in a private placement that resulted in the
Company  receiving  approximately $49.4  million. The 60.1  million  shares  exclude 0.5 million shares issued as partial consideration in two business acquisitions (see
Note  2, Business  Combinations)  and  includes 3.0  million  shares  issued  in  connection  with  the  2014  Management  Incentive  Plan  (see  Note  13, Equity-Based
Compensation).
Approximately 4.9  million  shares  of  common  stock  were  deemed  to  have  been  issued  through  share  conversion  in  exchange  for  the  publicly-traded  shares  of  MI
Acquisitions that originated from MI Acquisitions' 2016 IPO.
$2.1 million was paid to MI Acquisitions' founding shareholders (the "MI Founders") in exchange for 421,107 units and 453,210 shares of common stock held by the
MI Founders. Each unit consisted of one share and one warrant of MI Acquisitions.
The  MI  Founders  forfeited 174,863  shares  of  their  common
stock.

At  December  31,  2018,  the  Company  had 67,038,304  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding,  of  which:  1) 60,071,200  shares  were  issued  in  the  Recapitalization  through  the
private placement; 2) 874,317 shares were transferred to the sellers of Priority Holdings, LLC that were purchased from the MI Founders; 3) 4,918,138 shares were issued in MI
Acquisitions'  2016  IPO;  4) 699,454  shares  were  issued  to  the  MI  Founders;  and  5) 475,195  shares  were  issued  as  partial  consideration  for two  business  acquisitions.  Certain
holders of common stock from the private placement may be subject to holding period restrictions under applicable securities laws.

Except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise provided in any certificate of designation for any series of preferred stock, the holders of the Company's common stock
possess all voting power for the election of members of the Company's board of directors and all other matters requiring stockholder action and will at all times vote together as
one class on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company's stockholders. Holders of the Company's common stock are entitled to one vote per share on matters to be voted on
by stockholders. Holders of the Company's common stock will be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the
Company's board of directors in its discretion. Since the Business Combination and Recapitalization, the Company has neither declared nor paid dividends. The holders of the
Company's common stock have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights and there is no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to the common stock.

The Company is authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to
time by the board of directors. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has not issued any shares of preferred stock.

Earn-Out Consideration

Subsequent to July 25, 2018, an additional 9.8 million shares of common stock may be issued as earn-out consideration to the sellers of Priority, or at their election, to members
of Priority's management or other service providers, pursuant to the Company's Earn-Out Incentive Plan. For the first earn-out of up to 4.9 million shares of common stock,
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Earn-Out Incentive Plan) of the Company must be no less than  $82.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 and the
Company's stock price must have traded in excess of $12.00 for any 20 trading days within any consecutive 30-day trading period at any time on or before December 31, 2019.
For the second earn-out of up to 4.9 million shares of common stock, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of the Company must be no less than $91.5 million for the year ending
December  31,  2019  and  the  Company's  stock  price  must  have  traded  in  excess  of $14.00  for  any  20  trading  days  within  any  consecutive  30-day  trading  period  at  any  time
between January 1, 2019 and December 31, 2020. In the event that the first earn-out targets are not met, the

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

entire 9.8 million shares may be issued if the second earn-out targets are met. As of December 31, 2018, none of the 9.8 million shares have been earned. Any shares issued to
management or directors under compensation plans are subject to the provisions of ASC 718, Stock Compensation. See Note 13, Equity-Based Compensation Plans.

Warrants issued by MI Acquisitions

Prior to July 25, 2018, MI Acquisitions issued warrants that allow the holders to purchase up to 5,731,216 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $11.50
per share, subject to certain adjustments (5,310,109 of these warrants are designated as "public warrants" and 421,107 are designated as "private warrants"). The warrants may
only be exercised during the period commencing on the later to occur of (i) 30 days following the completion of the MI Acquisitions' initial business combination and (ii) 12
months following the closing of MI Acquisitions' IPO, and terminating on the earlier to occur of (i) five years following the date the warrants became exercisable, and (ii) the
date  fixed  for  redemption  upon  the  Company  electing  to  redeem  the  warrants.  The  Company  has  the  option  to  redeem  all  (and  not  less  than  all)  of  the  outstanding  public
warrants at any time from and after the warrants become exercisable, and prior to their expiration, at the price of $0.01 per warrant; provided that the last sales price of the
Company's common stock has been equal to or greater than $16.00 per share (subject to adjustment for splits, dividends, recapitalizations and other similar events), for any 20
trading days within a 30 trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given and provided further that (i) there is a
current registration statement in effect with respect to the shares of common stock underlying the public warrants for each day in the 30-day trading period and continuing each
day thereafter until the redemption date or (ii) the cashless exercise is exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The warrants are
classified as equity, and therefore, subsequent changes in the fair value of the warrants will not be recognized in earnings.

The outstanding purchase option that was sold to the underwriters (in addition to the warrants discussed above) for an aggregate purchase price of $100, allows the holders to
purchase  up  to  a  total  of 300,000  units  (each  consisting  of  a  share  of  common  stock  and  a  public  warrant)  exercisable  at $12.00  per  unit  commencing  on  the  later  of  the
consummation of a business combination and six months from September 13, 2016 (the "Purchase Option"). The Purchase Option expires five years from September 13, 2016.
The  units  issuable  upon  exercise  of  the  Purchase  Option  are  identical  to  the  units  offered  in  MI  Acquisitions'  IPO.  The  Purchase  Option  is  classified  as  equity  in  the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

In August  2018,  the  Company  was  informed  by  Nasdaq  that  it  intended  to  delist  the  Company's  outstanding  warrants  and  units  due  to  an  insufficient  number  of  round  lot
holders for the public warrants. The Company subsequently filed a Registration Statement on Form S-4 with the SEC for the purpose of offering holders of the Company's
outstanding 5,310,109 public warrants and 421,107 private warrants the opportunity to exchange each warrant for 0.192 shares of the Company's common stock. The exchange
offer expired in February 2019 resulting in a total of 2,174,746 warrants being tendered in exchange for 417,538 shares of the Company's common stock plus cash in lieu of
fractional shares. Nasdaq proceeded to delist the remaining outstanding warrants and units, which were comprised of one share of common stock and one warrant, from The
Nasdaq  Global  Market  at  the  open  of  business  on  March  6,  2019.  The  delisting  of  the  remaining  outstanding  warrants  and  units  had  no  impact  on  the  Company's  financial
statements.

Business Combination and Recapitalization Costs

In connection with the Business Combination and Recapitalization, the Company incurred $13.3 million in fees and expenses, of which $9.7 million of recapitalization costs
were charged to Additional Paid in Capital since these costs were less than the cash received in conjunction with the Recapitalization costs and were directly related to the
issuance of equity for the Recapitalization. These costs are presented as Recapitalization costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of changes in stockholders' equity
(deficit). The remaining $3.6 million of expenses were related to the Business Combination and are presented in SG&A expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements
of operations.

Authorization to Repurchase Shares of Common Stock

On  December  19,  2018,  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  stock  repurchase  program.  Under  the  program,  the  Company  may  purchase  up  to $5.0 million  of  its
outstanding  common  stock  from  time  to  time  through  June  30,  2019. As  of  March  22,  2019,  the  Company  has  not  repurchased  any  of  its  common  stock  pursuant  to  the
repurchase plan.

94

Table of Contents

Equity Events for Priority Holdings, LLC that Occurred Prior to July 25, 2018 (date of Business Combination)

On January 3, 2017, Priority used the proceeds from the 2017 debt refinancing (see Note 8, Long-Term Debt and Warrant Liability) to redeem 4,681,590 Class A common units
for $200.0 million (the "Redemption"). Concurrent with the Redemption, (i) Priority and its members entered into an amended and restated operating agreement that eliminated
the Class A preferred units and the Class C common units and (ii) the Plan of Merger, dated as of May 21, 2014 between Priority Payment Systems Holdings, LLC and Pipeline
Cynergy Holdings, LLC was terminated which resulted in the cancellation of related contingent consideration due to holders of Class A preferred units.

On January 31, 2017, Priority entered into a redemption agreement with one of its minority unit holders to redeem their former Class A common membership units for a total
redemption  price  of $12.2  million.  Priority  accounted  for  the  Common  Unit  Repurchase  Obligation  as  a  liability  because  it  was  required  to  redeem  these  former  Class A
common units for cash. The liability was recorded at fair value at the date of the redemption agreement, which was equal to the redemption value. Under this agreement, Priority
redeemed $3.0 million of 69,450 former Class A common units in April 2017. As of December 31, 2017, the Common Unit Repurchase Obligation had a redemption value of
$9.2 million.

The  remaining $9.2  million  was  redeemed  through  the  January  17,  2018  redemption  of 115,751  former  Class A  common  units  for $5.0  million  and  the  February  23,  2018
redemption of 96,999 former Class A common units for $4.2 million.

In addition to the aforementioned redemptions, Priority redeemed 295,834 former Class A common units for $25.9  million  on  January  17,  2018  and 445,410  former Class A
common  units  for $39.0  million  on  January  19,  2018. As  a  result  of  the  aforementioned  redemptions,  Priority  was 100%  owned  by  Priority  Investment  Holdings,  LLC  and
Priority Incentive Equity Holdings, LLC until July 25, 2018.

The former Class A common units redeemed in January and February 2018 were then canceled by Priority. The redemption transactions and the amended and restated operating
agreement resulted in one unit holder gaining control and becoming the majority unit holder of the Company. These changes in the equity structure of Priority were recorded as
capital transactions.

At December 31, 2017, Priority had 5,249 voting former Class A common stock authorized and issued, and 335 and 302 non-voting former Class B common stock authorized
and issued, respectively.

Prior to the Business Combination, Priority recorded distributions of $7.1 million, $3.4 million, and $10.0 million to its members during the years ended December 31, 2018,
2017 and 2016, respectively.

13.    EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

The Company has three active equity-based compensation plans: 2018 Equity Incentive Plan; Earnout Incentive Plan; and 2014 Management Incentive Plan. Total equity-based
compensation expense was approximately $1.6 million, $1.0 million, and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively, which is included
in Salary and employee benefits in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Beginning in 2018, the Company elected to recognize the effects of forfeitures on
compensation expense as the forfeitures occur for all plans.

2018 Equity Incentive Plan

The 2018 Equity Incentive Plan ("2018 Plan") was approved by the Company's board of directors and shareholders in July 2018. The 2018 Plan provides for the issuance of up
to 6,703,830 of the Company's common stock. Under the 2018 Plan, the Company's compensation committee may grant awards of non-qualified stock options, incentive stock
options, stock appreciation rights ("SARs"), restricted stock awards ("RSU"), restricted stock units, other stock-based awards (including cash bonus awards) or any combination
of  the  foregoing.  Any  current  or  prospective  employees,  officers,  consultants  or  advisors  that  the  Company's  compensation  committee  (or,  in  the  case  of  non-employee
directors, the Company's board of directors) selects, from time to time, are eligible to receive awards under the 2018 Plan. If any award granted under the 2018 Plan expires,
terminates, or is canceled or forfeited without being settled or exercised, or if a SAR is settled in cash or otherwise without the issuance of shares, shares of the Company's
common stock subject to such award will again be made available for future grants. In addition, if any shares are

95

Table of Contents

surrendered or tendered to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy withholding taxes owed, such shares will again be available for grants under the 2018 Plan.

A summary of the cumulative activity for the 2018 Plan is provided in the following table:

6,703,830   Common stock authorized for the plan in July 2018
(2,098,792 )   Stock options granted in December 2018
7,558   Stock options grants forfeited in 2018

(202,200 )   RSU grants in 2018

4,410,396   Common stock available for issuance under the plan at December 31, 2018

Stock Options

In December 2018, the Company issued stock option grants to substantially all of the Company's employees excluding the Company's executive officers. The stock options vest
as  follows: 50%  on  July  27,  2019; 25%  on  July  27,  2020;  and 25%  on  July  27,  2021.  If  a  participate  terminates  employment  with  the  Company,  vested  options  may  be
exercised for a short period of time while unvested options are forfeited. However, in any event, a stock option will expire ten years from date of grant.

Details about the time-based stock options issued under the plan are as follows:

Options for

number of

shares

Weighted-

average

exercise

price

Weighted-average

remaining

contractual terms

Aggregate

intrinsic value

(in thousands)

Outstanding, January 1, 2018
Granted in 2018
Exercised in 2018
Forfeited in 2018
Expired in 2018

Outstanding, December 31, 2018

Vested and Expected to Vest
Exercisable at December 31, 2018

—

2,098,792 $

—
(7,558) $
—

2,091,234 $

2,091,234 $

—

—  
6.95  
—  
6.95  
—  

6.95  

6.95  
—  

9.9 years

9.9 years

  $

  $

2,196

2,196
—

No stock options have become vested as of December 31, 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2018, compensation expense of $0.2 million was recognized for these stock
option  grants. As  of  December  31,  2018,  there  was $4.0  million  of  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  stock  options,  which  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a
remaining weighted-average period of 1.3 years.

The table below presents the assumptions used to calculate the fair value of the stock options issued during 2018:

Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected term (years)
Dividend yield
Exercise price

30%
2.4%

—%

4.3

$6.95

96

        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Units - Service Based

During December 2018, the Company issued 107,143  RSUs  with  a  grant-date  fair  value  of $7.00 each and a total grant-date fair value of approximately $0.8 million.  These
RSUs have service-based vesting with 50% vesting in each of the years 2019 and 2020. At December 31, 2018, unrecognized compensation of approximately $0.7 million is
expected to be recognized over remaining weighted-average period of approximately 1.4 years. Compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 was not material.

Restricted Stock Units - Performance Based with Market Condition

During the third quarter of 2018, the Company issued 95,057 RSUs with a fair value of $10.52 each. In addition to the service vesting requirements, these RSUs vest only if
certain performance metrics are achieved separately for 2018 and 2019. The performance metrics were not achieved for 2018 and it is not probable that the 2019 performance
metrics will be achieved, thus no compensation expense has been recognized for the year ended December 31, 2018 for these RSUs. At the end of each subsequent reporting
period,  the  Company  will  evaluate  the  probability  of  achievement  for  the  performance  metrics  and  adjust  cumulative  recognized  compensation  expense  accordingly  if  the
service requirements are also expected to be achieved.

Earnout Incentive Plan

The  Company's  Earnout  Incentive  Plan  (the  "EIP")  was  approved  by  the  Company's  board  of  directors  and  shareholders  in  July  2018.  See  Note  12, Stockholders'  Equity
(Deficit), for information about the EIP and the potential to issue up to 9.8 million additional shares of the Company's common stock. Awards issued under the EIP vest upon
achievement of performance metrics and a market metric.

During the third quarter of 2018, the Company issued 95,057 RSUs under the EIP with a fair value of $10.52 each (these were in addition to the 95,057 RSUs issued under the
2018  Plan,  as  previously  noted  above). At  December  31,  2018,  it  is  not  probable  that  the  performance  metrics  will  be  achieved,  thus no  compensation  expense  has  been
recognized for these RSUs for the year ended December 31, 2018. At the end of each subsequent reporting period, the Company will evaluate the probability of achievement for
the performance metrics and adjust cumulative recognized compensation expense accordingly. Under GAAP, the market metric only impacts the fair value of the RSUs, not the
requirement to recognize compensation expense if the performance metrics are achieved or probable of being achieved.

As of December 31, 2018, up to 9,704,943 additional grants may be issued under the EIP.

2014 Management Incentive Plan

The Priority Holdings Management Incentive Plan (the "MIP") was established in 2014 to issue equity-based compensation awards to selected employees. Simultaneously with
the Business Combination and Recapitalization (see Note 12, Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)), the fair value of the outstanding equity awards under the MIP were exchanged for
approximately 3.0 million shares of common stock of Priority Technology Holdings, Inc. having approximately the same fair value.  As such, this exchange was not deemed to
be a modification for accounting purposes. The Company continues to recognize compensation expense under the original vesting schedule for the MIP grants whereby each
participant's awards vested at either 40% or 20% on September 21, 2016 and then continue to vest over various time periods with all vesting to be completed by May 2021.

Compensation expense under the MIP was approximately $1.5 million, $1.0 million, and $2.3 million for 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. At December 31, 2018, there was
approximately $0.7 million of unrecognized compensation that is expected to be recognized by the Company as follows: $0.5 million in 2019; $0.1 million in 2020; and $0.1
million in 2021.

14.    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

97

Table of Contents

The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution savings plan that covers substantially all of its eligible employees. Under the plan, the Company contributes safe-harbor
matching  contributions  to  eligible  plan  participants  on  an  annual  basis. The  Company  may  also  contribute  additional  discretionary  amounts  to  plan  participants. Company
contributions to the plan were $0.9 million, $1.0 million, and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

The Company offers a comprehensive medical benefits plan to eligible employees. All obligations under the plan are fully insured through third-party insurance companies.
Employees participating in the medical plan pay a portion of the costs for the insurance benefits.

15.    FAIR VALUE

Fair Value Measurements

The following is a description of the valuation methodology used for the GS warrant and contingent consideration which are recorded and remeasured at fair value at the end of
each reporting period.

Goldman Sachs Warrant

The GS warrant was classified as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Historically, the fair value of the GS warrant was estimated based on the fair value of Priority Holdings,
LLC  using  a  weighted-average  of  values  derived  from  generally  accepted  valuation  techniques,  including  market  approaches,  which  consider  the  guideline  public  company
method, the guideline transaction method, the recent funding method, and an income approach, which considers discounted cash flows. Priority Holdings, LLC adjusted the
carrying value of the warrant to fair value as determined by the valuation model and recognized the change in fair value as an increase or decrease in interest and other expense.
On July 25, 2018, the GS warrant was redeemed in exchange for $12.7 million cash, which resulted in a gain of $0.1 million, as the value of the GS warrant immediately prior
to the cancellation was $12.8 million. See Note 8, Long-Term Debt and Warrant Liability. The warrant is no longer outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and had a fair value of
$8.7 million as of December 31, 2017.

Contingent Consideration

Business Combinations

The estimated fair values of contingent consideration related to the PPS Tech and PPS Northeast business acquisitions (see Note 2, Business Combinations) were based on a
weighted payout probability at the measurement date, which falls within Level 3 on the fair value hierarchy. Both  of  these  acquisitions  occurred  during  the  third  quarter  of
2018, and at December 31, 2018, the total fair value of the contingent consideration for both acquisitions was approximately $1.0 million, which was not materially different
than the fair values on their original measurement dates.

Former Preferred A Units Earnout

A preferred equity earnout plan resulted from the 2014 merger between Priority Payment Systems Holdings, LLC and Pipeline Cynergy Holdings, LLC. A level 3 valuation
model was used to estimate the fair value of the earnout consideration. Changes in fair value were reflected in earnings for each reporting period prior to the 2017 expiration of
the earnout arrangement.

98

Table of Contents

The following table shows a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs
that are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016:

(in thousands)

Warrant Liability

  Contingent Consideration

Balance at January 1, 2016

Adjustment to fair value included in earnings

Balance at December 31, 2016

Extinguishment of GS 1.0% warrant liability (Note 8)
GS 1.8% warrant liability (Note 8)
Release and adjustment of contingent consideration (Note 12)
Adjustment to fair value included in earnings

Balance at December 31, 2017

Extinguishment of GS 1.8% warrant liability (Note 8)
GS 2.2% warrant liability (Note 8)
Adjustment to fair value included in earnings
Extinguishment of GS 2.2% warrant liability (Note 8)
Change in fair value of warrant liability
Earnout liabilities arising from business combinations (Note 2)

$

3,149   $
1,204  

4,353  
(4,353 )  
4,503  
—  
4,198  

8,701  
(8,701 )  
12,182  
591  
(12,701 )  
(72 )  
—  

Balance at December 31, 2018

$

—   $

There were no transfers among the fair value levels during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016.

6,887
(2,665 )

4,222
—
—
(4,222 )
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
980

980

Fair Value of Debt

The  Company's  outstanding  debt  obligations  (see  Note  8, Long-term Debt and Warrant Liability) are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets at carrying value since the
Company did not elect to remeasure its debt obligations to fair value at the end of each reporting period. The carrying values of the Company's long-term debt approximate fair
value due to mechanisms in the credit agreements that adjust the applicable interest rates.

16.    SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company has two reportable segments that are reviewed by the Company's chief operating decision maker ("CODM"), who is the Company's President, Chief Executive
Officer  and  Chairman. The  Consumer  Payments  operating  segment  is one  reportable  segment. The  Commercial  Payments,  Institutional  Services,  and  Integrated  Partners
operating segments are aggregated into one reportable segment, Commercial Payments and Managed Services.

•

•

Consumer Payments – represents consumer-related services and offerings including merchant acquiring and transaction processing services including the proprietary
MX enterprise suite. Either through acquisition of merchant portfolios or through resellers, the Company becomes a party or enters into contracts with a merchant and
a sponsor bank. Pursuant to the contracts, for each card transaction, the sponsor bank collects payment from the credit, debit or other payment card issuing bank, net of
interchange fees due to the issuing bank, pays credit card association (e.g., Visa, MasterCard) assessments and pays the transaction fee due to the Company for the
suite of processing and related services it provides to merchants, with the remainder going to the merchant.

Commercial Payments and Managed Services – represents services provided to certain enterprise customers, including outsourced sales force to those customers and
accounts payable automation services to commercial customers. Additional payment and payment adjacent services are provided to the health care and residential real
estate industries.

99

 
 
   
Table of Contents

Corporate includes costs of corporate functions and shared services not allocated to our reportable segments. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company adjusted its
methodology  of  allocating  certain  corporate  overhead  costs  to  its  reportable  segments. All  prior  periods  presented  have  been  adjusted  to  reflect  the  current  allocation
methodology.

Information  on  segments  and  reconciliations  to  consolidated  revenues,  consolidated  income  (loss)  from  operations,  and  consolidated  depreciation  and  amortization  are  as
follows for the years presented:

(in thousands)

Revenues:

Consumer Payments
Commercial Payments and Managed Services

Consolidated revenues

Income (loss) from operations:

Consumer Payments
Commercial Payments and Managed Services

   Corporate

Consolidated income from operations

Depreciation and amortization:

Consumer Payments
Commercial Payments and Managed Services

   Corporate

Consolidated depreciation and amortization

Years Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

394,986   $
29,429  
424,415   $

400,320   $
25,299  
425,619   $

322,666
21,448

344,114

50,528   $
(2,921)  
(27,688 )  

19,919   $

55,473   $
972  
(21,196 )  

35,249   $

17,945   $
702  
1,093  

19,740   $

13,336   $
451  
887  

14,674   $

37,772
1,861
(13,793 )

25,840

13,706
401
626

14,733

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

A reconciliation of total income from operations of reportable segments to the Company's net (loss) income is provided in the following table:

(in thousands)

2018

Years Ended December 31,
2017

2016

Total income from operations of reportable segments
Less Corporate
Less interest expense
Less other, net
Income tax benefit

     Net (loss) income

47,607  
(27,688 )  
(29,935 )  
(6,784 )  
(1,759 )  
(15,041 )   $

56,445   $
(21,196 )  
(25,058 )  
(5,597 )  
—  
4,594   $

39,633
(13,793 )
(4,777 )
(877 )
—

20,186

  $

The Company is not significantly reliant upon any single customer for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, or 2016. Substantially all revenues are generated in the United
States.

Total assets, all located in the United States, by reportable segment reconciled to consolidated assets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

100

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(in thousands)

As of December 31,

2018

2017

Consumer Payments
Commercial Payments and Managed Services
Corporate

Total consolidated assets

  $

  $

267,111   $
71,756  
49,751  

388,618   $

216,345
50,362
—

266,707

Assets in Corporate at December 31, 2018 primarily represent net deferred income tax assets of $49.7 million. The Company had no material tax assets at December 31, 2017
due  to  its  former  status  as  a  pass-through  entity  for  income  tax  purposes. Substantially  all  assets  related  to  business  operations  are  assigned  to  one  of  the  Company's two
reportable segments even though some of those assets result in Corporate expenses.

As a result of the Recapitalization, the Company has retrospectively adjusted the weighted-average Class A units outstanding prior to July 25, 2018 by multiplying them by the
exchange ratio used to determine the number of Class A common stock into which they converted.

The following tables set forth the computation of the Company's (loss) earnings per share:

17.     (LOSS) EARNINGS PER SHARE

(in thousands except per share amounts)

Numerator:
Net (loss) income
Less:  Income allocated to participating securities

Net (loss) income available to common stockholders

Years Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

  $

  $

(15,041 )   $
(45 )  

(15,086 )   $

4,594   $
(236 )  

4,358   $

20,186
(101 )

20,085

Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding - basic and diluted

61,607  

67,144  

131,706

Basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share

  $

(0.24 )   $

0.06   $

0.15

Anti-dilutive securities that were excluded from EPS that could potentially be dilutive in future periods are as follows:

(in thousands)

Stock options
Restricted stock awards
Earnout incentive awards
Warrants on common stock (see Note 12, Stockholders' Equity (Deficit))

Years Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

2,091  
202  
95  
5,731  

—  
—  
—  
3,402  

—
—
—
7,202

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

18.     SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL RESULTS (UNAUDITED)

The following tables show a summary of the Company's quarterly financial information for each of the four quarters of 2018 and 2017:

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

1Q

2Q

2018

3Q

4Q

Year

Revenues
Operating expenses

Income from operations
Interest expense
Other, net
Income tax benefit

Net loss

Basic and diluted (loss) per common share (1)

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Revenues
Operating expenses

Income from operations
Interest expense
Other, net

Net (loss) income

Basic and diluted (loss) per common share (1)

  $

115,596   $
107,718  

104,762   $
101,557  

103,591   $
100,031  

100,466   $
95,190  

7,878  
(6,929)  
(4,126)  
—  

3,205  
(7,630)  
(1,203)  
—  

3,560  
(7,334)  
221  
(991 )  

5,276  
(8,042)  
(1,676)  
(768 )  

(3,177)   $

(5,628)   $

(2,562)   $

(3,674)   $

424,415
404,496

19,919
(29,935 )
(6,784)
(1,759)

(15,041 )

(0.06 )   $

(0.10 )   $

(0.04 )   $

(0.05 )   $

(0.24 )

1Q

2Q

2017

3Q

4Q

Year

93,092   $
86,528  

101,611   $
93,341  

110,946   $
101,480  

119,970   $
109,021  

6,564  
(7,570)  
(215 )  

8,270  
(4,612)  
(1,976)  

9,466  
(6,418)  
(790 )  

10,949  
(6,458)  
(2,616)  

(1,221)   $

1,682   $

2,258   $

1,875   $

425,619
390,370

35,249
(25,058 )
(5,597)

4,594

(0.02 )   $

0.02   $

0.03   $

0.03   $

0.06

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

(1) May not be additive to the net income (loss) per common share amounts for the year due to the calculation provision of ASC 260, Earnings Per Share.

19.     SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Acquisitions from Related Party

In February 2019, a subsidiary of the Company, Priority Hospitality Technology, LLC ("PHT"), acquired substantially all of the operating assets and assumed certain liabilities
of  eTab,  LLC  ("eTab")  and  CUMULUS  POS,  LLC  ("Cumulus")  under  asset  contribution  agreements.  Prior  to  these  transactions,  eTab  was 80%  owned  by  the  Company's
President,  Chief  Executive  Officer and  Chairman. No  cash  consideration  was  paid  to  the  sellers  of  eTab  or  Cumulus  at  acquisition. As  consideration  for  these  acquired  net
assets, the sellers were issued preferred equity interests in PHT. Under these preferred equity interests, the sellers are eligible to receive up to $4.5 million of profits earned by
PHT, plus a preferred yield on any of the $4.5 million amount that has not been distributed to them. The Company's President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman owns 80%
of the preferred equity interests in PHT. Once a total of $4.5 million plus the preferred yield has been distributed to the holders of the preferred equity interests,

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents

the preferred equity interests will cease to exist. The Company will recognize the fair value of the net assets acquired since the consideration was of a non-cash nature. At this
time, the Company is finalizing the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired.

See Note 12, Stockholders' Equity (Deficit), for information about subsequent events pertaining to certain warrants to purchase shares of common stock of the Company and
units, consisting of one share of common stock and one warrant, of the Company.

Asset Acquisition

On  March  22,  2019,  the  Company,  through  one  of  its  subsidiaries,  acquired  certain  assets  and  assumed  certain  related  liabilities  (the  "net  assets")  from  YapStone,  Inc.
("YapStone") under an asset purchase and contribution agreement. The purchase price for the net assets was $65.0 million in cash and a 6.142% non-controlling interest in the
Company's subsidiary that purchased the net assets of YapStone. The $65.0 million was funded from a draw down of the Senior Credit Facility on a delayed basis as provided
for and pursuant to the third amendment thereto executed in December 2018. See Note 8, Long-Term Debt and Warrant Liability.

Residual Portfolio Asset Acquisition

On  March  15,  2019,  a  subsidiary  of  the  Company  paid $15.2 million  cash  to  acquire  certain  residual  portfolio  rights. Of  the $15.2 million, $5.0 million  was  funded  from  a
delayed draw down of the Senior Credit Facility as provided for and pursuant to the third amendment thereto executed in December 2018. See  Note  8, Long-Term Debt and
Warrant Liability.  Additionally,  a $10.0 million draw was made against the revolving credit facility under the Senior Credit Facility and cash on hand was used to fund the
remaining amount. The purchase price may be subject to an increase of up to $6.4 million in accordance with the terms of the agreement between the Company and the sellers.

103

Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

N/A

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The  term  "disclosure  controls  and  procedures"  is  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  of  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange Act").  We
maintain  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  that  are  designed  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  in  our  Exchange  Act  reports  is  recorded,  processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including
the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate,  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure.  Our  management,  including  our  Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual
Report on Form 10-K. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual
Report on Form 10-K, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective at a reasonable assurance level because of the material weaknesses in internal control over
financial reporting described below, which are in the process of being remediated.

Management necessarily applies its judgment in assessing the costs and benefits of such controls and procedures, which, by their nature, can provide only reasonable assurance
regarding management's control objectives. The Company's management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure
controls  and  procedures  can  prevent  all  possible  errors  or  fraud. A  control  system,  no  matter  how  well  conceived  and  operated,  can  provide  only  reasonable,  not  absolute,
assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. There are inherent limitations in all control systems, including the realities that judgments in decision-making can be
faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple errors or mistakes. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts  of  one  or  more  persons.  The
design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and, while our disclosure controls and procedures are designed
to be effective under circumstances where they should reasonably be expected to operate effectively, there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its
stated goals under all potential future conditions. Because of the inherent limitations in any control system, misstatements due to possible errors or fraud may occur and not be
detected.

Management's Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting. As discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form
10-K, we completed the Business Combination on July 25, 2018. Prior to the Business Combination, Priority was a privately held company and therefore its controls were not
required to be designed or maintained in accordance with Exchange Act Rule 13a-15. The design of public company internal controls over financial reporting for the Company
following  the  Business  Combination  has  required  and  will  continue  to  require  significant  time  and  resources  from  our  management  and  other  personnel.  Furthermore,  M  I
Acquisitions, the legal acquirer in the Business Combination, was a non-operating public shell company prior to the Business Combination and, as such the internal controls of
M I Acquisitions no longer exists as of the assessment date. As a result, management was unable, without incurring unreasonable effort or expense, to conduct an assessment of
our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018. Therefore, we are excluding management's report on internal control over financial reporting pursuant to
Question 215.02 of the SEC's Compliance and Disclosure Interpretations. In the future, management's assessment of our internal control over financial reporting will include an
evaluation of such elements as the design and operating effectiveness of key financial reporting controls, process documentation, accounting policies and our overall control
environment.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm, because as an "emerging growth company" under
the JOBS Act our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to issue such an attestation report.

104

Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

As of December 31, 2018, we have identified material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting related to (1) lack of sufficient accounting and financial reporting
resources and (2) deficiencies in certain aspects of our financial statement review and close processes. In order to begin to remediate the material weaknesses described above,
during the year ended December 31, 2018, we undertook or were engaged in the following measures or activities to address the material weaknesses in internal control over
financial reporting:

•

•

•

recruiting and hiring additional qualified accounting and financial reporting
personnel;
retaining outside consultants to assist us in the preparation of our financial statements and SEC disclosures;
and
implementing additional policies and procedures to enhance internal control and provide timely reconciliation and review of our accounting policies and
procedures.

As we continue to evaluate and improve our internal control over financial reporting, additional measures to remediate the material weaknesses or modifications to certain of the
remediation procedures described above may be necessary, including related improvements to the architecture of our accounting and financial reporting systems.

Management is committed to improving our internal control processes and intends to meet with our Audit Committee on a regular basis to monitor the status of remediation
activities.  Management  believes  that  the  measures  described  above  should  remediate  the  material  weakness  identified  and  strengthen  our  internal  control  over  financial
reporting.

Except  as  set  forth  above,  we  have  identified  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the  period  covered  by  this  report  that  have
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

N/A

105

Table of Contents

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

PART III.

The information called for by Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to the definitive proxy statement relating to the Company's 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. We
intend to file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-
K.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information called for by Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to the definitive proxy statement referenced above in Item 10.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information called for by Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to the definitive proxy statement referenced above in Item 10.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information called for by Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the definitive proxy statement referenced above in Item 10.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information called for by Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the definitive proxy statement referenced above in Item 10.

106

Table of Contents

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

PART IV.

(a) (1) Our consolidated financial statements listed below are set forth in "Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

60
61
62
63
64
66

(2) Financial Statement Schedules
N/A

(b) Exhibits

Exhibit

  Description

2.1

2.2

3.1

3.2

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4

10.1

10.2 †

10.3 †

Second Amended  and  Restated  Contribution Agreement,  dated  as  of April  17,  2018,  by  and  among  Priority  Investment  Holdings,  Priority  Incentive
Equity Holdings, LLC and M I Acquisitions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Annex A to the Company's Proxy Statement on Schedule 14(a), filed
July 5, 2018).
Purchase Agreement,  dated  as  of  February  26,  2018  by  and  among  Priority  Holdings,  LLC,  M  SPAC  LLC,  M  SPAC  Holdings  I  LLC,  M  SPAC
Holdings II LLC, and M I Acquisitions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Annex B to the Company's Proxy Statement on Schedule 14(a), filed July 5,
2018).
Second Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Priority  Technology  Holdings,  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  the
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed July 31, 2018).
Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  of  Priority  Technology  Holdings,  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.2  to  the  Company's  Current  Report  on
Form 8-K, filed July 31, 2018).

  Specimen Unit Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed July 26, 2016).
  Specimen Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed July 26, 2016).
  Specimen Warrant Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed July 26, 2016).

Warrant Agreement, dated September 13, 2016, by and between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC and the Registrant (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 16, 2016).
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 25, 2018 by and among M I Acquisitions, Inc. and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed July 31, 2018).
Priority Technology Holdings, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-
K, filed July 31, 2018).
Priority Technology Holdings, Inc. Earnout Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K,
filed July 31, 2018).

107

 
 
 
                                    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

10.4

10.4.1

10.4.2

10.4.3

10.5

10.5.1

10.5.2

10.5.3

10.6 †

10.7 †

10.8 †

10.9 †

10.10 †

10.11 †

10.12 †

10.13 * †
10.14 * †
10.15 * †

Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2017 by and among Pipeline Cynergy Holdings, LLC, Priority Institutional Partner Services,
LLC, Priority Payment Systems Holdings LLC, Priority Holdings, LLC, the Credit Parties, the Lenders and SunTrust Bank (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed July 31, 2018).
First Amendment  to  the  Credit  and  Guaranty Agreement,  dated  as  of  November  14,  2017  by  and  among  Pipeline  Cynergy  Holdings,  LLC,  Priority
Institutional Partner Services, LLC, Priority Payment Systems Holdings LLC, Priority Holdings, LLC, the other Guarantors, the Lenders and SunTrust
Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed July 31, 2018).
Second Amendment  to  the  Credit  and  Guaranty Agreement,  dated  as  of  January  11,  2018  by  and  among  Pipeline  Cynergy  Holdings,  LLC,  Priority
Institutional  Partner  Services,  LLC,  Priority  Payment  Systems  Holdings  LLC,  Priority  Holdings,  LLC,  the  other  Guarantors,  each  2018  Converting
Lender,  each  new  2018  Refinancing  Term  Lender,  each  2018  Incremental  Term  Loan  Lenders,  each  Revolving  Credit  Lender  and  SunTrust  Bank
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed July 31, 2018).
Third Amendment  to  the  Credit  and  Guaranty Agreement,  dated  as  of  December  24,  2018  by  and  among  Pipeline  Cynergy  Holdings,  LLC,  Priority
Institutional Partner Services, LLC, Priority Payment Systems Holdings LLC, Priority Holdings, LLC, the other Guarantors, each 2018-2 Incremental
Term Loan Lender, each Delayed Draw Term Loan Lender, other Lender party thereto and SunTrust Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 26, 2018).
Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2017, by and among Priority Holdings, LLC, the Credit Parties, the Lenders and Goldman Sachs
Specialty Lending Group, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed July 31, 2018).
First Amendment to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2017, by and among Priority Holdings LLC, the Guarantors, the
Lenders and Goldman Sachs Specialty Group, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed
July 31, 2018).
Consent  and  Second Amendment  to  the  Credit  and  Guaranty Agreement,  dated  as  of  January  11,  2018,  by  and  among  Priority  Holdings  LLC,  the
Guarantors, the Lenders and Goldman Sachs Specialty Group, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.2 to the Company's Current Report on
Form 8-K, filed July 31, 2018).
Consent  and  Third Amendment  to  the  Credit  and  Guaranty Agreement,  dated  as  of  December  24,  2018  by  and  among  Priority  Holdings  LLC,  the
Guarantors, the Lenders and Goldman Sachs Specialty Group, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form
8-K, filed December 26, 2018).
Director Agreement by and among Priority Holdings LLC, Pipeline Cynergy Holdings, LLC, Priority Payment Systems Holdings, LLC and Thomas C.
Priore,  dated  May  21,  2014  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.6  to  the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-4/A,  filed  December  26,
2018).
Amendment No. 1 to Director Agreement by and among Priority Holdings LLC, Pipeline Cynergy Holdings, LLC, Priority Payment Systems Holdings,
LLC and Thomas C. Priore, dated April 19, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4/A,
filed December 26, 2018).
Executive Employment Agreement between Priority Payment Systems Holdings LLC, Pipeline Cynergy Holdings, LLC, Priority Holdings, LLC and
John  V.  Priore,  dated  May  21,  2014  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Company's  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K,  filed  December  26,
2018).
Amendment  to  Executive  Employment  Agreement  between  Priority  Payment  Systems  Holdings  LLC,  Pipeline  Cynergy  Holdings,  LLC,  Priority
Holdings, LLC and John V. Priore, dated November 13, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K,
filed December 26, 2018).
Director Agreement by and among Priority Technology Holdings, Inc. and John V. Priore, dated December 1, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.4 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 26, 2018).
Employment  Agreement  between  Priority  Payment  Systems  Holdings  LLC,  Pipeline  Cynergy  Holdings,  LLC,  Priority  Holdings,  LLC  and  Afshin
Yazdian, dated May 21, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4/A, filed December 26,
2018).
Executive Employment Agreement between Priority Technology Holdings, Inc. and Michael Vollkommer, dated December 20, 2018 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 26, 2018).

  Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement between Priority Technology Holdings, Inc. and Michael Vollkommer, dated December 20, 2018.
  Executive Employment Agreement between Priority Technology Holdings, Inc. and Timothy T. Schneible, dated January 18, 2019.
  Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement between Priority Technology Holdings, Inc. and Timothy T. Schneible, dated January 19, 2019.

108

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

10.16 * †
10.17 *
10.18 *
10.19 * †
21.1
23.1 *
31.1 *

31.2 *

32 **

101.INS *

101.SCH *
101.CAL *
101.LAB *
101.PRE *
101.DEF *

  Consulting Services Agreement between Priority Technology Holdings, Inc. and Bruce E. Mattox, dated March 1, 2019.
  Asset Contribution Agreement among Priority Hospitality Technology, LLC, eTab, LLC, and Thomas C. Priore, dated February 1, 2019.
  Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Priority Hospitality Technology, LLC, dated February 1, 2019.
  Form of Independent Director Agreement.
  Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4/A, filed December 26, 2018).
  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 and Rule 15d-14(a), promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 and Rule 15d-14(a), promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
Certification  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline
XBRL document.

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

* Filed herewith
** Furnished herewith
† Indicates exhibits that constitute management contracts or compensation plans or arrangements.    

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

109

 
 
 
 
    
Table of Contents

SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

March 29, 2019

PRIORITY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS, INC.

/s/ Thomas C. Priore
Thomas C. Priore
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities
and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Thomas C. Priore 
Thomas C. Priore

/s/ Michael Vollkommer 
Michael Vollkommer 

/s/ John Priore
John Priore

Marc Manuel

/s/ William Gahan
William Gahan 

/s/ Matthew Kearney 
Matthew Kearney 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman 
(Principal Executive Officer)

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

Vice-Chairman

Director

Director

Director

110

March 29, 2019

March 29, 2019

March 29, 2019

March 29, 2019

March 29, 2019

March 29, 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.13

PRIORITY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS, INC. 
2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

This Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of December 20, 2018 (the “Grant

Date”), by and between Priority Technology Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Michael Vollkommer (the
“Participant”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings provided in the Priority Technology Holdings, Inc.
2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Plan; and

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant Restricted Stock Units to the Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the

terms set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable

consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.

Grant. Subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, the Company grants Participant the

right to earn up to Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000) worth of Restricted Stock Units on each anniversary of his Hire Date
with the Company (as such term is defined in Participant’s employment agreement with the Company, listed as December 3, 2018) (based on
current market value of the Company’s shares on each anniversary of his Hire Date as further defined in Schedule A) for the first five (5) years
of Participant’s employment with the Company as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, with each annual issuance of Restricted Stock Units
subject to a two (2) year vesting schedule as defined in Section 2, below.

2.    Vesting.

attached hereto.

(a)    The Participant shall become vested in the Restricted Stock Units, in accordance with the terms of Schedule A,

(b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of the Participant’s Termination of Service on account of the

Participant’s death or Disability (as defined below), the Restricted Stock Units shall become one hundred percent (100%) vested. For purposes
of this Agreement, “Disability” means that the Participant would be considered disabled under Section 409A of the Code.

Participant has not become vested shall be cancelled and forfeited by the Participant without consideration.

(c)    Upon the Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason, the portion of the Restricted Stock Units in which the

3.    Award Settlement. The Company shall deliver to the Participant (or, in the event of the Participant’s prior death, the

Participant’s beneficiary), one (1) share of Company Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit in which the Participant becomes vested in
accordance with this Agreement, less any shares withheld for payment of taxes as provided in Section 17 of the Plan. The Participant shall
receive cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Company Stock that would otherwise be issuable hereunder. Delivery of such Company Stock
and cash, if applicable, shall be made within thirty (30) days following the applicable Vesting Date, but in no event later than the fifteenth
(15th) day of the third month following the end of the calendar year in which the Vesting Date occurred.

4.    Stockholder Rights. The Participant shall not have any voting rights, rights to dividends or dividend equivalents or other
rights of a stockholder with respect to shares of Company Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Unit until the Restricted Stock Unit has vested
and a share of Company Stock has been issued in settlement thereof and, if applicable, the Participant has satisfied any other conditions
imposed by the Committee.

5.    Transferability. Except as permitted by the Committee, in its sole discretion, the Restricted Stock Units may not be

assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Committee, pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless and until the Restricted
Stock Units have been settled and the shares of Company Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units have been issued, and all restrictions
applicable to such shares have lapsed, and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall
be void and unenforceable against the Company; provided that, the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation,
pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

6.    Taxes. The Participant has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences

of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any
statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Participant understands that the Participant (and not the Company) shall

 
be responsible for the Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.

7.    Incorporation by Reference. The terms and provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference, and the Participant

hereby acknowledges receiving a copy of the Plan and represents that the Participant is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof. The
Participant accepts this Award subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the
terms of the Plan and the terms of this Agreement, the Plan shall govern and control.

8.    Securities Laws and Representations. The Participant acknowledges that the Plan is intended to conform to the extent
necessary with all applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws (including the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) and any and all
regulations and rules promulgated thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the shares are to be issued, only in such a manner as to
conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended
to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. Without limiting the foregoing, the Restricted Stock Units are being
granted to the Participant, upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Units any shares of Company Stock will be issued to the Participant, and this
Agreement is being made by the Company in reliance upon the following express representations and warranties of the Participant. The
Participant acknowledges, represents and warrants that:

Securities Act and in this connection the Company is relying in part on the Participant’s representations set forth in herein;

(a)    The Participant has been advised that the Participant may be an “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the

(b)    Any shares of Company Stock issued to the Participant upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Units must be held
indefinitely by the Participant unless (i) an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available for the resale of such
shares of Company Stock or (ii) the Company files an additional registration statement (or a “re-offer prospectus”) with regard to the resale of
such shares of Company Stock and the Company is under no obligation to continue in effect a Form S-8 Registration Statement or to otherwise
register the resale of such shares of Company Stock (or to file a “re-offer prospectus”); and

(c)    The exemption from registration under Rule 144 will not be available under current law unless (i) a public trading

market then exists for the Company Stock, (ii) adequate information concerning the Company is then available to the public, and (iii) other
terms and conditions of Rule 144 or any exemption therefrom are complied with, and that any sale of shares of Company Stock issued to the
Participant upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Units may be made only in limited amounts in accordance with, such terms and conditions.

9.    Captions. The captions in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the

meaning of terms contained herein.

10.    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Plan, as either of the foregoing may be amended or supplemented in

accordance with their terms, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
contained herein and therein, and supersedes all prior communications, representations and negotiations in respect thereto.

11.    Successors and Assigns. The terms of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto

and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. The Participant may not assign any of the rights or obligations under this
Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company. The Company may assign its rights and obligations to another entity which will
succeed to all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Company.

12.    Amendments and Waivers. The Board may, at any time, suspend or terminate this Agreement or revise or amend it in

any respect whatsoever provided however, that no amendment, suspension or termination will materially and adversely affect the rights of any
Participant under this Award Agreement or the Plan without the consent of the Participant. Waivers or consents to departures from the
provisions hereof may not be given if they materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant under this Award Agreement or the Plan
without the consent of the Participant.

13.    Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such

illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if the
illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

14.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each which shall constitute an original, with the same effect

as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

15.    Notices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of the Plan or this Agreement shall
be in writing and addressed to the General Counsel and the Secretary of the Company at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to
be given or delivered to the Participant shall be in writing and addressed to the Participant at the address listed in the Company’s personnel
files or to such other address as the Participant may designate in writing from time to time to the Company. All notices shall be deemed to have
been given or delivered upon: personal delivery, three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail by certified or registered mail (return
receipt requested), one business day after deposit with any return receipt express courier (prepaid), or one business day after transmission by
facsimile.

16.    Governing Law. Except to the extent preempted by any applicable federal law, the Plan shall be construed and

administered in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to its principles of conflicts of law.

17.    Consent to Jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that any action, suit or
proceeding, at law or equity, arising out of or relating to the Plan, this Agreement or any agreements or transactions contemplated hereby shall
only be brought in any federal court of the Northern District of Georgia or any state court located in Fulton County, State of Georgia, and
hereby irrevocably and unconditionally expressly submits to the personal jurisdiction and venue of such courts for the purposes thereof and
hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives (by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise) any and all jurisdictional, venue and convenience
objections or defenses that such party may have in such action, suit or proceeding. Each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents
to the service of process of any of the aforementioned courts.

18.    Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY

APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR
ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF. THE PARTIES
HERETO AGREE THAT THIS SECTION IS A SPECIFIC AND MATERIAL ASPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT AND WOULD NOT
ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT IF THIS SECTION WERE NOT PART OF THIS AGREEMENT.

19.    No Employment Rights. The Participant understands and agrees that this Agreement does not impact in any way the right

of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate or change the terms of the employment of the Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever,
with or without cause, nor confer upon any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

20.    Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if the

Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Restricted Stock Units and this Agreement shall be subject to any
additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-
3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this
Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

21.    Clawback. The Restricted Stock Units are subject to the terms of the Company’s recoupment, clawback or similar policy

as it may be in effect from time to time, as well as any similar provisions of applicable law, as well as any other policy of the Company that
applies to Awards, such as anti-hedging or pledging policies, as they may be in effect from time to time.

[Signature page follows]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the first date set forth above.

PRIORITY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS, INC.

By: /s/ Thomas Priore

Name: Thomas Priore
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

PARTICIPANT:

/s/ Michael Vollkommer
Name: Michael Vollkommer

Schedule A to Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

Vesting Schedule For Michael Vollkommer

Vesting Schedule:

Value*

Grant Date**

Vesting Schedule**

 
$750,000

$750,000

$750,000

$750,000

$750,000

December 20, 2018

50% vested on December 3, 2019

50% vested on December 3, 2020

December 3, 2019

50% vested on December 3, 2020

50% vested on December 3, 2021

December 3, 2020

50% vested on December 3, 2021

50% vested on December 3, 2022

December 3, 2021

50% vested on December 3, 2022

50% vested on December 3, 2023

December 3, 2022

50% vested on December 3, 2023

50% vested on December 3, 2024

*The  number  of  restricted  stock  units  to  be  issued  on  the  applicable  grant  date  will  be  determined  based  on  the  fair  market  value  of  the
Company’s Common Stock at a per share price equal to the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (NOCP) as reported by Nasdaq stock exchange on
nasdaq.com  for  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  under  the  Company’s  Nasdaq  common  stock  ticker  [PRTH]  for  the  close  of  trading  on  the
trading  day  immediately  preceding  the  Restricted  Stock  Unit  grant  date.  The  Nasdaq  Official  Closing  Price  (NOCP)  identifies  the  Nasdaq
market-specific closing price for Nasdaq-listed issues. By way of illustration, and for example purposes only, if the Grant Date is December 3,
2019, and if the NOCP is $10 on December 2, 2019, then the Restricted Stock Units issued on December 3, 2019 would be 75,000.

**Participant must be employed by the Company as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer on each Grant Date and each Vesting Date to be
eligible: (i) to receive the Restricted Stock Units for each applicable Grant Date and (ii) to be eligible to vest for each applicable Vesting Date
associated therewith.

Exhibit 10.14

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

AMONG

PRIORITY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS, INC.

AND

TIMOTHY T. SCHNEIBLE

January 18, 2019

DOC ID - 29664930.2

 
 
 
    
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EXECUTIVE  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT  (the  “Agreement”)  by  and  among  Priority  Technology  Holdings,  Inc.,  a
Delaware corporation with its principal place of business located at 2001 Westside Parkway, Suite 155, Alpharetta, Georgia 30004 (“PRTH”),
and Timothy T. Schneible, an individual resident of the State of Georgia with his principal place of residence located at 2925 Aldrich Drive,
Cumming,  Georgia  30040 (“Employee”) is entered into and effective as of the 18th day of January, 2019 (the “Effective Date”). PRTH and
You  are  collectively  referred  to  herein  as  the  “Parties”.  Further,  for  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  the  services  provided  pursuant  to  this
Agreement  are  to  be  performed  for  the  benefit  of  PRTH  and  its  Subsidiary  Affiliates,  which  are  collectively  referred  to  herein  as  the
“Company”, as applicable. “Subsidiary Affiliate” means, with respect to PRTH, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, firm,
joint  venture,  association,  joint-stock  company,  trust,  unincorporated  organization,  governmental  body  or  other  entity  that  is,  directly  or
indirectly, controlled by or under common control with PRTH.

WHEREAS,  PRTH  desires  to  continue  to  employ  Employee  on  and  after  the  Effective  Date  and  to  enter  into  this Agreement  with

Employee embodying the terms of such employment; and

WHEREAS, Employee desires to continue to accept such employment by entering into this Agreement with the Company.

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  and  promises  contained  herein,  and  other  good  and  valuable

consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

1.

Term of Employment. Employee became employed by the Company as it’s Chief Operating Officer (“COO”) effective as of
October  22,  2018  (“Hire  Date”)  pursuant  to  that  certain  offer  letter  between  the  Company  and  Executive  dated  October  8,  2018,  a  copy  of
which is attached hereto as Exhibit A. PRTH hereby agrees to continue to employ Employee, and Employee hereby accepts such continued
employment with PRTH, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, for a period commencing on the Hire Date
and continuing for an initial term of three (3) years with automatic successive one-year extension terms thereafter unless earlier terminated in
accordance with the provisions of Section 5 (the “Employment Term”).

2.    Title; Duties. Employee shall serve as the Chief Operating Officer (“COO”) of PRTH and the Companies. Employee shall report to
the  Board  of  Directors  of  PRTH  (“the  Board”),  with  specific  direct  reporting  to  the  Executive  Chairman  of  the  Board. Notwithstanding  the
foregoing  obligation  to  report  to  the  Board  and  the  Executive  Chairman,  Employee  shall  provide  such  management  updates,  division
performance updates, personnel and operational updates, and any such other updates or business performance reports as reasonably requested
by  the  CEO  of  the  Companies  from  time  to  time  at  the  CEO’s  reasonable  request. In  the  event  of  a  dispute  or  request  for  clarification  of
direction between Employee and the CEO, then such dispute or request for

DOC ID - 29664930.2

- 2 -

 
 
clarification  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Board  for  resolution. Employee  agrees  to  undertake  the  duties  and  responsibilities  inherent  in  such
position and such other duties and responsibilities consistent with such position as the Executive Chairman shall from time to time reasonably
assign to Employee. Employee further agrees to devote substantially all of Employee’s working time and attention on a full time basis to such
duties  and  responsibilities,  except  for  PTO  as  set  forth  in  Section  4.3,  absence  for  sickness  or  similar  disability  in  accordance  with  the
Company’s  existing  policies  and  practices,  and  reasonable  amounts  of  time  spent  performing  services  for  any  charitable,  religious,  or
community organizations, so long as such services do not interfere with the performance of Employee’s duties under this Agreement.

3.     No Conflicting Commitments. Employee will not enter into any employment or consulting agreement that, in the opinion of the
Board,  conflicts  with  the  Company’s  interests  or  that  might  impair  the  performance  of  Employee’s  duties  as  an  employee  of  the  Company
consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

4.    Compensation and Benefits.

4.1.    Salary & Bonus.

(a)    Base Salary. The Company shall pay Employee for Employee’s services hereunder a base salary at the initial annual
rate of Two Hundred Ninety Five Thousand Dollars ($295,000), payable in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s usual
payment practices and subject to annual review and increase. Such amount (as it may be increased from time to time) shall be referred to
herein as the “Base Salary.” The Company will review the Base Salary of Employee at least annually and may increase (but not decrease
other than pursuant to across-the-board reductions for all or substantially all employees or personnel similarly situated) the Base Salary
based upon the past and projected performance of the Company.

(b)     Bonus.  Beginning  with  calendar  years  commencing  on  and  after  January  1,  2019,  Employee  will  be  eligible  to
receive an annual bonus during the Employment Term (“Bonus”). The target Bonus for each calendar year shall be an amount equal to
but not less than twenty-five percent (25%) and not more than sixty percent (60%) of Employee’s Base Salary with the actual amount to
be based on the level of achievement of individual and Company performance criteria established by the Board for such calendar year.
Employee will not be eligible to receive any Bonus if Employee is not employed on the last day of the calendar year for which the Bonus
is to be paid, except as provided in Section 5 below. The Bonus will be subject to all applicable withholdings and will be paid no later
than forty-five (45) days after the end of the applicable calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in this Agreement to
the  contrary,  Employee  shall  be  guaranteed  a  Bonus  for  the  2018  calendar  year  in  the  amount  of  Forty  Thousand  Dollars  ($40,000),
provided that Employee remains employed with the Company through December 31, 2018 (the “2018 Guaranteed Bonus”). Furthermore,
in addition to the 2018

DOC ID - 29664930.2

- 3 -

 
 
Guaranteed  Bonus,  Employee  shall  be  eligible  to  receive  an  additional  Forty  Thousand  Dollars  ($40,000)  for  incentive  based
compensation,  provided  that  Employee  achieves  the  Performance  Goals  described  in Exhibit  D,  attached  hereto  (the  “Performance
Bonus”). The  2018  Guaranteed  Bonus  will  be  paid  no  later  than  forty-five  (45)  days  after  the  end  of  the  2018  calendar  year,  and  the
Performance Bonus will be paid no later than forty-five (45) days after completion of the Performance Goals described in Exhibit D.

(c)     Equity  Incentive.  During  the  Employment  Term,  Employee  shall  be  eligible  to  participate  in  the  PRTH  Equity
Incentive Plan, under the terms and conditions set forth in the PRTH Equity Incentive Plan. The Company and the Employee shall enter
into a restricted stock unit (RSU) award agreement (the “Award Agreement”) pursuant to which the Employee receives the right to to
earn up to Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) worth of Restricted Stock Units on each anniversary of his Hire Date with
the Company (based on current market value of the Company’s shares on each anniversary of his Hire Date) for the first four (4) years of
Participant’s employment with the Company as the Company’s COO, with each annual issuance of Restricted Stock Units subject to a
two (2) year vesting schedule as set forth in the Award Agreement (such shares, the “Restricted Stock Unit Award”).  Employee and the
Company  will  negotiate  in  good  faith  to  resolve  and  execute  any  applicable  PRTH  Equity  Incentive  Plan  documents,  including  any
applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements, within ninety (90) days of the execution of this Agreement.  Any Restricted Stock
Unit Award Agreement will be in substantially the form as that attached as Exhibit E.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in this Agreement or the PRTH Equity Incentive Plan to the contrary, the unvested
portion of any outstanding Restricted Stock Unit award granted to Employee under the PRTH Equity Incentive Plan shall immediately
and automatically become one-hundred percent (100%) vested upon the closing of any go-private transaction that causes all of the equity
to cease to be publicly traded on Nasdaq or any other public stock exchange or in the event of a Change of Control of the Company. For
purposes of this definition, a “Change of Control” shall have such meaning as defined in the Company’s Credit and Guaranty Agreement
with SunTrust Bank dated January 3, 2017, as amended from time to time (the “SunTrust Agreement”).

4.2.     Employee Benefits.  Subject  to  any  contributions  therefor  generally  required  of  employees  of  the  Company,  Employee
shall be entitled to receive such employee benefits (including fringe benefits, 401(k) plan participation, and life, health, dental, accident and
short- and long-term disability insurance) that the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, make available generally to its employees
or  personnel  similarly  situated;  provided  that,  Employee  acknowledges  and  agrees  that  any  such  employee  benefit  plans  may  be  altered,
modified or terminated by the Company in accordance with their terms at any time in its sole discretion without recourse by Employee.

DOC ID - 29664930.2

- 4 -

 
 
4.3.     Paid Time Off. Employee shall be entitled to paid time off (“PTO”), accrued in accordance with the Company’s existing
policies and practices, provided that such PTO shall to be taken at such time or times as shall be mutually convenient for the Company and
Employee. PTO shall accrue, and unused PTO shall be allocated, pursuant to the Company’s existing policies and practices. For purposes of
clarity,  PTO  shall  not  include  any  paid  holidays  separately  observed  by  the  Company  pursuant  to  the  Company’s  policies  and  practices.
Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in this Agreement to the contrary, during the Employment Term, Employee is entitled to four (4)
weeks of paid vacation per calendar year. All vacation must be pre-approved by the Executive Chairman.

4.4.    Business Expenses and Perquisites. Upon delivery of adequate documentation of expenses incurred in accordance with the
policies and practices of the Company as may from time to time be in effect, Employee shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Company for
reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by Employee in the performance of Employee’s duties hereunder.

4.5.     Certain  Other  Matters.  In  connection  with  this  Agreement,  Employee  shall  execute  and  deliver  the  Employee

Confidentiality, Assignment of Inventions, and Non-Solicitation Agreement (the “Non-Solicitation Agreement”) attached as Exhibit B.

4.6.     Taxes. All  of  Employee’s  compensation,  including,  without  limitation,  the  Base  Salary  and  Bonus,  shall  be  subject  to

withholding for all applicable federal, state and local employment-related taxes, including income, social security, and similar taxes.

5.    Termination.

5.1.     Termination  by  the  Company.  The  Company  may  terminate  Employee’s  employment  hereunder  at  any  time  with  or
without cause to be effective immediately upon delivery of notice thereof. The effective date of Employee’s termination shall be referred to
herein as the “Termination Date.” If Employee’s employment is terminated by the Company pursuant to this Section 5.1, the Company shall
pay Employee all earned but unpaid Base Salary prior to the Termination Date and, if consistent with the Company’s then-current policies and
practices, the cash value of any accrued but unused PTO as of the Termination Date (collectively, “Accrued Obligations”).

(a)     Without  Cause  Termination.  In  the  event  Employee’s  employment  is  terminated  during  the  initial  term  of  this
Agreement  by  the  Company  or  surviving  companies  (i.e.,  if  the  Company  is  acquired),  in  addition  to  the  Accrued  Obligations,  for
reasons  other  than  for  cause  pursuant  to  Section  5.1(b)  below,  the  Company  shall  also  pay  Employee  (in  increments  according  to  the
Company’s normal payroll schedule) the Base Salary for a period of six (6) months following the Termination Date and the earned but
unpaid portion of the Bonus for the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs (collectively, the
“Severance Package”), provided that Employee satisfies the

DOC ID - 29664930.2

- 5 -

 
 
conditions set forth at the end of this paragraph (the “Severance Conditions”). Employee shall not be eligible for the Severance Package
unless  and  until  twenty-eight  (28)  days  (including  a  seven-day  revocation  period)  after  Employee  has  first  satisfied  and  continues  to
satisfy  the  following  Severance  Conditions:  (1)  Employee  is  in  compliance  with  the  Non-Solicitation  Agreement;  (2)  Employee  is
in compliance with all of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement; and (3) Employee executes and delivers a waiver and general
release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

(b)     For  Cause  Termination.  In  the  event  Employee’s  employment  is  terminated  “for  cause”  (defined  below)  by  the
Company under this Section 5.1(b), the Company shall pay Employee only the Accrued Obligations. For purposes of this Agreement,
“for  cause”  means:  (i)  Employee’s  arbitrary,  unreasonable  or  willful  failure  to  perform,  in  any  material  respect,  the  duties  and
responsibilities required hereunder and assigned by the Executive Chairman from time to time (including, without limitation, continuous
constructive  collaboration  with  the  Executive  Chairman  and  other  members  of  the  management  team)  that  is  not  cured  by  Employee
within ten days after the first notice from the Company specifying the nature of the default in reasonable detail (i.e., how Employee has
failed to perform or comply) or, if the default cannot be cured within such ten-day period, failure of Employee within such ten-day period
to  commence  and  pursue  curative  action  with  reasonable  diligence;  (ii)  Employee’s  gross  negligence  or  willful  misconduct  in  the
performance  of  Employee’s  duties  under  this  Agreement;  (iii)  Employee’s  commission  of  an  act  constituting  fraud,  embezzlement,
breach of any fiduciary duty owed to the Company or its shareholders or other material dishonesty with respect to the Company; (iv)
Employee’s conviction of, or the filing of a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, with respect to a felony or any other crime involving
dishonesty or moral turpitude; (v) substance abuse (for the purposes of this agreement substance abuse is the use of alcohol or illegal
substances including misuse of otherwise legally obtained medications that otherwise interferes with Employee’s ability to perform the
functions  of  the  position)  that  is  materially  injurious  to  the  Company  (whether  from  a  monetary  perspective  or  otherwise);  or  (vi)
Employee’s  material  breach  of  Employee’s  obligations  under  this Agreement  or  the  Non-Solicitation Agreement  that  is  not  cured  by
Employee  within  ten  days  after  the  first  notice  from  the  Company  specifying  the  nature  of  the  default  in  reasonable  detail  (i.e.,  how
Employee has failed to perform or comply) or, if the default cannot be cured within such ten-day period, failure of Employee within such
ten-day period to commence and pursue curative action with reasonable diligence and to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company.

5.2.     Termination by Employee; Deemed Termination. Employee’s employment hereunder may be terminated by Employee at
any time upon not less than ninety (90) days’ prior written notice from Employee to the Company. Employee agrees that such notice period is
reasonable  and  necessary  in  light  of  the  duties  assumed  by  Employee  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  and  fair  in  light  of  the  consideration
Employee is receiving pursuant to this Agreement. In the event of such notice by Employee, the Company may limit the Employee’s activities
during the notice period or

DOC ID - 29664930.2

- 6 -

 
 
the  Company  may  impose  any  other  restrictions  it  deems  necessary  and  reasonable,  including  relieving  Employee  of  all  duties  during  the
notice period.

(a)     Termination  for  Good  Reason .  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Employee  shall  be  deemed  to  have  terminated
Employee’s employment with the Company for “good reason” and, in such case, in addition to the Accrued Obligations, Employee shall
be entitled to the Severance Package (provided Employee satisfies the Severance Conditions) in the event any of the following occurs
and Employee provides to the Company Notice of Termination (as defined in Section 5.3) during the time frame specified above or, if
later,  after  any  applicable  cure  period:  (i)  the  Company  reduces  Employee’s  Base  Salary  or  benefits  (other  than  in  connection  with  a
proportional reduction of the base salaries or benefits in excess of twenty percent (20%) of all executive employees of the Company); or
(ii)  the  Company  materially  breaches  any  of  Sections  4.1  through  4.4  hereof,  or  otherwise  requires  Employee  to  report  to  a  senior
executive other than the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer; provided that any of the events described in clauses (i) or
(ii) of this Section 5.2(a) shall be deemed termination for “good reason” only if the Company fails to cure such event within ten days
after a written notice is delivered by Employee to the Company specifically identifying the event that may be deemed termination for
“good reason” pursuant to this Section 5.2(a) or, if the default cannot be cured within such ten-day period, failure of the Company within
such ten-day period to commence and pursue curative action with reasonable diligence and to the reasonable satisfaction of Employee.

(b)     Termination Without Good Reason . In the event Employee terminates Employee’s employment with the Company

without “good reason” (as defined in Section 5.2(a)), the Company shall only pay Employee the Accrued Obligations.

5.3.     Notice of Termination. Any termination of employment by the Company or Employee shall be communicated by written
Notice  of  Termination  to  the  other  Party  in  accordance  with  Section  9  hereof.  For  purposes  of  this Agreement,  a  “ Notice  of  Termination”
means a notice that shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the
facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of employment under the provision so indicated.

5.4.     Survival. The provisions of Sections 4, 5, and 6 hereof and the Non-Solicitation Agreement shall survive the termination

of this Agreement.

6.     Confidentiality Agreement. In connection with this Agreement, Employee has executed the Non-Solicitation Agreement, which is

incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement.

7.    Return of Company Property. Employee agrees that upon termination of Employee’s employment hereunder, Employee shall return

immediately to the Company any proprietary materials, any materials containing Confidential Information (as defined in the Non-Solicitation

DOC ID - 29664930.2

- 7 -

 
 
Agreement) and any other Company or Company affiliate’s property then in Employee’s possession or under Employee’s control, including
without  limitation  all  notes,  customer,  voluntary  benefits  carrier,  employer,  employee  and  broker  lists  and  contact  information,  drawings,
memoranda, magnetic disks or tapes, or other recording media containing such Confidential Information, whether alone or together with non-
confidential  information,  all  documents,  reports,  files,  memoranda,  records,  software,  credit  cards,  door  and  file  keys,  telephones,  personal
digital  assistants,  computers,  tablet  devices,  computer  access  codes,  disks  and  instructional  manuals,  or  any  other  physical  property  that
Employee received, had access to, prepared, or helped prepare in connection with Employee’s employment under this Agreement. Following
termination, Employee shall not retain any copies, duplicates, reproductions, or excerpts of Confidential Information, nor shall Employee show
or give any of the above to any third party. Employee further agrees that Employee shall not retain or use for Employee’s account at any time
any trade name, trademark, service mark, logo or other proprietary business designation used or owned in connection with the business of the
Company or any affiliate of the Company.

8.     Specific  Performance;  Remedies.  Employee  agrees  that,  in  the  event  of  a  breach  or  threatened  breach  of  the  Non-Solicitation
Agreement, in addition to any remedies at law, the Company, without posting any bond, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form
of  specific  performance,  temporary  restraining  orders,  temporary  or  permanent  injunctions  or  any  other  equitable  remedy  that  may  then  be
available.

9.     Notices. Any notice hereunder by either Party to the other shall be given in writing by personal delivery, email (with confirmation
from the receiving party), facsimile, overnight courier or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed, if to the Company, to the attention
of the Executive Chairman at the Company’s executive offices or to such other address as the Company may designate in writing at any time or
from time to time to Employee with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to the Company’s General Counsel at the Company’s executives
offices, and if to Employee, to Employee’s most recent address  and  contact  information  on  file  with  the  Company.  Notice  shall  be  deemed
given, if by personal delivery or by overnight courier, on the date of such delivery or, if by facsimile, on the business day following receipt of
delivery  confirmation,  if  by  email,  on  the  date  confirmation  from  the  receiving  Party  is  received  by  the  Party  providing  notice,  or,  if  by
certified mail, on the date shown on the applicable return receipt.

10.    Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its respective successors and assigns. This
Agreement may not be assigned by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided that the Company may assign this
Agreement without Employee’s consent to an affiliate of the Company (or its successor), provided, however, that in the event of a sale of all or
substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the  Company  or  any  direct  or  indirect  division  or  subsidiary  thereof  to  which  employee’s  employment
primarily  relates,  the  Company  may  provide  that  this Agreement  will  be  assigned  to,  and  assumed  by,  the  acquiror  of  such  assets,  it  being
agreed that in such circumstances, Employee’s consent will not be required in connection therewith. This Agreement shall be binding on the
Parties’ permitted successors and assigns.

DOC ID - 29664930.2

- 8 -

 
 
11.     Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Non-Solicitation Agreement, and the Company’s policies and procedures as approved by
the Company and in effect and as amended from time to time constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof. To the extent there is any conflict between this Agreement and the Non-Solicitation Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail.

12.     Expenses. The Parties shall each pay their own respective expenses incident to the enforcement or interpretation of, or dispute
resolution with respect to, this Agreement, including all fees and expenses of their counsel for all activities of such counsel undertaken pursuant
to this Agreement.

13.     Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING ANY CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING
TO THIS AGREEMENT) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
GEORGIA,  WITHOUT  REGARD  TO  CONFLICT  OF  LAW  PRINCIPLES  THAT  WOULD  RESULT  IN  THE APPLICATION  OF ANY
LAW OTHER THAN THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF GEORGIA.  ANY DISPUTE OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO
THIS AGREEMENT OR CLAIM OF BREACH HEREOF SHALL BE BROUGHT EXCLUSIVELY IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT
COURT  FOR  THE  NORTHERN  DISTRICT  OF  GEORGIA,  ATLANTA  DIVISION,  TO  THE  EXTENT  FEDERAL  JURISDICTION
EXISTS,  AND  IN  THE  SUPERIOR  COURT  OF  FULTON  COUNTY,  GEORGIA,  BUT  ONLY  IN  THE  EVENT  FEDERAL
JURISDICTION DOES NOT EXIST, AND ANY APPLICABLE APPELLATE COURTS. BY EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE
PARTIES HERETO, AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, CONSENT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS,
AND  WAIVE  ANY  RIGHT  TO  CHALLENGE  JURISDICTION  OR  VENUE  IN  SUCH  COURT  WITH  REGARD  TO  ANY  SUIT,
ACTION, OR PROCEEDING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

14.     Waiver  of  Jury  Trial .  EACH  PARTY  HEREBY  WAIVES,  TO  THE  FULLEST  EXTENT  PERMITTED  BY APPLICABLE

LAW, ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY
ARISING  OUT  OF  OR  RELATING  TO  THIS  AGREEMENT  OR  THE  TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY  (WHETHER
BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT
OR  ATTORNEY  OF  ANY  OTHER  PARTY  HAS  REPRESENTED,  EXPRESSLY  OR  OTHERWISE,  THAT  SUCH  OTHER  PARTY
WOULD  NOT,  IN  THE  EVENT  OF  LITIGATION,  SEEK  TO  ENFORCE  THE  FOREGOING  WAIVER AND  (B) ACKNOWLEDGES
THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS,
THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

15.     Waivers and Further Agreements. Any waiver of any terms or conditions of this Agreement shall not operate as a waiver of any
other  breach  of  such  terms  or  conditions  or  any  other  term  or  condition,  nor  shall  any  failure  to  enforce  any  provision  hereof  operate  as  a
waiver

DOC ID - 29664930.2

- 9 -

 
 
of such provision or of any other provision hereof; provided, that no such written waiver, unless it, by its own terms, explicitly provides to the
contrary, shall be construed to effect a continuing waiver of the provision being waived and no such waiver in any instance shall constitute a
waiver in any other instance or for any other purpose or impair the right of the Party against whom such waiver is claimed in all other instances
or  for  all  other  purposes  to  require  full  compliance  with  such  provision.  Each  Party  agrees  to  execute  all  such  further  instruments  and
documents and to take all such further action as the other Party may reasonably request to effectuate the terms and purposes of this Agreement.

16.    Amendments. This Agreement may not be amended, nor shall any waiver, change, modification, consent or discharge be effected,

except by an instrument in writing executed by both Parties.

17.     Severability; Headings. If any portion of this Agreement is held invalid or inoperative, the other portions of this Agreement shall
be deemed valid and operative and, so far as is reasonable and possible, effect shall be given to the intent manifested by the portion held invalid
or inoperative. The section headings are for reference purposes only and are not intended in any way to describe, interpret, define or limit the
extent of the Agreement or of any part hereof.

18.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
which  together  shall  constitute  one  and  the  same  instrument.  This Agreement  may  be  executed  by  facsimile  and  electronically  transmitted
signature (e.g., portable document format) and such signatures shall be deemed to be originals.

19.     Legal Advice. Employee acknowledges that Employee has been advised to seek the advice of independent legal counsel and has
either  obtained  such  advice  or  has  voluntarily  and  without  compulsion  elected  to  enter  into  and  be  bound  by  the  terms  of  this Agreement
without such advice of independent legal counsel.

20.    [Signature Page Follows]

DOC ID - 29664930.2

- 10 -

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have duly executed and delivered this Employment Agreement as of the Effective Date.

Exhibit 10.14

EMPLOYEE:

/s/ Timothy T. Schneible
Timothy T. Schneible

COMPANY:

Priority Technology Holdings, Inc.

By: /s/ Thomas Priore
Name: Thomas Priore    
Title: President and Chief Executive

Officer

DOC ID - 29664930.2

Signature Page to Employment Agreement

 
 
 
Exhibit A

[offer letter dated October 8, 2018, attached]

Exhibit 10.14

Exhibit B

EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIALITY, ASSIGNMENT OF INVENTIONS,
AND NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT

Timothy T. Schneible

In consideration of my employment with and continued employment by Priority Technology Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(together  with  its  affiliates,  the  “Company”),  and  for  other  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  is  hereby
acknowledged, I agree as follows:

Confidentiality

I  understand  that  the  Company  and  its  affiliates  continually  obtain  and  develop  valuable  proprietary  and  confidential  information
concerning their business, business relationships, and financial affairs, (the “Confidential Information”), that has or may become known to me
in  connection  with  my  employment.  By  way  of  illustration  but  not  limitation,  Confidential  Information  shall  include  Inventions  (as  defined
below), trade secrets, technical information, know-how, research and development activities, product, service and marketing plans, business
plans,  budgets  and  unpublished  financial  statements,  licenses,  prices  and  costs,  customer  and  supplier  information,  information  (including
contact  coordinates)  for  employers  and  employees,  and  information  disclosed  to  the  Company  or  to  me  by  third  parties  of  a  proprietary  or
confidential nature or under an obligation of confidence. Confidential Information is contained in various media, including without limitation,
patent applications, computer programs in object and source code, flow charts and other program documentation, manuals, plans, drawings,
designs, technical specifications, supplier, customer, carrier and claimant lists, claimant case files, internal financial data and other documents
and records of the Company.

Confidential  Information  shall  not  include  information  that  I  can  demonstrate:  (1)  is  or  becomes  generally  known  within  the
Company’s industry through no fault of mine or any other person with an obligation of confidentiality to the Company; (2) is lawfully and in
good faith made available to me by a third party who did not derive it from the Company and who imposes no obligation of confidence on me;
or (3) is required to be disclosed by a governmental authority or by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, provided that such disclosure is
subject to all applicable governmental or judicial protection available for like material and reasonable advance notice is given to the Company.

I represent and warrant that: (1) I am not subject to any legal or contractual duty or agreement that would prevent or prohibit me from
performing the duties contemplated by my employment agreement with the Company or otherwise contained herein, and (2) I am not in breach
of any legal or contractual duty or agreement, including any agreement concerning trade secrets or confidential information owned by any other
party.

I agree that I will not: (1) use, disclose, or reverse engineer any Confidential Information for any purpose other than the Business (as
defined  below),  except  as  authorized  in  writing  by  the  Company;  (2)  during  my  employment  with  the  Company,  use,  disclose,  or  reverse
engineer (a) any confidential information or trade secrets of any former employer or third party or (b) any works of authorship developed in
whole or in part by me during any former employment or for any other party, unless authorized in writing by the former employer or third
party; or (3) upon my resignation or termination (a) retain any Confidential Information, including any copies existing in any form (including
electronic  form),  which  are  in  my  possession,  custody,  or  control,  or  (b)  destroy,  delete,  or  alter  any  Confidential  Information  without  the
Company’s written consent.

I acknowledge that the confidentiality, property, and proprietary rights protections contained in this Agreement are in addition to, and
not exclusive of, any and all other rights to which the Company may be entitled under federal and state law, including without limitation rights
provided under copyright laws, trade secret and confidential information laws, and laws concerning fiduciary duties.

I acknowledge that all Confidential Information, whether or not in writing and whether or not labeled or identified as confidential or
proprietary, is and shall remain the exclusive property of the Company or the third party providing such Confidential Information to myself or
the Company.

I agree to exercise all reasonable precautions to protect the integrity and confidentiality of Confidential Information in my possession
and  not  to  remove  any  materials  containing  Confidential  Information  from  the  Company’s  premises  except  to  the  extent  necessary  for  my
employment. Upon the termination of my employment, or at any time upon the Company’s request, I shall return immediately to the Company
any and all materials containing any Confidential Information then in my possession or under my control.

Nothing contained herein or in my employment agreement with the Company is intended to or will be used in any way to limit your
rights  to  communicate  or  cooperate  with,  or  provide  information  to,  a  governmental  agency  or  entity  as  provided  for,  protected  under,  or
warranted by whistleblower or other provisions of applicable law or regulation.

Assignment of Inventions

 
 
I agree promptly to disclose to the Company any and all discoveries, inventions, developments, original works of authorship, software
programs, software and systems documentation, trade secrets, technical data, and know-how that are conceived, devised, invented, developed
or reduced to practice or tangible medium by me, under my direction or jointly with others in the course and scope of my employment by the
Company, whether or not during normal working hours or on the premises of the Company, which relate directly or indirectly to the business
of the Company or its affiliates (collectively, the “Business”) and arise out of my employment with the Company (hereinafter “Inventions”).

I hereby assign to the Company (or its designated affiliates) all of my right, title, and interest to the Inventions and any and all related
patent rights, copyrights, and applications and registrations therefor. During and after my employment, I shall cooperate with the Company, at
the  Company’s  expense,  in  obtaining  proprietary  protection  for  the  Inventions,  and  I  shall  execute  all  documents  that  the  Company  shall
reasonably request in order to perfect the Company’s (or its designated affiliates’) rights in the Inventions. I understand that, to the extent this
Agreement  shall  be  construed  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  any  state  which  limits  the  assignability  to  the  Company  of  certain  employee
inventions, this Agreement shall be interpreted not to apply to any such invention that a court rules or the Company agrees is subject to such
state limitation.

I acknowledge that all original works of authorship made by me within the scope of my employment that are protectable by copyright
are intended to be “works made for hire”, as that term is defined in Section 101 of the United States Copyright Act of 1976 (the “Act”), and
shall be the property of the Company, and the Company shall be the sole author within the meaning of the Act. I hereby waive all claims to
moral rights in any Inventions. I further represent that there are no inventions made, conceived or first reduced to practice by me, under my
direction or jointly with others prior to my employment with the Company.

Restrictive Covenants

I acknowledge and agree that: (1) my position is a position of trust and responsibility with access to Confidential Information; (2) the
Confidential  Information,  and  the  relationship  between  the  Company,  its  affiliates,  and  the  employees  and  customers  of  each,  are  valuable
assets of the Company that may not be used for any purpose other than the Business; (3) the names of any customers of the Company or its
affiliates are considered Confidential Information that constitutes valuable, special, and unique property of the Company; (4) customer lists and
customer  information  that  have  been  compiled  by  the  Company  or  its  affiliates  represent  a  material  investment  of  the  Company’s  time  and
money; (5) the Company will invest its time and money in the development of my skills in the Business; and (6) the restrictions contained in
this  herein,  including  without  limitation  the  restrictive  covenants  set  forth  in  this Agreement,  are  reasonable  and  necessary  to  protect  the
legitimate business interests of the Company and its affiliates, and they will not impair or infringe upon my right to work or earn a living when
my employment with the Company ends.

I acknowledge that (1) the markets served by the Company are intended to be national in scope and not dependent on the geographic
location of the executive personnel or the businesses by which they are employed, and (2) the below covenants are manifestly reasonable on
their face. The Company and I expressly agree that such restrictions have been designed to be reasonable and no greater than is required for the
protection  of  the  Company  and  are  a  significant  element  of  the  consideration  hereunder.  If  the  final  judgment  of  a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction declares that any term or provision contained herein is invalid or unenforceable, the Company and I agree that the court making the
determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall have the power to reduce the scope, duration, or area of the term or provision, to delete
specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and
that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and the covenants and agreements contained
herein shall be enforceable as so modified to cover the maximum duration, scope, or area permitted by law.

Non-Solicitation of Customers

I  agree  that,  while  I  am  employed  by  the  Company  and  for  a  period  of  two  years  following  any  termination  or  cessation  of  such
employment  (such  period,  the  “Non-Interference  Period”),  I  shall  not  solicit,  divert,  or  take  away,  or  attempt  to  divert  or  take  away,  the
business or patronage of any of the referral sources, clients, customers, or accounts of the Company for the purpose of selling or providing any
products or services competitive with the Business.

Non-Solicitation and Non-Hire of Employees

While I am employed by the Company and during the Non-Interference Period, I will not, directly or indirectly, for my benefit or for
the benefit of any person other than the Company, (1) solicit or assist any person to solicit, recruit, or induce any officer, director, Executive
Chairman, executive, employee or consultant of the Company or its affiliates to (a) terminate his or her employment or relationship with the
Company or its affiliates, or (b) work for any other person, or (2) hire or cause to be hired any person who is then, or who will have been at
any  point  in  time  during  the  Non-Interference  Period,  an  officer,  director,  Executive  Chairman,  executive,  employee,  or  consultant  of  the
Company or its affiliates. 

Non-Competition

While I am employed by the Company and during the Non-Interference Period, I will not engage or participate, directly or indirectly, as
principal, agent, executive, director, proprietor, joint venturer, trustee, employee, employer, consultant, stockholder, partners, or in any other
capacity whatsoever in the conduct or management of, or fund, invest in, lend to, own any stock or any other equity or debt investment in, or
provide any services of any nature whatsoever to or in respect of any business that is competitive with or in the same line of business as the
Business in the United States, provided that nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit me from being passive beneficial owner of less than two
percent of the outstanding stock of any publicly-traded corporation.

Separate Obligations

I  hereby  acknowledge  that  the  foregoing  obligations  are  separate  and  distinct  (and  that  I  have  received  or  will  receive  separate
consideration  for  the  foregoing  obligations)  from  and  not  in  derogation  of  any  obligations  I  have  undertaken  in  connection  with  any  other
agreements between myself and the Company.

Other Agreements

I hereby represent to the Company that I am not bound by any agreement or any other previous or existing business relationship that
conflicts with or prevents the full performance of my duties and obligations to the Company (including my duties and obligations under this or
any other agreement with the Company) during my employment. All existing business relationships and agreements that I have with persons
other than the Company are set forth on Schedule A hereto.

General

This  Agreement  may  not  be  assigned  by  either  party,  except  that  the  Company  may  assign  this  Agreement  to  its  affiliates  or  in
connection with the merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of its business or assets. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
shall  inure  to  the  benefit  of  the  parties  hereto  and  their  respective  successors  and  other  legal  representatives  and,  to  the  extent  that  any
assignment hereof is permitted hereunder, their assignees. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall
be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile or
electronically transmitted signature (e.g., portable document format), and such signatures shall be deemed to be originals.

This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement

may be changed only by a written instrument signed by both parties hereto.

In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable
in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and all other provisions
shall  remain  in  full  force  and  effect.  If  any  of  the  provisions  of  this Agreement  is  held  to  be  excessively  broad,  it  shall  be  reformed  and
construed  by  limiting  and  reducing  it  so  as  to  be  enforceable  to  the  maximum  extent  permitted  by  law.  I  agree  that  should  I  violate  any
obligation imposed on me in this Agreement, I shall continue to be bound by the obligation until a period equal to the term of such obligation
has expired without violation of such obligation.

No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement will operate as a waiver of that or any other right.
A waiver or consent given by the Company on any occasion is effective only in that instance and will not be construed as a bar to or waiver of
any right on any other occasion.

I  acknowledge  that  the  restrictions  contained  in  this Agreement  are  necessary  for  the  protection  of  the  business  and  goodwill  of  the
Company and the Company’s legitimate business interests, are reasonable for such purpose, and are reasonable and valid in geographical and
temporal scope and in all other respects and not overly broad or unduly burdensome. I agree that any breach of this Agreement by me will
cause irreparable damage to the Company and that, in the event of such breach, the prevailing party in any such enforcement action shall be
entitled,  in  addition  to  monetary  damages  and  any  other  remedies  available  to  the  prevailing  party  under  this  Agreement  and  at  law,  to
equitable relief, including injunctive relief, and to payment of all costs incurred by the prevailing party in enforcing or defending the provisions
of  this  Agreement,  including  reasonable  attorneys’  fees  and  costs.  I  agree  that  should  I  violate  any  obligation  imposed  on  me  in  this
Agreement, I shall continue to be bound by the obligation until a period equal to the term of such obligation has expired without violation of
such obligation.

This Agreement shall be construed as a sealed instrument and shall in all events and for all purposes be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of Georgia without regard to any choice of law principles that would dictate the application of the laws
of another jurisdiction.

[Signature Page Follows]    

I  HAVE  READ  ALL  OF  THE  PROVISIONS  OF  THIS  EMPLOYEE  CONFIDENTIALITY,  ASSIGNMENT  OF  INVENTIONS,
AND  NON-SOLICITATION  AGREEMENT  AND  I  UNDERSTAND  AND  AGREE  TO  EACH  OF  SUCH  PROVISIONS
EFFECTIVE AS OF THE DATE FIRST SET FORTH ABOVE.

/s/ Timothy T. Schneible                
Timothy T. Schneible

Acknowledged and Agreed to by:

Priority Technology Holdings, Inc.

By: /s/ Thomas Priore
Name:    Thomas Priore

 
Title:     President and Chief Executive Officer

[DATE]

Priority Technology Holdings, Inc.
Attn: General Counsel
2001 Westside Parkway, Suite 155
Alpharetta, GA 30004
(together with its affiliates, the “Company”)

Exhibit C

Form of Release

Except as set forth in the Employment Agreement by and between myself (the “Employee” or “I”) and the Company dated as of ___________
(the “Employment Agreement”), I am entitled to no severance or termination payment or benefits. I acknowledge the Company has no legal
obligation to provide me with the benefits and consideration outlined in the Employment Agreement except as part of this release letter and in
consideration  for  my  signing  of  this  release  letter.  I  have  been  notified  of  my  right  to  review  this  release  letter  with  counsel,  and  I  have
received, if I so chose, legal advice concerning this release letter.

General Release. Employee acknowledges that the Company has no legal obligation to provide Employee with these benefits except as part of
the  Employment Agreement  and  in  consideration  for  Employee  signing  this  release  letter  and  the  waiver  and  release  of  claims  contained
herein. In return for these benefits, Employee irrevocably and unconditionally releases the Company and all affiliated companies, predecessors
and successors of each and each such entity’s officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys or insurers in their individual and representative
capacities (collectively referred to as the “Company Parties”) from any and all claims, causes of action, complaints, damages, liabilities and
expenses whatsoever, whether known or unknown, direct or indirect, at law or in equity and whether sounding in contract, tort or other theory
(collectively, “Claims”) that Employee may have now, have had in the past or have in the future for or by reason of any matter, cause or thing
whatsoever that has happened, developed or occurred on or before the date hereof, including without limitation in connection with Employee’s
employment or termination of employment with the Company. This release of the Company includes any Claims that Employee might have for
re-employment  or  for  additional  compensation  or  benefits  (except  as  specifically  stated  below),  and  applies  to  Claims  that  Employee  might
have under federal, state or local law or ordinance dealing with employment, contract, wage and hour, tort, or civil rights matters, including, but
not limited to, applicable local and state civil rights matters, including, but not limited to, applicable local and state civil rights laws or wage
payment laws, Employee Retirement Income Security Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Acts (42 USC § 1981-
1988), the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (the “ ADEA”), Section 806 of the Sarbanes Oxley
Act of 2002 and any other Claims alleging retaliation of any nature, the Vietnam Era Veterans Readjustment Assistance Act, the Uniformed
Services  Employment  and  Reemployment  Rights Act  of  1994,  the  Older  Workers  Benefit  Protection Act,  the  Equal  Pay Act  of  1963,  the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Equal Pay Act of 1963, the Fair Labor Standards Act, sections
503 and 504 of the Vocational Rehabilitation Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, Executive Order 11246, and the Consolidated Omnibus
Budget  Reconciliation  Act  of  1985  (“COBRA”),  all  as  amended  from  time  to  time,  together  with  all  laws  and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder. Employee represents that there are no claims, complaints or charges pending against the Company in which Employee is a party or
complainant, or any unasserted Workers’ Compensation claims. Employee further agrees not to institute any Claim to challenge the validity of
this release or the circumstances surrounding its execution. This is a general release, including a waiver of Claims for age discrimination under
federal and state statutes, such as the ADEA. Employee understands the waiver and release of claims does not affect rights or claims arising
under the ADEA or the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act after the date of the execution of this release letter.

Covenant Not to Sue. Employee represents and warrants that Employee has not filed any Claims against the Company or any of the Company
Parties with any local, state or federal court or administrative agency. Employee agrees and covenants not to sue or bring any Claims against
the  Company  or  any  of  the  Company  Parties  with  respect  to  any  matters  arising  out  of  or  relating  to  Employee’s  employment  with  the
Company or separation from the Company, or any Claims that as a matter of law cannot be released, such as under workers’ compensation, for
unemployment benefits or any Claims related to the Company’s future involvement with, if any, Employee’s 401(k)/retirement plans with the
Company. Except as set forth herein, in the event that Employee on Employee’s behalf institutes any such action, that Claim shall be dismissed
upon presentation of this release letter, and Employee shall reimburse the Company for all legal fees and expenses incurred in defending such
Claim and obtaining its dismissal.

Exclusion. Nothing in this release letter shall preclude Employee from filing a charge or complaint, including a challenge to the validity of this
release  letter,  with  the  Equal  Employment  Opportunity  Commission  or  any  state  anti-discrimination  agency  or  from  participating  or
cooperating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by any of such agencies. In the event that a charge or complaint is filed with any
administrative  agency  by  Employee  or  in  the  event  of  an  authorized  investigation,  charge  or  lawsuit  filed  by  any  administrative  agency,
Employee expressly waives and shall not accept any monetary awards or damages, costs or attorneys’ fees of any sort therefrom against the
Company or any of the Releasees.

Waiting Period. I understand I have a period of up to 21 days to consider this release letter and that I have been advised to speak with an
attorney. I agree this release letter is written in a manner that I understand what I am releasing. I understand that this release must be signed no
later  than  21  days  from  the  date  first  set  forth  above  for  me  to  be  entitled  to  the  benefits  of  the  Severance  Package  (as  defined  in  the
Employment Agreement). I agree that upon signing this release letter I become bound by its terms unless I revoke the release contained herein.

I understand I may revoke the release contained herein within seven days after signing it; and that, unless I so revoke it, the release contained
herein  will  be  fully  effective  seven  days  after  I  have  signed  it.  Once  this  release  letter  is  fully  effective,  the  Severance  Package  will  be
forwarded by U.S. mail according to the schedule in the terms of the Employment Agreement.

Yours truly,
Date:            Signature:    

Print Name: Timothy T. Schneible         

Exhibit D

Performance Goals

The following performance goals must be accomplished by June 30, 2019, with such achievement to be determined in the discretion of the
Executive Chairman of the Board of the Company. The maximum eligible bonus component for each section is identified below each section,
which may be awarded or reduced, in whole or in part, in the discretion of the Executive Chairman of the Board based on status of completion
of the following goals:

1) For  the  Company’s  subsidiary  Priority  Integrated  Partner  Holdings,

LLC:

a. Establish  a  uniform  business  transition  checklist  and  operational  support  elements  for  integrating  acquired

entities

b. Create  reporting  structure  for  key  performance  indicators

(KPI’s)

c. Maximum  bonus  for  accomplishing  goal  #1:

$10,000

2) For  the  Company’s  Merchant  Acquiring  and  Commercial  Payments  CPX

divisions:

a. Establish  uniform  payment  operation  functions  for  each  revenue

line

b. Maximum  bonus  for  accomplishing  goal  #2:

$10,000

3) For 

the  Company’s  ACH 

reject

process

a. Review  and  revise  the  ACH  reject  process  with  streamlined  efficient

operations

b. Maximum  bonus  for  accomplishing  goal  #3:

$10,000

4) For 

the  Company’s  MX  Connect 

technology

platform

a. Review  and  revise  the  legal  entity  structure  and  nomenclature  within  the  MX  Connect  reporting

system

i. Maximum  bonus  for  accomplishing  goal  #4(a)  is

$5,000

b. Review  and  provide  contract  pricing  synchronization  of  merchant  accounts  within  the  MX  Connect

platform

i. Maximum  bonus  for  accomplishing  goal  #4(b)  is

$5,000

Exhibit E

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

[to be attached]

DOC ID - 29664930.2

 
 
    
PRIORITY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS, INC. 
2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

EXHIBIT 10.15

This Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of January 18, 2019 (the “Grant

Date”), by and between Priority Technology Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Timothy T. Schneible (the
“Participant”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings provided in the Priority Technology Holdings, Inc.
2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Plan; and

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant Restricted Stock Units to the Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the

terms set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable

consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.

Grant. Subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, the Company grants Participant the

right to earn up to Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) worth of Restricted Stock Units on each anniversary of his Hire Date with
the Company (as such term is defined in Participant’s employment agreement with the Company, listed as October 8, 2018) (based on current
market value of the Company’s shares on each anniversary of his Hire Date as further defined in Schedule A) for the first four (4) years of
Participant’s employment with the Company as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer, with each annual issuance of Restricted Stock Units
subject to a two (2) year vesting schedule as defined in Section 2, below.

2.    Vesting.

attached hereto.

(a)    The Participant shall become vested in the Restricted Stock Units, in accordance with the terms of Schedule A,

(b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of the Participant’s Termination of Service on account of the

Participant’s death or Disability (as defined below), the Restricted Stock Units shall become one hundred percent (100%) vested. For purposes
of this Agreement, “Disability” means that the Participant would be considered disabled under Section 409A of the Code.

Participant has not become vested shall be cancelled and forfeited by the Participant without consideration.

(c)    Upon the Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason, the portion of the Restricted Stock Units in which the

3.    Award Settlement. The Company shall deliver to the Participant (or, in the event of the Participant’s prior death, the

Participant’s beneficiary), one (1) share of Company Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit in which the Participant becomes vested in
accordance with this Agreement, less any shares withheld for payment of taxes as provided in Section 17 of the Plan. The Participant shall
receive cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Company Stock that would otherwise be issuable hereunder. Delivery of such Company Stock
and cash, if applicable, shall be made within thirty (30) days following the applicable Vesting Date, but in no event later than the fifteenth
(15th) day of the third month following the end of the calendar year in which the Vesting Date occurred.

4.    Stockholder Rights. The Participant shall not have any voting rights, rights to dividends or dividend equivalents or other
rights of a stockholder with respect to shares of Company Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Unit until the Restricted Stock Unit has vested
and a share of Company Stock has been issued in settlement thereof and, if applicable, the Participant has satisfied any other conditions
imposed by the Committee.

5.    Transferability. Except as permitted by the Committee, in its sole discretion, the Restricted Stock Units may not be

assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Committee, pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless and until the Restricted
Stock Units have been settled and the shares of Company Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units have been issued, and all restrictions
applicable to such shares have lapsed, and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall
be void and unenforceable against the Company; provided that, the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation,
pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

6.    Taxes. The Participant has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences

of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any
statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Participant understands that the Participant (and not the Company) shall
be responsible for the Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.

7.    Incorporation by Reference. The terms and provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference, and the Participant

 
hereby acknowledges receiving a copy of the Plan and represents that the Participant is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof. The
Participant accepts this Award subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the
terms of the Plan and the terms of this Agreement, the Plan shall govern and control.

8.    Securities Laws and Representations. The Participant acknowledges that the Plan is intended to conform to the extent
necessary with all applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws (including the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) and any and all
regulations and rules promulgated thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the shares are to be issued, only in such a manner as to
conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended
to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. Without limiting the foregoing, the Restricted Stock Units are being
granted to the Participant, upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Units any shares of Company Stock will be issued to the Participant, and this
Agreement is being made by the Company in reliance upon the following express representations and warranties of the Participant. The
Participant acknowledges, represents and warrants that:

Securities Act and in this connection the Company is relying in part on the Participant’s representations set forth in herein;

(a)    The Participant has been advised that the Participant may be an “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the

(b)    Any shares of Company Stock issued to the Participant upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Units must be held
indefinitely by the Participant unless (i) an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available for the resale of such
shares of Company Stock or (ii) the Company files an additional registration statement (or a “re-offer prospectus”) with regard to the resale of
such shares of Company Stock and the Company is under no obligation to continue in effect a Form S-8 Registration Statement or to otherwise
register the resale of such shares of Company Stock (or to file a “re-offer prospectus”); and

(c)    The exemption from registration under Rule 144 will not be available under current law unless (i) a public trading

market then exists for the Company Stock, (ii) adequate information concerning the Company is then available to the public, and (iii) other
terms and conditions of Rule 144 or any exemption therefrom are complied with, and that any sale of shares of Company Stock issued to the
Participant upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Units may be made only in limited amounts in accordance with, such terms and conditions.

9.    Captions. The captions in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the

meaning of terms contained herein.

10.    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Plan, as either of the foregoing may be amended or supplemented in

accordance with their terms, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
contained herein and therein, and supersedes all prior communications, representations and negotiations in respect thereto.

11.    Successors and Assigns. The terms of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto

and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. The Participant may not assign any of the rights or obligations under this
Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company. The Company may assign its rights and obligations to another entity which will
succeed to all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Company.

12.    Amendments and Waivers. The Board may, at any time, suspend or terminate this Agreement or revise or amend it in

any respect whatsoever provided however, that no amendment, suspension or termination will materially and adversely affect the rights of any
Participant under this Award Agreement or the Plan without the consent of the Participant. Waivers or consents to departures from the
provisions hereof may not be given if they materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant under this Award Agreement or the Plan
without the consent of the Participant.

13.    Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such

illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if the
illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

14.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each which shall constitute an original, with the same effect

as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

15.    Notices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of the Plan or this Agreement shall
be in writing and addressed to the General Counsel and the Secretary of the Company at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to
be given or delivered to the Participant shall be in writing and addressed to the Participant at the address listed in the Company’s personnel
files or to such other address as the Participant may designate in writing from time to time to the Company. All notices shall be deemed to have
been given or delivered upon: personal delivery, three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail by certified or registered mail (return
receipt requested), one business day after deposit with any return receipt express courier (prepaid), or one business day after transmission by
facsimile.

16.    Governing Law. Except to the extent preempted by any applicable federal law, the Plan shall be construed and

administered in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to its principles of conflicts of law.

17.    Consent to Jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that any action, suit or
proceeding, at law or equity, arising out of or relating to the Plan, this Agreement or any agreements or transactions contemplated hereby shall
only be brought in any federal court of the Northern District of Georgia or any state court located in Fulton County, State of Georgia, and
hereby irrevocably and unconditionally expressly submits to the personal jurisdiction and venue of such courts for the purposes thereof and

hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives (by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise) any and all jurisdictional, venue and convenience
objections or defenses that such party may have in such action, suit or proceeding. Each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents
to the service of process of any of the aforementioned courts.

18.    Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY

APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR
ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF. THE PARTIES
HERETO AGREE THAT THIS SECTION IS A SPECIFIC AND MATERIAL ASPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT AND WOULD NOT
ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT IF THIS SECTION WERE NOT PART OF THIS AGREEMENT.

19.    No Employment Rights. The Participant understands and agrees that this Agreement does not impact in any way the right

of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate or change the terms of the employment of the Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever,
with or without cause, nor confer upon any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

20.    Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if the

Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Restricted Stock Units and this Agreement shall be subject to any
additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-
3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this
Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

21.    Clawback. The Restricted Stock Units are subject to the terms of the Company’s recoupment, clawback or similar policy

as it may be in effect from time to time, as well as any similar provisions of applicable law, as well as any other policy of the Company that
applies to Awards, such as anti-hedging or pledging policies, as they may be in effect from time to time.

[Signature page follows]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the first date set forth above.

PRIORITY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS, INC.

By: /s/ Thomas Priore

Name: Thomas Priore
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

PARTICIPANT:

/s/ Timothy T. Schneible
Name: Timothy T. Schneible

Schedule A to Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

Vesting Schedule For Timothy T. Schneible

Vesting Schedule:

Value*

$250,000

Grant Date**

Vesting Schedule**

January 18, 2019

50% vested on October 8, 2019

50% vested on October 8, 2020

 
$250,000

$250,000

$250,000

October 8, 2019

50% vested on October 8, 2020

50% vested on October 8, 2021

October 8, 2020

50% vested on October 8, 2021

50% vested on October 8, 2022

October 8, 2021

50% vested on October 8, 2022

50% vested on October 8, 2023

*The number of restricted stock units to be issued on the applicable grant date will be determined based on the fair market value of the
Company’s Common Stock at a per share price equal to the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (NOCP) as reported by Nasdaq stock exchange on
nasdaq.com for the Company’s Common Stock under the Company’s Nasdaq common stock ticker [PRTH] for the close of trading on the
trading day immediately preceding the Restricted Stock Unit grant date. The Nasdaq Official Closing Price (NOCP) identifies the Nasdaq
market-specific closing price for Nasdaq-listed issues. By way of illustration, and for example purposes only, if the Grant Date is October 8,
2019, and if the NOCP is $10 on October 7, 2019, then the Restricted Stock Units issued on October 7, 2019 would be 25,000.

**Participant must be employed by the Company as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer on each Grant Date and each Vesting Date to be
eligible: (i) to receive the Restricted Stock Units for each applicable Grant Date and (ii) to be eligible to vest for each applicable Vesting Date
associated therewith.

CONSULTING SERVICES AGREEMENT

    Exhibit 10.16

Exhibit 10.16

This  Consulting  Services  Agreement  (this  "Agreement")  is  entered  into  as  of  the  1s t day  of  March,  2019,  by  and  among  Priority

Technology Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Bruce E. Mattox (the "Consultant").

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS,  the  Company  desires  for  Consultant  to  provide  Services  (as  defined  herein  below)  as  a  Consultant  to  the  Board  of

Directors of the Company (the "Board").

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and intending to

be legally bound hereby, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.

Appointment of Consultant. Per the request of the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company hereby
engages the Consultant to provide Services to the Company and their direct and indirect subsidiaries (each, a "Subsidiary"), including any other
entities hereafter formed, acquired or invested in by the Company or their Subsidiaries, and the Consultant hereby accepts such engagement, in
each case, on the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement.

2.

Board of Directors Supervision. The activities of the Consultant to be performed under this Agreement shall be subject to the
supervision of the Board to the extent required by applicable law or regulation and subject to reasonable policies not inconsistent with the terms
of this Agreement adopted by the Board and in effect from time to time.

3.

Services. Subject to Section 2, during the term hereof, the Consultant shall endeavor to serve as a Consultant to the Board,
reporting directly to the Chairman of the Board, and through such position maintain accessibility to provide the Company with the following
services  on  such  basis  as  the  Consultant  and  the  Board  mutually  agree  upon  and  deem  appropriate  in  their  reasonable  discretion  (the
"Services"):

(a)    assisting the Company with monitoring certain financial, accounting and administrative procedures;

(b)    assisting the Company with respect to certain future acquisition and disposition strategies;

(c)

(d)

(e)

from time to time investigating business
opportunities;

assisting the Company in monitoring certain risk management
strategies;

monitoring the activities of the management team of the
Company;

(f)

(g)

assisting the Company with respect to other strategic planning activities;
and

providing such other services as may be reasonably requested by the Company and may be agreed to by the
Consultant.

Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  nothing  herein  shall  require  or  obligate  the  Consultant  to  engage  in  any  activity  which
constitutes brokering or providing investment advice.

4.

Standard of Care. The Consultant (including any person or entity acting for or on behalf of the Consultant) shall not be liable
for any mistakes of fact, errors of judgment, for losses sustained by the Company or any of their Subsidiaries or for any acts or omissions of
any kind (including acts or omissions of the Consultant), unless caused by fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the Consultant
as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Consultant does not make any warranty, express or implied, with respect to the
services to be provided hereunder.

5.

Fees  and  Reimbursement  of
Costs.

(a)    Monthly Fee. In consideration of the Services, during the Term of this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Consultant a
cash monthly fee equal to $24,166.67 (the "Monthly Fee"). The Company shall pay the Monthly Fee within ten (10) business days following
the end of each month during the term hereof.

(b)    Reimbursement of Costs. The Consultant shall not be obligated to make any advance to or for the account of the Company
or any of their Subsidiaries. The Consultant shall be reimbursed for any actual and reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by
Consultant  in  connection  with  the  performance  by  the  Consultant  of  his  duties  hereunder;  provided  that  any  such  expenses  must  be  pre-
approved  by  the  Chairman  of  the  Company,  in  advance,  prior  to  Consultant  incurring  such  expense  for  any  expense  to  be  reimbursable

 
 
hereunder.  Subject  to  and  in  accordance  with  the  foregoing,  the  Company  shall,  within  30  days  of  receipt  of  appropriate  documentation
evidencing  such  pre-approved  expenses,  reimburse  the  Consultant  by  wire  transfer  of  immediately  available  funds  or  one  day  available
settlement via Automated Clearing House (ACH) electronic payment means for any such amount paid by the Consultant, which shall be in
addition to any other amount payable to the Consultant under this Agreement.

6.

Other Interests. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Consultant shall not be required to devote his full time and
business efforts to the duties of the Consultant specified in this Agreement, but instead shall devote only so much of such time and efforts as
are reasonably requested by the Board commensurate with the mutually agreed upon scope of Services as set forth in this Agreement.

7.

Independent
Contractor.

(a)    The Consultant shall be an independent contractor, and nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed (i) to create
a partnership or joint venture between any Company or any Subsidiary and the Consultant, (ii) to cause the Consultant to be responsible in any
way  for  the  debts,  liabilities  or  obligations  of  any  Company,  Subsidiary  or  other  party,  or  (iii)  to  constitute  the  appointment  herein  of
Consultant or any of his employees as employees, officers, directors, managers or agents of any Company or any Subsidiary. Without the prior
written consent of the Board, the Consultant shall not have any authority to, and the Consultant shall not, enter into any contract or agreement
on  behalf  of  the  Company  or  any  of  the  Company’s  Subsidiaries  or  otherwise  bind  or  commit  any  of  the  Company  or  the  Company’s
Subsidiaries.

(b)     The Monthly Fee shall not be deemed to be wages, and therefore, shall not be subject to any withholdings or deductions.
The Consultant shall be responsible for all tax payments, estimated tax payments or other tax liabilities, as required. The Company shall issue
an Internal Revenue Service Form 1099 to the Consultant to account for the Monthly Fee.

(c)     Nothing contained herein shall be construed to create a relationship of employer and employee between the Company and
the  Consultant. The Consultant has previously served the Company and its Subsidiaries as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Chief
Accounting Officer pursuant to that certain Executive Employment Agreement between Bruce E. Mattox and the predecessors of the Company
Priority Payment Systems Holdings, LLC, Pipeline Cynergy Holdings, LLC and Priority Holdings LLC (collectively the “Predecessors”) dated
May 21, 2014, as amended by that certain Executive Employment Agreement between Bruce E. Mattox and the Company dated December 3,
2018 (collectively, the “Executive Employment Agreement”).  Effective as of February 28, 2019, the Consultant ceased to be an employee of
the Company or its Subsidiaries.

(d)    As an independent contractor, neither the Consultant nor any of its employees is entitled to any employee benefits provided
to  the  Company  employees,  such  as  health  insurance,  pension  benefits,  workers'  compensation,  unemployment  insurance,  or  any  similar
benefit.

8.

Term 
Termination.

and

(a)    Term. This Agreement shall commence on March 1, 2019 and shall expire on February 29, 2020 (the “Term”).

(b)    Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time upon written notice to Consultant by the Company.

(c)     Effect  of  Termination.  In  the  event  of  termination  of  this  Agreement  for  any  reason,  the  Company  shall  pay  to  the
Consultant:  (i)  fees  owed  to  the  Consultant  but  not  yet  paid  by  the  Company  as  of  the  effective  date  of  such  termination;  and  (ii)  an  early
termination  fee  equal  to  the  Monthly  Fee  times  the  number  of  months  remaining  in  the  then-current  Term  of  the Agreement.  The  parties
acknowledge and agree that the early termination fee is not a penalty and is a reasonable pre-estimate of the actual damages to be incurred by
Consultant in the event of early termination of this Agreement.

9.

Indemnification of the Consultant; Limitation of Liability.  The  Company  and their Subsidiaries hereby agree to jointly and
severally  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  the  Consultant  ("Indemnified  Party"),  whether  in  connection  with  serving  as  officer,  director  or
manager of the Company or otherwise, from and against all losses, claims, liabilities, suits, costs, damages, judgments, amounts incurred or
paid, amounts paid in settlement, fines, penalties and other liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) ("Losses") directly or
indirectly arising from or relating to their performance hereafter of Services to the Company, except for any such Losses resulting from the
gross negligence or intentional misconduct of an Indemnified Party, or conduct of an Indemnified Party which constituted fraud. The Company
further  agrees  to  reimburse  the  Indemnified  Parties  monthly  for  any  cost  of  defending  any  action  or  investigation  (including  reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses), subject to an undertaking from such Indemnified Party to repay the Company if such party is determined not to
be  entitled  to  such  indemnity.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  set  forth  herein,  in  no  event  shall  the  Consultant  be  liable  to  the
Company and/or their Subsidiaries in connection herewith for any amount in excess of fees actually received by the Consultant under Section
5(a)  and  Section  5(b);  except  for  any  amount  arising  out  of  or  relating  to  the  gross  negligence,  intentional  misconduct,  or  fraud  of  the
Consultant.  The  Company  shall  pay  the  amounts  described  herein  within  ten  (10)  days  after  written  demand  therefore  is  delivered  to  the
Company.  If  and  to  the  extent  that  the  foregoing  indemnification  undertaking  may  be  unavailable  or  unenforceable  for  any  reason,  the
Company  hereby  agrees  to  make  the  maximum  contribution  to  the  payment  and  satisfaction  of  each  of  the  otherwise  indemnifiable  losses,
claims, liabilities, suits, costs, damages, judgments, amounts incurred or paid, amounts paid in settlement, fines, penalties and other liabilities
and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees), to the maximum extent permissible under applicable law. The rights of any Indemnified
Party to indemnification hereunder will be in addition to, but without duplication to, any other rights any such person or entity may have under
any other agreement or instrument to which such person or entity is or becomes a party or is otherwise a beneficiary or under any applicable
law or regulation. The provisions of Section 4 and Section 9 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

10.

Work Product.  Company  or  its  applicable  Subsidiary  shall  have  exclusive  title  to  and  use  of  all  copyrights,  patents,  trade
secrets, or other intellectual property rights associated with any programmed software, procedures, work-flow methods, reports, manuals, visual
aids,  documentation,  ideas,  concepts,  techniques,  inventions,  processes,  or  works  of  authorship  developed,  provided  or  created  by  the
Consultant solely on behalf of the Company ("Work Product"). Company or its applicable Subsidiary shall have the sole right to obtain and to

hold in its own name copyright, patent, trademark, trade secret, and any other registrations, or such other protection as may be appropriate to
any Work Product, and any extensions and renewals thereof. All such Work Product made in the course of the Services rendered hereunder
shall, to the extent possible, be deemed "works made for hire" within the meaning of the Copyright Act of 1976, as amended (the "Act"). The
Consultant hereby expressly disclaims any interest in any and all Work Product. To the extent that any work performed by the Consultant is
found as a matter of law not to be a "work made for hire" under the Act, the Consultant hereby assigns to Company or its applicable Subsidiary
the sole right title and interest, including the copyright, in and to all such Work Product, and all copies of them, without further consideration.
For purposes of assignment of the Consultant's copyrights in such Work Product, the Consultant hereby appoints Company as its attorney-in-
fact for the purpose of executing any and all documents relating to such assignment. The Consultant shall not copyright, patent, trademark,
designate as his trade secret, sell, or distribute any Work Product. The Consultant shall give Company or its applicable Subsidiary and person
designated by Company such reasonable assistance as may be required to perfect the rights described in this Section, including but not limited
to, execution and delivery of instruments of conveyance, as may be appropriate to give full power and proper effect to such assignment in the
United States and any foreign country.

11. Miscellaneous.

(a)     Submission  to  Jurisdiction;  Consent  to  Service  of  Process.  The  parties  hereby  irrevocably  submit  to  the  exclusive
jurisdiction of any federal or state court located in Fulton County, Georgia over any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any
of the transactions contemplated hereby and each party hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such dispute or any suit, action or
proceeding related thereto may be heard and determined in such courts. The parties hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such dispute brought in such court or any
defense  of  inconvenient  forum  for  the  maintenance  of  such  dispute.  Each  of  the  parties  agrees  that  a  judgment  in  any  such  dispute  may  be
enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

(b)     Entire  Agreement;  Amendments  and  Waivers .  This  Agreement  (including  the  schedules  and  exhibits  hereto,  if  any)
represents the entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces and supersedes in
its  entirety  any  prior  agreement  or  resolution  regarding  services  for  the  Board  of  Directors  provided  by  the  Consultant  to  the  Company;
provided,  however,  that  notwithstanding  the  foregoing  or  anything  in  this Agreement  to  the  contrary,  (i)  Consultant’s  employment  with  the
Company  shall  be  deemed  to  have  occurred  under  Section  4.A  of  the  Executive  Employment  Agreement,  and  (ii)  any  remaining
indemnification  obligations  under  the  Executive  Employment  Agreement  and  any  remaining  non-solicit,  non-compete,  non-hire  or  other
restrictive covenants under the Executive Employment Agreement shall survive execution of this Agreement. This Agreement can be amended,
supplemented or changed, and any provision hereof can be waived, only by written instrument making specific reference to this Agreement
signed by the Company, in the case of an amendment, supplement, modification or waiver sought to be enforced against the Company, or the
Consultant, in the case of an amendment, supplement, modification or waiver sought to be enforced against the Consultant. The waiver by any
party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a further or continuing waiver of such breach or as a
waiver  of  any  other  or  subsequent  breach. No  failure  on  the  part  of  any  party  to  exercise,  and  no  delay  in  exercising,  any  right,  power  or
remedy  hereunder  shall  operate  as  a  waiver  thereof,  nor  shall  any  single  or  partial  exercise  of  such  right,  power  or  remedy  by  such  party
preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. All remedies hereunder are cumulative and
are not exclusive of any other remedies provided by law.

(c)    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware

without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof.

(d)    Section Headings. The section headings of this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are to be given no effect in

the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

(e)     Notices. All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by personal
delivery,  nationally  recognized  overnight  courier  or  certified  mail  at  the  following  addresses  (or  to  such  other  address  as  a  party  may  have
specified by notice given to the other party pursuant to this provision):

If to the Company, to:

Priority Technology Holdings, Inc.
Attn: Chairman and CEO
2001 Westside Parkway, Suite 155
Alpharetta, Georgia 30004

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Priority Technology Holdings, Inc.

 
Attn: General Counsel
2001 Westside Parkway, Suite 155
Alpharetta, Georgia 30004

If to Consultant, to:
Bruce E. Mattox
3045 Haven Reserve
Milton, Georgia 30004

Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been received (i) when delivered, if personally delivered, (ii) on the next

business day after dispatch, if sent postage pre- paid by nationally recognized, overnight courier guaranteeing next business day delivery, and
(iii) on the 5th business day following the date on which the piece of mail containing such communication is posted, if sent by certified mail,
postage prepaid, return receipt requested.

(f)     Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the balance of this Agreement shall
remain in effect. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the parties shall negotiate in
good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect, the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in
order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

(g)     Binding Effect and Assignment; Third-Party beneficiaries . Except as expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall not
be  assigned  by  any  party,  and  no  party's  obligations  hereunder,  or  any  of  them,  shall  be  delegated,  without  the  consent  of  the  other  party.
Except as set forth in Section 9 or otherwise provided herein, there shall be no third-party beneficiaries hereof.

(h)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but
all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by
facsimile, .pdf or other electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart to the Agreement.

(i)    Remedies Cumulative. Except as otherwise provided herein, no remedy herein conferred upon a party hereto is intended to
be exclusive of any other remedy. No single or partial exercise by a party hereto of any right, power or remedy hereunder shall preclude any
other or further exercise thereof. All remedies under this Agreement or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

(j)     Interpretation. When a reference is made in this Agreement to an article, section, paragraph, clause, schedule or exhibit,
such  reference  shall  be  deemed  to  be  to  this  Agreement  unless  otherwise  indicated.  The  text  of  all  schedules  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference. Whenever the words "include," "includes" or "including" are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the
words "without limitation." As used herein, words in the singular will be held to include the plural and vice versa (unless the context otherwise
requires), words of one gender shall be held to include the other gender (or the neuter) as the context requires, and the terms "hereof", "herein",
and "herewith" and words of similar import
will, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

(k)     Arm's Length Negotiations. Each party herein expressly represents and warrants to all other parties hereto that (a) before
executing this Agreement, said party has fully informed itself of the terms, contents, conditions and effects of this Agreement; (b) said party
has relied solely and completely upon its own judgment in executing this Agreement; (c) said party has had the opportunity to seek and has
obtained the advice of its own legal, tax and business advisors before executing this Agreement; (d) said party has acted voluntarily and of its
own  free  will  in  executing  this Agreement;  and  (e)  this Agreement  is  the  result  of  arm's  length  negotiations  conducted  by  and  among  the
parties and their respective counsel.

(l)     Construction. The parties agree and acknowledge that they have jointly participated in the negotiation and drafting of this
Agreement. In the event of an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by
the parties and no presumptions or burdens of proof shall arise favoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this
Agreement. Any  reference  to  any  federal,  state,  local,  or  foreign  statute  or  law  shall  be  deemed  also  to  refer  to  all  rules  and  regulations
promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise.

(m)     Waiver  of  Jury  Trial .  EACH  PARTY  ACKNOWLEDGES  AND  AGREES  THAT  ANY  CONTROVERSY  WHICH
MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE
EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO
A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS
AGREEMENT, ANY  TRANSACTION  DOCUMENT  OR ANY  OTHER  INSTRUMENT,  DOCUMENT  OR AGREEMENT  EXECUTED
IN  CONNECTION  HEREWITH  OR  THEREWITH,  OR  THE  TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY  OR  THEREBY,  OR  IN
ANY  WAY  CONNECTED  WITH  OR  RELATED  OR  INCIDENTAL  TO  THE  DEALINGS  OF  THE  PARTIES  OR ANY  OF  THEM  IN
RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (i) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT
OR  ATTORNEY  OF  ANY  OTHER  PARTY  HAS  REPRESENTED,  EXPRESSLY  OR  OTHERWISE,  THAT  SUCH  OTHER  PARTY
WOULD  NOT,  IN  THE  EVENT  OF  LITIGATION,  SEEK  TO  ENFORCE  THE  FOREGOING  WAIVER,  (ii)  EACH  SUCH  PARTY
UNDERSTANDS  AND  HAS  CONSIDERED  THE  IMPLICATIONS  OF  THIS  WAIVER,  (iii)  EACH  SUCH  PARTY  MAKES  THIS
WAIVER  VOLUNTARILY,  AND  (iv)  EACH  SUCH  PARTY  HAS  BEEN  INDUCED  TO  ENTER  INTO  THIS  AGREEMENT  BY,
AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION. EACH PARTY AGREES THAT THE OTHER
MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES
TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

    
(n)     Further Instruments and Actions . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as

may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

(o)     Attorney's  Fees.  In  the  event  that  any  dispute  between  the  parties  to  this  Agreement  should  result  in  litigation,  the
prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such
prevailing  party  under  or  with  respect  to  this Agreement,  including  without  limitation,  such  reasonable  fees  and  expenses  of  attorneys  and
accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound, the parties have duly executed this Agreement by signing below as of the
Effective Date.

* * * *

PRIORITY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS, INC.

BY: /s/ Thomas C. Priore
Name: Thomas C. Priore
Title: Chairman and CEO

CONSULTANT

BY: /s/ Bruce E. Mattox
Name: Bruce E. Mattox
Title: Consultant to the Board of Directors

 
    
 
ASSET CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.17

This  Asset  Contribution  Agreement  (this  “ Agreement”),  dated  as  of  February  1,  2019,  is  by  and  among  Priority  Hospitality
Technology, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Company”), eTab, LLC, a New York limited liability company  (“Contributor”), and
Thomas C. Priore, who is a member of Contributor (“Priore”), and Jeffrey Michael Stein, who is a member of Contributor (“Stein” and, with
Priore, each an “Owner” and, together, the “Owners”), and Priore, solely in his capacity as the representative of the Owners (the “Holders’
Agent”). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement, but not otherwise defined in the body of this Agreement, are defined in Exhibit A.

RECITALS

I.

Contributor desires to contribute, transfer, convey, assign and deliver to Company substantially all of Contributor’s assets related
to, or used or held for use in connection with, Contributor’s business of, among other things, (a) processing credit cards, debit cards, private
label cards, store value cards, and prepaid cards on behalf of third party merchants, including payment authorization, clearing, and settlement
for  credit,  debit,  electronic  funds  transfer,  electronic  benefits  transfer,  check  authorization,  (b)  marketing  and  selling  to  merchants  card
processing services provided by various credit card and debit card processors, as conducted by Contributor, (c) providing certain other services
to merchants, including services that provide merchants with (i) marketing support to drive awareness of customers to such merchants’ online
ordering platform, (ii) a variety of ways to receive orders once they have been placed by customers (e.g., tablet-based order management, web-
connected printing, e-mail notifications, text alerts), and (iii) quick transfer of funds related to such orders to merchants’ bank accounts, and (d)
certain other activities in connection therewith and related thereto (all activities of, and business engaged in by, Contributor are collectively
referred to herein as the “Business”), for the consideration, and pursuant to the terms and conditions, set forth in this Agreement.

II.

Company believes that it is advisable and in the best interests of Company and its members for Company to acquire and accept

from Contributor such assets for the consideration, and pursuant to the terms and conditions, set forth in this Agreement.

III.

Stein, Ltd., a Missouri corporation (“Stein, Ltd.”), which is wholly owned, collectively, by Stein and another individual, owns all
of the issued and outstanding equity of CUMULUS POS, LLC, a Missouri limited liability company (“Cumulus”), and Company will enter
into  a  separate  asset  contribution  agreement  (the  “Cumulus  Contribution Agreement”)  simultaneously  with  the  Closing  pursuant  to  which
Cumulus  will  contribute  substantially  all  of  its  assets  to  Company  in  exchange  for  a  preferred  equity  interest  in  Company  in  the  form  of
preferred units (the “Preferred Units”) (such transaction, the “Cumulus Transaction”).

IV.

Simultaneously  with  the  Closing  and  in  consideration  of  the  contribution  of  the Acquired Assets  by  Contributor,  Company
desires  to  issue  Preferred  Units  to  Priore  and  Stein,  Ltd.  (such  issuance  being  made  on  behalf  and  at  the  express  direction  of  Contributor)
pursuant to the terms of an Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Company in the form attached as  Exhibit B (the
“Company LLC Agreement”).

AGREEMENT

The  Parties,  in  view  of  the  foregoing  premises  and  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  and  agreements  hereinafter  set  forth,

intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

CONTRIBUTION AND TRANSFER OF ASSETS; CLOSING

ARTICLE I

1.1     Assets to Be Contributed. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, Contributor
shall contribute, transfer, convey, assign, and deliver to Company, and Company shall acquire and accept from Contributor, free and clear of all
Encumbrances,  all  right,  title  and  interest  of  Contributor  in  and  to  all  of  the  assets,  properties,  claims,  contracts,  rights  and  goodwill  of
Contributor (of every kind, nature, character and description, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, accrued, contingent or
otherwise, wherever situated) used in connection with the Business as of the Closing Date (collectively, the “Acquired Assets”), other than the
Excluded Assets, including:

(a)     all inventory, accounts receivable and other receivables arising from the operation of the Business and accruing on and

after the Closing Date, billed and unbilled, recorded and unrecorded, with collection agencies or otherwise, including reimbursable expenses;

(b)     all  equipment,  furniture,  fixtures,  office  furnishings,  supplies,  computer  hardware,  computer  software  (owned  by  or
licensed to Contributor), databases (including all databases that include customer information and correspondence) and related documentation
(with  the  computer  hardware,  computer  software,  databases,  and  related  documentation  collectively  referred  to  as  “Software”),  including
Contributor’s telephones, telephone numbers, facsimile numbers, e-mail addresses and other property related to the operations of the Business;

(c)    

the  documents,  files,  books,  lists,  records  and  correspondence  (or  applicable  portions  thereof),  whether  written  or

electronically stored, or copies thereof, relating to the Acquired Assets;

(d)     all rights in and under all express or implied guarantees, warranties, representations, covenants, indemnities, and similar
rights  in  favor  of  the  Business  (specifically  excluding  all  guarantees,  warranties,  representations,  covenants,  indemnities,  and  similar  rights
made by Company in favor of Contributor under this Agreement);

(e)     all  Contracts  to  which  Contributor  is  a  party  that  are  related  to  the  Acquired  Assets  or  the  Business,  including  all
processing agreements with credit card and debit card processors and all merchant agreements with merchants entered into by Contributor, as
well  as  all  subagent  and  sales  representative  relationships,  including  all  residual  payments,  residual  payment  rights,  earned  residuals,  future
residuals, direct revenue, instruments, and documents related to or arising from such processing agreements and merchant agreements, in each
case net of all recurring fees and expenses to Company related to such payments or rights to payments thereunder (the “Assumed Contracts”);

 
 
(f)     all other tangible and intangible assets, properties and rights of any kind or description, wherever located, that are used or

held for use in connection with the Business, including all Intellectual Property;

(g)     all formulae, algorithms, work product of research and development, technical data, technical or business specifications,
business  processes,  inventions  (whether  patentable  or  unpatentable  and  whether  or  not  reduced  to  practice),  works  of  authorship  and  other
similar materials, and all tangible embodiments of the foregoing, in any form whether or not specifically listed herein relating to the Business;

(h)    all goodwill and the going concern value of Contributor relating to the Business;

(i)    all causes of action, rights of recovery, choses in action and rights of setoff of any kind, lawsuits, judgments, Orders, claims,
and demands of any nature available to or being pursued by Contributor to the extent related to the Acquired Assets, whether arising by way of
counterclaim  or  otherwise,  but  specifically  excluding  any  such  causes  of  action,  lawsuits,  judgments,  Orders,  claims,  and  demands  that
constitute Excluded Assets;

(j)     to the extent assignable or otherwise transferable, all Governmental Authorizations related to the Acquired Assets or the

Business and issued by or obtained from a Governmental Authority;

(k)    

to  the  extent  assignable  or  otherwise  transferable,  all  rights  of  Contributor  under  nondisclosure  or  confidentiality,
noncompete, or nonsolicitation agreements with current and former employees, consultants and agents of Contributor or with third parties, in
each case to the extent relating to the Business or the Acquired Assets (or any portion thereof); and

(l)     except  as  prohibited  by  applicable  Legal  Requirements,  Contributor’s  books  and  records  relating  to  any  Transferred
Associates, including any and all records or written documents relating to performance reviews, performance improvement plans, statements of
disciplinary  actions  taken  and  all  other  information  maintained  in  such  Transferred Associates’  personnel  files  (collectively,  the  “ Employee
Records”).

1.2     Excluded Assets. The Acquired Assets shall not include the following assets (the “ Excluded Assets”),  which  shall  remain  the

property of Contributor after the Closing:

(a)    all cash on hand in Contributor’s bank accounts and all bank accounts of Contributor;

(b)     all of Contributor’s Governing Documents, qualifications to conduct business, taxpayer and other identification numbers,

seals, minute books, stock transfer books, financial records, and other records relating to the corporate organization of Contributor;

(c)    all insurance policies owned by or maintained for the benefit of Contributor and all rights to insurance proceeds and claims

pursuant to such policies;

(d)    all Contributor Benefit Plans and assets related thereto;

(e)     all Contributor Contracts that are not Assumed Contracts, including all employment agreements to which Contributor is a

party;

(f)     all  Liability  of  Contributor  for  any  trailing  chargebacks,  Card Association  fines  or  penalties,  charge-offs,  and  merchant

losses related to or arising from Contributor’s operation of the Business prior to the Closing Date; and

(g)     all  rights  which  accrue  or  will  accrue  to  the  benefit  of  Contributor  under  this  Agreement  and  the  other  Transaction

Documents to which Contributor is a party.

1.3    Liabilities.

(a)    Company shall not assume any Liabilities of Contributor or the Business other than with respect to the Assumed Contracts,
and then (i) only to the extent any such Liability relates solely to periods after the Effective Time and (ii) excluding any Liability with respect
to any Assumed Contract arising as a result of any breach, default, violation, act or omission that occurred at or prior to the Effective Time
(collectively, the “Assumed Liabilities”).

(b)     Contributor  is  to  remain  solely  responsible  for  all  of  the  Retained  Liabilities. Contributor  shall  retain  and  timely  pay,
perform and discharge in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices all of the Retained Liabilities, and shall take all other
actions and do all things necessary to ensure that Company is not liable for any of the Retained Liabilities. Without limiting the foregoing, the
Retained Liabilities of Contributor shall expressly include: (i) any Liability of Contributor or any Owner relating to Taxes of any kind or nature
incurred for any taxable period (or portion thereof); (ii) any Liability for services rendered by Contributor; (iii) any Liability of Contributor or
any Owner arising as a result of or out of any claim, legal or equitable action, proceeding or investigation pertaining to or relating in any way to
the Business or the Acquired Assets occurring prior to the Closing Date; and (iv) any Liability of Contributor or any Owner in connection with
the making or performance of this Agreement, including any legal, brokerage or other types of fees, costs or expenses incurred from any third
party service provider or advisor; (v) any Liability of Contributor related to or arising from Indebtedness; and (vi) any Liability of any kind or
nature, whenever arising or accruing, relating to the Excluded Assets.

(c)     Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  this Agreement,  no  Contributor  Contracts  shall  be  deemed  transferred  or
assigned to Company pursuant to this Agreement if the attempted transfer or assignment thereof to Company without the consent or approval
of any other Person would be ineffective or would constitute a breach of contract or a violation of any Legal Requirement, and such consent or

approval is not obtained at or prior to the Closing. In such case (i) the beneficial interest in or to such Contributor Contracts (collectively, the
“Beneficial  Rights”)  shall  in  any  event  pass  at  the  Closing  to  Company  under  this Agreement,  and  (ii)  pending  such  consent  or  approval,
Company shall discharge the obligations of Contributor under such Beneficial Rights (to the extent such obligations are Assumed Liabilities)
as  agent  for  Contributor,  and  Contributor  shall  act  as  Company’s  agent  in  the  receipt  of  any  benefits,  rights  or  interest  received  from  the
Beneficial Rights. Contributor, the Owners, and the Holders’ Agent shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts (and bear their
respective costs of such efforts) to obtain and secure all consents and approvals that may be necessary to effect the legal and valid transfer or
assignment  of  any  Contributor  Contracts  underlying  the  Beneficial  Rights  to  Company  without  any  change  in  any  of  the  material  terms  or
conditions  of  such  Contributor  Contracts,  including  their  formal  assignment  or  novation,  if  advisable.  Contributor,  the  Owners,  and  the
Holders’ Agent  shall  make  or  complete  such  transfers  as  soon  as  reasonably  possible  and  cooperate  with  Company  in  any  other  reasonable
arrangement designed to provide for Company the benefits of such Contributor Contracts, properties, rights and assets, including enforcement
at  the  cost  and  for  the  account  of  Company  of  any  and  all  rights  of  Contributor  against  the  other  party  thereto  arising  out  of  the  breach  or
cancellation thereof by such other party or otherwise, and to provide for the discharge of any Liability under such Contributor Contracts, to the
extent such Liability constitutes an Assumed Liability. If and to the extent an arrangement acceptable to Company with respect to Beneficial
Rights cannot be made, then Company, upon written notice to Contributor, shall have no obligation under this Agreement or otherwise with
respect to any such Contributor Contract, and such Contributor Contract shall not be deemed to be an Acquired Asset and the related Liability
shall not be deemed an Assumed Liability.

1.4     Consideration. As consideration for the contribution of the Acquired Assets, Company shall issue to Priore, on behalf and at the
express  direction  of  Contributor  (and,  in  accordance  with  the  Cumulus  Contribution Agreement,  issue  to  Stein,  Ltd.,  on  behalf  and  at  the
express direction of Cumulus and at the express direction of Stein), Preferred Units pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Company LLC
Agreement. The Preferred Units issued will carry certain rights and restrictions, including restrictions on transferability of such interests, in
accordance  with  applicable  law  and  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  Company  LLC Agreement.  In  connection  with  the  contribution  of  the
Acquired Assets and the issuance of the Preferred Units, at the Closing, Company shall assume the Assumed Liabilities.

1.5    Closing. The consummation of the Transactions (the “Closing”) is to take place remotely by means of facsimile, electronic mail or
other electronic means simultaneous with the execution of this Agreement (the “Closing Date”), effective as of 11:59 p.m. (central time) on the
Closing Date (the “Effective Time”).

1.6    Closing Obligations. In addition to any other documents to be delivered under other provisions of this Agreement, at the Closing:

(a)    Contributor and the Holders’ Agent shall deliver to Company:

(i)    this Agreement, duly executed by Contributor, each Owner, and the Holders’ Agent;

duly executed by Contributor;

(ii)     a general assignment and bill of sale agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to Company (the “Bill of Sale”),

executed by Contributor;

(iii)     an  intellectual  property  assignment  in  a  form  reasonably  acceptable  to  Company  (the  “IP Assignment”),  duly

Company, duly executed by Priore and Stein, Ltd., as applicable;

(iv)    the Company LLC Agreement, as well as any related agreements or documents, in a form reasonably acceptable to

with the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents and the consummation or performance of the Transactions;

(v)     copies of all notices and Consents required to be provided or obtained by Contributor or the Owners in connection

(vi)    a certificate duly executed by an authorized officer of Contributor (A) certifying as true, correct and complete as of
the Closing Date an attached copy of the Governing Documents of Contributor, (B) certifying and attaching all requisite resolutions or actions
of  Contributor’s  members  and  managers,  as  applicable,  approving  the  execution  and  delivery  of  the  Transaction  Documents  and  the
consummation  and  performance  of  the  Transactions,  which  shall  be  in  a  form  reasonably  acceptable  to  Company  and  (C)  attesting  to  the
authority  and  incumbency  of,  and  authenticating  the  signatures  of,  any  Person  executing  the  Transaction  Documents  on  behalf  of  the
Contributor, duly executed by an officer of the Contributor; and

(vii)     such other bills of sale, assignments, documents and other instruments of transfer and conveyance as Company
reasonably  requests,  each  in  form  and  substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to  Company  and  duly  executed  by  Contributor,  the  Owners  or  the
Holders’ Agent, as applicable.

The foregoing obligations are for the sole benefit of Company, and may be waived by Company, in whole or in part, at any time and from time
to time in the sole discretion of Company.

(b)    Company shall deliver to:

(i)    Contributor, this Agreement, duly executed by Company;

Company;

(ii)     Holders’ Agent for delivery to Priore and Stein, Ltd., the Company LLC Agreement, duly executed by PIPH and

(iii)    Contributor, the Bill of Sale, duly executed by Company; and

(iv)    Contributor, the IP Assignment, duly executed by Company.

The foregoing obligations are for the sole benefit of Contributor and the Owners and may be waived by any such party, in whole or in part, at
any time and from time to time in the sole discretion of such party.

1.7        1.7    Income Tax Treatment of Contribution . Consistent with Revenue Ruling 99-5, it is intended that the foregoing will be
treated as an exchange qualifying under Section 721 of the Code. The Parties agree to report the foregoing transactions to all applicable state or
federal taxing authorities, for all purposes, consistently with the foregoing provision, unless such reporting of transactions are in conflict with
the Code or any other applicable state or local tax laws of any type.

ARTICLE II     
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CONTRIBUTOR

Contributor represents and warrants to Company as follows:

2.1    Organization and Good Standing; Capitalization; Subsidiaries.

(a)    Contributor is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State
of Delaware and has full power and authority to own and lease the Acquired Assets as the Acquired Assets are now owned and leased, and to
carry on the Business as it is now being conducted. Contributor is qualified to do business and is in good standing in those states where the
Legal Requirements of such states require qualification or good standing.

(b)     Schedule 2.1(b) sets forth a true and complete list of the authorized, issued and outstanding Capital Stock of Contributor.
The issued and outstanding Capital Stock of Contributor is duly authorized, validly issued, and free of any preemptive rights in respect thereto.
Except as set forth on Schedule 2.1(b), there is no other Capital Stock of Contributor authorized, issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding,
nor any outstanding or authorized option, warrant or stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit participation or similar rights with respect to
Capital  Stock  of  Contributor.  Contributor  does  not  have  any  authorized  or  outstanding  bonds,  debentures,  notes  or  other  Indebtedness  the
holders of which have the right to vote (or are convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or acquire securities
having the right to vote) with the equity holders of Contributor on any matter. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.1(b), there are no Contracts or
other agreements to which Contributor is a party or by which Contributor is bound to (i) repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any Capital
Stock of Contributor, or (ii) vote or dispose of any Capital Stock of Contributor. No Person has any right of first offer, right of first refusal or
preemptive right in connection with any future offer, sale or issuance of Capital Stock of Contributor.

(c)    Contributor does not have, and has never had, any direct or indirect Subsidiaries and does not own any Capital Stock in, or

control, directly or indirectly, any other Person.

2.2    Authority; No Conflict.

(a)    The Transaction Documents constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of Contributor, each Owner and the Holders’
Agent, as applicable, enforceable against Contributor, the Owners and the Holders’ Agent, as applicable, in accordance with their terms, except
as  enforceability  may  be  limited  by  the  Enforceability  Exceptions.  Contributor,  each  Owner  and  the  Holders’ Agent  have  the  right,  power,
authority and capacity to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which they are a party and to perform their obligations under the
Transaction Documents to which they are a party, and such actions have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company or
other organizational action by Contributor, each Owner and the Holders’ Agent.

(b)    Neither the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents by Contributor, any Owner or the Holders’ Agent nor the
consummation and performance of the Transactions by Contributor, any Owner or the Holders’ Agent will: (i) contravene, conflict with, or
result in a violation of any provision of the Governing Documents of Contributor, (ii) contravene, conflict with, or result in a violation of any
Legal Requirement to which Contributor, any Owner or the Holders’ Agent is subject, or (iii) breach any provision of, give any Person the
right to declare a default or exercise any remedy under, accelerate the maturity or performance of or payment under, or cancel, terminate, or
modify any Contributor Contract. Neither Contributor, any Owner nor the Holders’ Agent is or will be required to give any notice to or obtain
any  Consent  from  any  Person  in  connection  with  the  execution  and  delivery  of  the  Transaction  Documents  or  the  consummation  or
performance of the Transactions.

2.3     Financial Statements; Indebtedness. Contributor has provided to Company, prior to the execution of this Agreement, copies of
such financial information as Company has requested, which information is true, correct and complete in all material respects and fairly present
the financial position, and cash flows of Contributor as of the dates and for the period specified. Contributor has no Indebtedness immediately
prior to the Closing.

2.4     Assets; Real Property.  Contributor  has  good,  valid  and  transferable  title  to,  or  a  valid  and  enforceable  right  to  use  under  an
Assumed  Contract  or  otherwise,  all  of  the Acquired Assets,  free  and  clear  of  all  Encumbrances.  The Acquired Assets  constitute  all  of  the
assets,  tangible  and  intangible,  of  any  nature  whatsoever  necessary  and  sufficient  to  conduct  the  Business  in  substantially  the  same  manner
presently operated by Contributor and consistent with present practices. The Acquired Assets are in good condition and adequate for the uses
for which they currently are being used and none of the Acquired Assets are in need of maintenance or repairs, except for ordinary, routine
maintenance and repairs that are not material in nature or cost. Contributor does not own or hold any interest (fee, leasehold or otherwise) in
any real property.

2.5     Assumed Contracts. Contributor has provided to Company, prior to the execution of this Agreement, true, correct and complete

copies  of  each  Assumed  Contract,  which  include  all  Contributor  Contracts  that  are  related  to  the  Acquired  Asses  or  the  Business.  Each
Assumed Contract is (a) valid and binding on Contributor and, to the Knowledge of Contributor, the other parties thereto and (b) in full force
and effect. Contributor has not at any time and, to the Knowledge of Contributor, no other party to any Assumed Contract has been at any time,
in  breach  or  default  under  any  Assumed  Contract  and,  to  the  Knowledge  of  Contributor,  there  are  no  circumstances  or  facts  that  would
reasonably lead to an assertion that Contributor or any other party to any Assumed Contract is, or has been, in breach or default under any
Assumed  Contract.  Contributor  has  not  given  to,  or  received  from,  any  other  party  to  any  Assumed  Contract,  notice  or  communication
(whether written or oral) regarding any actual or alleged breach of or default under any Assumed Contract by Contributor or any other party to
such Assumed Contract. There are no renegotiations or outstanding rights to negotiate, any amounts to be paid or payable to or by Contributor
under any Assumed Contract, except with respect to non-material amounts in the ordinary course of business, and no Person has made a written
demand for such negotiations. Contributor has not released or waived any of its rights under any Assumed Contract. The Assumed Contracts
constitute  all  Contracts  of  Contributor  necessary  and  sufficient  for  the  operation  of  the  Business  in  accordance  with  Contributor’s  present
practices.

2.6     Material Customers and Material Suppliers. Since  January  1,  2018,  no  material  customer  or  supplier  of  Contributor  (i)  has
provided Contributor any notice or communication terminating, suspending, or reducing in any material respect, or specifying an intention to
terminate, suspend or reduce in any material respect in the future, or otherwise reflecting a material adverse change in, the business relationship
between  such  customer  or  supplier  and  Contributor,  or  (ii)  has  cancelled  or  otherwise  terminated  or  materially  reduced  any  Contract  or
purchase or sales order with Contributor.

2.7     Compliance with Laws. Contributor has at all times been and is currently in compliance in all material respects with all Legal
Requirements  that  are,  or  were,  applicable  to  Contributor,  the  operation  of  the  Business  or  the  ownership  or  use  of  the Acquired Assets.
Contributor  has  not  received  any  written  notice  or  communication  from  any  Governmental Authority  or  other  Person  regarding  any  actual,
alleged or potential violation of or failure to comply with any Legal Requirement.

2.8     Proceedings, Orders. There have been no Proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of Contributor, threatened by or against
Contributor, the Business or any Owner, or that otherwise relates to or affects any of the Acquired Assets or the Business. Contributor is not a
party to any Order and, to the Knowledge of Contributor, no event has occurred that, with the giving of notice, the passage of time, or both,
would constitute grounds for a violation, Order or breach with respect to any Governmental Authorization or to revoke, withdraw or suspend
any such Governmental Authorization.

2.9     Taxes. Contributor has duly filed on a timely basis all Tax Returns required to be filed by Contributor at any time, or otherwise
with respect to the Business, the conduct of the Business or the Acquired Assets and all such Tax Returns were, when filed, and continue to be,
correct and complete in all material respects. All Taxes and all assessments of any kind or nature (whether or not shown on any Tax Return)
owed by Contributor or otherwise relating to the Business, the conduct of the Business or the Acquired Assets have been or will be timely paid
prior to Closing. There are no liens (other than liens for Taxes not yet due and payable) with respect to Taxes on any of the Acquired Assets,
nor is any Governmental Authority in the process of imposing any lien for Taxes on any of the Acquired Assets. Contributor has complied with
all Legal Requirements relating to the completion and timely filing of all Tax Returns in connection with any amounts paid or owing to any
employee, independent contractor or other third party, including all Forms W-2 and 1099 required with respect thereto, and Contributor has
duly and timely withheld and paid over to the appropriate Governmental Authority (or set aside for payment when due) all amounts required to
be so withheld and paid under all Legal Requirements with respect to such Tax Returns. No claim has ever been made in writing, and to the
Knowledge of Contributor, in any other manner, by any Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction where Contributor does not file Tax Returns
that Contributor is or may be subject to taxation by such jurisdiction. No examination or audit of any Tax Return of Contributor or with respect
to  the  Business,  the  conduct  of  the  Business  or  the  Acquired  Assets  by  any  Governmental  Authority  is  currently  in  progress  or,  to  the
Knowledge of Contributor, threatened. No assessment or other Proceeding by any Governmental Authority is pending, or to the Knowledge of
Contributor, threatened, with respect to the Taxes or Tax Returns of Contributor or with respect to the Business, the conduct of the Business or
the Acquired Assets. Contributor has not waived or requested to waive any statute of limitations in respect of, or granted any extension of a
period  for  the  assessment  of,  any  Taxes  associated  with  the  Business,  the  conduct  of  the  Business  or  the Acquired Assets  which  waiver  is
currently in effect. There is no dispute or claim concerning any Liability of Contributor for additional Taxes, either (i) claimed or raised by any
Governmental Authority in any written notice or communication provided to Contributor, or (ii) to the Knowledge of Contributor. Contributor
is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of Section 1445 of the Code.

2.10    Employees and Employee Benefit Plans.

(a)    The employment of each employee of Contributor is terminable at the will of Contributor and Contributor is not a party to
any employment, non-competition or severance Contract with any current or former employee of Contributor. There is no collective bargaining
agreement in effect between Contributor and any labor unions or organizations representing any of the employees of Contributor. Contributor
has  not  experienced  any  organized  slowdown,  work  interruption,  strike  or  work  stoppage  by  its  employees,  and,  to  the  Knowledge  of
Contributor, there is no strike, labor dispute or union organization activity pending or threatened affecting Contributor.

(b)     Schedule  2.10(b)  sets  forth  a  true  and  complete  list  of  all  benefit  plans,  policies,  programs,  profit-sharing,  deferred
compensation, incentive, bonus, performance award, change in control, severance, medical, vision, dental, disability, welfare, fringe benefit,
and  similar  agreement  plan,  policies,  or  programs  that  have  been  maintained,  sponsored,  contributed  to,  or  required  to  be  contributed  to  by
Contributor for the benefit of its employees (the “Contributor Benefit Plans”). To the Knowledge of Contributor, no examination, voluntary
correction  proceeding  or  audit  of  any  Contributor  Benefit  Plan  by  any  Governmental Authority  is  in  progress  or  threatened  and  no  other
Proceeding  is  pending  or,  to  the  Knowledge  of  Contributor,  threatened  by  any  other  party  with  respect  to  any  Contributor  Benefit  Plan.
Contributor  is  not  a  party  to  any  agreement  or  understanding  with  the  IRS,  the  United  States  Department  of  Labor,  the  Pension  Benefit
Guaranty Corporation, or similar foreign Governmental Authority.

2.11     Absence of Certain Changes and Events. Since January 1, 2018, (a) Contributor has conducted and operated the Business in
the  ordinary  course  of  business  consistent  with  past  practices;  and  (b)  Contributor  has  not  taken  any  of  the  following  actions:  (i)  made  any
dividend  or  other  distribution;  (ii)  issued,  sold  or  amended  the  terms  of  any  Capital  Stock;  (iii)  loaned  or  advanced  funds,  or  any  goods  or
property  to,  any  Person;  (iv)  purchased  or  acquired  any  Capital  Stock  of  any  Person;  (v)  acquired  (by  merger,  consolidation  or  otherwise),
directly or indirectly, any material assets, securities, properties, interests or businesses of any Person; (vi) incurred or otherwise become liable
with respect to any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness included in current liabilities of Contributor); (vii) adopted, established, entered into,
amended or terminated or increased the benefit under any Company Plan or other employee benefit plan, program or Contract that would be a
Company Plan if in effect on the date of this Agreement; (viii) increased the compensation or benefits of any current or former director, officer,
employee or Consultant of Contributor other than in the ordinary course of business; or (ix) granted any severance, retention, change of control
or similar payments to any current or former director, officer, employee or Consultant of Contributor.

2.12    Brokers or Finders. No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s fee or other fee or commission

in connection with the Transactions based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Contributor or any Owner.

2.13    Intellectual Property.

(a)    Contributor owns all right, title, and interest in and to, or has a valid right to use pursuant to a written license agreement, all
Intellectual Property and Software used or held for use in the Business, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth on Schedule
2.13(a). The Software includes all of the computer software, databases, and documentation necessary and sufficient for the operation of the
Business in accordance with Contributor’s present practices. The operation and maintenance of the Business, as presently conducted, requires
no Intellectual Property other than Intellectual Property owned by Contributor or granted to Contributor pursuant to a license agreement that is
without obligation to pay any royalty or any other fees with respect thereto, except for payments set forth on Schedule 2.13(a).  None  of  the
Intellectual Property used in connection with the Business is being used or enforced, or has failed to be used, by Contributor in a manner that
would result in the abandonment, cancellation, termination, or unenforceability of such Intellectual Property.

(b)    To the Knowledge of Contributor, the written technical and user documentation in Contributor’s possession pertaining to
Software owned or used by Contributor includes all the source code, system documentation, tools, and written explanation necessary to render
the  Software  usable  within  a  reasonable  period  of  time  by  a  computer  programmer  of  reasonable  skill  in  the  general  type  of  technology
involved.  The  Software  owned  by  Contributor  conforms  to  all  written  specifications  for  use  in  operation  of  the  Business  as  currently
conducted.

(c)    Contributor’s operation of the Business, including Contributor’s use of Software and Intellectual Property, has not and does
not infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate any intellectual property rights of any third party. To the Knowledge of Contributor, no third-
party (i) is currently infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating, or (ii) has infringed, misappropriated, or otherwise violated, the rights
of Contributor in any Intellectual Property.

(d)    Contributor has not provided, and is not obligated to provide under any Contributor Contract, to any third party, the source
code for any Software owned by Contributor. Contributor has taken commercially reasonable measures to protect, maintain, and preserve the
(i) operation and security of the Software, computer hardware, and computer networks used, held for use, or acquired or developed for use in
the operation of the Business, and (ii) the secrecy and confidentiality of all trade secrets and confidential and proprietary information used, held
for use, or acquired or developed for use in connection with the Software or the Intellectual Property.

(e)    The Software owned by Contributor and the Intellectual Property was either (i) developed by employees of Contributor
within the scope of their employment, (ii) developed by independent contractors or consultants of Contributor who have assigned in writing all
of their rights therein to Contributor, or (iii) otherwise acquired by Contributor in connection with an acquisition in which Contributor obtained
exclusive title to such Software or the Intellectual Property. Contributor has not received written notice from any third party claiming any right,
title or interest in the Software or Intellectual Property owned by Contributor.

(f)    To the Knowledge of Contributor, no open source software, freeware or other software distributed under similar licensing
or distribution models have been incorporated into any Software in such a manner that would obligate Contributor to disclose, distribute, or
license to any third party the source code for any such Software or to otherwise impose any limitation, restriction, or condition on the right or
ability of Contributor to license or distribute such Software owned by Contributor.

2 . 1 4    Governmental  Authorizations.  Contributor  has  obtained  all  of  the  Governmental  Authorizations  necessary  to  permit
Contributor to own, operate, use and maintain the Acquired Assets in the manner in which they are now owned, operated, used and maintained
and  to  conduct  the  Business  as  currently  conducted  (the  “Operating  Governmental  Authorizations”).  Each  Operating  Governmental
Authorization  is  valid  and  in  full  force  and  effect.  There  are  no  Proceedings  or,  to  the  Knowledge  of  Contributor,  audits  or  investigations
before any Governmental Authority pending or, to the Knowledge of Contributor, threatened that would reasonably be expected to result in the
termination, revocation or suspension of any Operating Governmental Authorization or the imposition of any fine, penalty, sanction or other
liability for violation of any Legal Requirement relating to any Operating Governmental Authorization.

2.15    Related Party Transactions. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.15, there are no Contracts or other material arrangements related
to  the  Business  between  any  Contributor,  on  the  one  hand,  and  any  Owner,  any  immediate  family  member  of  any  Owner,  or  any  of  their
respective Affiliates, on the other hand.

ARTICLE III     
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF COMPANY

Company represents and warrants to Contributor and the Owners as follows:

3.1    Organization and Good Standing. Company is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Delaware,  with  full  corporate  power  and  authority  to  own  and  lease  its  assets  and  properties  and  conduct  its
business as it is now being conducted. Company is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing in those states where the
Legal Requirements of such states require qualification, licensing or good standing, except where the failure to be so qualified or licensed or in
good standing would not reasonably be expected to impair or delay Company’s ability to consummate the Transactions.

3.2     Authority.  The  Transaction  Documents  constitute  the  legal,  valid  and  binding  obligation  of  Company,  enforceable  against
Company in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability is limited by the Enforceability Exceptions. Company has the right, power
and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which Company is a party and to perform Company’s obligations under the
Transaction  Documents  to  which  Company  is  a  party,  and  such  actions  have  been  duly  authorized  by  all  necessary  corporate  action  by
Company.

ARTICLE IV     
COVENANTS

4.1     Public Announcements.  Unless  required  by  applicable  Legal  Requirements,  including  any  required  compliance  with  financial
and  accounting  disclosures  under  GAAP  or  applicable  United  States  securities  laws,  neither  Contributor  nor  any  Owner  shall,  directly  or
indirectly,  make  any  public  disclosure  or  permit  any  of  their  respective  Representatives  to  make  any  public  disclosure  (whether  or  not  in
response  to  an  inquiry)  or  any  other  public  announcement  of  the  terms  or  subject  matter  of  the  Transaction  Documents  unless  previously
approved  by  Company  in  writing.  No  Party  shall,  and  each  Party  shall  cause  each  of  their  respective  Representatives  not  to,  at  any  time,
divulge,  disclose  or  communicate  to  any  third  party  in  any  manner  whatsoever,  information  or  statements  that  disparage  or  are  intended  to
disparage the Business or any other Party or any of such Party’s Affiliates or any of their respective business reputations.

4.2    Payment of Taxes; Straddle Periods.

(a)     Transfer  Taxes . All  stamp,  transfer,  real  property  transfer,  documentary,  sales  and  use,  value  added,  recording,  stock
transfer,  registration  and  other  such  Taxes  and  fees  (including  any  penalties  and  interest)  incurred  in  connection  with  the  Transactions,
excluding any income or gains Taxes (collectively, the “ Transfer Taxes ”) shall be paid for by Contributor when due. Contributor shall, at its
own expense, properly file on a timely basis all necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to any such Transfer Taxes, and,
if required by applicable Legal Requirements, Company will join in the execution of any such Tax Returns and other documentation.

(b)     Taxes; Prorations. Contributor shall pay, prior to delinquency, all personal property and real property Taxes in respect of
the Acquired Assets, due and payable prior to the Closing. In addition, all personal property, real property, ad valorem, and other similar Taxes
(other  than  income  Taxes)  levied  with  respect  to  the Acquired Assets  for  a  Straddle  Period  shall  be  apportioned  between  Contributor  and
Company  based  on  the  number  of  days  included  in  such  Straddle  Period  through  and  including  the  Closing  Date  and  the  number  of  days
included in such Straddle Period after the Closing Date, respectively. If the amounts of such Taxes are not liquidated or accurately estimated
and apportioned at the Closing, or if Taxes are retroactively assessed after the Closing to a date on or prior to the Closing Date against the any
Acquired Asset, then at such time as the actual or retroactively assessed Taxes are known, a cash settlement shall be made between Company
and  Contributor  based  on  such  actual  amounts  within  30  days  of  such  determination.  If  the  payment  of  Taxes  is  an  obligation  under  any
Contract, Liability for such Taxes shall be apportioned and paid for in the manner set forth in this Section 4.2(b). The Parties shall cooperate
fully,  as  and  to  the  extent  reasonably  requested  by  the  other  Parties,  in  connection  with  the  filing  of  Tax  Returns  with  respect  to  Taxes
addressed in this Section 4.2(b). To the extent not otherwise addressed by this Agreement, Company and Contributor shall prorate (as of the
Closing),  if  applicable,  all  water,  sewage  disposal,  gas,  telephone,  electric,  and  other  utility  charges,  real  and  personal  ad  valorem  property
taxes,  real  property  lease  payments,  personal  property  lease  payments,  and  all  other  income  and  expenses  with  respect  to  the  Business,  the
Acquired Assets, or the Assumed Liabilities that are normally prorated upon the sale of assets of a going concern. To the extent applicable, all
real property ad valorem Taxes shall be deemed paid in arrears.

4.3     Payment of Other Retained Liabilities. If any Retained Liabilities are not paid or provided for pursuant to Section 1.3(b), or if
Company  reasonably  determines  that  failure  to  make  any  payments  will  impair  Company’s  use  or  enjoyment  of  the  Acquired  Assets  or
conduct of the Business, Company is permitted to, any time after the Effective Time and following at least three Business Days prior notice to
the Holders’ Agent, elect to make all such payments directly (but will have no obligation to do so) and Contributor shall promptly reimburse
Company for any such payments.

4.4     Misdirected Payments. Contributor and each Owner shall promptly notify Company about and remit to Company any payments
received on account of the Business or any Acquired Assets at or after the Effective Time in such manner as Company may from time to time
reasonably direct.

4.5     Further Assurances.  Following  the  Closing,  the  Parties  shall  reasonably  cooperate  with  each  other  and  with  their  respective
Representatives in connection with any steps required to be taken as part of their respective obligations under Transaction Documents, and the
Parties  agree  (a)  to  furnish  upon  request  to  the  other  Parties  such  further  information,  (b)  to  execute  and  deliver  to  each  other  such  other
documents, and (c) to do such other acts and things, all as the other Parties reasonably request, for the purpose of carrying out the intent of the
Transaction Documents and the Transactions, and of transitioning the operation of the Business to Company, including the right to audit from
time to time upon reasonable request all bank accounts of Contributor.

4.6    Confidentiality. Except as required by any applicable Legal Requirements and upon prior written notice to Company, Contributor
and each Owner shall not, and shall cause their respective Representatives not to, disclose, disseminate, divulge, discuss, copy or otherwise use

in  competition  with,  or  use  in  a  manner  harmful  to  the  interest  of,  Company  or  the  Business,  any  confidential  information  relating  to  the
Business.

4.7    Employees.

(a)    

If  requested  by  Company,  Contributor  and  the  Owner  shall  encourage  any  employee  or  independent  contractor  of
Contributor  (any  such  person,  a  “Business Associate”  and,  collectively,  such  persons,  the  “Business  Associates”)  to  make  available  such
Business Associate’s services to Company or an Affiliate of Company after the Closing. Contributor and Company each understand and agree
that, on the Closing Date, Contributor shall terminate its employment or engagement of, and Company or an Affiliate of Company is permitted
to offer, as of the Effective Time, employment or engagement to, each of the Business Associates. This  Section 4.7(a) does not impose any
obligation on any Business Associate to accept employment or engagement with Company or any Affiliate of Company, nor does it impose any
obligation on Company or any Affiliate of Company to offer employment or engagement to any Business Associate or to retain any Business
Associate for any length of time. Contributor and each Owner consent to the hiring or engagement of the Transferred Associates by Company
or  any Affiliate  of  Company  and  waive,  with  respect  to  the  employment  or  engagement  by  Company  or  any Affiliate  of  Company  of  the
Transferred Associates,  any  claims  or  rights  Contributor  or  the  Owner  has  under  any  non-competition,  confidentiality,  non-solicitation  or
similar restrictive covenants with the Transferred Associates.

(b)     At the Closing, Contributor shall transfer to Company all Employee Records for the Transferred Associates, except to the

extent such transfer is prohibited by applicable Legal Requirements.

(c)     Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is to be construed to create any third party beneficiary interests (including

any legal or equitable rights, remedies or claims) on the part of any Person (including any of the Business Associates).

(d)    Company shall not assume any Liability for any vacation or paid time off accrued prior to the Closing Date with respect to

any Transferred Associate.

(e)     Contributor shall be solely responsible for offering and providing any COBRA Coverage with respect to any “qualified
beneficiary” who is covered on the Closing Date by a Benefit Plan that is a “group health plan” and who experiences a qualifying event while
covered  under  such  plan  on  or  prior  to  the  Closing  Date.  Company  shall  be  solely  responsible  for  offering  and  providing  any  COBRA
Coverage  required  with  respect  to  any  Transferred Associate  or  other  “qualified  beneficiary”  who  becomes  covered  by  a  group  health  plan
sponsored or contributed to by Company or its Affiliates and who experiences a “qualifying event” following the Closing Date while covered
under  a  group  health  plan  of  Company  or  its Affiliates.  For  the  purposes  hereof,  “qualified  beneficiary,”  “group  health  plan”,  “qualifying
event,”  and  “successor  employer”  have  the  meanings  ascribed  thereto  in  Section  4980B  of  the  Code  and  “COBRA  Coverage”  means  the
continuation coverage required under Section 4980B of the Code and Part 6 of Title I of ERISA or any similar state Legal Requirements.

4.8    Certain Restrictive Covenants. All of the terms, conditions, covenants and provisions of this Section 4.8 are collectively referred

to as the “Non-Compete Arrangements”.

(a)     Contributor hereby agrees that, during the Noncompetition Period, Contributor will not, without the express prior written
consent of Company, directly or indirectly, engage anywhere within the Restricted Territory, in any capacity (whether as owner, part-owner,
shareholder,  member,  partner,  director,  manager,  officer,  trustee,  employee,  agent,  or  consultant,  or  in  any  other  capacity),  in  any  business,
organization,  or  Person  whose  primary  business,  activities,  products,  or  services  are  the  same  or  substantially  similar  to  the  Business  (a
“Competing Business”).

(b)     Contributor hereby agrees that, during the Noncompetition Period, Contributor will not, without the express prior written

consent of Company, directly or indirectly:

(i)     solicit,  divert,  take  away,  or  attempt  to  solicit,  divert  or  take  away,  any  of  the  customers  (or  their Affiliates)  or
actively sought prospective customers (or their Affiliates) of the Business with whom Contributor has had material business contact during the
12-month period immediately preceding the Closing Date; or

Transferred Associates for any position as an employee, independent contractor, consultant or otherwise.

(ii)     solicit or hire, or encourage the solicitation or hiring by any employer other than Company or its Affiliates, any

(c)     For  purposes  of  this Agreement,  the  “Noncompetition Period”  means  the  period  commencing  on  the  Closing  Date  and
terminating 12-months thereafter and “Restricted Territory” means the United States of America. Contributor acknowledges and agrees that
the Business encompasses and includes the entire geographic area in the Restricted Territory. The covenants contained in this  Section 4.8 shall
be construed as a series of separate covenants, one for each state and/or county of any geographic area in the Restricted Territory. Except for
geographic coverage, each such separate covenant shall be deemed identical. If, in any judicial proceeding, a court refuses to enforce any of
such separate covenants (or any part thereof), then such unenforceable covenant (or such part) shall be eliminated from this Agreement to the
extent necessary to permit the remaining separate covenants (or portions thereof) to be enforced.

(d)     Contributor  acknowledges  and  agrees  that,  in  the  event  of  a  breach  or  threatened  breach  of  any  of  the  covenants  and
promises  contained  in  this Section 4.8, Company will suffer irreparable injury for which there is no adequate remedy at law, and Company
shall therefore be entitled to temporary, preliminary, and permanent injunctive relief enjoining said breach or threatened breach without having
to post a bond or other security. Contributor further acknowledges and agrees that Company shall have the right to seek a remedy at law as
well as or in lieu of equitable relief in the event of such breach. Contributor acknowledges and agrees that the Non-Compete Arrangements are
reasonable in geography, scope, content and duration, are not overly broad or unduly burdensome, and are reasonably intended to protect the

legitimate business interests of Company. Contributor acknowledges and agrees that the Non-Compete Arrangements set forth in this  Section
4.8 are a material inducement for Company to enter into this Agreement and that Company would not enter into the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement in the absence of such Non-Compete Arrangements.

4.9     Post-Closing  Operations.  On  and  after  the  Closing  Date,  Contributor  and  the  Holders’ Agent  shall  use  their  respective  best
efforts to, as promptly as is reasonably possible, affect the winding up of Contributor’s business and affairs and the liquidation of Contributor’s
assets  and  properties  and,  thereafter,  Contributor’s  dissolution,  while  also  taking  into  account  any  input  with  respect  thereto  provided  by
Company in connection with protecting Company’s rights pursuant to this Agreement and the Transactions.

4.10    Release.

(a)     Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement and, effective as of the Closing, each Owner (each, a “Releasing Party” ),
fully and unconditionally releases, acquits and forever discharges the Company Released Parties, from any and all claims, demands, Damages,
claims, causes of action, rights, costs, losses, expenses, compensation or suits in equity, of whatsoever kind or nature, in contract or in tort, at
law  or  in  equity,  that  such  Releasing  Party  has  had,  now  has  or  might  have  in  each  case  arising  out  of  anything  done,  omitted,  suffered  or
allowed  to  be  done  by  any  Company  Released  Party,  including  pursuant  to  any  agreement,  understanding,  representation  or  promise  by  or
between  any  Company  Released  Party,  on  the  one  hand,  and  any  Releasing  Party,  on  the  other  hand,  in  each  case  whether  heretofore  or
hereafter accrued or unaccrued and whether foreseen or unforeseen or known or unknown, any claim for indemnification, contribution or other
relief, any claim relating to the valuation or prospects of Contributor or the Business, any claim relating to any investment in Contributor or
employment by Contributor or any claim relating to any inducement to enter into this Agreement in each case to the extent related to matters or
events occurring prior to the Closing (collectively, the “Released Claims”); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Released Claims
shall  not  include  any  claims  by  Contributor  Indemnified  Persons  expressly  permitted  pursuant  to  this Agreement  or  claims  to  enforce  this
Agreement or to the extent related to matters or events occurring after the Closing. Each Owner agrees that it shall not commence, threaten or
institute  any  legal  actions,  including  litigation,  arbitration  or  any  other  Proceedings  of  any  kind  whatsoever,  in  law  or  equity,  or  assert  any
claim, demand, action or cause of action against any Company Released Parties based in whole or in part upon any Released Claims.

(b)    Each Owner:

Released Party occurring prior to the Closing, as well as those known and anticipated;

(i)     acknowledges  that  this  release  applies  to  all  unknown  or  unanticipated  results  of  any  action  of  any  Company

(ii)     acknowledges and agrees that such Owner may hereafter discover claims or facts in addition to or different from
those that they now know or believe to exist with respect to the subject matter of this release and which, if known or suspected at the time of
executing this release, may have materially affected this Agreement, but nevertheless expressly accept and assume the risk of such possible
differences  in  fact,  agree  that  this  release  shall  be  and  remain  effective,  notwithstanding  any  such  differences  and  hereby  waive  any  rights,
claims or causes of action that might arise as a result of such different or additional claims or facts and acknowledge that they understand the
significance and potential consequence of such a release of unknown claims;

(iii)    

in  furtherance  thereof,  and  without  limiting  the  foregoing,  expressly  waives  any  and  all  rights  and  benefits
conferred by the provisions applicable Legal Requirements of any other jurisdiction, including Delaware, Georgia, Missouri and New York,
and expressly consents that this release shall be given full force and effect according to each of its express terms, including those relating to
unknown or unsuspected claims; and

(iv)    represents that this release is executed voluntarily with full knowledge of its significance and legal effect, consents
that the claims, demands, Damages, actions, causes of action, rights, costs, losses, expenses, compensation or suits in equity, of whatsoever
kind or nature, in contract or in tort, at law or in equity, released hereunder be construed as broadly as possible and acknowledges and agrees
that no Owner has relied, in whole or in part, on any statements or representations made by or on behalf of any Company Released Party in
connection herewith or otherwise except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement.

ARTICLE V     
INDEMNIFICATION

5.1     Survival. All representations and warranties in this Agreement shall survive the Closing for a period of 18 months and shall then
expire and be of no force or effect, except that a representation or warranty made in Sections 2.1(a)  or (b), 2.2, 2.4, 2.12, 2.13,  3.1,  and 3.2
(each, a “Fundamental Representation”) shall survive the Closing and terminate upon the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations. All
covenants and obligations in this Agreement, as well as the other Transaction Documents, shall survive the Closing for the period explicitly
specified therein (or, if no such period is explicitly specified, until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations). It is the express intent
of the Parties that, if the applicable survival period for an item as contemplated by this Section 5.1 is shorter than the statute of limitations that
would otherwise have been applicable to such item, then the applicable statute of limitations with respect to such item shall be reduced to the
shortened survival period contemplated hereby. The right to indemnification, reimbursement, or other remedy based on such representations,
warranties,  covenants  and  obligations  are  not  to  be  affected  by  any  investigation  conducted  with  respect  to,  or  any  knowledge  obtained  (or
capable of being obtained), whether before or after the date of this Agreement, about, the accuracy or inaccuracy of or compliance with, any
such representation, warranty, covenant or obligation.

5.2     Indemnification  and  Reimbursement  by  Contributor  and  the  Owners.  Subject  to  the  other  Sections  of  this Article  V,
Contributor and each Owner shall, jointly and severally, indemnify, defend and hold harmless Company and its Affiliates and Representatives
(collectively, the “Company Indemnified Persons”), and shall reimburse the Company Indemnified Persons, for any Damages incurred by any
Company Indemnified Person based upon, arising out of or incurred as a result of:

(a)     any  inaccuracy  in  or  breach  of  any  representation  or  warranty  made  by  Contributor  or  an  Owner  in  this Agreement,

including the representations and warranties made pursuant to Article II and Section 6.13;

(b)    any nonfulfillment or breach of any covenant, agreement or obligation of Contributor or an Owner in this Agreement;

(c)    any Retained Liabilities; and

(d)     any (i) Taxes of Contributor (including any Taxes for which Contributor is responsible pursuant to any Contract, Legal
Requirement or otherwise), (ii) Taxes attributable to the activities of  the  Business  occurring  prior  to  the  Effective  Time,  and  (iii)  Taxes  for
which Contributor is liable for pursuant to Section 4.2.

5.3     Indemnification and Reimbursement by Company. Subject to the other Sections of this Article V, Company shall indemnify,
defend  and  hold  harmless  Contributor,  the  Owners  and  their  respective  Affiliates  and  Representatives  (including  the  Holders’  Agent)
(collectively, the “Contributor Indemnified Persons”), and shall reimburse the Contributor Indemnified Persons, for any Damages incurred by
any Contributor Indemnified Person based upon, arising out of or incurred as a result of:

(a)    any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty made by Company in this Agreement;

(b)    any nonfulfillment or breach of any covenant, agreement or obligation of Company in this Agreement; and

(c)    any Assumed Liabilities.

5.4    Procedure for Indemnification – Third Party Claims. If an Indemnified Person receives written notice of any third-party claim
or  alleged  third-party  claim  (a  “Third-Party Claim”)  asserting  the  existence  of  any  matter  of  a  nature  as  to  which  an  Indemnified  Person  is
entitled  to  be  indemnified  under  this Agreement,  such  Indemnified  Person  shall  promptly  notify  the  Indemnifying  Person,  in  writing  with
respect  thereto,  but  the  failure  to  notify  the  Indemnifying  Person  is  not  to  relieve  the  Indemnifying  Person  of  any  Liability  that  the
Indemnifying Person has to such Indemnified Person, except to the extent that (and only to the extent that) such failure is demonstrated by the
Indemnifying Person to have actually caused the Damages for which the Indemnifying Person is obligated to pay under this Agreement to be
greater than such Damages that would have been payable had such Indemnified Person given the prompt notice required by this Agreement.
The Indemnifying Person is to have the right to defend against any such Third-Party Claim provided that (a) the Indemnifying Person, within
15  Business  Days  after  the  giving  of  such  notice  by  such  Indemnified  Person,  notifies  such  Indemnified  Person  in  writing  that  (i)  the
Indemnifying Person disputes such Third-Party Claim and gives reasons therefor, and (ii) the Indemnifying Person will, at its own cost and
expense,  defend  the  same,  and  (b)  such  defense  is  instituted  and  continuously  maintained  in  good  faith  by  the  Indemnifying  Person.  Such
Indemnified Person is permitted to, if it so elects and at its sole cost and expense, designate its own counsel to participate with the counsel
selected by the Indemnifying Person in the conduct of such defense. The Indemnifying Person will not permit any Encumbrance to attach to
the assets of such Indemnified Person as a result of such Third-Party Claim, and the Indemnifying Person shall provide such bonds or deposits
as are necessary to prevent the same. In any event, the Indemnifying Person shall keep such Indemnified Person fully advised as to the status of
such defense. If the Indemnifying Person is given notice of a Third-Party Claim in compliance with this Section 5.4 and fails to notify such
Indemnified  Person  of  its  election  to  defend  such  Third-Party  Claim  within  the  time  prescribed  in  this Section  5.4,  or  if  such  defense  is
unsuccessful, then, in such event, the Indemnifying Person shall fully satisfy and discharge the Third-Party Claim within 15 days after notice
from such Indemnified Person requesting the Indemnifying Person to do so. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, where
a Company Indemnified Person receives a written notice of a Third-Party Claim or alleged Third-Party Claim that relates to periods before, at
or after the Closing, such Company Indemnified Person is to have the sole right to defend any such Third-Party Claim and is not be deemed to
have waived any right to indemnification. If the Indemnifying Person assumes the defense of any Proceeding (A) no compromise or settlement
of such Third-Party Claims is to be effected by the Indemnifying Person without such Indemnified Person’s consent (which consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) unless (1) there is no finding or admission of any violation of any Legal Requirement and
no effect on any other claims that may be made against such Indemnified Person, and (2) the sole relief provided is monetary damages that are
paid in full by the Indemnifying Person; and (B) such Indemnified Person is to have no Liability with respect to any compromise or settlement
of such Third-Party Claims effected without its consent.

5.5     Procedure for Indemnification – Other Claims. An Indemnified Person seeking indemnification is permitted to assert a claim
for  indemnification  for  any  matter  not  involving  a  Third-Party  Claim  by  providing  notice  to  the  Indemnifying  Person  from  whom
indemnification  is  sought.  If  within  ten  Business  Days  after  receipt  of  notice  of  a  claim  for  indemnification,  the  Indemnifying  Person  from
whom indemnification is sought has not given such Indemnified Person seeking indemnification written notice of any good faith objection in
reasonable  detail  to  indemnifying  such  Indemnified  Person  in  connection  with  such  claim,  then  it  will  be  presumed  that  the  Indemnifying
Person from whom indemnification is sought acknowledges and agrees to indemnify such Indemnified Person seeking indemnification.

5.6    Materiality Qualifications; Strict Liability; Limitations on Liability.

(a)     For  purposes  of  calculating  the  amount  of  Damages  to  which  Indemnified  Persons  are  entitled  under  this Article  V,  the
terms “material,” “materiality,” and “material adverse effect” are to be disregarded. The indemnification provisions of this Article V shall be
enforceable  regardless  of  whether  any  Person  (including  any  Party)  alleges  or  proves  the  sole,  concurrent,  contributory  or  comparative
negligence of the Indemnified Person seeking indemnification or the sole or concurrent strict liability imposed upon the Indemnified Person
seeking indemnification.

(a)     Contributor’s and each Owner’s aggregate maximum liability, collectively, for any Damages or series of related Damages
pursuant to Sections 5.2(a) and 5.2(b), and Company’s maximum liability for any Damages or series of related Damages pursuant to Sections

5.3(a) and 5.3(b), will not exceed $375,000, provided that such maximum liability limit shall be $3,750,000 for any such Damages with respect
to any inaccuracy in or breach of the Fundamental Representations. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on liability, there shall be no
limit on Contributor’s and each Owner’s aggregate maximum liability, collectively, for any Damages or series of related Damages pursuant to
Sections 5.2(a)  and 5.2(b),  or  Company’s  maximum  liability  for  any  Damages  or  series  of  related  Damages  pursuant  to Sections  5.3(a)  and
5.3(b), to the extent such Damages arise out of or are incurred as a result of Contributor’s, any Owner’s or Company’s common law fraud or
intentional misrepresentation under this Agreement (which common law fraud or intentional misrepresentation claims shall be asserted solely
against the applicable Party or Parties alleged to have committed such common law fraud or intentional misrepresentation).

(b)    Contributor and each Owner shall have no obligation to indemnify any Company Indemnified Person under Sections 5.2(a)
or 5.2(b) and Company shall have no obligation to indemnify any Contributor Indemnified Person under Sections 5.3(a) or 5.3(b), in each case,
unless and until such time as the aggregate Damages incurred by the Company Indemnified Persons under Sections 5.2(a)  and 5.2(b) or the
Contributor  Indemnified  Persons  under Sections  5.3(a)  and 5.3(b),  as  applicable,  exceed  $25,000  (the  “Deductible”),  in  which  event
Contributor and each Owner or Company, as applicable, shall be responsible only for such Damages exceeding the Deductible.

(c)     Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the amount of any Damages for which an Indemnified Person
may be entitled to indemnification under this Article V shall be reduced to the extent of any insurance proceeds that the Indemnified Person or
any of its Affiliates actually receives with respect to such Damages. If any such insurance proceeds are received by an Indemnified Person or
any of its Affiliates with respect to any Damages indemnifiable under this Article V after payment has been made to the Indemnified Person
with  respect  thereto,  the  Indemnified  Person  shall  promptly  pay  back,  or  cause  its  appropriate  Affiliate  to  pay  back,  the  amount  of  such
insurance proceeds (up to the amount received by the Indemnified Person with respect to such Damages) to the Indemnifying Person.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.6 and subject to Section 5.7, no Owner shall have any obligation
to indemnify any Company Indemnified Person for any amount that is greater than the distributions that such Owner (or, in the case of Stein,
that Stein, Ltd.), together with such Owner’s permitted transferee(s), has actually received from Company in such Person’s capacity as owner
of Preferred Units of Company.

5.7     Offset. Company is permitted to offset any amounts to which any Company Indemnified Person is entitled to receive at any time
under  this Article  V  against  any  amounts  payable  to  such  Owner  (or,  in  the  case  of  Stein,  to  Stein,  Ltd.)  pursuant  to  or  arising  from  the
Company  LLC Agreement,  including  any  distributions  made  on  account  of  any  Preferred  Units  held  by  such  Owner,  or  any  other  of  the
Transaction Documents.

5.8     Power of Holders’ Agent .  Without  limiting Section 6.11, the Holders’ Agent shall have full power and authority on behalf of
each Owner to take any and all actions on behalf of, execute any and all instruments on behalf of, and execute or waive any and all rights of,
any Owner under this Article V. Without limiting the foregoing, for purposes of this Section 5.8, (i) if any or all of the Owners comprise the
Indemnifying Person, any references to the Indemnifying Person (except provisions relating to an obligation to make any payments) shall be
deemed to refer to the Holders’ Agent, and (ii) if any or all Owners comprise the Indemnified Party, any references to the Indemnified Person
(except provisions relating to an obligation to make or a right to receive any payments) shall be deemed to refer to the Holders’ Agent.

5.9    No Duplication of Recovery. Any amounts payable under this Article V shall be paid without duplication (e.g., if one Company
Indemnified Person is reimbursed for Damages, another Company Indemnified Person may not be reimbursed for the same Damages), and in
no event shall any Indemnified Person be indemnified under different provisions of this Agreement for the same Damages.

5.10    Subrogation. Upon making any payment to any Indemnified Person for any indemnification claim pursuant to this Article  V,
the Indemnifying Person will be subrogated, to the extent of such payment, to any rights that the Indemnified Person may have against other
Persons  with  respect  to  the  subject  matter  of  such  claim  for  indemnification.  The  Indemnified  Person  shall  take  such  actions  as  the
Indemnifying  Person  may  reasonably  request  for  the  purpose  of  enabling  the  Indemnifying  Person  to  perfect  or  exercise  the  Indemnifying
Person’s right of subrogation hereunder.

5.11    Exclusive Remedy. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, from and after the Closing Date, each Party’s
sole  and  exclusive  remedy  under  this  Agreement  or  at  law  or  in  equity  or  otherwise  against  any  other  Party  for  any  breach  of  any
representation,  warranty,  covenant,  agreement,  undertaking,  or  obligation  contained  in  or  relating  to  this Agreement  shall  be  pursuant  and
subject to this Article V; provided that the immediately preceding limitation shall not limit the rights of a Party to seek and obtain an injunction,
or other equitable remedy (including specific performance), as provided in this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI     
GENERAL PROVISIONS

6.1     Expenses.  Each  Party  shall  bear  such  Party’s  fees  and  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  the  preparation,  negotiation,
execution,  and  performance  of  the  Transaction  Documents  and  the  Transactions,  including  all  fees  and  expenses  of  such  Party’s
Representatives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the prevailing Party (i.e., the Party that receives substantially the relief claimed via arbitration
or judicial proceeding) in any dispute arising from or relating in any manner to this Agreement shall be entitled to recover from the other Party
all  of  its  costs  and  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  the  enforcement  of  its  rights  hereunder,  including  the  costs  of  arbitration  and  any
arbitrator, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, and court fees and expenses, if applicable.

6.2     Successors and Assigns; No Third Party Beneficiaries. Subject to the terms of this Section 6.2, this Agreement will apply to, be
binding in all respects upon, and inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of the Parties. No Party is permitted to assign any
of such Party’s rights or delegate any of such Party’s obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Parties
(which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). No assignment or delegation is to relieve any Party of any of such

Party’s obligations under this Agreement.  Nothing in this Agreement is to be construed to give any Person other than the Parties any legal or
equitable right under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement, except (i) such rights as will inure to a successor or
permitted assignee pursuant to this Section 6.2 and (ii) as provided for in Article V (with respect to the Persons who are beneficiaries of the
indemnification provision thereunder).

6.3    Notices. All notices, consents, waivers, and other communications under this Agreement must be in writing and are to be deemed
to have been duly given when (a) delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt), (b) sent by electronic mail during regular business
hours, or if not during regular business hours, the next Business Day, (c) received by the addressee, if sent by  certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested, or (d) received by the addressee, if sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, return receipt requested, in each case
to the appropriate addresses set forth below (or to such other addresses as a Party designates by notice to the other Parties in accordance with
this Section 6.3):

If to Contributor or any Owner, to Holders’ Agent at:

Mr. Thomas C. Priore
in his capacity as Holders’ Agent for the Owners of eTab, LLC

Electronic Mail: tpriore@pps.io

If to Company:

Priority Hospitality Technology, LLC
2001 Westside Parkway, Suite 155
Atlanta, Georgia 30004
Attention: General Counsel
Electronic Mail: chris@pps.io

with a copy to (which does not constitute notice to Company):

Maynard Cooper & Gale PC
1901 Sixth Avenue North
2400 Regions Harbert Plaza
Birmingham, Alabama 35203
Attention: Michel M. Marcoux
Electronic Mail: mmarcoux@maynardcooper.com

6.4     Entire Agreement; Modification . The Transaction Documents constitute the entire agreement among the Parties and supersede
all prior agreements, whether written or oral, among the Parties with respect to the subject matter of the Transaction Documents. The Parties
are not permitted to amend this Agreement, except by a written agreement signed by the Parties.

6.5     Waiver. Neither the failure nor any delay by any Party in exercising any right under this Agreement is to operate as a waiver of
such right, and no single or partial exercise of any such right is to preclude any other or further exercise of such right or the exercise of any
other right.

6.6     Severability. Any  term  or  provision  of  this Agreement  that  is  invalid  or  unenforceable  in  any  jurisdiction  is  to  be,  as  to  that
jurisdiction, ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms or
provisions  of  this Agreement  or  affecting  the  validity  or  enforceability  of  any  of  the  terms  or  provisions  of  this Agreement  in  any  other
jurisdiction. If any term or provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, such term or provision is to be interpreted to be only
as broad as is enforceable.

6.7     Governing  Law.  This Agreement  and  the  other  Transaction  Documents,  as  well  as  all  matters  in  dispute  among  the  Parties,
whether arising from or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents, regardless of the legal theory upon which such
matter is asserted, are to be governed by, construed under and enforced in accordance with the Legal Requirements of the State of Delaware
without regard to any conflicts of laws principles that would require the application of any other Legal Requirements.

6.8    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING
ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR THE
TRANSACTIONS,  WHETHER  NOW  OR  HEREAFTER  ARISING,  AND  WHETHER  SOUNDING  IN  CONTRACT,  TORT,  OR
OTHERWISE. ANY PARTY IS PERMITTED TO FILE A COPY OF THIS  SECTION 6.8 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE
OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES TO IRREVOCABLY WAIVE TRIAL
BY  JURY,  AND  THAT  ANY  PROCEEDING  WHATSOEVER  AMONG  THE  PARTIES  RELATING  TO  THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE
OTHER  TRANSACTION  DOCUMENTS  OR  THE  TRANSACTIONS  IS  INSTEAD  TO  BE  TRIED  IN  A  COURT  OF  COMPETENT
JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

6.9     Counterparts; Execution of Agreement. The Parties are permitted to execute this Agreement in one or more counterparts, each
of  such  counterparts  is  to  be  deemed  to  be  an  original  copy  of  this Agreement  and  all  of  which,  when  taken  together,  are  to  be  deemed  to
constitute  one  and  the  same  agreement. The  exchange  of  copies  of  this Agreement  and  of  signature  pages  by  facsimile  or  other  electronic

                    
                    
transmission  is  to  constitute  effective  execution  and  delivery  of  this Agreement  as  to  the  Parties. Signatures  of  the  Parties  transmitted  by
facsimile or other electronic transmission are to be deemed to be their original signatures for any purpose whatsoever.

6.10     Enforcement of Agreement. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that the other Parties would be damaged irreparably in the
event any of the covenants, agreements or obligations of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms and that any
breach of such covenants, agreements or obligations may not be adequately compensated by monetary damages. Accordingly, the Parties agree
that, in addition to any other right or remedy to which a Party is entitled, at law or in equity, each Party is permitted to enforce any covenant,
agreement or obligation of this Agreement by a decree of specific performance and to temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief
to prevent breaches or threatened breaches thereof, without posting any bond or other undertaking.

6.11    Holders’ Agent.

(a)     Appointment. By  executing  this Agreement,  each  Owner  approves  the  appointment  of,  and  hereby  irrevocably  appoints
Priore as the true and lawful agent and attorney in fact of the Owners and as the representative for and on behalf of the Owners and Contributor
for purposes of this Agreement, with full power of substitution, to act in the name, place and stead of the Owners for purposes of executing any
documents and taking or omitting to take any actions that the Holders’ Agent may, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary, desirable or
appropriate  in  connection  with  any  matter  contemplated  by  or  related  to  this  Agreement,  the  other  Transaction  Documents  (except  the
Company LLC Agreement), or the Transactions. The undersigned Holders’ Agent hereby accepts his appointment as Holders’ Agent.

(b)     Authority.  The  Owners  grant  to  the  Holders’ Agent  full  authority  to  execute,  deliver,  acknowledge,  certify  and  file  on
behalf of such Owners (in the name of any or all of the Owners or otherwise) any and all documents that the Holders’ Agent may, in his sole
discretion, determine to be necessary, desirable or appropriate, in such forms and containing such provisions as the Holders’ Agent may, in its
sole discretion, determine to be appropriate, in performing his duties as contemplated by this Section 6.11.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the
contrary contained in this Agreement or in any other Transaction Document: (i) each Company Indemnified Person shall be entitled to deal
exclusively with the Holders’ Agent on all matters for purposes of  Article V; and (ii) each Company Indemnified Person shall be entitled to
rely conclusively (without further evidence of any kind whatsoever) on any document executed or purported to be executed on behalf of any
Owner by the Holders’ Agent, and on any other action taken or purported to be taken on behalf of any Owner by the Holders’ Agent, as fully
binding  upon  such  Owner  and  any  notice  or  communication  delivered  by  Company  to  the  Holders’ Agent  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been
delivered to Contributor and each Owner.

(c)     Limitation on Liability; Holders’ Agent Expenses. Except for common law fraud, intentional misrepresentation, or gross
negligence on the Holders’ Agent’s part, the Holders’ Agent will have no liability to Contributor or any Owner under this Agreement for any
act  or  omission  by  the  Holders’ Agent  on  behalf  Contributor  or  any  Owner.  Company  will  not  be  liable  for  any  Damages  to  any  Person,
including any Owner, for any action taken or not taken by the Holders’ Agent or for any act or omission taken or not taken in reliance upon the
actions taken or not taken or decisions, communications or writings made, given or executed by the Holders’ Agent. The Holders’ Agent shall
be  reimbursed  by  the  Owners  for  all  fees,  costs  and  expenses  as  the  Holders’ Agent  deems  to  be  reasonably  necessary  or  appropriate  in
connection with the performance of the Holders’ Agent’s obligations under this Agreement.

(d)     Power of Attorney. The power of attorney granted in this Section 6.11: (i) is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable;

and (ii) may be delegated by the Holders’ Agent.

(e)     Survival;  Replacement  of  Holders’  Agent.  All  powers  granted  to  Holders’  Agent  shall  survive  the  Closing  and  any
termination  of  this  Agreement.  If  the  Holders’  Agent  is  unable  to  perform  the  Holders’  Agent’s  responsibilities  under  this  Agreement  or
resigns from such position, the Owners shall promptly appoint a replacement Holders’ Agent to fill the vacancy of the Holders’ Agent, which
appoint  shall  be  subject  to  the  consent  of  Company,  which  shall  not  be  unreasonably  withheld.  Such  appointment  shall  be  effective  upon
delivery by the Owners representing a majority of the aggregate of the equity interests of Contributor at the Closing of at least three Business
Days  prior  written  notice  to  Company  and,  thereafter,  the  replacement  Holders’  Agent  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  Holders’  Agent  for  all
purposes of this Agreement.

6.12    Disclosure Schedules. No reference to or disclosure of any item or other matter in the Disclosure Schedules will be construed as
an  admission  or  indication  that  such  item  or  other  mater  is  material  or  that  such  item  or  other  matters  is  required  to  be  disclosed  in  the
Disclosure Schedules. The Disclosure Schedules have been arranged in sections and subsections corresponding to the sections and subsections
of this Agreement. Any item disclosed in one section or subsection of the Disclosure Schedules will qualify other sections and subsections of
the  Disclosure  Schedules  to  the  extent  that  it  is  reasonably  apparent  from  reading  the  disclosure  that  such  disclosure  is  applicable  to  other
sections  or  subsections  of  the  Disclosure  Schedules.  The  Disclosure  Schedules  are  qualified  in  their  entirety  by  reference  to  the  specific
provisions of this Agreement and do not constitute representations or warranties of Contributor, except as, and to the extent provided in, this
Agreement.

6.13     Certain  Representations  and  Warranties  of  Each  Owner. In  connection  with  such  Owner’s  execution  and  delivery  of  the
Company  LLC Agreement  as  provided  in Section  1.6(a)(iii)  and  the  Company’s  issuance  of  Preferred  Units  to  such  Owner  in  connection
therewith, each Owner represents and warrants to Company as follows:

(a)     Accredited Investor. Such Owner is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the

Securities Act of 1933.

(b)     Investment Risk. Such Owner recognizes the speculative nature of an investment in the Company and that its investment

may subject to total loss if the Company’s business is unsuccessful.

(c)     Access to Information. Such Owner (i) has closely reviewed the information, representations and agreements contained in
this  Agreement  and  (ii)  has  been  provided  access  to  Company’s  organizational  documents,  and  all  other  requested  documents  about  the
Company,  Cumulus  and  the  Cumulus  Transaction,  which  documents  such  Owner  has  carefully  reviewed  in  their  entirety.  Such  Owner
acknowledges  that  all  documents,  records,  and  books  pertaining  to  Company  and  the  acquisition  of  the  Preferred  Units  (collectively,  the
“Company  Documents”)  have  been  made  available  for  inspection  by  such  Owner  and  such  Owner’s  attorneys,  accountants,  investor
representatives  and  tax  advisors  (collectively,  the  “Advisors”),  and  such  Owner  and  the Advisors  have  had  a  reasonable  opportunity  to  ask
questions  of  and  receive  answers  from  a  person  or  persons  acting  on  behalf  of  Company  concerning  the  issuance  of  the  Preferred  Units  in
connection with the Transactions and all such questions have been answered to the full satisfaction of such Owner and its Advisors.

(d)    Familiarity with Company. Such Owner acknowledges and certifies that: (i) such Owner is familiar with the Company and
its objectives; (ii) there is no assurance of the success of the Company or its business goals; and (iii) an investment in the Company involves a
high degree of risk.

(e)     Suitable Investment. Such Owner: (i) has knowledge and experience in financial and business matters; (ii) is capable of
evaluating  the  merits  and  risks  of  an  investment  in  Company  and  its  Preferred  Units;  (iii)  has  carefully  considered  the  suitability  of  an
investment  in  Company  and  its  Preferred  Units  for  such  Owner’s  particular  financial  and  tax  situation;  and  (iv)  has  determined  that  an
investment  in  Company’s  Preferred  Units  is  a  suitable  investment  for  such  Owner.  Such  Owner  has  adequate  means  of  providing  for  such
Owner’s current needs and possible contingencies, and such Owner has no present intention or need, and anticipates no need in the foreseeable
future,  to  sell  its  investment  in  Company.  Such  Owner  acknowledges  that  such  Owner  is  solely  responsible  for  its  decision  to  invest  in
Company’s  Preferred  Units  and  such  Owner  is  not  relying  on  the  Company,  any  Person  acting  on  behalf  of  the  Company,  including
Company’s counsel Maynard, Cooper & Gale PC, or any of their respective Affiliates for advice in connection with such investment.

(f)    Transfer Restrictions and Automatic Redemption of Preferred Units. Such Owner understands that there will be substantial
restrictions on the transferability of such Owner’s investment in Company’s Preferred Units pursuant to the Company LLC Agreement and that
the Preferred Units are subject to mandatory redemption as set forth in the Company LLC Agreement, including Section 3.7(d) thereof. Such
Owner further understands that the Preferred Units have not been registered under federal or any state securities laws, and the Preferred Units
may  not  be  sold  or  offered  for  resale  unless  they  are  subsequently  so  registered  or  an  exemption  from  such  registration  is  available  under
applicable laws. Such Owner hereby acknowledges that the Preferred Units being issued to such Owner in connection with the Transactions
may be sold, pledged, transferred or otherwise disposed of only in accordance with the terms, provisions and restrictions of the Company LLC
Agreement  and  applicable  laws  and  that,  in  any  event,  such  Preferred  Units  may  not  be  sold,  pledged,  transferred  or  otherwise  disposed  of
unless (i) registered under the Securities Act or (ii) an exemption from such registration is available. Such Owner understands that Company is
issuing the Preferred Units to such Owner pursuant to an exemption from registration in reliance on the representations made by such Owner
herein.

(g)    Acquisition for Investment. Such Owner will acquire the Preferred Units for its own account for investment purposes only

and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof.

(h)     Tax  and  Legal Advisors .  Such  Owner  has  been  advised  to  consult  with  such  Owner’s  own  attorney  and  tax  advisor
regarding legal and tax matters and consequences concerning an investment in the Company and its Preferred Units and such Owner has done
so, to the extent such Owner considered it to be necessary.

(i)    Company LLC Agreement and Spousal Consent. Such Owner acknowledges that, as a condition to such Owner’s receipt of
the  Preferred  Units,  such  Owner  will  be  required  to  execute  the  Company  LLC Agreement.  Such  Owner  acknowledges  that  such  Owner’s
rights  and  obligations  as  an  owner  of  the  Preferred  Units  and  the  operations  of  the  Company  will  be  governed  by  the  Company  LLC
Agreement. In addition, such Owner acknowledges that, as a condition to the issuance of the Preferred Units to such Owner and such Owner’s
receipt thereof, such Owner’s wife, if applicable, will be required to execute the written consent attached as Schedule C to the Company LLC
Agreement and deliver the same to the Company.

6.14     Certain  Additional  Representations.  The  Parties  agree  and  consent,  on  each  of  their  own  behalf  and  on  behalf  of  the
Contributor Indemnified Persons that, following the Closing, Maynard Cooper & Gale PC may serve as counsel to Company and its Affiliates
in connection with any matters related to this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or the Transactions, including any litigation, claim
or  obligation  arising  out  of  or  relating  to  this  Agreement,  the  other  Transaction  Documents  or  the  Transactions  notwithstanding  any
representation  by  Maynard  Cooper  &  Gale  PC  prior  to  the  Closing  Date  of  Contributor  or  any  Owner,  as  applicable,  or  any  such  Person’s
Affiliates. Contributor and the Owners each hereby (a) waive and agree not to assert any conflict of interest or any claim it has or may have
that Maynard Cooper & Gale PC has a conflict of interest or is otherwise prohibited from engaging in such representation and (b) agrees that,
in  the  event  that  a  dispute  arises  after  the  Closing  between  Company  or  any  Company  Indemnified  Person,  on  the  one  hand,  and  any  of
Contributor, either Owner or any of their respective Affiliates, on the other hand, Maynard Cooper & Gale PC may represent any of Company
and/or any Company Indemnified Person in such dispute even though the interests of such Person(s) may be directly adverse to those of such
Contributor, Owner or any of their respective Affiliates, as applicable, and even though Maynard Cooper & Gale PC may have represented
Contributor or an Owner in a matter substantially related to such dispute. The Parties further agree that, as to all communications between or
among Maynard Cooper & Gale PC and any of Contributor, any Owner or either of their Affiliates or Representatives, that relate in any way to
this  Agreement  or  the  other  Transaction  Documents,  the  negotiation  thereof  or  the  Transactions,  the  attorney-client  privilege  and  the
expectation of client confidence belongs to PIPH, in its capacity as Company’s sole member prior to Closing, and may be controlled by PIPH
and shall not pass to or be claimed by any Contributor or any Contributor Indemnified Person.

6.15    Rules of Construction.

(a)     Except as otherwise explicitly specified in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) references to an Article, Section, Exhibit or

Schedule  means  an Article  or  Section  of,  or  Exhibit  or  Schedule  to,  this Agreement,  unless  another  agreement  is  specified;  (ii)  the  word
“including” is to be construed as “including, without limitation;” (iii) the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereto” and “hereunder” refer to
this Agreement as a whole; (iv) words in the singular or plural form include the plural and singular form, respectively; (v) pronouns are to be
deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, as the identity of the Person or Persons requires; (vi) the words “asset” and “property” are
to be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities,
accounts, contract rights and real and personal property; (vii) references to a particular Person include such Person’s successors and permitted
assigns; (viii) references to a particular statute, rule or regulation include all rules and regulations thereunder and any predecessor or successor
statutes,  rules  or  regulations,  in  each  case  as  amended  or  otherwise  modified  from  time  to  time;  (ix)  references  to  a  particular  agreement,
document,  instrument  or  certificate  mean  such  agreement,  document,  instrument  or  certificate  as  amended,  supplemented  or  otherwise
modified from time to time if permitted by the provisions thereof; (x) references to “Dollars” or “$” are references to United States Dollars;
(xi)  an  accounting  term  not  otherwise  defined  in  this  Agreement  has  the  meaning  ascribed  to  such  term  in  accordance  with  GAAP;  and
(xii) references to “written” or “in writing” include electronic form. The headings of Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules are provided
for convenience only and are not to affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

(b)     The  Parties  have  participated  jointly  in  the  negotiation  and  drafting  of  this Agreement.  In  the  event  an  ambiguity  or
question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement is to be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of
proof is to arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

(c)     The  Parties  intend  that  each  representation,  warranty  and  covenant  contained  in  this Agreement  is  to  have  independent
significance. If  either  Party  has  breached  any  representation,  warranty  or  covenant  contained  in  this Agreement  in  any  respect,  the  fact  that
there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) that
such  Party  has  not  breached  is  not  to  detract  from  or  mitigate  the  fact  that  such  Party  is  in  breach  of  the  first  representation,  warranty  or
covenant.

(d)    If any period for giving notice or taking action under this Agreement expires on a day that is not a Business Day, the time

period is to be automatically extended to the Business Day immediately following such day.

(e)     The preamble and recitals to this Agreement are hereby expressly incorporated into this Agreement as if fully set forth in

this Section 6.15(e).

The Parties, intending to be legally bound, have duly executed this Agreement, or caused this Agreement to be duly executed by an

authorized Representative of such Party, as of the date first set forth above.

[Signature Page Follows]

COMPANY:

Priority Hospitality Technology, LLC

By: /s/ Michael Vollkommer

Name:    Michael Vollkommer

Title: Chief Financial Officer

CONTRIBUTOR:

eTab, LLC

By: /s/ Jeffrey M. Stein

Name:    Jeffrey M. Stein

Title: President

OWNERS:

/s/ Thomas C. Priore
Thomas C. Priore

/s/ Jeffrey M. Stein
Jeffrey Michael Stein

HOLDERS’ AGENT:

/s/ Thomas C. Priore

 
Thomas C. Priore

Exhibit A

Defined Terms

The following definitions apply in connection with the interpretation of this Agreement:

“Acquired Assets” is defined in Section 1.1.

“Advisors” is defined in Section 6.13(c).

“Affiliate”  means,  for  any  Person,  any  other  Person  controlling,  controlled  by,  or  under  common  control  with  such  Person.  For
purposes of this definition, “controlling”, “controlled by” and “control” mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the
management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Agreement” is defined in the introductory paragraph.

“Assumed Contracts” is defined in Section 1.3(a).

“Assumed Liabilities” is defined in Section 1.3(a).

“Beneficial Rights” is defined in Section 1.3(c).

“Bill of Sale” is defined in Section 1.7(a)(i).

“Business” is defined in the recitals.

“Business Associates” is defined in Section 4.7(a).

“Business Day” means any day except Saturday, Sunday or any other day that commercial banks located in New York, New York are

authorized or required by applicable Legal Requirements to be closed for business.

“Capital Stock” means any (a) shares, interests or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation; (b) equity
ownership interests in a Person other than a corporation (e.g., limited liability company membership interests, units, partnership interests, etc.);
and (c) warrants, options, convertible securities, calls or other rights to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing.

“Card Associations” means MasterCard International, Inc., VISA International, Inc., VISA USA, Inc., and any other card association,

debit card network, or similar entity with whom Contributor or any credit card and debit card processor has a sponsorship agreement.

“Closing” is defined in Section 1.5.

“Closing Date” is defined in Section 1.5.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

“Company” is defined in the introductory paragraph.

“Company Documents” is defined in Section 6.13(c).

“Company Indemnified Persons” is defined in Section 5.2.

“Company LLC Agreement” is defined in the recitals.

“Company Released Parties” means (i) Company and its Affiliates (including PIPH), (ii) each holder of any Capital Stock of Company
or  any  of  its  Affiliates  as  of  the  Closing  Date,  and  (iii)  each  director,  officer,  employee,  member,  manager,  general  or  limited  partner,
stockholder, Representative, assignee or successor of Company or any of its Affiliates, in its capacity as such.

“Competing Business” is defined in Section 4.8(a).

“Consent”  means  any  consent,  approval,  authorization,  permission,  waiver,  clearance,  exemption,  expiration  of  any  notification

requirements or similar affirmation by any Person pursuant to any Contract, Governmental Authorization, Legal Requirement or otherwise.

 
“Contract”  means  any  legally  binding  contract,  agreement,  lease,  sublease,  mortgage,  guaranty,  obligation,  understanding,  promise,
arrangement,  undertaking,  restriction,  license  or  other  instrument,  whether  written  or  oral,  together  with  all  amendments  and  other
modifications thereto.

“Contributor” is defined in the introductory paragraph.

“Contributor Benefit Plans” is defined in Section 2.10(b).

“Contributor Contract” means any Contract to which Contributor is a party or is otherwise bound.

“Contributor Indemnified Persons” is defined in Section 5.3.

“Cumulus” is defined in the recitals.

“Cumulus Contribution Agreement” is defined in the recitals.

“Cumulus Transaction” is defined in the recitals.

“Damages”  means  damages,  penalties,  fines,  costs,  reasonable  amounts  paid  in  settlement,  Liabilities,  losses,  expenses  and  fees

(including costs of investigation and defense, court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees) and disbursements.

“Deductible” is defined in Section 5.6(c).

“Disclosure Schedules” means the disclosure schedules to this Agreement delivered by Contributor at the Closing.

“Effective Time” is defined in Section 1.6.

“Employee Records” is defined in Section 1.1(l).

“Encumbrance” means any lien, mortgage, pledge, deed of trust, security interest, easement, encroachment, conditional sale or other

title retention agreement or other similar encumbrance.

“Enforceability Exceptions” means any bankruptcy laws, other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and general principles of equity

affecting the availability of specific performance and other equitable remedies.

“Excluded Assets” is defined in Section 1.2.

“Fundamental Representation” is defined in Section 5.1.

“GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

“Governing Documents” means, with respect to any entity, such entity’s constituent or organizational documents, such as its articles of
organization, certificate of formation or articles of incorporation, and any other documents or agreements adopted by the entity to govern the
formation or the internal affairs of the entity, such as its operating agreement or bylaws, as such documents have been amended, restated or
supplemented from time to time, if applicable.

“Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, local or foreign government or political subdivision thereof, agency (including the
IRS),  bureau,  branch,  department,  division,  commission,  court  tribunal,  magistrate,  justice,  multi-national  organization  or  instrumentality  of
any  government  or  political  subdivision,  or  any  self-regulated  organization  or  other  non-governmental  regulatory  authority  or  quasi-
governmental  authority  (to  the  extent  the  rules,  regulations  and  orders  thereof  have  force  of  law),  or  any  arbitrator,  court  or  tribunal  of
competent jurisdiction.

“Governmental  Authorization”  means  any  license,  permit,  authorization,  qualification,  bond,  approval,  franchise,  registration,
membership, authorization, accreditation, consent, operating authority or any other permit or permission that is material to or legally required
for the operation of the Business as currently conducted or in connection with Contributor’s ability to own, lease, operate or manage any of the
Acquired  Assets,  in  each  case  that  are  required  by  any  Legal  Requirement  or  are  issued  or  enforced  by  a  Governmental  Authority  with
jurisdiction over any Legal Requirement.

“Governing Documents” means, with respect to any entity, such entity’s constituent or organizational documents, such as its articles of
organization, certificate of formation or articles of incorporation, and any other documents or agreements adopted by the entity to govern the
formation or the internal affairs of the entity, such as its operating agreement or bylaws, as such documents have been amended, restated or
supplemented from time to time, if applicable.

“Holders’ Agent” is defined in the introductory paragraph.

“Indebtedness”  means  the  aggregate  amount  (including  the  current  portion  thereof)  of  all  of  Contributor’s  indebtedness  for  loans  or
money  borrowed  related  to  the  Business  or  the Acquired Assets,  contingent  or  otherwise,  including  all  indebtedness  or  similar  obligations
secured by any Encumbrance upon any of the Acquired Assets, even though Contributor has not in any manner become liable for the payment
of  such  indebtedness  or  satisfaction  of  such  obligations,  and  including  any  accrued  interest,  pre-payment  penalties,  “breakage  costs,”
redemption fees, costs and expenses, premiums and other amounts owing pursuant to instruments evidencing Indebtedness (assuming that such

Indebtedness is repaid on the Closing Date) and any client or customer cash held by Contributor.

“Indemnified Person” means any Company Indemnified Person or Contributor Indemnified Person, as applicable.

“Indemnifying Person” means any Party against whom an indemnification claim is made pursuant to Article V.

“Intellectual Property” means any of the following used in connection with the Business: (i) patents and applications for patents as well
as any reissues, continuations, continuations in part, divisions, revisions, extensions, or reexaminations thereof; (ii) registered and unregistered
trademarks,  service  marks,  and  other  indicia  of  origin,  pending  trademark  and  service  mark  registration  applications,  and  intent-to-use
registrations or similar reservations of marks; (iii) registered and unregistered copyrights and mask works, and applications for registration of
either;  (iv)  Internet  domain  names,  applications  and  reservations  therefor,  uniform  resource  locators,  and  the  corresponding  Internet  sites
(including any content and other materials accessible and/or displayed thereon); (v) trade secrets; and (vi) intellectual property and proprietary
information not otherwise listed in (i) through (v) above, including unpatented inventions, works of authorship, moral and economic rights of
authors  and  inventors  (however  denominated),  confidential  information,  technical  data,  customer  lists,  corporate  and  business  names,  trade
names,  certification  marks,  trade  dress,  brand  names,  slogans,  logos,  advertising  material,  know-how,  methods  (whether  or  not  patentable),
designs,  processes,  procedures,  technology,  source  codes,  object  codes,  computer  software  programs,  databases,  data  collections  and  other
proprietary information or material of any type.

“IP Assignment” is defined in Section 1.6(a)(ii).

“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

“Knowledge of Contributor” (and any similar expression) means any matters known by, or that should be known following reasonable

inquiry by, any Owner.

“Legal  Requirement”  means  any  federal,  state,  local  or  foreign  law,  statue,  code,  ordinance,  regulation,  rule,  regulatory  or

administrative ruling, Order, constitution, treaty or other requirement or rule of law of any Governmental Authority.

“Liability” means any liability, obligation or commitment of any kind or nature, whether known or unknown, matured or unmatured,
asserted or unasserted, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, or due or to become due.

“Non-Compete Arrangements” is defined in Section 4.8.

“Noncompetition Period” is defined in Section 4.8(c).

“Operating Governmental Authorization” is defined in Section 2.14.

“Order” means any order, award, decision, injunction, judgment, ruling, decree, assessment, charge, writ, subpoena or verdict entered,

issued, made or rendered by any Governmental Authority.

“Owner” is defined in the introductory paragraph.

“Parties” means Company, Contributor, the Owners and the Holders’ Agent.

“Person” means any individual, partnership, limited partnership, corporation, business trust, limited liability company, limited liability

partnership, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or any Governmental Authority.

“PIPH” means Priority Integrated Partner Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which is the sole member of Company

immediately prior to the Closing.

“Preferred Units” is defined in the recitals.

“Priore” is defined in the introductory paragraph.

“Proceeding” means any legal proceeding, administrative enforcement, appeal, petition, plea, charge, complaint, claim, demand, action,
suit,  litigation,  arbitration,  mediation,  hearing,  audit,  investigation  or  arbitration  (in  each  case,  whether  civil,  criminal,  administrative  or
investigative) commenced, conducted, heard or pending by or before any Governmental Authority.

“Releasing Party” is defined in Section 4.10(a).

“Released Claims” is defined in Section 4.10(a).

“Representative”  means,  with  respect  to  a  particular  Person,  any  director,  manager,  managing  member,  officer,  employee,  agent,

consultant, advisor or other representative of such Person, including legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors.

“Restricted Territory” is defined in Section 4.8(c).

“Retained Liabilities”  means  all  Liabilities  of  Contributor  and  all  Liabilities  relating  to  or  arising  out  of  the  Business  of  any  nature

whatsoever other than the Assumed Liabilities.

“Software” is defined in Section 1.1(b).

“Stein” is defined in the introductory paragraph.

“Stein, Ltd.” is defined in the recitals.

“Straddle Period” means a taxable period beginning on or before and ending after the Closing Date.

“Subsidiaries” means with respect to any Person, any corporation or other Person of which securities or other interests having the power
to elect a majority of that corporation’s or other Person’s board of directors or similar governing body, or otherwise having the power to direct
the  business  and  policies  of  that  corporation  or  other  Person  (other  than  securities  or  other  interests  having  such  power  only  upon  the
happening of a contingency that has not occurred), are held by such Person or one or more of such Person’s Subsidiaries.

“Tax” means any federal, state, local or non-United States income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, escheat or unclaimed
property, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, bulk sales, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs, duties, license, lease, service,
service use, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social
security  (or  similar),  unemployment,  disability,  real  property,  real  property  gains,  personal  property,  sales,  use,  production,  ad  valorem,
transfer, documentary, registration, value-added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated or other taxes, fees assessments or charges of any
kind whatsoever, whether computed on a separate or consolidated, unitary or combined basis or in any other manner, including any interest,
penalty or addition thereto, whether disputed or not, and any interest in respect of such additions or penalties.

“Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any

schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

“Third-Party Claim” is defined in Section 5.4.

“Transaction Documents”  means  this Agreement  and  all  other  agreements,  documents,  instruments  and  certificates  contemplated  by

this Agreement.

“Transactions”  means  the  contribution,  transfer,  conveyance,  assignment,  delivery  and  acquisition  and  acceptance  of  the  Acquired

Assets and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

“Transferred Associates” means those Business Associates who are offered and accept employment or engagement with Company or an

Affiliate of Company, including each of the Owners.

“Treasury Regulations” means the income tax regulations, including the temporary regulations, promulgated under the Code.

Exhibit B

Form of Company LLC Agreement

Attached.

04542263.8    

AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF 
PRIORITY HOSPITALITY TECHNOLOGY, LLC

Exhibit 10.18

This Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “ Agreement”) of Priority Hospitality Technology, LLC, a Delaware
limited  liability  company  (the  “Company”),  is  dated  effective  as  of  February  1,  2019  (the  “Effective Date”),  and  is  adopted  and  entered  into  by  the
Persons listed on the signature pages hereto as Members.

WHEREAS, immediately prior to the Effective Date, Priority Integrated Partner Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ PIPH”),

owns all of the outstanding Units of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company is operated pursuant to that certain Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of August 15,

2018 (the “Original Agreement”);

WHEREAS, as of the Effective Date and in conjunction with the contributions to the Company of substantially all of the assets of eTab, LLC, a
New  York  limited  liability  company  (“ eTab”),  and  CUMULUS  POS,  LLC,  a  Missouri  limited  liability  company  (“ Cumulus”),  pursuant  to  asset
contribution agreements between each of eTab and Cumulus, respectively, the Company and the other parties thereto (the “ Transactions”), PIPH desires
to cause the Company to (i) issue an aggregate of 1,000 Preferred Units to Thomas C. Priore (“Priore”) and Stein, Ltd., a Missouri corporation (“ Stein”
and, together with Priore, each a “Prior Owner” and, together, the “ Prior Owners”), pursuant to this Agreement, and (ii) be able to issue certain Eligible
Incentive  Members  an  aggregate  of  up  to  5,000  PI  Units  as  profits  interests,  pursuant  to  award  agreements  entered  into  between  any  such  Eligible
Incentive Member, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand; and

WHEREAS,  the  parties  desires  to  amend  and  restate  the  Original  Agreement  as  of  the  Effective  Date  to  reflect:  (i)  the  issuance  of  1,000
Preferred  Units  to  the  Prior  Owners;  (ii)  the  issuance  of  an  aggregate  of  95,000  Common  Units  to  the  PIPH;  (iii)  the  relative  rights,  liabilities  and
obligations of the Members; and (iv) the Company’s ability to issue up to 5,000 PI Units to certain Eligible Incentive Members.

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  and  agreements  hereinafter  set  forth  and  for  other  good  and  valuable

considerations, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby amend and restate the Original Agreement as follows:

ARTICLE I 
DEFINITIONS

1.1    Certain Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the meanings set forth on  Annex I.

1.2    Construction. Unless the express context otherwise requires: (a) the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import,
when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; (b) words defined in the
singular shall have a comparable meaning when used in the plural, and vice versa; (c) the words “dollars” and “$” mean U.S. dollars; (d) references
herein to a specific article, section, subsection, recital or schedule shall refer, respectively, to articles, sections, subsections, recitals or schedules of this
Agreement;  (e)  wherever  the  word  “include,”  “includes”  or  “including”  is  used  in  this Agreement,  it  shall  be  deemed  to  be  followed  by  the  words
“without  limitation”;  and  (f)  references  herein  to  any  Person  shall  include  such  Person’s  heirs,  executors,  personal  representatives,  administrators,
successors and permitted assigns.

ARTICLE II     
ORGANIZATION

2.1     Formation.  On August  15,  2018,  the  Company,  under  the  name  “Priority  Hospitality  Technology,  LLC,”  was  organized  as  a  Delaware
limited liability company by the filing of a Certificate of Formation (as the same may be amended and restated from time to time, the “Certificate”) under
and pursuant to the Act. The rights and liabilities of the Members shall be determined pursuant to the Act and this Agreement. To the extent that the
rights, liabilities or obligations of any Member to this Agreement are different by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would be in the
absence of such provision, this Agreement, to the extent not prohibited by the Act, controls over the Act. This Agreement constitutes the “limited liability
company agreement” of the Company for purposes of the Act and supersedes and replaces the Original Agreement in all respects.

2.2     Name. The name of the Company is “Priority Hospitality Technology, LLC” and all business of the Company shall be conducted under

that name or such other names that comply with applicable law as the Board may select from time to time.

2.3     Registered  Office;  Registered Agent;  Principal  Office;  Other  Offices .  The  registered  office  of  the  Company  required  by  the Act  to  be
maintained  in  the  State  of  Delaware  shall  be  the  office  of  the  initial  registered  agent  named  in  the  Certificate  or  such  other  office  as  the  Board  may
designate from time to time in the manner provided by law. The registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be the initial registered
agent  named  in  the  Certificate  or  such  other  Person  or  Persons  as  the  Board  may  designate  from  time  to  time  in  the  manner  provided  by  law.  The
principal office of the Company shall be at such place as the Board may designate from time to time, which need not be in the State of Delaware, and the
Company shall maintain its records there. The Company may have such other offices as the Board may designate from time to time.

2.4     Purposes. The purpose of the Company and the nature of its business shall be to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited
liability  companies  may  be  organized  under  the  Act.  The  Company  may  engage  in  any  and  all  activities  necessary,  desirable  or  incidental  to  the
accomplishment  of  the  foregoing.  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  nothing  set  forth  herein  shall  be  construed  as  authorizing  the
Company to possess any purpose or power, or to do any act or thing, forbidden by law to a limited liability company organized under the laws of the
State of Delaware.

 
2.5    Term. The term of the Company commenced on the date the Certificate was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware and

shall terminate on the date determined pursuant to ARTICLE XIII.

2.6     No  State-Law  Partnership.  The  Members  intend  that  the  Company  shall  not  be  a  partnership  (including  a  limited  partnership)  or  joint
venture and that neither any Member, nor the Company shall be a partner or joint venturer of any other Member for any purposes other than federal and,
if applicable, state and local income tax purposes, and this Agreement shall not be construed to the contrary. The Members intend that the Company shall
be treated as a partnership for federal and, if applicable, state and local income tax purposes, and each Member and the Company shall file all tax returns
and shall otherwise take all tax and financial reporting positions in a manner consistent with the foregoing.

ARTICLE III     
MEMBERS; COMPANY UNITS

3.1     Members. Subject to the following two sentences, the names, residences, business or mailing addresses of, and the number and type of
Units  held  by,  the  Members  are  set  forth  on Schedule A ,  as  such  Schedule  shall  be  amended  from  time  to  time  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  this
Agreement. Any  reference  herein  to Schedule A   shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  Schedule A  as amended and in effect from time to time. Each
Person listed on Schedule A, upon his, her or its and the Company’s execution of this Agreement or a counterpart or Joinder hereto, as applicable, and
receipt (or deemed receipt) by the Company of such Person’s Capital Contribution is hereby admitted to the Company as a Member of the Company. By
executing this Agreement and in conjunction with the closing of the Transactions pursuant to two asset contribution agreements, the Company hereby
issues  the  number  of  Preferred  Units  set  forth  opposite  each  Prior  Owner’s  name  on Schedule A ,  and  such  Prior  Owners  are  admitted  as  Preferred
Members.

3.2    Representations and Warranties of the Members . Each Member hereby represents and warrants to the Company and acknowledges that: (a)
such Member has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in
the Company and making an informed investment decision with respect thereto; (b) such Member is able to bear the economic and financial risk of an
investment in the Company for an indefinite period of time; (c) such Member is acquiring Units in the Company for investment only and not with a view
to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution to the public or public offering thereof; (d) the Units (and underlying membership interests) in the
Company have not been registered under the securities laws of any jurisdiction and cannot be disposed of unless they are subsequently registered and/or
qualified under applicable securities laws and the provisions of this Agreement have been complied with; (d) the execution, delivery and performance by
such Member of this Agreement has been duly authorized by such Member and does not require such Member to obtain any consent or approval that has
not been obtained and do not contravene or result in a default in any material respect under any provision of any law or regulation applicable to such
Member or other governing documents or any agreement or instrument to which such Member is a party or by which such Member is bound; (e) the
determination of such Member to purchase or receive Units in the Company has been made by such Member independently of any other Member and
independently  of  any  statements  or  opinions  as  to  the  advisability  of  such  purchase  or  receipt  as  to  the  properties,  business,  prospects  or  condition
(financial or otherwise) of the Company that may have been made or given by any other Member or by any agent or employee of any other Member; and
(f)  this Agreement  is  valid,  binding  and  enforceable  against  such  Member  in  accordance  with  its  terms,  except  as  may  be  limited  by  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  and  other  similar  laws  of  general  applicability  relating  to  or  affecting  creditors’  rights  or  general  equity
principles (regardless of whether considered at law or in equity).

3.3    Liability of Members.

(a)    Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or the Act, no Member shall have any personal liability whatsoever in his, her or its
capacity as a Member, whether to the Company, to any of the other Members, to the creditors of the Company or to any other third party, for the debts,
liabilities, commitments or any other obligations of the Company or for any losses of the Company. Each Member hereby consents to the exercise by the
Board and the Company’s officers of the powers conferred on them by this Agreement.

(b)    In accordance with the Act and the laws of the State of Delaware, a member of, or other holder of an interest in, a limited liability

company may, under certain circumstances, be required to return amounts previously distributed to such Person.

3.4    Authorized Units; Voting Rights.

(a)    Company Units.

(i)    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Member’s interest in the Company (including such Person’s interest,
if any, in the capital, income, gains, losses, deductions and expenses of the Company, in Distributions and in the right to vote, if any, on
certain Company matters as provided in this Agreement) shall be represented by Units. The Board, from time to time, in its sole discretion,
may cause the Company to issue to the Members certificates representing the Units held by such Members in such form as authorized by
the Board.

(ii)    All Units are initially designated as Preferred Units, Common Units or PI Units. Preferred Units, Common Units and PI Units
shall entitle the holders thereof to equal rights under this Agreement except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. The Company shall
have  the  authority  to  issue  up  to  500,000  Units  to  the  Members,  1,000  of  which  are  hereby  designated  as  Preferred  Units,  395,000  of
which are hereby designated as Common Units and 5,000 of which are hereby designated as PI Units. Ownership of Units shall entitle the
holder,  in  his,  her  or  its  capacity  as  Member  to  allocations  of  Profits  and  Losses  and  other  items  and  Distributions  of  cash  and  other
property as set forth in ARTICLE V. The other relative rights, liabilities, obligations, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or
imposed upon the Members in their respective capacities as holders of the Units are as set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.

(iii)     Any Units issued or to be issued as profits interests (any such Units, including the PI Units, the “ Incentive Units”) may be
Vested or Unvested at issuance and shall be awarded to Eligible Incentive Members such recipients by the Board or its designee(s) in their

discretion or in accordance with any equity incentive plan that the Board may from time to time adopt and, in such case, subject to the
terms and conditions thereof, including the imposition of any repurchase options or forfeiture in favor of the Company, all as described in
the individual grantee’s award document or such equity incentive plan or, in the case of the Prior Owners, those certain asset contribution
agreements entered into by such Prior Owners and the other parties thereto in conjunction with this Agreement (“Award Agreement ”).
Each grantee shall be treated as a Member with respect to the Incentive Units so awarded, regardless of any vesting or forfeiture provisions
in the individual grantee’s Award Agreement. The Board may require payment from Persons acquiring such Incentive Units or may issue
such Incentive Units without monetary consideration. Persons who acquire such Incentive Units shall hold such Incentive Units subject to
the provisions of any separate agreements with the Company governing issuances as well as this Agreement.

The holder of such Incentive Units will be entitled to share in Distributions with respect to such Incentive Units only to the extent set forth
in an applicable Award Agreement, which agreement will designate a dollar amount of distributions that must be paid pursuant to  Section
5.1  with  respect  to  the  Units  (other  than  Incentive  Units)  outstanding  on  the  date  of  issuance  of  such  Incentive  Units  before  any
Distributions  (other  than  Tax  Distributions)  will  be  paid  with  respect  to  such  Incentive  Units  (such  designated  value,  the  “Distribution
Threshold”). The Board may consult with the Company’s counsel or tax advisors to determine the appropriate Distribution Threshold for
each  Incentive  Unit  issued  by  the  Company  and  will  reflect  the  applicable  limitation  for  each  Incentive  Unit  in  the  applicable Award
Agreement  as  of  the  date  such  Incentive  Unit  is  granted.  In  the  event  the  Board  issues  additional  Incentive  Units  with  a  Distribution
Threshold  lower  than  the  Distribution  Threshold  associated  with  a  prior  issuance  of  an  Incentive  Unit,  the  Board  may  reduce  the
Distribution Threshold of the Incentive Units issued at the higher Distribution Threshold to equal such lower Distribution Threshold. The
Board will have the discretion to make any determinations required under this Section 3.4(b) or elsewhere in this Agreement, including as
to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s assets, the amount of the Company’s liabilities, the extent to which, if any, Incentive Units will
be excluded from participating in Distributions on account of this Section 3.4(b) or elsewhere in this Agreement, and how Distributions
may be modified in order to achieve the objectives of this Section 3.4(b) and the other provisions of this Agreement.

Each  Member,  whether  a  party  hereto  as  of  the  date  hereof  or  admitted  after  the  date  hereof,  (A)  approves  and  ratifies  the  issuance  of
Incentive  Units  made  or  to  be  made  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  this Agreement  and  (B)  consents  to  the  Board  taking  all  actions,
including  amending  this Agreement,  to  the  extent  necessary  or  appropriate  (as  determined  in  good  faith  by  the  Board)  to  cause  any
Incentive Units to be treated as profits interests for all United States federal income tax purposes.

(b)     Capital Contributions. As of the Effective Date, the Members have made the Capital Contributions to the Company set forth on
Schedule A   or  otherwise  in  the  books  and  records  of  the  Company.  No  Member  is  required  to  make  any  additional  Capital  Contributions  to  the
Company; provided that any Member holding Common Units may make, from time to time after the date hereof, additional Capital Contributions (each
an “Additional Capital Contribution”) in return for the issuance of additional Common Units (each an “ Additional Common Unit”) with the consent of
either (i) the Manager or (ii) if the Manager does not consent, the holders of at least 66 and 2/3% of the then outstanding Common Units.

(c)    Agreed Tax Treatment. For purposes of this Agreement (including for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts, allocating Profits
and Losses, and determining and allocating taxable income, gain, loss, deduction and expense), the transactions contemplated by and taking place in
connection with the issuance and sale of Preferred Units to the Prior Owners and any issuance of the PI Units to any Eligible Incentive Members shall be
treated for federal, and all applicable state and local, income tax purposes as the formation of a partnership pursuant to Revenue Ruling 99-5, and the
Prior Owners shall be deemed to have made a tax free contribution pursuant to Section 721 of the Code to the Company of the assets of the Company of
an aggregate amount equal to $4,500,000 as of the Effective Date (the “Invested Capital”), and neither PIPH, on the one hand, nor any of the Eligible
Incentive Members that may be issued PI Units, on the other hand, shall be deemed to have made any tax free contribution pursuant to Section 721 of the
Code or otherwise, but rather shall be deemed to be receiving Common Units and Incentive Units as defined in Section 3.4(a)(iii), respectively.

(d)    Voting Rights. Each Member holding Common Units shall be entitled to one vote per Common Unit held by such Member. Except
as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, including Section 13.1 and Section 14.6, no holder of any other class of Units, including holders of
the Preferred Units and any holders of the PI Units, shall be entitled to, or have any, voting rights related to or arising from such Units.

3.5    No Authority to Bind Company. No Member (other than the Manager(s) or an authorized officer of the Company or a designee of any such
Person)  has  the  authority  or  power  to  act  for  or  on  behalf  of  the  Company,  to  do  any  act  that  would  be  binding  on  the  Company  or  to  make  any
expenditure on behalf of the Company.

3.6     Issuance of Additional Units. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including  Section 3.4(b), the Board has the right to
cause  the  Company  to  issue  (i)  additional  Units  in  the  Company  (including  other  classes  or  series  thereof  having  different  rights),  including  issuing
Additional  Common  Units  in  exchange  for  Additional  Capital  Contributions,  (ii)  obligations,  debt  securities,  evidences  of  indebtedness  or  other
securities or interests convertible or exchangeable into Units in the Company and (iii) warrants, options or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire
Units in the Company. In connection with any approved issuance of Units to any Person, such Person shall execute and deliver a Joinder and shall enter
into such other documents and instruments to effect such issuance as are required by the Board. Upon the issuance of any Units and the payment of the
Capital  Contribution  with  respect  thereto  (if  any),  the  Capital Account  of  such  Member  shall  be  adjusted  pursuant  to ARTICLE  IV.  In  furtherance
thereof, the Board or an authorized officer of the Company shall amend Schedule A , without further vote, act or consent of any Person to reflect the
admission of any new Members.

3.7    Repurchase Rights.

(a)    Repurchase Triggering Events.

(i)     Termination  of  Employment  or  Breach  of  Section  8.14  or  8.15.  In  the  event  of  (A)  a  resignation  of  any  Person  holding
Incentive Units (an “Incentive Unit Holder ”) from his or her employment with the Company or its Affiliate (other than by reason of such
Incentive  Holder’s  death,  Permanent  Disability  or  for  “good  reason”  as  defined  in  any  employment  agreement  between  such  Incentive
Unit  Holder  and  the  Company  or  its  Affiliate,  as  applicable)  within  24  months  following  the  initial  date  of  such  employment  (a

“Separation”),  (B)  a  breach  by  any  Incentive  Unit  Holder  of  his,  her  or  its  obligations  under  Section 8.14  or 8.15  (any  such  breach,  a
“Breach”),  or  (C)  termination  of  any  Incentive  Unit  Holder’s  employment  with  the  Company  or  its  Affiliate,  as  applicable,  by  the
Company or its Affiliate “with cause” or “for cause” as defined in any employment agreement between such Incentive Unit Holder and the
Company or its Affiliate, as applicable, or “for cause” as defined below if no such employment agreement exists (a “ Termination”), all of
the Units owned by such Incentive Unit Holder shall be subject to purchase by the Company pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth
in  this Section  3.7  (the  “Separation/Breach/Termination  Purchase  Option ”). As  used  herein,  “for  cause”  means:  (i)  an  Incentive  Unit
Holder’s arbitrary, unreasonable or willful failure to perform, in any material respect, the duties and responsibilities assigned by the Person
to whom such Incentive Unit Holder reports in his or her capacity as an employee of the Company or its Affiliate that is not cured by the
Incentive Unit Holder within ten days after the first notice in writing from the Company or its Affiliate, as applicable, specifying the nature
of the default in reasonable detail (i.e., how the Incentive Unit Holder has failed to perform or comply) or, if the default cannot be cured
within such ten-day period, failure of the Incentive Unit Holder within such ten-day period to commence and pursue curative action with
reasonable  diligence;  (ii)  the  Incentive  Unit  Holder’s  gross  negligence  or  willful  misconduct  in  the  performance  of  the  Incentive  Unit
Holder’s  duties  as  an  employee  of  the  Company  or  its Affiliate,  as  applicable;  (iii)  the  Incentive  Unit  Holder’s  commission  of  an  act
constituting  fraud,  embezzlement,  breach  of  any  fiduciary  duty  owed  to  the  Company  or  its Affiliate,  as  applicable,  or  other  material
dishonesty with respect to the Company or its Affiliate, as applicable; (iv) the Incentive Unit Holder’s conviction of, or the filing of a plea
of nolo contendere or its equivalent, with respect to a felony or any other crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; or (v) substance
abuse (for the purposes of this agreement substance abuse is the use of alcohol or illegal substances including misuse of otherwise legally
obtained medications that otherwise interferes with the Incentive Unit Holder’s ability to perform the functions of the position) that is or is
reasonably expected to be materially injurious to the Company or its Affiliate (whether from a monetary perspective or otherwise).

(ii)     Bankruptcy.  If  an  Incentive  Unit  Holder  shall  be  adjudicated  bankrupt  or  insolvent  and  as  a  result  of  any  bankruptcy  or
insolvency proceeding, a court ordered sale or other Transfer of all or any part of such Incentive Unit Holder’s Units is required or if an
Incentive  Unit  Holder  shall  otherwise  admit  in  writing  its  inability  generally  to  pay  its  debts  as  such  debts  become  due,  which  would
require such Incentive Holder to Transfer all or any portion of his or her Units by operation of law, including a Transfer in satisfaction of a
claim or judgment against, or any debt of, such Incentive Unit Holder (a “Bankruptcy Event”), then such Incentive Unit Holder and/or the
proposed Transferee thereof shall automatically be deemed to have made an offer to sell all of the Units owned by such Incentive Unit
Holder that are subject to such Transfer to the Company pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3.7 (the “Insolvency
Purchase Option”) and shall provide written notice to the Company thereof within five Business Days after the occurrence of a Bankruptcy
Event  setting  forth  the  circumstances  of  such  Bankruptcy  Event,  the  number  and  type  of  Units  subject  to  such  Transfer,  the  name  and
address of the proposed Transferee and a description of the possible Transfer.

(iii)     Divorce. Upon either the filing of a petition for dissolution of marriage or any similar action for divorce by or against any
Incentive Unit Holder (a “Divorce,” each of a Separation, a Breach, a Bankruptcy Event and a Divorce, a “ Repurchase Triggering Event”),
under no circumstances shall any Incentive Unit Holder’s spouse have or obtain any interest in such Incentive Unit Holder’s Units. If a
Transfer of title to any Units in such circumstances described in the preceding sentence is ordered or decreed by any court of competent
jurisdiction, then such Incentive Unit Holder and/or proposed Transferee thereof shall automatically be deemed to have made an offer to
sell  all  of  the  Units  owned  by  such  Incentive  Unit  Holder  that  are  subject  to  such  Transfer  to  the  Company  pursuant  to  the  terms  and
conditions set forth in this Section 3.7 (the “Divorce Purchase Option”; each of the Separation/Breach/Termination Purchase Option, the
Insolvency Purchase Option and the Divorce Purchase Option, a “Repurchase Option”) and shall provide written notice to the Company
thereof, within five Business Days after the occurrence of a Divorce setting forth the circumstances thereof, a copy of any court order or
decree,  if  applicable,  the  number  and  type  of  Units  subject  to  such  Transfer,  the  name  and  address  of  the  proposed  Transferee  and  a
description of the possible Transfer.

(iv)     Death  of  Incentive  Unit  Holder .  In  the  event  of  the  death  of  an  Incentive  Unit  Holder  (the  “Departing  Incentive  Unit
Holder”), the Company may elect to purchase (the “Departing Incentive Unit Holder Purchase Option ”) for cash all or some of the Units
owned by such Incentive Unit Holder or, if applicable, by any trust, charitable remainder trust, or other Person receiving such Units via
any Family or Estate-Planning Transfer pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3.7.

(b)    Repurchase Procedures.

(i)    Procedures.

(1)    Upon the occurrence of a Repurchase Triggering Event that results from a Separation, a Breach, a Termination, a
Bankruptcy  Event  or  a  Divorce,  the  Company  may  elect  to  purchase  all  or  any  part  of  the  Units  subject  to  a
Separation/Breach/Termination Purchase Option, an Insolvency Purchase Option or a Divorce Purchase Option, as applicable,
by  delivery  of  written  notice  (the  “General  Repurchase  Notice”)  to  such  Incentive  Unit  Holder  (or  his  or  her  spouse  in  the
event of a Divorce or his or her estate or legal representative, as applicable) promptly following its receipt from such Incentive
Unit Holder (or his or her estate or legal representative, as applicable) of the notice of the Repurchase Triggering Event. The
General Repurchase Notice shall set forth the portion of the Units to be acquired from such Incentive Unit Holder (or his or her
spouse in the event of a Divorce or his estate or legal representative, as applicable) and the corresponding Repurchase Price. If
Company  exercises  the  Separation/Breach/Termination  Purchase  Option,  an  Insolvency  Purchase  Option,  or  a  Divorce
Purchase Option, as applicable, such Incentive Unit Holder (or his spouse in the event of a Divorce or his or her estate or legal
representative,  as  applicable)  shall  sell  the  portion  of  the  Units  owned  by  such  Incentive  Unit  Holder  (or  his  spouse  in  the
event of a Divorce or his or her estate or legal representative, as applicable) that the Company has elected to purchase, and the
Repurchase Price shall be paid to such Incentive Unit Holder (or his or her spouse in the event of a Divorce or his estate or
legal representative, as applicable) as hereinafter provided.

(2)     In the event of an Incentive Unit Holder’s death or Permanent Disability, the Company may elect to exercise its

Departing  Incentive  Unit  Holder  Purchase  Option  by  delivery  of  written  notice  (the  “Departing  Incentive  Unit  Holder
Repurchase  Notice”)  to  the  Departing  Incentive  Unit  Holder  (or  his  or  her  estate  or  legal  representative,  as  applicable)
promptly after its receipt from the Departing Incentive Unit Holder (or his or her estate or legal representative, as applicable)
of notice of the Incentive Unit Holder’s death or a determination of Permanent Disability being made in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement. The Departing Incentive Unit Holder Repurchase Notice shall set forth the Units to be acquired from
the  Departing  Incentive  Unit  Holder  (or  his  or  her  estate  or  legal  representative,  as  applicable)  and  the  corresponding
Repurchase Price. If any Departing Incentive Unit Holder’s Units are not acquired pursuant to the foregoing procedure within
180 days after (A) the Company learning of the Departing Incentive Unit Holder’s death or (B) a determination of Permanent
Disability  is  made,  the  Company  shall  promptly  grant  the  Departing  Incentive  Unit  Holder  (or  his  or  her  estate  or  legal
representative, as applicable) a period of 90 days in which to sell the remaining Units of the Departing Incentive Unit Holder
without  having  to  comply  with Sections  12.1. Any  Departing  Incentive  Unit  Holder’s  Units  not  sold  during  such  90-day
period shall once again be subject to the provisions of this Section 3.7 and the Company may, at its option elect to exercise its
Departing  Incentive  Unit  Holder  Purchase  Option  via  a  Departing  Incentive  Unit  Holder  Repurchase  Notice  at  any  time
thereafter.

(ii)    Closing. Subject to Section 3.7(b)(i), the closing of any purchase transaction pursuant to this  Section 3.7 shall take place on a
date determined by the Company that shall be, to the extent reasonably possible, on or before the date that is 90 days after the Incentive
Unit  Holder  (or  his  or  her  spouse,  estate  or  legal  representative,  as  applicable)  receives  a  General  Repurchase  Notice  or  Departing
Incentive Unit Holder Repurchase Notice (a “Repurchase Option Closing”). At the Repurchase Option Closing, subject to  Section 3.7(b)
(i), the Company shall pay the Repurchase Price for the Units being  purchased  by  the  Company  to  such  Incentive  Unit  Holder  against
delivery of a certificate (if certificated) evidencing such Units, duly endorsed for Transfer, in cash payable by delivery of a check or wire
transfer  of  immediately  available  funds; provided,  however,  that  if  (A)  the  Company  is  prohibited  from  purchasing  such  Units  by  any
indenture  or  financing,  loan  or  similar  agreement,  note  or  other  instrument  to  which  the  Company  (or  any  of  its Affiliates)  is  bound
governing indebtedness of the Company or its Affiliates (each, a “ Financing Agreement”) or by applicable law, (B) a default has occurred
under any Financing Agreement and is continuing or (C) the purchase of such Units would result in the occurrence of an event of default
under any Financing Agreement or create a condition which would, with notice or lapse of time or both, result in such an event of default
(any of the events or circumstances described in the foregoing clauses (A) through (C), a “Deferral Condition”), the Company shall notify
the  Incentive  Unit  Holder  whose  Units  are  subject  to  such  repurchase  (or  such  Incentive  Unit  Holder’s  spouse,  estate  or  legal
representative, as the case may be) and may either (x) notwithstanding this Section 3.7, defer the Repurchase Option Closing and make
such payment at the earliest practicable date on which no Deferral Condition exists but no later than 30 days following the cessation of all
applicable Deferral Conditions, or (y) pay the Repurchase Price for such Units with an unsecured subordinated (to any indebtedness for
borrowed money issued to the Company pursuant to any Financing Agreement) promissory note issued by the Company that matures no
later than the 30th day following the cessation of all applicable Deferral Conditions. Any deferred payment described in clause (x) or note
described in clause (y) of the preceding sentence shall accrue interest on a daily basis at a rate equal to 4% per annum (the “Repurchase
Interest Rate”) from the latest date that the Repurchase Option Closing of such repurchase could have taken place pursuant to this  Section
3.7  to  the  date  such  payment  is  made.  Such  note  shall  be  pre-payable  at  any  time  without  penalty  and  shall  otherwise  be  in  form  and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Board and consistent with the terms set forth above.

(c)    Repurchase Price. Upon exercise of any exercise of the Company’s option to purchase Units subject to a Repurchase Option and/or
the Departing Incentive Unit Holder Purchase Option, the purchase price for any Units shall be the Fair Market Value of the Units being repurchased at
the  time  of  the  applicable  Repurchase  Triggering  Event.  This  purchase  price  will  be  set  forth  in  the  General  Repurchase  Notice  or  the  Departing
Incentive Unit Holder Repurchase Notice, as applicable, delivered by the Company (the “Repurchase Price”).

(d)     Redemption  of  Preferred  Units.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  this Agreement,  without  any  further  action  by  the
parties hereto, the Preferred Units will be deemed to be, and shall be, redeemed by the Company and the Preferred Members will no longer be deemed to
be, and shall not be, Members of the Company with regard to such Preferred Units immediately upon the Preferred Members’ Unreturned Capital with
respect to the Preferred Units being reduced to zero through Distributions made in accordance with ARTICLE V.

ARTICLE IV     
CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

4.1     Establishment and Determination of Capital Accounts . A  capital  account  (“ Capital Account”)  shall  be  established  for  each  Member  in
accordance  with  the  Treasury  Regulations  under  Section  704(b)  of  the  Code  and Section  3.4(c).  In  accordance  with  such  Treasury  Regulations,  the
Capital Account of each Member shall equal, as of the Effective Date, the amount set forth on the books and records of the Company and shall be (a)
increased by any additional Capital Contributions made by such Member, such Member’s share of Profits and other items of income and gain allocated
to  such  Member  pursuant  to ARTICLE V,  and  such  Member’s  share  of  any  other  increase  permitted  (assuming  the  Board  so  chooses  to  make  such
permitted increase) or required by Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), and (b) decreased by such Member’s share of Losses and other items
of loss, deduction and expense allocated to such Member pursuant to ARTICLE V, any Distributions to such Member of cash or the Fair Market Value
of any other property (net of liabilities assumed by such Member and liabilities to which such property is subject) distributed to such Member, and such
Member’s share of any other decrease permitted (assuming the Board so chooses to make such permitted decrease) or required by Treasury Regulations
Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). For avoidance of doubt, items allocated pursuant to Section 5.6 hereof are solely for income tax purposes. Any references in
this Agreement to the Capital Account of a Member shall be deemed to refer to such Capital Account as the same may be increased or decreased from
time to time as set forth above.

4.2    Computation of Amounts. For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or expense to be reflected in
Capital  Accounts,  the  determination,  recognition  and  classification  of  each  such  item  shall  be  the  same  as  its  determination,  recognition  and
classification for federal income tax purposes; provided that:

(a)     The computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall include those items described in Code Section 705(a)(l)(B)
or Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross
income or are not deductible for federal income tax purposes.

(b)     If the Book Value of any property is adjusted pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e) or (f), the amount of

such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such property.

(c)     Items  of  income,  gain,  loss  or  deduction  attributable  to  the  disposition  of  property  having  a  Book  Value  that  differs  from  its

adjusted basis for tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Book Value of such property.

(d)     Items of depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions with respect to property having a Book Value that differs
from its adjusted basis for tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the property’s Book Value in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g), except that, with respect to any property the Book Value of which differs from its adjusted tax basis for federal income tax purposes
and  which  difference  is  being  eliminated  by  use  of  the  “remedial  method”  pursuant  to  Treasury  Regulations  Section  1.704-3(d),  depreciation,
amortization or such other relevant cost recovery item for the relevant period shall be determined in accordance with the methodology prescribed under
Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(d)(2).

(e)     To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any asset pursuant to Code Sections 732(d), 734(b) or 743(b) is required,
pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment
to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such
basis).

(f)    To the extent that the Company distributes any asset in kind to the Members, the Company shall be deemed to have realized Profit
or Loss thereon in the same manner as if the Company had sold such asset for an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such asset or, if greater and
otherwise required by the Code, the amount of debts to which such asset is subject.

4.3     Interest. Except with respect to the Preferred Yield for each Member owning Preferred Units and the Additional Common Unit Yield for
each Member owning Additional Common Units, no Member shall be entitled to interest on any Capital Contribution to the Company or on the balance
of such Member’s Capital Account.

4.4     Loans  from  Members.  Subject  to Section  6.11,  with  the  consent  of  the  Board,  PIPH  or  any  of  its Affiliates  may  make  loans  to  the
Company, and any loan by PIPH or an Affiliate of PIPH to the Company shall not be considered a Capital Contribution. The amount of any such loans
shall be a debt of the Company to PIPH or its Affiliate, as applicable, and shall be payable or collectible in accordance with the terms and conditions
upon which such loans are made.

4.5    Negative Capital Accounts. No Member shall be required to pay to any other Member or the Company any deficit or negative balance that

may exist from time to time in such Member’s Capital Account (including upon and after the dissolution of the Company).

4.6     Transfer of Capital Accounts . The original Capital Account established for each transferee Member shall be in the same amount as the
Capital Account of the Member (or portion thereof) to which such Transferee Member succeeds, at the time such transferee Member acquires any Units
of the Member to which such Transferee Member succeeds in accordance with ARTICLE XII. The Capital Account of any Member whose interest in the
Company shall be increased or decreased by means of (i) the transfer to such Member of all or part of the Units of another Member, (ii) the transfer by
such Member of all or part of such Member’s Units to another Member or (iii) the repurchase of any Units shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect such
transfer or repurchase. Any reference in this Agreement to a Capital Contribution of or Distribution to a Member that has succeeded any other Member as
a  Transferee  shall  include  any  Capital  Contributions  or  Distributions  previously  made  by  or  to  the  former  Member  on  account  of  the  Units  of  such
former Member transferred to such Transferee Member.

4.7     Adjustments to Book Value .  The  Company  shall  at  the  Board’s  discretion  adjust  the  Book  Value  of  its  assets  to  Fair  Market  Value  in
accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) including as of the following times: (i) at the Board’s discretion in connection with
the issuance of Units; (ii) at the Board’s discretion in connection with the Distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount
of the Company’s assets, including money, if as a result of such Distribution, such Member’s interest in the Company is reduced; and (iii) the liquidation
of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g). Any such increase or decrease in Book Value of an asset shall
be allocated as a Profit or Loss to the Capital Accounts of the Members under Section 5.3 (determined immediately prior to the issuance of new Units).

ARTICLE V     
DISTRIBUTIONS; ALLOCATIONS OF PROFITS AND LOSSES

5.1     Distributions. Except as otherwise provided for in Section 5.2, the Board may make Distributions of Net Cash from Operations and Net
Cash from Capital Events from time to time and at such times as the Board, in its reasonable business judgment and sole discretion, determines to be
appropriate.  For  each  Distribution,  the  Board  shall  provide  each  Member  with  a  statement  setting  forth  in  reasonable  detail  the  manner  in  which  the
Distribution was calculated to the extent that such Member requests such a statement.

(a)    Distributions of Net Cash from Operations and Net Cash from Capital Events shall be made to the Members in the following order

and priority:

(i)    Subject to the provisions of Section 5.1(b),

(A)    First, to the Members, if any, holding Additional Common Units in proportion to each such Member’s Aggregate
Additional  Common  Unit  Yield  until  each  such  Member  has  received  Aggregate  Distributions  with  respect  to  such

Member’s Additional Common Units in an amount equal to the Aggregate Additional Common Unit Yield with respect to
such Member’s Additional Common Units;

(B)    Second, to the Members, if any, holding Additional Common Units on a  pro rata basis until the Unreturned Capital
of each such Member with respect to such Member’s Additional Common Units has been reduced to zero;

(C)        Third,  to  the  Preferred  Members  in  proportion  to  each  Preferred  Member’s Aggregate  Preferred Yield  until  each
Preferred  Member  has  received Aggregate  Distributions  with  respect  to  such  Preferred  Member’s  Preferred  Units  in  an
amount equal to the Aggregate Preferred Yield with respect to such Preferred Member’s Preferred Units;

(D)    Fourth, to the Preferred Members on a  pro rata basis until the Unreturned Capital of each Preferred Member with
respect to such Preferred Member’s Preferred Units has been reduced to zero;

(E)    Thereafter, the balance to the Common Members and the PI Members on a  pro rata basis based on the percentage of
issued and outstanding Common Units and, if applicable, PI Units, in the aggregate, that such Members hold.

(ii)    In the event of the dissolution and liquidation of the Company, the Distribution of the assets of the Company shall be made

in the following order of priority:

(A)    First, to make payment of all debts and liabilities to third-party creditors and all other contractual liabilities of the
Company, as well as expenses of dissolution and liquidation;

(B)    Second, to establish such reserves as deemed necessary by the Board for any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or
obligations of the Company;

(C)        Third,  to  the  Members  holding  Additional  Common  Units  in  proportion  to  each  such  Member’s  Aggregate
Additional  Common  Unit  Yield  until  each  such  Member  has  received  Aggregate  Distributions  with  respect  to  such
Member’s Additional  Common  Units  in  an  amount  equal  to  the Additional  Common  Unit Yield  with  respect  to  such
Member’s Additional Common Units;

(D)    Fourth, to the Members holding Additional Common Units on a  pro rata basis until the Unreturned Capital of each
such Member with respect to such Member’s Additional Common Units has been reduced to zero;

(E)        Fifth,  to  the  Preferred  Members  in  proportion  to  each  Preferred  Member’s Aggregate  Preferred Yield  until  each
Preferred  Member  has  received Aggregate  Distributions  with  respect  to  such  Preferred  Member’s  Preferred  Units  in  an
amount equal to the Aggregate Preferred Yield with respect to such Preferred Member’s Preferred Units;

(F)    Sixth, to the Preferred Members on a  pro rata basis until the Unreturned Capital of each Preferred Member with
respect to such Preferred Member’s Preferred Units has been reduced to zero; and

(G)    Thereafter, the balance to the Common Members and the PI Members on a  pro rata basis based on the percentage of
issued and outstanding Common Units and, if applicable, PI Units, in the aggregate, that such Members hold.

(b)        In  connection  with  any  Sale  of  the  Company,  the  consideration  paid  to  the  Company  or  other  proceeds  of  such  Sale  of  the

Company shall be distributed (or allocated if not distributable) to the Members in the manner set forth in Section 5.1(a)(ii).

(c)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this  Section 5.1, as of any time, a holder of Incentive Units shall be entitled to Aggregate
Distributions pursuant to Section 5.1 with respect to an Incentive Unit only to the extent that the Distribution Threshold has been satisfied in respect of
such Incentive Unit. Any amounts not distributable in respect of an Incentive Unit pursuant to Section 5.1 as a result of the application of this Section
5.1(c) shall be distributed solely to the Members in respect of their Units other than in respect of such Incentive Units.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the portion of any Distribution that would otherwise be made pursuant to  Section
5.1 which is attributable to any Incentive Units that are not vested shall be held in reserve by the Company (the “ Reserve Amount”) until either (i) such
Incentive Units vest, in which case the Reserve Amount attributable to such Incentive Units shall be distributed to the holder of such Incentive Units
without interest, or (ii) such Incentive Units are forfeited pursuant to that relevant Award Agreement or otherwise, in which case the Reserve Amount
attributable to such Incentive Units shall be retained by the Company. Tax Distributions attributable to Incentive Units that are not Vested shall not be
held in reserve.

5.2    Tax Distributions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in  Section 5.1, to the extent funds of the Company may be legally available for
Distribution  by  the  Company  under  the Act  and  subject  to  any  Financing Agreement  and  subject  to  the  retention  and  establishment  of  reserves,  or
payment to third parties, of such funds as the Board deems necessary with respect to the reasonable business needs and obligations of the Company, the
Board shall cause the Company to make Distributions of cash (any such amount, a “ Tax Distribution”) to the Members in amounts intended to enable the
Members (or any Person whose tax liability is determined by reference to the income of a Member) to discharge their United States federal, state and
local income tax liabilities arising from the allocations made pursuant to this ARTICLE V, taking into account, for the avoidance of doubt, any taxable
loss of the Company allocated to a Member pursuant to this Agreement for any prior taxable year not previously taken into account for purposes of this
Section 5.2,  to  the  extent  such  losses  would  be  available  under  the  Code  to  offset  income  of  the  Members  (or,  as  appropriate,  the  direct  or  indirect
partners  or  members  of  a  Member)  determined  as  if  income  and  loss  from  the  Company  were  the  only  income  and  loss  of  such  Member  (or,  as
appropriate, the direct or indirect partners or members of such Member) in such Fiscal Year and all prior Fiscal Years. For purposes of determining Tax
Distributions  under  this Section 5.2, unless otherwise determined by the Board (in its sole discretion), such determinations shall be made  taking  into
account any allocations arising under Code Section 704(c) or adjustments arising from an election under Code Section 754. The amount distributable
pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall be determined in the Board’s discretion, based on the Maximum Tax Rate and the amounts allocated to the Members,

and otherwise based on such reasonable assumptions as the Board determines. The amount distributable to any Member pursuant to Section 5.1 shall not
be reduced by the amount distributed to such Member pursuant to this  Section 5.2.

5.3     Allocation of Profits and Losses. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.4, Profits and Losses for any Fiscal Year (or other relevant
period)  shall  be  allocated  among  the  Members  in  such  manner  that,  as  of  the  end  of  such  Fiscal Year,  the  sum  of  (i)  the  Capital Account  of  each
Member,  (ii)  such  Member’s  share  of  Company  Minimum  Gain  (as  determined  according  to  Treasury  Regulations  Section  1.704-2(g))  and  (iii)  such
Member’s Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain shall be equal to the respective net amounts, positive or negative, that would be distributed to
them or for which they would be liable to the Company under this Agreement, determined as if the Company were to (A) liquidate all of the assets of the
Company for an amount equal to their Book Value and (B) distribute the proceeds of liquidation pursuant to Section 5.1; provided, that such hypothetical
liquidation  will  not  be  treated  as  a  Sale  of  the  Company  for  any  purpose  hereunder.  Items  of  Profit  and  Loss  (if  the  Board  so  determines  in  its  sole
discretion) may be allocated hereunder to ensure the Capital Accounts of the Members meet the test set forth in the first sentence hereof.

5.4    Special Allocations. The following special allocations shall be made:

(a)     If there is a net decrease during a Fiscal Year in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, Profits for such Fiscal Year (and, if
necessary, for subsequent Fiscal Years) shall be allocated to the Member in the amounts and of such character as determined according to, and subject to
the exceptions contained in, Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4). This Section 5.4(a) is intended to be a “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain
chargeback” provision that complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted and administered in a
manner consistent therewith.

(b)     If  there  is  a  net  decrease  in  Company  Minimum  Gain  during  any  Fiscal Year,  each  Member  shall  be  allocated  Profits  for  such
Fiscal  Year  (and,  if  necessary,  for  subsequent  Fiscal  Years)  in  the  amounts  and  of  such  character  as  determined  according  to,  and  subject  to  the
exceptions  contained  in,  Treasury  Regulations  Section  1.704-2(f).  This Section 5.4(b)  is  intended  to  be  a  “minimum  gain  chargeback”  provision  that
complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted and administered in a manner consistent therewith.

(c)     Member Nonrecourse Deductions for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated in the manner required by Treasury Regulations Section

1.704-2(i). Nonrecourse Deductions for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated pro rata to all Units.

(d)     If  any  Member  who  unexpectedly  receives  an  adjustment,  allocation  or  distribution  described  in  Treasury  Regulations  Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5), and (6) has an adjusted capital account deficit (determined according to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d)) as
of the end of any Fiscal Year, then Profits for such Fiscal Year shall be allocated to such Member in proportion to, and to the extent of, such adjusted
capital account deficit. This Section 5.4(d) is intended to be a “qualified income offset” provision as described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-
1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

(e)    Profits and Losses described in  Section 4.2(e) shall be allocated in a manner consistent with the manner that the adjustments to the

Capital Accounts are required to be made pursuant to Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(j),(k) and (m).

(f)    The allocations described in Sections 5.4(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) hereof (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with
certain requirements of Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2 of the Treasury Regulations and as such may not be consistent with the manner in which the
Members intend to allocate items of income, gain, loss, deduction and expense or make Distributions. Accordingly, notwithstanding other provisions of
this Section 5.4, but subject to the requirements of the Treasury Regulations, items of income, gain, loss, deduction and expense in subsequent Fiscal
Years shall be allocated among the Members in such a way as to reverse as quickly as possible the effects of the Regulatory Allocations and thereby
cause the respective Capital Accounts of the Members to be in the amounts they would have been if Profit and Loss (and such other items of income,
gain, deduction and loss) had been allocated without reference to the Regulatory Allocations.

5.5     Amounts Withheld. All amounts withheld from or offset against any Distribution to a Member pursuant to  Section 14.1  or Section 14.11

shall be treated as amounts distributed to such Member pursuant to this ARTICLE V for all purposes under this Agreement.

5.6    Tax Allocations; Code Section 704(c).

(a)     The  income,  gains,  losses,  deductions  and  expenses  of  the  Company  shall  be  allocated,  for  federal,  state  and  local  income  tax
purposes,  among  the  Members  in  accordance  with  the  allocation  of  such  income,  gains,  losses,  deductions  and  expenses  among  the  Members  for
computing their Capital Accounts, except that if any such allocation is not permitted by the Code or other applicable law, the Company’s subsequent
income, gains, losses, deductions and expenses shall be allocated among the Members so as to reflect as nearly as possible the allocation set forth herein
in computing their Capital Accounts.

(b)     In  accordance  with  Code  Section  704(c)  and  the  Treasury  Regulations  thereunder,  items  of  income,  gain,  loss,  deduction  and
expense with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Company shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the holders so as to
take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for federal income tax purposes and its Book Value at the time
of  contribution. The Board shall be entitled to adopt any method permissible under Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder for
taking into account any such variation.

(c)    

If  the  Book  Value  of  any  Company  asset  is  adjusted  pursuant  to  Treasury  Regulations  Section  1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e)  or  (f),
subsequent  allocations  of  items  of  taxable  income,  gain,  loss,  deduction  and  expense  with  respect  to  such  asset  shall  take  account  of  any  variation
between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Book Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c), subject,
for the avoidance of doubt, to the approval of the Board.

(d)    Allocations pursuant to this  Section 5.6 are solely for purposes of federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be

taken into account in computing, any Member’s Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses, other items or Distributions pursuant to any provisions of
this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI     
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

6.1    Management of the Company. Except for cases in which the approval of the Members is expressly required by this Agreement or the Act,
the powers of the Company shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by and under
the direction of, the Board, and the Board shall make all decisions and take all actions for the Company that are necessary or appropriate to carry out the
Company’s business and purposes. The member(s) of the Board (each, a “Manager”) shall be the “managers” of the Company for the purposes of the
Act. A Manager is not required to be a Member, or hold any Units, to serve as a Manager.

6.2    Composition, Election of the Board and Vacancy . The Board shall consist of one Manager (or such larger number of Managers as may be
reasonably determined by the Board from time to time in the best interests of the Company). The Manager(s) shall be designated or elected as follows,
each to hold such position until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as provided herein. The
Members  holding  more  than  50%  of  the  issued  and  outstanding  Common  Units  in  the  aggregate  shall  designate,  elect  and  appoint  each  of  the
Manager(s) by vote or written consent as promptly as is reasonably possible whenever there is a vacancy or open position on the Board. The Members
designate Priore as the initial Manager constituting the Board.

6.3    Committees. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Board may designate one or more committees, but such committees shall not

have the authority to bind the Board or the Company. The committees shall only adopt advisory resolutions.

6.4     Managers in their Capacity as a Board Member Owe No Fiduciary Duty . To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-
1101(c) of the Act, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any agreement contemplated herein or any applicable provisions of law
or equity or otherwise, the parties agree (i) that no Manager (in his or her capacity as such) shall owe any fiduciary duty to the Company (or any other
constituent of the Company) and (ii) that, while nothing herein eliminates the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing among the
parties hereto, such covenant is not intended by the parties to be a means through which any fiduciary duty may be imposed on any Manager (in his or
her capacity as such) under any circumstance.

6.5    Removal of a Manager. The removal from the Board (with or without cause) of any Manager elected or appointed hereunder shall be at the
written request of the Person(s) entitled to designate or elect such Manager pursuant to Section 6.2, but only upon such written request and under no
other circumstances.

6.6    Resignation. Any Manager may resign by delivering written resignation to the Company at the Company’s principal office addressed to the
Board  and  the  Members.  Such  resignation  shall  be  effective  upon  receipt  of  such  resignation  by  the  Board  or  the  Members  or  at  such  later  date
designated therein.

6.7     Meetings;  Reimbursement;  Compensation.  A  meeting  of  the  Board  may  be  called  only  by  a  Manager.  The  Company  shall  pay  the
reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred by each Manager in connection with attending such meeting and any meetings of any committees of
the Board, and no Manager shall be entitled to any other compensation for serving as a Manager (unless otherwise unanimously determined in writing by
the Manager(s)). The Board may designate any place as the place of meeting for any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof. Meetings of the
Board and any committee thereof may be held either within or without the State of Delaware at whatever place is specified in the notice of the meeting.

6.8     Notice of Meetings. Written (including by email correspondence) or telephonic notice to each Manager must be given by the Person or
Persons calling such meeting at least two Business Days (provided that means for telephonic participation in such meetings are provided for Managers
unable to physically attend such meetings) prior to the scheduled date of the meeting. Attendance of a Manager at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of
notice of such meeting, except where a Manager attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground
that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

6.9    Spontaneous Meeting of Board. If all of the Manager(s) meet at any time and place (including telephonically) and consent to the holding of
a meeting at such time and place, such meeting shall be valid without call or notice, and any Company action that may be taken at a meeting of the Board
may be taken at such meeting.

6.10     Quorum. At any meeting of the Board, Managers holding a majority of the votes that may be cast at a Board meeting must be present to
constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business that may be taken at such a meeting. In the absence of a quorum, any Manager present at such
meeting in person, by proxy or by telephone shall have the power to adjourn such meeting until a quorum shall be constituted.

6.11     Voting. Except to the extent this Agreement expressly states otherwise, the affirmative vote of a majority vote of the Managers that may
be cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, and no single Manager, in his, her or its capacity as such, may make any
decisions or take any actions on behalf of the Company without the affirmative vote of a majority vote of the Managers that may be cast at a meeting at
which a quorum is present. Each Manager shall have one vote at any meeting of the Board or a committee thereof. Notwithstanding anything contained
herein to the contrary, the Board shall not authorize or cause the Company or any Subsidiary to, and the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not, enter or
engage in any Affiliate Transaction unless such Affiliate Transaction is (a) determined by the Board in good faith using its reasonable business judgment
to be no less favorable to the Company or its Subsidiaries than could reasonably be expected to have been obtained by the Company or its Subsidiaries at
that time with an Independent Third Party in a comparable arms’ length transaction, or (b) unanimously approved by the vote or written consent of the
Board.

6.12    Proxies. At any meeting of the Board, a Manager may vote by proxy executed in writing by such Manager in favor of another Manager.

6.13    Written Actions. Any action required to be, or which may be, taken by the Board may be taken without a meeting if consented thereto in a
writing setting forth the action so taken and signed by Managers holding a majority of the votes that may be cast at a Board meeting. Such consent shall
have the same force and effect as a vote by the Managers holding a majority of the votes that may be cast at a meeting of the Board at which a quorum is
present,  and  the  execution  of  such  consent  shall  constitute  attendance  or  presence  in  person  at  a  meeting  of  the  Board.  A  consent  transmitted  by
electronic transmission (including email) by a Manager or by a Person authorized to act for such Manager shall be deemed written and signed for the
purposes hereof. A copy of any written consent pursuant to this  Section 6.13 shall be mailed or emailed promptly to each member of the Board that did
not execute such consent.

6.14    Telephonic Participation in Meetings . Managers may participate in any meeting of the Board or committee thereof through telephonic or
similar  communications  equipment  by  means  of  which  all  Managers  participating  in  the  meeting  can  hear  one  another,  and  such  participation  shall
constitute presence in person at such meeting.

ARTICLE VII     
CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND OFFICERS

7.1    7.1    Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, who initially shall be Priore, shall be appointed and/or removed by a majority of
the  Managers,  and  shall,  subject  to  the  direction  of  the  Board,  perform  such  executive,  supervisory  and  management  functions  and  duties  as  may  be
assigned to him from time to time by the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall, if present, preside at all meetings of Members and of the Board. The
Chairman of the Board shall not be considered an officer of the Company but shall have the authority to execute contracts on behalf of the Company and
to perform any and all other acts or activities customary or incident to the management of the Company’s business to the same extent as if the Chairman
of the Board was the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

7.2    Officers of the Company. The initial officer of the Company shall be: (i) Greg Spatola – Director of Operations, and he shall serve in such
office until a successor is appointed in accordance with the terms hereof or his earlier resignation, death or removal by the Board. The Board by vote or
resolution  shall  have  the  power  to  appoint  officers,  including  successor  officers  to  the  officers  in  the  offices  set  forth  above  following  such  officers
resignation, death or removal by the Board, and agents to act for the Company with such titles, if any, as the Board deems appropriate and to delegate to
such officers or agents such of the powers as are granted to the Board hereunder, including the power to execute documents on behalf of the Company, as
the Board may in its sole discretion determine (each such appointed individual, an “Officer”). Subject to the powers of and limitations imposed by the
Board and this Agreement, the Officers shall have general charge of the day-to-day business, affairs and property of the Company, exercise control over
the Company’s other employees and agents, and shall see that all directions and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. The Officers shall have
such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board from time to time, or as may be provided in this Agreement. The
Officers shall devote such time and attention as they deem necessary to be reasonably required for the conduct of the Company’s day-to-day operations
and affairs. Each of the Officers of the Company shall report to the Chairman of the Board and/or any of his or her designee(s).

7.3     Resignation; Removal. Any Officer may resign as such at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the
time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Board. Any Officer may be removed as such, either with or without
cause, by the Board whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Company shall be served thereby; provided that such removal shall be without
prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the individual so removed. Designation of an officer shall not of itself create any contract rights, except as
otherwise set forth herein. Any vacancy occurring in any Officer position of the Company may be filled by the Board.

7.4    Additional Officers. The Board may, from time to time, designate one or more other individuals to be officers of the Company (“ Additional

Officers”) pursuant to a written employment agreement entered between such individual and the Company. No officer need be a resident of the State of
Delaware or a Member, and any number of offices may be held by the same individual. Any officers so designated shall have such authority and perform
such duties as the Board may, from time to time, prescribe or as may be provided in said officer’s written employment agreement. Unless the Board or
the written employment agreement otherwise specifies, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a limited liability company, the assignment of
such title shall constitute the delegation to such officer of the authority and duties that are normally associated with that office under the laws of the State
of  Delaware.  Each  officer  shall  hold  office  until  resignation  or  termination  by  the  Board  under  the  terms  and  conditions  of  said  officer’s  written
employment agreement. The salaries or other compensation of such additional officers of the Company shall be fixed from time to time by the Board and
set forth by written employment agreement.

8.1    Number. The Company shall at all times have one or more Members.

ARTICLE VIII     
MEMBERS

8.2     Membership Status. After a Transfer of Units in accordance with  ARTICLE XII by a Member, as applicable, such transferring Member
shall not be entitled to any Distributions or payments of any kind from the Company with respect to such Units and shall no longer be considered a
Member with respect to such Units for any purpose.

8.3     No Participation in Management. The management of the business and affairs of the Company shall be vested in whole in the Board in
accordance with ARTICLE VI. Except with respect to the execution and filing of the Certificate, as otherwise specifically provided by this Agreement or
required by the Act,  no  Member,  acting  in  the  capacity  of  a  Member,  shall  be  an  agent  of  the  Company  or  have  any  authority  to  act  for  or  bind  the
Company.

8.4    Meetings. Meetings of the Members may be called by the Board at any time or at any time by a Member or Members holding at least 10%

of the Units entitled to vote at such meeting.

8.5     Place of Meetings. The Board or the Member or Members calling such meeting may designate any place as the place of meeting for any

meeting of the Members.

8.6     Notice of Meetings. Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the
meeting  is  called,  shall  be  delivered  to  each  Member  not  less  than  two  Business  Days  nor  more  than  20  Business  Days  before  the  meeting,  at  the
direction of the Board or, if such meeting is called by a Member or Members, by the Member or Members calling such meeting.

8.7    Spontaneous Meeting of Members. If all of the Members meet at any time and place (including telephonically) and consent to the holding
of a meeting at such time and place, such meeting shall be valid without call or notice, and any Company action that may be taken at a meeting of the
Members may be taken at such meeting.

8.8     Quorum. The Members holding a majority of the Units entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of any business that may be taken at a meeting of the Members. In the absence of a quorum, no business may be transacted and any Member
present at such meeting in person, by proxy or by telephone shall have the power to adjourn such meeting until a quorum shall be constituted.

8.9     Voting Rights Generally . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Members shall have the voting rights associated with the Units
held by such Member as provided in this Agreement. When a vote is required by the Members, each Member shall be entitled to vote as provided in
Section 3.4(d).

8.10     Manner  of  Acting .  Unless  otherwise  required  by  this  Agreement,  the  affirmative  vote  of  a  majority  of  the  Units  entitled  to  vote

represented at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute the act of the Members.

8.11     Proxies. At any meeting of the Members, a Member may vote by proxy executed in writing by such Member or by its duly authorized

representative.

8.12    Written Actions. Any action required to be, or which may be, taken by Members may be taken without a meeting if consented thereto in a
writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by the Members holding not less than the minimum number of Units that would be necessary to take
such action at a meeting at which all Members entitled to vote on the action were present and voted. A consent transmitted by electronic transmission
(including email) by a Member or by a Person authorized to act for such Member shall be deemed written and signed for the purposes of this Section
8.12.

8.13    Telephonic Participation in Meetings. Members may participate in any meeting through telephonic or similar communications equipment

by which all Persons participating in the meeting can hear one another, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

8.14     Confidentiality.  Each  Member  acknowledges  that,  during  the  term  of  this Agreement,  he,  she  or  it  may  have  access  to  or  become
acquainted with trade secrets, proprietary information and confidential information belonging to the Company, and its respective Affiliates that are not
generally known to the public, including, but not limited to, information concerning business plans, financial statements, intellectual property and other
information provided pursuant to Section 11.2, operating practices and methods, expansion plans, strategic plans, marketing plans, contracts, customer
lists or other business documents that the Company treats as confidential (collectively, “Confidential Information”). Without limiting the applicability of
any  other  agreement  to  which  any  Member  may  be  subject,  no  Member  shall,  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the  Board,  directly  or  indirectly
disclose  or  use  (other  than  solely  for  the  purpose  of  communicating  with  other  Members  or  such  Member  monitoring  and  analyzing  such  Member’s
investment made herein) at any time, including, without limitation, use for commercial or proprietary advantage or profit, either during his, her or its
association or employment with the Company or thereafter, any Confidential Information of which such Member is or becomes aware. Each Member in
possession of Confidential Information shall take all commercially reasonable steps to safeguard such information and to protect it against disclosure,
misuse,  espionage,  loss  and  theft.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  a  Member  may  disclose  Confidential  Information  to  the  extent  (i)  disclosure  is
necessary for the Member and/or the Company’s employees, agents, representatives and advisors to fulfill their duties to the Company pursuant to this
Agreement  and/or  other  written  agreements,  (ii)  the  disclosure  is  required  by  law,  legal  process  or  a  court  order,  after  (to  the  extent  permitted  by
applicable law) notice of such requirement has been given to the Company so that it may have a reasonable opportunity to oppose such disclosure, (iii)
the information becomes generally available to the public through no fault of such Member, (iv) the disclosure is approved in advance by the Board, or
(v) the disclosure is of the tax treatment and tax structure (as such terms are used in Section 6011 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated
thereunder) of its investment in the Company and of any transactions entered into by the Company. Upon expiration or other termination of a Member’s
interest in the Company, that Member may not take any  of  the  Confidential  Information,  and  that  Member  shall  promptly  return  to  the  Company  all
Confidential Information in that Member’s possession or control. Nothing in this Section 8.14 shall in any way modify or limit the provisions set forth in
Section 9.9.

8.15    Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation/Non-Hire; Non-Disparagement.

(a)     Each Member acknowledges and agrees that due to such Member’s position with and relationship to the Company, such Member
has been and will be responsible for developing and maintaining (in whole or in part) the goodwill of the Company and its Affiliates. In consideration of
the  foregoing,  such  Member  further  agrees  and  acknowledges  that:  (i)  the  covenants  and  agreements  set  forth  in  this Section  8.15  were  a  material
inducement to the other Members to enter into this Agreement and to perform their respective obligations hereunder and thereunder, and that such other
Members would not obtain the benefit of the bargain set forth in this Agreement as specifically negotiated by the parties hereto if any Member breached
any  of  the  provisions  of  this Section 8.15,  and  (ii)  to  assure  the  Company  that  the  Company  will  retain  its  value,  it  is  necessary  that  such  Member
undertakes not to utilize his, her or its special knowledge of the business of the Company to take certain actions during the Restricted Period. To protect
the Company’s trade secrets and relationships and goodwill with its clients, customers, strategic partners, lenders, creditors, vendors, distributors, and
suppliers, during the period where such Member directly or indirectly owns any Units in the Company and continuing for a period equal to the date that
is two years following the date on which such Member no longer directly or indirectly owns any Units in the Company (the “Restricted Period”), such
Member, except with respect to any of the Company’s Affiliates, shall not directly or indirectly, (I) recruit or solicit for employment or engagement, any
Person who is employed or engaged by the Company or any of its Affiliates, or encourage any such Person to leave the employment or engagement of

the Company or any of its Affiliates, except if such Person has not been employed or engaged by the Company or any of its Affiliates at any time during
the 12-month period immediately prior to such recruitment or solicitation, (II) solicit, divert or take away (A) any then-current customer of the Company
that  such  Member  had  knowledge  of  during  the  Restricted  Period  or  (B)  any  former  (during  the  12-month  period  immediately  prior  to  such  contact,
solicitation or contract) customer of the Company that such Member had knowledge of during the Restricted Period, or (III) cause, induce or encourage
any customer of the Company to terminate, reduce, diminish, restrict, limit, impair or modify in any way its relationship with the Company.

(b)     During  the  Restricted  Period,  no  Member  or  any  Member’s Affiliate,  as  applicable,  shall  knowingly  and  intentionally  disrupt,

damage, impair or interfere with the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

(c)     During  the  Restricted  Period,  each  Member  shall  not,  and  shall  cause  each  of  such  Member’s  Affiliates  not  to,  publish  or
communicate to any Person any Disparaging (as defined below) remarks, comments or statements concerning the Company or any of its Affiliates, any
of  their  equity  holders,  or  any  of  their  respective  present  and  former  members,  partners,  directors,  managers,  officers,  equity  holders,  investors,
employees, agents, attorneys, successors and assigns. “Disparaging” remarks, comments or statements are those that are intended, or would reasonably
be  expected,  to  impugn  the  character,  honesty,  integrity,  reputation,  morality  or  business  acumen  or  abilities  in  connection  with  any  aspect  of  the
operation of business of the Person being disparaged.

(d)     To the extent that any Member or such Member’s Affiliates becomes aware of a business opportunity during the period in which
such  Member  or  such  Member’s Affiliates  are  employed  by  the  Company  or  one  of  such  Member’s Affiliates  or  is  an  owner  of  Units  that  is  of  a
character  that  is  reasonably  related  to  the  business  of  the  Company,  or  its  Affiliates,  then  such  Member  shall  promptly  disclose  such  business
opportunity to the Board, and such business opportunity shall be deemed to be property of the Company unless unanimously determined otherwise in
writing by the Board.

(e)     Each Member, on its own behalf and on behalf of its Affiliates, acknowledges that a breach or threatened breach of  Section 8.15
could give rise to irreparable harm to the Company and its Affiliates for which monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy, and hereby agrees
that in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by such Member or his, her or its Affiliates of any such obligations, the Company shall, in addition to
any and all other rights and remedies that may be available to it in respect of such breach, be entitled to seek equitable relief, including a temporary
restraining order, an injunction, specific performance and any other relief that may be available from a court of competent jurisdiction.

8.16     Approval Rights. Each Member hereby acknowledges and agrees that such Member is not entitled at any time to any dissenter’s rights,

appraisal rights or similar rights under Section 18-210 of the Act or otherwise in relation to any Approved Sale or otherwise.

ARTICLE IX     
EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

9.1     Exculpation. No Member or Manager (in his or her capacity as such) shall be liable to the Company or any of its Affiliates, any other
Manager, any officer of the Company or any other Member for any loss suffered by the Company or any Affiliate unless such loss is caused by such
Member’s or Manager’s willful misconduct, knowing violation of law or breach of this Agreement. No Member or Manager (in his or her capacity as
such) shall be liable to the Company or any of its Affiliates, any other Manager, any officer of the Company or any other Member for errors in judgment
or for any acts or omissions that do not constitute willful misconduct, knowing violation of law or breach of this Agreement. Any Member or Manager
may consult with the Company’s counsel and accountants in respect of Company affairs, and, provided such Member or Manager, as the case may be,
acts in good faith reliance upon the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants, such Member or Manager, as the case may be, shall not be liable
for any loss suffered by the Company in reliance thereon.

9.2     Right to Indemnification. Subject to the limitations and conditions as provided in this  ARTICLE IX, each Person who was or is made a
party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or arbitrative (hereinafter a “Proceeding”), or any appeal in such a Proceeding or any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such a
Proceeding, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a Person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was an officer, Manager or Member of the
Company or any of its Affiliates or, while an officer, Manager or Member of the Company or any of its Affiliates, is or was serving at the request of the
Company or any of its Affiliates as a manager, director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another
foreign or domestic limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified
by  the  Company  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  under  applicable  law,  as  the  same  exists  or  may  hereafter  be  amended  (but,  in  the  case  of  any  such
amendment,  only  to  the  extent  that  such  amendment  permits  the  Company  to  provide  broader  indemnification  rights  than  said  law  permitted  the
Company to provide prior to such amendment) against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses (including, without limitation,
reasonable attorneys’ fees) actually incurred by such Person in connection with such Proceeding; provided that (a) such Person’s course of conduct was
pursued in good faith and believed by him or her to be in the best interests of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (b) such course of conduct did not
constitute  willful  misconduct  or  knowing  violation  of  law  or  breach  of  this  Agreement  on  the  part  of  such  Person,  and  (c)  it  does  not  involve  a
Proceeding or other dispute between the Company or any of its Affiliates and such Person. Indemnification under this ARTICLE IX shall continue with
respect to a Person who has ceased to serve in the capacity that initially entitled such Person to indemnity hereunder. The rights granted pursuant to this
ARTICLE IX shall be deemed contractual rights, and no amendment, modification or repeal of this  ARTICLE IX shall have the effect of limiting or
denying any such rights with respect to actions taken or Proceedings arising prior to any amendment, modification or repeal.

9.3     Advance Payment.  The  right  to  indemnification  conferred  in  this  ARTICLE IX  shall  include  the  right  to  be  paid  or  reimbursed  by  the
Company the reasonable expenses incurred by a Person of the type entitled to be indemnified under Section 9.2 who was, is or is threatened to be made
a named defendant or respondent in a Proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding and without any determination as to the Person’s
ultimate  entitlement  to  indemnification; provided,  however,  that  the  payment  of  such  expenses  incurred  by  any  such  Person  in  advance  of  the  final
disposition of a Proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of a written affirmation by such Person of his or her good faith belief that
he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification under ARTICLE IX and a written undertaking, by or on behalf of such Person,
to  repay  all  amounts  so  advanced  if  it  shall  ultimately  be  determined  that  such  Person  is  not  entitled  to  be  indemnified  under  this ARTICLE  IX  or

otherwise;  provided  further  that  the  right  to  advance  payment  provided  to  such  Person  hereunder  does  not  extend  to  a  Proceeding  or  other  dispute
between the Company or any of its Affiliates and such Person.

9.4    Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The Company may indemnify and advance expenses to any Person, as determined by the Board,
by  reason  of  the  fact  that  such  Person  was  an  employee  or  agent  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its Affiliates  or  is  or  was  serving  at  the  request  of  the
Company or any of its Affiliates as a manager, director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another
foreign or domestic limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise,
against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in such a capacity or arising out of his or her status as such a Person to the
same extent that it shall indemnify and advance expenses to Members, Managers and officers under this ARTICLE IX.

9.5    Appearance as a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this  ARTICLE IX, the Company may pay or reimburse reasonable out-
of-pocket expenses incurred by a Member, Manager, officer or employee in connection with his or her appearance as a witness or other participation in a
Proceeding  related  to  or  arising  out  of  the  business  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its Affiliates  at  a  time  when  he  or  she  is  not  a  named  defendant  or
respondent in the Proceeding.

9.6     Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification and the advancement and payment of expenses conferred in this  ARTICLE  IX
shall not be exclusive of any other right that a Manager, officer or other Person indemnified pursuant to this ARTICLE IX may have or hereafter acquire
under any law (common or statutory), any provision of the Certificate of Formation or this Agreement, any other separate contractual arrangement, any
vote of Members or disinterested Managers, or otherwise.

9.7     Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Person who is or was serving as a
Manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary or is or was serving at the request of the Company or any of its Affiliates as a
manager, director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic limited liability
company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against any expense, liability or
loss, whether or not the Company or any of its Affiliates would have the obligation to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under
this ARTICLE IX.

9.8    Savings Clause. If this ARTICLE IX or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then
the Company shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each Manager, officer or any other Person indemnified pursuant to this ARTICLE IX as to
costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this ARTICLE IX that shall
not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

9.9    No Exclusive Duty to Company; Conflicts of Interest.

(a)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) each Manager, in his or her capacity as such, may at any time and from time to
time (directly or indirectly) engage in and own interests in other business ventures of any and every type and description, independently or with others,
with no obligation to offer to the Company or its Affiliates or any Member the right to participate therein, and (ii) neither the Company nor its Affiliates
nor any Member shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement, or the organizational documents of the Company, in any such business interests or
activities of any such Person.

(b)     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement shall affect, limit or impair the rights and remedies of
any Member or any Affiliates of a Member in such Person’s capacity as a lender (or as agent for the lenders), including but not limited to the Company
or any of its Affiliates pursuant to any agreement under which the Company or any of its Affiliates has borrowed money, so long as any such Affiliate
Transaction is approved by the Board in accordance with Section 6.11. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any such Person, in exercising
its rights as a lender (or agent), including making decisions whether to foreclose on any collateral security, will have no duty to consider (i) its status or
the status of any of its Affiliates as a direct or indirect equity holder of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (ii) the best interests of the Company or any
of  its Affiliates,  or  (iii)  any  duty  it  may  have  to  any  other  direct  or  indirect  equity  holder  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its Affiliates,  except  as  may  be
required under the applicable loan documents or by applicable law. Members expressly acknowledge and agree that the involvement or participation of
any Member or any Affiliates of a Member in any arrangements with the Company or any of its Affiliates in such Person’s capacity as a lender (or as
agent for the lenders) to the Company or any of its Affiliates shall not constitute a conflict of interest or breach of duty by such Persons with respect to
the Company, any of its Affiliates, or any of the Members or their Affiliates.

9.10    Survival. The provisions of this ARTICLE IX shall survive the dissolution, liquidation, winding up and termination of the Company.

ARTICLE X     
TAXES

10.1     Tax Returns.  The  Board  shall  cause  to  be  prepared  and  filed  all  necessary  federal,  state,  local  or  foreign  income  tax  returns  for  the
Company, including (without limitation) making any elections the Board may deem appropriate. Each Member shall furnish to the Board all pertinent
information in its possession relating to Company operations that is necessary to enable the Company’s income tax returns to be prepared and filed.

10.2    Tax Matters Partner.

( a )    Tax Representation. For purposes of Code section 6231(a)(7), Priore is hereby designated as the “tax matters partner” (the “ Tax
Matters Partner”)  for  tax  years  beginning  before  January  1,  2018.  For  tax  years  beginning  after  December  31,  2017,  the  Person  serving  as  the  Tax
Matters Partner on December 31, 2017 (or the successor of such Person pursuant to Section 10.2(b)) shall be the designated “partnership representative”
of the Company within the meaning of Code section 6223 (the “Tax Representative”). The Tax Representative shall have sole authority to act on behalf

of the Company for purposes of subchapter C of chapter 63 of the Code and any comparable provisions of state or local income tax laws. For purposes of
this Section  10.2,  unless  otherwise  specified,  all  references  to  provisions  of  chapter  63  of  the  Code  shall  be  to  such  provisions  as  enacted  by  the
Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, as amended.

(b)    Removal; Replacement. The Person serving as the Tax Matters Partner or Tax Representative, as applicable, shall be automatically
removed as Tax Matters Partner or Tax Representative, as applicable, upon the death, dissolution and/or winding up, legal incompetency or bankruptcy
of such Person, and the Person serving as the Tax Matters Partner or Tax Representative, as applicable, may be removed at any time by the Board. Upon
such removal of the Tax Matters Partner or Tax Representative, as applicable, a successor to serve in such position shall be designated by the Board, and
the  removed  Tax  Matters  Partner  or  Tax  Representative,  as  applicable,  shall  not  take  any  action  for  or  on  behalf  of  the  Company  without  the  prior
written consent of the Board.

(c)     Indemnification by Company. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Tax Matters Partner or Tax Representative, as
applicable, in accordance with ARTICLE IX as a result of any act or decision concerning Company tax matters and within the scope of such Person’s
responsibility as Tax Matters Partner or Tax Representative, as applicable. All amounts indemnified may be advanced as incurred in accordance with
ARTICLE  IX.  The  Tax  Matters  Partner  or  Tax  Representative,  as  applicable,  shall  be  entitled  to  rely  on  the  advice  of  outside  legal  counsel  and
accountants  as  to  the  nature  and  scope  of  such  Person’s  responsibilities  and  authority,  and  any  act  or  omission  of  the  Tax  Matters  Partner  or  Tax
Representative, as applicable, pursuant to such advice in no event shall subject the Tax Matters Partner or Tax Representative, as applicable, to liability
to the Company or any Member.

( d )    Elections/Decisions. The Board shall, without any further consent of the Members being required (except as specifically required
herein), make any and all elections for federal, state, local, or foreign tax purposes including without limitation any election, if permitted by applicable
law:  (i)  to  adjust  the  basis  of  property  pursuant  to  Code  sections  734(b),  743(b)  and  754,  or  comparable  provisions  of  state,  local  or  foreign  law,  in
connection  with  Transfers  of  Units  and  Company  distributions;  (ii)  to  extend  the  statute  of  limitations  for  assessment  of  tax  deficiencies  against  the
Members  with  respect  to  adjustments  to  the  Company’s  federal,  state,  local  or  foreign  tax  returns;  and  (iii)  to  make  all  decisions  on  behalf  of  the
Company and the Members and to direct the activities of the Tax Matters Partner or Tax Representative, as applicable, before any Taxing Authority or
court of competent jurisdiction in tax matters affecting the Company or the Members in their capacities as Members, and to direct the filing of any tax
returns  and  to  cause  the  execution  of  any  agreements  or  other  documents  relating  to  or  affecting  such  tax  matters,  including  agreements  or  other
documents that bind the Members with respect to such tax matters or otherwise affect the rights of the Company and the Members.

(e)    Electing Out. If the Company qualifies to elect pursuant to Code section 6221(b) (or successor provision) to have federal income tax
audits and other proceedings undertaken by each Member rather than by the Company, the Company shall make such election. The Members and the
Company acknowledge that the Company is currently eligible to elect out of subchapter C of chapter 63 of the Code. The Members and the Company
agree not to take any action which would cause the Company to lose its eligibility to elect out of the application of subchapter C of chapter 63 of the
Code,  and  each  Member  further  agrees  not  to  sell  or  otherwise  Transfer  any  Units  to  any  party  or  parties  who  would  cause  the  Company  to  lose  its
eligibility to elect out of the application of subchapter C of chapter 63 of the Code, including, but not limited to, a Transfer to an entity classified as a
partnership for federal income tax purposes. Any sale or Transfer in contravention of this Section 10.2(e) shall be void ab initio.

(f)    Push-Out Election. Notwithstanding other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, if any “partnership adjustment” (as defined
in Code section 6241(2)) is determined with respect to the Company, the Tax Representative, upon the determination of the Board in its sole discretion,
will cause the Company to elect pursuant to Code section 6226 to have any such adjustment passed through to the Members and former Members for the
year to which the adjustment relates (i.e., the “reviewed year” within the meaning of Code section 6225(d)(1)). In the event that the Tax Representative
has  not  caused  the  Company  to  so  elect  pursuant  to  Code  section  6226,  then  any  “imputed  underpayment”  (as  determined  in  accordance  with  Code
section 6225) or “partnership adjustment” that does not give rise to an “imputed underpayment” shall be apportioned among the Members and former
Members of the Company in such manner as may be necessary (as determined by the Board in good faith) so that, to the maximum extent possible, the
tax and economic consequences of the partnership adjustment and any associated interest and penalties are borne by the Members and former Members
based upon their interests in the Company for the reviewed year.

(g)    Member Compliance. Each Member and former Member agrees that, upon request of the Tax Representative, such Member shall
(i) take such actions as may be necessary or desirable (as determined by the Board) to allow the Company to comply with the provisions of Code section
6226 so that any “partnership adjustments” are taken into account by the Members rather than the Company or (ii) file amended tax returns with respect
to any “reviewed year” (within the meaning of Code section 6225(d)(1)) to reduce the amount of any “partnership adjustment” otherwise required to be
taken into account by the Company.

(h)    Consistent Treatment. Each Member and former Member agrees that such Member shall not treat any Company item inconsistently
on such Member’s federal, state, foreign, or other income tax return with the treatment of the item on the Company’s return. Any deficiency for taxes
imposed on any Member or former Member (including penalties, additions to tax or interest imposed with respect to such taxes, and any taxes imposed
pursuant to Code section 6226, as amended) shall be paid by such Member, and if paid by the Company will be recoverable from such Member.

(i)    Survival. The obligations of each Member or former Member under this  Section 10.2 shall survive the Transfer by such Member of

its Units and the termination of this Agreement or the dissolution of the Company.

10.3     Safe Harbor Election.

(a)    The Board is hereby authorized and directed to cause the Company to make an election to value Incentive Units that are received as
compensation  for  services  to  the  Company  at  liquidation  value  (the  “Safe  Harbor  Election”),  as  the  same  may  be  permitted  pursuant  to  or  in
accordance  with  the  finally  promulgated  successor  rules  to  proposed  Regulations  Section  1.83-3(l)  and  IRS  Notice  2005-43  (collectively,  the
“Proposed Rules”).  The  Board  shall  cause  the  Company  to  make  any  allocations  of  items  of  income,  gain,  deduction,  loss  or  credit  (including
forfeiture allocations and elections as to allocation periods) necessary or appropriate to effectuate and maintain the Safe Harbor Election.

(b)     Any such Safe Harbor Election shall be binding on the Company and on all of its Members (including, for purposes of this  Section
10.3, any Person to whom an Incentive Unit is Transferred in connection with the performance of services) with respect to all Transfers of Units

thereafter made by the Company while a Safe Harbor Election is in effect. A Safe Harbor Election once made may be revoked by the Board as
permitted by the Proposed Rules or any applicable rule. Each Member, by signing this Agreement or by accepting such Transfer, hereby agrees to
comply with all requirements of the Safe Harbor Election with respect to the Units while the Safe Harbor Election remains effective. No Transfer
of any Unit (or portion thereof) by a Member shall be effective unless, prior to such Transfer, the transferee, assignee or intended recipient of such
interest shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Section 10.3, in form satisfactory to the Board.

(c)     The Board shall file or cause the Company to file all returns, reports and other documentation as may be required to perfect and

maintain the Safe Harbor Election with respect to Transfers of any Units.

(d)     The  Board  is  hereby  authorized  and  empowered,  without  further  vote  or  action  of  the  Members,  to  amend  this Agreement  as
necessary to comply with the Proposed Rules or any rule, in order to provide for a Safe Harbor Election and the ability to maintain or revoke the
same,  and  shall  have  the  authority  to  execute  any  such  amendment  by  and  on  behalf  of  each  Member.  Any  undertakings  by  the  Members
necessary to enable or preserve a Safe Harbor Election may be reflected in such amendments and to the extent so reflected shall be binding on
each  Member,  respectively,  provided,  that  such  amendments  are  not  reasonably  likely  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  rights  and
obligations of any of the Members.

(e)    Each Member agrees to cooperate with the Board to perfect and maintain any Safe Harbor Election, and to timely execute and deliver

any documentation with respect thereto reasonably requested by the Board.

(f)     Unless otherwise determined by the Board, immediately preceding the issuance of Incentive Units, the then prevailing Book Values
of the Company’s assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market value and any increase in the net equity value of the Company
(Book  Values  less  liabilities)  shall  be  credited  to  the  Capital Accounts  of  the  Members  in  the  same  manner  as  net  Profits  are  credited  (or  any
decrease in the net equity value of the Company shall be charged in the same manner as net Losses are charged).

(g)     For  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  the  parties  hereto  agree  that  the  Incentive  Units  shall  be  subject  to  a  Safe  Harbor  Election  and  any
Incentive Units issued and outstanding as of the Effective Date shall be treated as having a liquidation value of $0 as of the Effective Date. The
parties hereto further agree to report the Incentive Units as “profits interests” within the meaning of IRS Revenue Procedures 93-27 and 2001-43.
In furtherance of the foregoing, the allocation and distribution sections of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with, and
shall be considered modified (to the extent necessary) to support, such treatment. Accordingly, for example, a holder of an Incentive Unit shall not
be entitled to allocations of net Profit or liquidating distributions with respect to such Incentive Unit to the extent such net Profit is attributable to a
period before such Incentive Unit was issued.

ARTICLE XI     
COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

11.1      Maintenance of Books. Each Member shall have the right, subject to such reasonable standards as may be established by the Board and
subject to the other requirements and limitations set forth in Section 18-305 of the Act, to obtain from the Company from time to time upon reasonable
demand for any purpose reasonably related to such Member’s interest as a member of the Company, the information and records set forth in Section 18-
305 of the Act.

12.1    Restrictions on Transfer of Units.

ARTICLE XII     
TRANSFERS

(a)    No Member shall Transfer any interest in such Member’s Units without the prior written consent of the Board, except Transfers (i)
to Permitted Transferees, (ii) in connection with a Sale of the Company, or (iii) to the Company in connection with the exercise of any repurchase right
or redemption pursuant to Section 3.7. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if the Board determines
that any Transfer of Units would have an adverse effect on the Company by causing the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of the
Exchange Act or to be treated as a publicly traded partnership within the meaning of Code Section 7704 and Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1, the
Board may prohibit any such Transfer.

(b)     Any Transfer by any Member of any Units or other interest in the Company in violation of this Agreement (including, without
limitation, any Transfer in violation of this Section 12.1, or the failure of the Transferee to execute a Joinder, or a Transfer that occurs because a Person’s
spouse  refuses  to  agree  to  and  execute  a  written  consent  attached  hereto  as Schedule  C),  or  that  would  cause  the  Company  to  not  be  treated  as  a
partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall be void and ineffective and shall not bind or be recognized by the Company or any other party, and
no such purported assignee shall have any right to vote on any matter or any right to any Profits, Losses or Distributions. No Member shall pledge or
otherwise encumber all or any portion of his, her or its Units or the right to receive Distributions or Tax Distributions in the Company without the prior
written consent of the Board, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion.

(c)    No Member shall avoid the restrictions on Transfer set forth in this Agreement or the repurchase or redemption provisions set forth
in Section 3.7 by (i) making one or more Transfers to one or more Permitted Transferees and then disposing of all or any portion of such Member’s
interest in any such Permitted Transferee or (ii) making direct or indirect Transfers of the equity interests of such Member.

12.2    Sale of the Company.

(a)    Subject to the terms of this Section 12.2, if the Common Members holding a majority of the Common Units (such majority referred
to herein as the “Requisite Members”) and the Board approve a Sale of the Company (the “ Approved Sale”), invoke the provisions of this Section 12.2

by written notice to the Members, then the Members shall vote for (to the extent permitted to vote thereon), consent to and raise no objections against
such Approved Sale or the process by which such transaction was arranged. If the Approved Sale is structured as a (i) merger or consolidation, each
Member hereby waives any dissenters’ rights, appraisal rights or similar rights, if applicable, in connection with such merger or consolidation or (ii) sale
of Units or other equity securities or interests, each Member shall sell and surrender all or any applicable portion of such Member’s Units or other equity
securities or interests and rights to acquire Units or other equity securities or interests on the terms and conditions approved by the Requisite Members
and the Board. The Members shall take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of the Approved Sale, including, without
limitation: (A) executing a termination of all or any portion of this Agreement; (B) executing a sale contract provided each Member will in any event
only be obligated to (1) severally (but not jointly), on a pro rata basis (based on the total consideration received by such Member in connection with
such Approved  Sale),  give  the  same  indemnities  as  the  Requisite  Members  for  representations  and  warranties  regarding  the  Company  and  its  assets,
liabilities and business and for covenants of the Company (collectively, the “Company Indemnities”), and (2) solely on behalf of such Member make
such representations and warranties and give such indemnities solely concerning such Member and the Units or other equity securities or interests (if
any) to be sold by such Member as may be also applicable to all other Members and the Units to be sold by such other parties set forth in any agreement
approved by the Requisite Members; (C) subject to the foregoing clause (B), executing such joinders, indemnification support (on a several, but not joint
basis),  contribution  or  guarantee  agreements,  instruments  of  transfer  and  other  documents  or  instruments  as  may  be  necessary  to  consummate  such
transaction  applicable  to  all  other  Members  and  as  requested  by  the  Requisite  Members;  (D)  subject  to  the  foregoing  clause  (B),  entering  into  non-
competition and non-solicitation covenants; and (E) entering into holdback and escrow obligations on a pro rata basis with respect to such transaction.
To the extent that a Member fails to comply with any of the provisions of this Section 12.2(a) (a “Breaching Member”), the Company or its successor
shall  be  entitled  to  withhold,  in  a  designated  escrow  account,  the  proceeds  to  which  such  Breaching  Member  is  entitled  in  connection  with  such
Approved  Sale  transaction  until  the  date  on  which  such  Breaching  Member  shall  have  complied  in  full  with  the  provisions  of  this Section  12.2(a).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Member shall be required to agree to be liable for any amounts payable in connection with
such Approved Sale transaction in an amount in the aggregate greater than the total consideration received by such Member in connection with such
Approved Sale.

(b)     Allocation  of  Expenses Arising  from Approved  Sale .  Each  Member  shall  bear  such  Member’s  pro rata  share  (based  upon  the
aggregate consideration received by each Member in such Approved Sale) of the expenses incurred in connection with an Approved Sale to the extent
such expenses are incurred for the benefit of all Members and are not otherwise paid by the Company or the acquiring party. For purposes of this Section
12.2(b), expenses incurred by the Company in exercising reasonable efforts to take all necessary actions in connection with the consummation of the
Approved Sale shall be deemed to be for the benefit of all Members. Expenses incurred by any Member on such Member’s own behalf shall not be
considered expenses of the transaction and shall be the responsibility of such Member.

(c)     Consideration.  The  obligations  of  each  Member  under  this  Section  12.2  with  respect  to  an Approved  Sale  are  subject  to  the
satisfaction of the following condition: upon the consummation of such Approved Sale, such Member shall receive the same form of consideration and
the same portion of the aggregate consideration that such Members would have received if such transaction had been structured as a liquidation of the
Company and a Distribution to the Members in accordance with Section 5.1.

12.3    First Refusal Rights.

(a)    Prior to any Transfer permitted by  Section 12.1, at least 30 days prior to any Transfer of Units, the Member desiring to make such
Transfer  (the  “Transferring  Member ”)  shall  deliver  a  written  notice  (the  “ Offer  Notice”)  to  the  Common  Members  and  the  Company  specifying  in
reasonable detail the identity of the prospective bona fide Transferee(s), the number and class of Units to be Transferred and the price and other terms
and conditions of the proposed Transfer, as well as evidence (acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion) that the proposed bona fide Transferee is
financially capable of purchasing the Units. If the proposed bona fide Transferee is determined by the Board to not be financially capable of purchasing
the Units to be Transferred, the bona fide Transferring Member shall not be allowed to Transfer said Units.

(b)    Each Common Member may elect to purchase up to its ROFR Share of the Units at the price and on the other terms set forth in the
Offer Notice, by delivering written notice of such election to the Transferring Member within 25 days after delivery of the Offer Notice (the “Acceptance
Date”). If any Common Member elects not to purchase its ROFR Share of the Units, then the remaining Transferees among such Members who elected
to purchase Units shall have the right to purchase such Units on a pro rata basis. For the purposes of this  Section 12.3, the “ROFR Share” of a Common
Member  shall  equal  the  product  of  (i)  the  aggregate  number  of  Units  to  be  sold  to  and  purchased  by  the  bona  fide  Transferee, multiplied  by  (ii)  a
fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Common Units held by such Member, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of
Common Units then issued and outstanding.

(c)     If the Common Members have elected to purchase any Units from the Transferring Member, such purchase shall be consummated

as soon as practicable after the delivery of the election notice to the Transferring Member, but in any event within 30 days after the Acceptance Date.

(d)    If the Common Members do not elect, in the aggregate, to purchase all of the Units from the Transferring Member, the Transferring
Member shall have the right, within the 30 days following the Acceptance Date, to Transfer the Units not so purchased to the bona fide Transferee(s)
specified  in  the  Offer  Notice  at  a  price  not  less  than  the  price  per  Unit  specified  in  the  Offer  Notice  and  on  other  terms  no  more  favorable  to  the
Transferee(s) thereof than specified in the Offer Notice. Any Units not so Transferred within such 30-day period shall be reoffered to the Members that
own Common Units pursuant to this Section 12.3 prior to any subsequent Transfer.

12.4    Effect of Assignment.

(a)    Any Member who shall Transfer any Units in the Company (any such Member, an “ Assignor”) shall cease to be a Member of the
Company with respect to such Units and shall no longer have any rights or privileges of a Member with respect to such Units, including the power and
right to vote (in proportion to the extent of the Units assigned) on any matter submitted to the Members, and, for voting purposes, such Units shall not be
counted as outstanding (in proportion to the extent of the Units Transferred) unless and until the Transferee is admitted as a Member in accordance with
Section 12.6.

(b)    Subject to the terms of this Section 12.4, any Person who acquires in any manner whatsoever any Units in the Company (any such
Person, an “Assignee”), irrespective of whether such Person has accepted and adopted in writing the terms and provisions of this Agreement, shall be
deemed  by  the  acceptance  of  the  benefits  of  the  acquisition  thereof  to  have  agreed  to  be  subject  to  and  bound  by  all  of  the  terms,  conditions  and
obligations (but none of the rights or benefits) of this Agreement that any Transferring Member or other transferor of such Units in the Company to such
Person was subject to or by which such Transferring Member or other transferor was bound.

(c)    A Transfer by a Member shall not itself dissolve the Company or entitle the Assignee to become a Member or exercise any rights of
a  Member.  If  an Assignee  is  not  admitted  as  a  Member  pursuant  to  Section 12.6,  such Assignee  shall  be  entitled  only  to  the  Economic  Interest  with
respect to the Units held thereby and shall have no other rights with respect to the interest Transferred. If an Assignee becomes a Member in accordance
with Section 12.6, the voting (if any) and other rights associated with the Units held by the Assignee shall be restored and thereafter be held by such
newly admitted Member, along with all other rights attendant to the Units Transferred.

12.5    Deliveries for Transfer.

(a)    In connection with the Transfer of any Units, the Member holding such Units shall deliver written notice to the Company describing
in reasonable detail the Transfer or proposed Transfer. In addition, in the case of any Certificated Units, if the Member holding such Units delivers to the
Company an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company that such Transfer and any subsequent Transfer of such Units will not require
registration under the Securities Act, the Company shall promptly upon such contemplated Transfer deliver new certificates or instruments, as the case
may be, for such Units that do not bear the restrictive legend relating to the Securities Act as set forth below. If the Company is not required to deliver
new certificates or instruments, as the case may be, for such Units not bearing such legend, the Member holding such Units shall not Transfer the same
until the prospective Transferee has confirmed to the Company in writing its agreement to be bound by the conditions contained in this Section 12.5.

(b)     Notwithstanding any other provisions of this  ARTICLE XII, no Transfer of Units may be made unless, in the opinion of counsel
(who may but need not be counsel for the Company), satisfactory in form and substance to the Board (which opinion may be waived, in whole or in part,
at the reasonable discretion of the Board), such Transfer would not violate any federal securities laws or any state or provincial securities or “blue sky”
laws  (including  any  investor  suitability  standards)  applicable  to  the  Company  or  the  Units  to  be  transferred,  or  cause  the  Company  to  be  required  to
register  as  an  “Investment  Company”  under  the  U.S.  Investment  Company Act  of  1940,  as  amended.  Such  opinion  of  counsel  shall  be  delivered  in
writing to the Company prior to the date of the Transfer.

(c)    In addition to the foregoing, a Transfer shall be valid hereunder only if: (i) the Transferring Member and the Assignee each execute
and deliver to the Company such documents and instruments of conveyance as may be reasonably requested by the Board (including, without limitation,
a  Joinder)  to  effect  such  Transfer  and  to  confirm  the  agreement  of  the  Assignee  to  be  bound  by  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement;  and  (ii)  the
Transferring  Member  and  the  Assignee  provide  to  the  Board  the  Assignee’s  taxpayer  identification  number  and  any  other  information  reasonably
necessary to permit the Company to file all required federal, state and local tax returns and other legally required information statements or returns.

12.6    Admission of Assignee as Member. Subject to the other provisions of this  ARTICLE XII, an Assignee may be admitted to the Company
as a Member only if: (x) the Board gives prior written consent regarding the admission (which consent may be given or withheld at the Board’s sole
discretion), provided that the Board shall automatically be deemed to have consented to the admission of any Permitted Transferee; and (y) the Assignee
becomes  a  party  to  this  Agreement  as  a  Member  by  executing  a  Joinder  and  executing  such  other  documents  and  instruments  as  the  Board  may
reasonably request as necessary or appropriate to confirm such Assignee as a Member in the Company and such Assignee’s agreement to be bound by
the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Upon admission as a Member, the Assignee shall, to the extent assigned, have the rights and powers, and be
subject to the restrictions and liabilities, of a Member under the Act and this Agreement and shall further be liable for any obligations of the Transferring
Member  to  make  future  Capital  Contributions  (if  any).  Upon  the  admission  of  an Assignee  as  a  Member,  the  Board  or  an  authorized  officer  of  the
Company  shall  amend Schedule A   without  the  further  vote,  act  or  consent  of  any  other  Person  to  reflect  the  change  in  status  of  such Assignee  to  a
Member.

12.7     Effect of Admission of Member on Assignor and Company . Notwithstanding the admission of an Assignee as a Member and except as
otherwise  expressly  approved  by  the  Board,  the Assignor  shall  not  be  released  from  any  obligations  to  the  Company  existing  as  of  the  date  of  the
Transfer (other than obligations of the Assignor to make future Capital Contributions, if any), including without limitation those obligations set forth in
Sections 5.1, 8.14, 8.15, and 14.11.

12.8     Distributions  and  Allocations  Regarding  Transferred  Units .  Upon  any  Transfer  during  any  Fiscal  Year  of  the  Company  made  in
compliance  with  the  provisions  of  this ARTICLE  XII,  Profits,  Losses  and  all  other  items  attributable  to  such  interest  for  such  Fiscal Year  shall  be
divided  and  allocated  between  the  Assignor  and  the  Assignee  by  taking  into  account  their  varying  interests  during  such  Fiscal  Year,  using  any
conventions permitted by law and selected by the Board. All Distributions on or before the date of such Transfer shall be made to the Assignor, and all
Distributions thereafter shall be made to the Assignee, provided that the Company has received notice of such Transfer prior to the date of any such
Distribution. Solely for purposes of making such allocations and Distributions, the Company shall recognize such Transfer not later than the end of the
calendar month during which it is given notice of such Transfer; provided that, if the Company is given notice of a Transfer at least 10 Business Days
prior to the Transfer, the Company shall recognize such Transfer as the date of such Transfer, and provided further that, if the Company does not receive
a notice stating the date such interest was Transferred and such other information as the Board may reasonably require within 30 days after the end of the
Fiscal Year during which the Transfer occurs, then all such items shall be allocated, and all Distributions shall be made, to the Member that, according
to the books and records of the Company, was the owner of the interest on the last day of the Fiscal Year during which the Transfer occurs. Neither the
Company nor the Board shall incur any liability for making allocations and Distributions in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.9, whether
or not the Company or the Board has knowledge of any Transfer of any interest.

12.9    Legend. If certificates representing the Units or other interests in the Company are issued (“ Certificated Units”), such certificates will bear

the following legend:

“THE  UNITS  OR  OTHER  INTERESTS  REPRESENTED  BY  THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER  THE
SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933,  AS  AMENDED  (THE  “ SECURITIES  ACT”),  OR  APPLICABLE  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS  (“ STATE
ACTS”) AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OR  STATE ACTS  OR AN  EXEMPTION  FROM  REGISTRATION  THEREUNDER.  THE  TRANSFER  OF  THE
UNITS  REPRESENTED  BY  THIS  CERTIFICATE  IS  SUBJECT  TO  THE  CONDITIONS  SPECIFIED  IN  THE  LIMITED  LIABILITY
COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE ISSUER, AS IT MAY BE AMENDED AND RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME. A COPY OF SUCH
AGREEMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.”

12.10     Transfer Fees and Expenses . The Assignee and Assignor of any Units or other interest in the Company shall be jointly and severally
obligated to reimburse the Company for all reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) of any Transfer or proposed Transfer, whether
or not consummated.

12.11     Taxes Arising from Sale of Units . Any Member that Transfers some or all of its Units shall report any gain arising from such sale as
required by applicable law, and such Member shall pay any taxes payable as a result of such sale. Any Member that Transfers some or all of its Units
shall indemnify the Company for any expenses or damages that the Company incurs as a result of a breach of such Member’s obligations pursuant to this
Section 12.11. The Company may collect from the Transferring Member amounts payable by the Transferring Member pursuant to this  Section 12.11
by  retaining  for  the  Company’s  benefit  any  amounts  otherwise  payable  to  the  Transferring  Member  with  respect  to  any  Units  in  the  Company  then
owned by the Transferring Member (other than any Tax Distributions), and the Company may pursue any other remedy at law or in equity to collect
amounts  payable  to  the  Company  pursuant  to  this Section  12.11 .  The  obligations  of  the  Transferring  Member  pursuant  to  this  Section  12.11   shall
continue after a Transferring Member has transferred some or all of its Units in the Company.

12.12     Transfers in Violation of Permits and Licenses . Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall a
Transfer  occur  to  a  Person  that  would  cause  the  Company  or  its Affiliates  to  violate  any  law  or  any  permits  or  licenses  held  by  the  Company  or  its
Affiliates.

ARTICLE XIII     
DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

13.1    Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following:

(a)    the vote or written consent of the Members holding a majority of the outstanding Common Units, voting together as a single class;

or

(b)    the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 18-802 of the Act.

The  death,  retirement,  resignation,  expulsion,  withdrawal,  bankruptcy  or  dissolution  of  any  Member  shall  not  cause  the  dissolution  of  the

Company and thereafter the Company shall continue its existence.

1 3 . 2    Effectiveness  of  Dissolution.  Dissolution  of  the  Company  shall  be  effective  on  the  day  on  which  the  event  described  in  Section  13.1
occurs, but the Company shall not terminate until the winding up of the Company has been completed, the assets of the Company have been distributed
as provided in Section 13.3 and the Certificate shall have been cancelled as provided in  Section 13.4.

13.1    Liquidation and Termination. If the Company is dissolved pursuant to  Section 13.1, the Company shall be liquidated and its business and

affairs wound up in accordance with the Act and the following provisions:

(a)    Liquidator. The Board or its designee shall act as liquidator to wind up the Company (the “ Liquidator”). The Liquidator shall have
full power and authority to sell, assign, and encumber any or all of the Company’s assets and to wind up and liquidate the affairs of the Company in an
orderly and business-like manner.

( b )    Accounting.  As  promptly  as  possible  after  dissolution  and  again  after  final  liquidation,  the  Liquidator  shall  cause  a  proper
accounting to be made by a recognized firm of certified public accountants of the Company’s assets, liabilities and operations through the last day of the
calendar month in which the dissolution occurs or the final liquidation is completed, as applicable.

(c)    Distribution of Proceeds. The Liquidator shall liquidate the assets of the Company and make Distributions of the proceeds of such

liquidation in the manner set forth in Section 5.1(a)(ii), unless otherwise required by mandatory provisions of applicable law.

( d )    Discretion  of  Liquidator.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of Section  13.3(c)  that  require  the  liquidation  of  the  assets  of  the
Company, but subject to the order of priorities set forth in  Section 13.3(c), if, upon dissolution of the Company, the Liquidator reasonably determines
that an immediate sale of part or all of the Company’s assets would be impractical or could cause undue loss to the Members, the Liquidator may defer
the  liquidation  of  any  assets  except  those  necessary  to  satisfy  Company  liabilities  and  reserves,  and  may,  upon  unanimous  consent  of  the  Common
Members, distribute to the Members, in lieu of cash, as tenants in common and in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.3(c), undivided interests
in such Company assets as the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation. Any such Distribution in kind shall be subject to such conditions relating to
the disposition and management of such properties as the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable and to any agreements governing the operating of
such properties at such time. For purposes of any such Distribution, any property to be distributed will be valued at its Fair Market Value.

13.2    Cancellation of Certificate. On completion of the liquidating distribution of Company assets as provided in Section 13.3(c), the Company
shall  be  deemed  to  have  terminated  and  the  Members  (or  such  other  Person  or  Persons  as  the Act  may  require  or  permit)  shall  file  a  certificate  of
cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, as required by law, cancel any other filings made with the State of Delaware and take
such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Company.

13.3     Survival of Rights, Duties and Obligations. Dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company for any reason shall not
release any party from any losses that at the time of such dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination already had accrued to any other party or
thereafter may accrue in respect of any act or omission prior to such dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination. For the avoidance of doubt, none
of the foregoing shall replace, diminish or otherwise adversely affect any Member’s right to indemnification pursuant to ARTICLE IX.

ARTICLE XIV     
GENERAL PROVISIONS

14.1     Offset.  Whenever  the  Company  is  to  make  any  Distribution  to  any  Member  (other  than  a  Tax  Distribution),  any  amounts  that  such

Member owes to the Company or any of its Affiliates may be deducted from that Distribution before payment.

14.2    Power of Attorney. Each Member hereby constitutes and appoints the Board and the Liquidator, with full power of substitution, as his, her
or its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his, her or its name, place and stead, to execute, swear to, acknowledge,
deliver,  file  and  record  in  the  appropriate  public  offices:  (a)  this  Agreement,  all  certificates  and  other  instruments  and  all  amendments  thereof  in
accordance with the terms hereof that the Board deems appropriate or necessary to form, qualify, or continue the qualification of, the Company as a
limited liability company in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business or own property; (b) subject
to Section 14.6,  all  instruments  that  the  Board  deems  appropriate  or  necessary  to  reflect  any  amendment,  change,  modification  or  restatement  of  this
Agreement in accordance with its terms; (c) all conveyances and other instruments or documents that the Board and/or the Liquidator deems appropriate
or necessary to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including a certificate of cancellation; and
(d) all instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal or substitution of any Member as set forth under and pursuant to this Agreement. The foregoing
power of attorney is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, and shall survive the death, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy, insolvency or
termination of any Member and the Transfer of all or any portion of his, her or its Units and shall extend to such Member’s heirs, successors, assigns and
personal representatives.

14.3     Notices. Except as expressly set forth to the contrary in this Agreement, all notices, requests or consents provided for or permitted to be
given under this Agreement must be in writing and must be given either by depositing that writing in the United States mail, addressed to the recipient,
postage  paid,  and  registered  or  certified  with  return  receipt  requested  or  by  delivering  that  writing  to  the  recipient  in  person,  by  reputable  overnight
courier, or by e-mail transmission; and a notice, request, or consent given under this Agreement is effective upon receipt by the Person to whom it was
sent. All notices, requests and consents to be sent to a Member must be sent to or made at the address given for that Member on Schedule A , or such
other address as that Member may specify by  notice  to  the  other  Members  and  the  Company. Any  notice,  request  or  consent  to  the  Company  or  the
Board must be given to the Company or the Board at the following address:

PRIORITY HOSPITALITY TECHNOLOGY, LLC
c/o Priority Integrated Partner Holdings, LLC
2001 Westside Parkway, Suite 155
Alpharetta, Georgia 30004
Attn: Thomas C. Priore, Chairman of the Board
Email: tpriore@pps.io

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

PRIORITY HOSPITALITY TECHNOLOGY, LLC
c/o Priority Integrated Partner Holdings, LLC
2001 Westside Parkway, Suite 155
Alpharetta, Georgia 30004
Attn: General Counsel
Email: chris@pps.io

Whenever any notice is required to be given by law, the Certificate or this Agreement, a written waiver thereof, signed by the Person entitled to notice,
whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

14.4     Entire Agreement .  This Agreement,  each  Member’s  respective  subscription(s)  and Award Agreement(s),  if  any  (and  including  those
certain asset contribution agreements entered into by the Prior Owners and the other parties thereto in conjunction with this Agreement), constitute the
entire  agreement  of  the  Members  and  the  Company  relating  to  the  Company  and  supersede  all  prior  contracts  or  agreements  with  respect  to  the
Company, whether oral or written.

14.5    Effect of Waiver or Consent. A waiver or consent, express or implied, to or of any breach or default by any Person in the performance by
that Person of its obligations with respect to the Company is not a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by that
Person of the same or any other obligations of that Person with respect to the Company. Failure on the part of a Person to complain of any act of any
Person or to declare any Person in default with respect to the Company, irrespective of how long that failure continues, does not constitute a waiver by
that Person of its rights with respect to that default until the applicable statute-of-limitations period has run.

14.6     Amendment,  Modification  or  Waiver.  Except  as  otherwise  expressly  provided  herein,  this Agreement  may  be  amended,  modified  or
waived  from  time  to  time  only  by  a  written  instrument  adopted  by  the  Board  and  executed  and  agreed  to  by  the  Members  holding  a  majority  of  the
Common Units; provided, however, that the Board may amend and modify the provisions of this Agreement and  Schedule A from time to time to the
extent necessary to reflect (a) the issuance of new Units or other interests in the Company, (b) the admission of new Members and substituted Members
or  (c)  the  cancellation  or  repurchase  of  Units  in  compliance  with  the  terms  of  this Agreement.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  herein,  any
amendment, modification or waiver that adversely and disproportionately affects the rights of the holders of Preferred Units or PI Units, as applicable,
expressly granted in this Agreement as a class of Units shall require the vote or consent of the Preferred Members holding a majority of the Preferred

Units or the PI Members holding a majority of the PI Units, as applicable, to be effective.

14.7     Binding Effect. Subject to the restrictions on Transfers set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding on and shall inure to the

benefit of the Members and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

14.8     Governing Law; Severability. The internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law,
rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than
the  State  of  Delaware,  shall  govern  all  issues  and  questions  concerning  the  relative  rights  of  the  Company  and  its  Members. All  other  issues  and
questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall also be governed by, and construed in accordance
with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law, rules or provisions (whether of the State of
Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. In the event that any
provision of this Agreement shall be declared to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall survive to the extent it is not so declared, and
the validity, legality and enforceability of the other provisions hereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, unless such action would
substantially impair the benefits to any party of the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

14.9     Further Assurances. In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each Member shall promptly execute
and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the
provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

14.10     Waiver  of  Certain  Rights.  Each  Member  irrevocably  waives  any  right  such  Member  may  have  to  (a)  demand  any  Distributions  or
withdrawal  of  property  from  the  Company  (whether  upon  resignation,  withdrawal  or  otherwise)  or  (b)  maintain  any  action  for  dissolution  of  the
Company or for partition of the property of the Company (including under Section 18-604 of the Act), except upon dissolution of the Company pursuant
to ARTICLE XIII hereof. In addition, the assets and liabilities of the Company shall not be separated or segmented pursuant to the provisions of Section
18-215 of the Act.

14.11    Indemnification and Reimbursement for Certain Payments. If the Company is obligated under applicable law to withhold, deduct and/or
pay any amount to a governmental agency because of the status of a Member as a Member of the Company or for federal or state withholding taxes on
payments made to a Member or income allocated to a Member, including but not limited to personal property replacement taxes and personal property
taxes (notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein), then such Member (the “Indemnifying Person”) shall indemnify the Company in full
for the entire amount paid (including, without limitation, any interest, penalties and expenses associated with such payments). A Member’s obligations to
comply  with  the  requirements  of  this Section  14.11   shall  survive  such  Member’s  ceasing  to  be  a  Member  of  the  Company  and/or  the  termination,
dissolution,  liquidation  and  winding  up  of  the  Company,  and,  for  purposes  of  this Section  14.11 ,  the  Company  shall  be  treated  as  continuing  in
existence.  The  amount  to  be  indemnified  shall,  at  the  option  of  the  Board,  either:  (a)  promptly  upon  notification  of  an  obligation  to  indemnify  the
Company,  be  made  by  the  Indemnifying  Person  via  a  cash  payment  to  the  Company  equal  to  the  full  amount  to  be  indemnified  (which  shall  not  be
treated as a Capital Contribution), or (b) be effected via the Company, at its option, reducing Distributions or other payments that would otherwise be
made to the Indemnifying Person, until the Company has recovered the amount to be indemnified (and the amount withheld shall not be treated as a
Capital Contribution).

14.12    Notice to Members of Provisions. By executing this Agreement, each Member acknowledges that he, she or it has actual notice of (a) all
of  the  provisions  hereof  (including,  without  limitation,  the  restrictions  on  transfer  set  forth  in ARTICLE  XII)  and  (b)  all  of  the  provisions  of  the
Certificate.

14.13    Fair Market Value. The “Fair Market Value” of any assets or Units to be valued under this Agreement shall be determined in accordance
with  this Section 14.13.  The  Fair  Market  Value  of  any  asset  constituting  cash  or  cash  equivalents  shall  be  equal  to  the  amount  of  such  cash  or  cash
equivalents. The Fair Market Value of Units or any assets other than cash, cash equivalents, or publicly traded securities shall be the fair value of such
assets, as mutually agreed by the Board and the Member whose Units are subject to purchase or transfer (or, if pursuant to Section 13.2, the liquidators),
which determination shall not take into account minority interest or illiquidity. In the event the parties are unable to mutually agree on such value, the
determination of the Fair Market Value of Units shall be determined by an appraiser or other expert of recognized standing reasonably acceptable (such
acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) to the Board and the transferring Member (which determination shall not take into
account minority interest or illiquidity), and the costs of such determination shall be divided equally between the transferring Member and the Company.
The  Fair  Market  Value  of  any  asset  constituting  publicly  traded  securities  shall  be  the  average,  over  a  period  of  21  days  consisting  of  the  date  of
valuation and the 20 consecutive Business Days prior to that date, of the closing prices of the sales of such securities on the primary securities exchange
on which such securities may at that time be listed, or, if there have been no sales on such exchange on any day, the average of the highest bid and lowest
asked prices on such exchanges at the end of such day, or, if on any day such securities are not so listed, the average of the representative bid and asked
prices quoted in the Nasdaq System as of 4:00 P.M., New York time, or, if on any day such securities are not quoted in the Nasdaq System, the average
of  the  highest  bid  and  lowest  asked  prices  on  such  day  in  the  domestic  over  the  counter  market  as  reported  by  the  National  Quotation  Bureau
Incorporated, or any similar successor organization.

14.14     WAIVER  OF  JURY  TRIAL .  BECAUSE  DISPUTES  ARISING  IN  CONNECTION  WITH  COMPLEX  TRANSACTIONS  ARE

MOST  QUICKLY  AND  ECONOMICALLY  RESOLVED  BY  AN  EXPERIENCED  AND  EXPERT  PERSON  AND  THE  MEMBERS  WISH
APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE COMPANY AND THE MEMBERS
DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE
BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE COMPANY AND EACH MEMBER
TO  THIS AGREEMENT  HEREBY  WAIVES ALL  RIGHTS  TO  TRIAL  BY  JURY  IN ANY ACTION,  SUIT,  OR  PROCEEDING  BROUGHT  TO
RESOLVE  ANY  DISPUTE  BETWEEN  OR  AMONG  ANY  OF  THE  PARTIES  HERETO,  WHETHER  ARISING  IN  CONTRACT,  TORT,  OR
OTHERWISE,  ARISING  OUT  OF,  CONNECTED  WITH,  RELATED  OR  INCIDENTAL  TO  THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE  TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY  AND/OR  THE  RELATIONSHIP  ESTABLISHED  AMONG  THE  PARTIES  HEREUNDER.  IN  THE  EVENT  OF
LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

14.15    Creditors. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditors of the Company or any of

its Affiliates.

14.16     Spousal Consent. Each Person that becomes a Member and who is an individual and who is married shall cause his or her spouse to
execute and deliver to the Company a consent of spouse in substantially the form of Schedule C hereto (a “Spousal Consent”). If any Member should
marry following the date of this Agreement, such Member shall cause his or her spouse to execute and deliver to the Company a Spousal Consent within
30 days thereof.

14.17     Certain  Matters  Regarding  Credit  and  Guaranty Agreements .  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  in  no  event  shall  the
Company  have  any  obligation  to  make  any  distribution,  redeem,  purchase  or  repurchase  any  Units  if  such  distribution,  redemption,  purchase  or
repurchase would violate or constitute a default, event of default or other event of similar import under (a) the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as
of January 3, 2017 (as amended, extended, renewed, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured, refinanced or otherwise modified from
time to time), among Priority Payment Systems Holdings LLC, Pipeline Cynergy Holdings, LLC and Priority Institutional Partner Services LLC, the
other  Credit  Parties  (as  defined  therein)  party  thereto  from  time  to  time,  the  lenders  party  thereto  from  time  to  time,  and  SunTrust  Bank,  as
Administrative Agent, as Collateral Agent, an Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Lender, or (b) the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of January 3,
2017 (as amended, extended, renewed, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time),
among Priority Holdings, LLC, the other Credit Parties (as defined therein) party thereto from time to time, the lenders party thereto from time to time,
and Goldman Sachs Specialty Lending Group, L.P., as Administrative Agent.

14.18     Title  to  Company  Assets .  The  Company’s  assets  shall  be  deemed  to  be  owned  by  the  Company  as  an  entity,  and  no  Member,
individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Company assets or any portion thereof. Legal title to any or all Company assets
may be held in the name of the Company, the Board or one or more nominees, as the Board may determine. The Board hereby declares and warrants that
any Company assets for which legal title is held in its name or the name of any nominee shall be held in trust by the Board or such nominee for the use
and benefit of the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. All Company assets shall be recorded as the property of the Company
on its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Company assets is held.

14.19     Parties  in  Interest.  Except  as  expressly  provided  in  the Act  or  this Agreement,  nothing  in  this Agreement  shall  confer  any  rights  or
remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any Persons other than the parties hereto, the Managers and their respective successors and assigns
nor shall anything in this Agreement relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any other Person to any party to this Agreement, nor shall any
provision give any other Person any right of subrogation or action over or against any party to this Agreement.

14.20    Adjustment of Numbers. Subject to Section 14.6, all numbers set forth herein that refer to Unit prices or amounts shall be appropriately
adjusted by the Board in good faith to reflect Unit splits, Unit dividends, combinations of Units and other recapitalizations affecting the subject class of
equity.

14.21     Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered
shall be an original, and all of which when executed shall constitute one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of
signature pages by electronic image scan transmission in .pdf shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the parties and
may  be  used  in  lieu  of  this Agreement  for  all  purposes.  Signatures  of  the  parties  transmitted  by  electronic  image  scan  transmission  in  .pdf  shall  be
deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

[Signature Pages Follow]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first set

forth above.

MEMBERS:

Priority Integrated Partner Holdings, LLC

Signature: /s/ Michael Vollkommer

Name:    Michael Vollkommer

Title: Chief Financial Officer

/s/ Thomas C. Priore
Thomas C. Priore

Stein Ltd.

 
/s/ Jeffrey Michael Stein
Jeffrey Michael Stein, its President

COMPANY:

Priority Hospitality Technology, LLC

By: /s/ Michael Vollkommer

Name: Michael Vollkommer

Title: Chief Financial Officer

Annex I

Certain Definitions

As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

“Acceptance Date” has the meaning set forth in  Section 12.3(b).

“Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. L. § 18-101, et seq., as it may be amended from time to time, and including

any successor statute to the Act.

“Additional Capital Contribution” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.4(b).

“Additional Common Unit” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.4(b).

“Additional Common Unit Yield ” means, with respect to any Additional Common Unit, the cumulative amount accruing at the rate of 6% per
annum, compounded on each anniversary of the date on which such Additional Common Unit was issued to the applicable Member, on the Unreturned
Capital  of  such Additional  Common  Unit. In  calculating  the  amount  of  any  Distribution  to  be  made  during  a  period,  an Additional  Common  Unit’s
Additional Common Unit Yield for the portion of such period elapsing before such Distribution is made shall be included as part of such Additional
Common Unit’s Additional Common Unit Yield.

“Additional Officers” has the meaning set forth in  Section 7.4.

“Affiliate”  means,  with  respect  to  a  Person,  another  Person  that  directly,  or  indirectly  through  one  or  more  intermediaries,  controls,  or  is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the
management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Affiliate Transaction” means all transactions between the Company or any Subsidiary, and any Member, Manager or their respective Affiliates,

and any material amendment or modification thereto.

“Aggregate” means, for purposes of making allocations of Profits and Losses (and items of income, gain, expense, deduction, or loss allocated
hereunder  that  are  not  included  in  the  computation  of  Profits  or  Losses)  and  Distributions  as  of  a  particular  time,  the  total  of  all  applicable  Capital
Contributions (which shall include the Invested Capital with respect to the Preferred Units), allocations or Distributions, as the case may be, made at or
before that time.

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

“Approved Sale” has the meaning set forth in  Section 12.2(a).

“Assignee” has the meaning set forth in  Section 12.4(b).

“Assignor” has the meaning set forth in  Section 12.4(a).

“Award Agreement” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.4(a)(iii).

“Bankruptcy Event” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.7(a)(ii).

“Board” means the Board of the Company, composed of the individual(s) designated pursuant to  Section 6.2.

“Book Value” means, with respect to any Company property (including, without limitation, any property or asset that is treated as property of
the Company for federal income tax purposes), the Company’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, adjusted from time to time to reflect the
adjustments required or permitted (to the extent the Board chooses to make such permitted adjustments) by Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)
(iv)(d)-(g); provided that the initial Book Value of any asset contributed to the Company shall be equal to its Fair Market Value; provided, further, that
the  Book  Value  of  assets  contributed  to  the  Company  as  part  of  a  Member’s  initial  Capital  Contribution  shall  be  reflected  in  the  opening  Capital
Accounts as set forth in the books and records of the Company.

 
“Breach” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.7(a)(i).

“Breaching Member” has the meaning set forth in  Section 12.2(a).

“Business  Day”  means  any  day  other  than  Saturday,  Sunday  or  a  United  States  federal  holiday  on  which  federally  chartered  banking  and

financial institutions are not open for the transaction of business.

“Capital Account” has the meaning set forth in  Section 4.1.

“Capital Contribution” means a contribution made (or deemed made under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1 (b)(2)(iv)( d)) by a holder to the
capital of the Company, whether in cash, in other property or otherwise, pursuant to ARTICLE III, as shown opposite such Member’s name on Schedule
A, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with  ARTICLE III. The amount of any Capital Contribution shall be the amount of cash
and  the  Fair  Market  Value  of  any  other  property  so  contributed,  in  each  case  net  of  any  liabilities  assumed  by  the  Company  from  such  holder  in
connection with such contribution and net of any liabilities to which assets contributed by such holder in respect thereof are subject.

“Cash  Receipts”  means  all  cash  received  by  the  Company,  excluding  Capital  Contributions,  loan  proceeds,  prepayment  of  rent,  security
deposits, insurance proceeds (other than proceeds from business interruption insurance), condemnation awards, Net Cash from Capital Events, and any
other funds not generated from current business operations of the Company.

“Certificate” has the meaning set forth in  Section 2.1.

“Certificated Units” has the meaning set forth in  Section 12.9.

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor statute.

“Common Member” means a Member holding Common Units.

“Common Unit” means a unit of membership interest in the Company, including any Additional Common Unit, owned by a Member, including

all preferences, rights, liabilities and obligations with respect to such interest as are set forth in this Agreement or the Act.

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

“Company Entity” means any of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company that holds substantially all of the assets of the Company and its

Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or any successor thereto.

“Company Indemnities” has the meaning set forth in  Section 12.2(a).

“Company  Minimum  Gain”  has  the  meaning  set  forth  for  “partnership  minimum  gain”  in  Treasury  Regulations  Sections  1.704-2(b)(2)  and

1.704-2(d).

“Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in  Section 8.14.

“Cumulus” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Deferral Condition” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.7(b)(ii).

“Departing Incentive Unit Holder ” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.7(a)(iv).

“Departing Incentive Unit Holder Purchase Option ” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.7(a)(iv).

“Departing Incentive Unit Holder Repurchase Notice ” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.7(b)(i)(2).

“Disparaging” has the meaning set forth in  Section 8.15(c)

“Distribution”  means  each  distribution  made  by  the  Company  to  a  Member,  whether  in  cash  or  property  of  the  Company  and  whether  by
liquidating  distribution  or  otherwise; provided,  however,  that  none  of  the  following  shall  be  a  Distribution:  (a)  any  redemption  or  repurchase  by  the
Company of any Units for any reason (after which such Unit shall cease to be outstanding); (b) any recapitalization or exchange of any Units (including,
without  limitation,  pursuant  to Section  3.7(d)  hereof);  (c)  any  subdivision  (by  Unit  split  or  otherwise)  or  any  combination  (by  reverse  Unit  split  or
otherwise) of any outstanding Units; or (d) any reasonable fees or remuneration paid to any Member in such Member’s capacity as an employee, officer,
consultant or other provider of services to the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, the amount of a Distribution of property or securities shall
equal the Fair Market Value of such property or securities.

“Distribution Threshold” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.4(a)(iii).

“Divorce” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.7(a)(iii).

“Divorce Purchase Option” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.7(a)(iii).

“Economic Interest” means a Member’s share of the Company’s net Profits, net Losses and interest in Distributions pursuant to this Agreement,
but  shall  not  include  any  right  to  participate  in  the  management  or  affairs  of  the  Company,  including  the  right  to  vote  on,  consent  to  or  otherwise
participate in any decision of the Members, or any right to receive information concerning the business and affairs of the Company, in each case to the
extent provided for herein or otherwise required by the Act.

“Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

“Eligible Incentive Members” means any employees, officers, managers, directors, consultants or independent contractors of the Company or

any Subsidiary.

“eTab” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Fair Market Value” has the meaning set forth in  Section 14.13.

“Family or Estate-Planning Transfer” means a Transfer of any Units by any Eligible Incentive Member (a) to a trust under which the distribution
of  such  Units  may  be  made  only  to  such  Eligible  Incentive  Member  and/or  family  members  of  such  Eligible  Incentive  Member,  (b)  to  a  charitable
remainder trust, the income from which will be paid to such Eligible Incentive Member during his or her life, or (c) by will or by the laws of intestate
succession, to such Eligible Incentive Member’s executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees or beneficiaries; provided that, in the case of
the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), such Eligible Incentive Member has sole control of the referenced entity.

“Financing Agreement” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.7(b)(ii).

“Fiscal Year” of the Company means the Company’s annual accounting period ending on December 31 of each year or such other date as may

be required by the Code or determined by the Board.

“General Repurchase Notice” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.7(b)(i)(1).

“Incentive Unit Holder ” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.7(a)(i).

“Incentive Units” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.4(a)(iii).

“Indemnifying Person” has the meaning set forth in  Section 14.11.

“Independent  Third  Party”  means  any  Person  who,  immediately  prior  to  a  contemplated  transaction,  does  not  own  in  excess  of  5%  of  the
Company’s Units on a fully-diluted basis (a “5% Owner”), who is not controlling, controlled by or under common control with any 5% Owner and who
is not the spouse, parent or descendant (by birth or adoption) of any 5% Owner or a trust for the benefit of any 5% Owner and/or such other Persons.

“Insolvency Purchase Option” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.7(a)(ii).

“Invested Capital” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.4(c)

“Joinder”  means  a  joinder  agreement  to  this Agreement  in  substantially  the  same  form  and  substance  as  the  joinder  agreement  set  forth  as

Schedule B attached hereto or such other form of joinder as may be approved by the Board from time to time.

“Liquidator” has the meaning set for in  Section 13.3.

“Losses” for any period means all items of Company loss, deduction and expense for such period determined in accordance with  Section 4.2.

“Manager” has the meaning set forth in  Section 6.1.

“Maximum Tax Rate” means the maximum marginal federal, state and local income tax rate (taking into account the character of income) as

determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

“Member” means each member of the Company and each other Person who is hereafter admitted as a member of the Company in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement and the Act. As of the date of this Agreement, the Members are set forth on  Schedule A. Each Member shall continue
to be a Member until such Person ceases to own any Units.

“Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth for “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” in Treasury Regulations

Section 1.704-2(i).

“Member Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth for “partner nonrecourse deductions” in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i).

“Net  Cash  from  Capital  Events”  means,  with  respect  to  any  period,  an  amount  equal  to  the  cash  proceeds  or  distributions  received  by  the
Company from sales, refinancings or recapitalizations with respect to assets of the Company for such period, reduced by the portion thereof used to, in
the discretion of the Board, (i) pay principal or interest on any Indebtedness of the Company, (ii) establish Reserves, and (iii) pay all expenses of the
Company. Net Cash from Capital Events shall not be reduced by depreciation, amortization, cost recovery deductions or other non-cash allowances and
expenses.

“Net  Cash  from  Operations”  means,  all  Cash  Receipts  of  the  Company,  plus  any  amounts  received  from  Reserves,  reduced  by  the  portion
thereof used to, in the discretion of the Board, (i) pay principal or interest on any Indebtedness of the Company, (ii) establish Reserves, and (iii) pay all
expenses  of  the  Company.  Net  Cash  from  Operations  shall  not  be  reduced  by  depreciation,  amortization,  cost  recovery  deductions  or  other  non-cash
allowances and expenses.

“Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(1).

“Offer Notice” has the meaning set forth in  Section 12.3(a).

“Officer” has the meaning set forth in  Section 7.2.

“Original Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Permanent  Disability”  means  an  individual’s  inability  due  to  mental  or  physical  illness  or  accident  to  perform,  with  or  without  reasonable
accommodation in accordance with federal law, substantially all of the essential duties customarily performed by such individual for the Company or
any Subsidiary on a full-time basis for more than 60 consecutive days during any period of 365 days or 90 days in the aggregate during any period of
365 days. The determination of whether and when a Permanent Disability has occurred shall be made by a medical professional selected by the Board
with reasonable input by such individual.

“Permitted Transferee” means any Transferee of Units received pursuant to a Family or Estate-Planning Transfer, provided that such Transferee
expressly  agrees  in  writing  in  a  form  reasonably  acceptable  to  the  Board  to  remain  subject  to  the  repurchase  and  redemption  provisions  set  forth  in

Section 3.7, an entity or trust solely for estate planning purposes or any other Transferee that is permitted by the prior written consent of the Board,
which consent may be withheld in the Board’s sole discretion.

“Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint

venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

“PIPH” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“PI Member” means a Member holding PI Units.

“PI Unit” means a non-voting (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) unit of membership interest in the Company owned by
an Eligible Incentive Member, including all preferences, rights, liabilities and obligations with respect to such interest as are set forth in this Agreement
or the Act. Any PI Units issued by the Company to one or more Eligible Incentive Member(s) shall be considered “profits interests” within the meaning
of IRS Revenue Procedures 93-27 and 2001-43.

“Preferred Member” means a Member holding Preferred Units.

“Preferred Unit” means a redeemable, non-voting (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) unit of membership interest in the
Company owned by a Preferred Member, including all preferences, rights, liabilities and obligations with respect to such interest as are set forth in this
Agreement or the Act.

“Preferred Yield” means, with respect to the Preferred Units, the cumulative amount accruing at the rate of 6% per annum, compounded on each
anniversary  of  the  date  on  which  such  Preferred  Units  were  issued  to  the  Preferred  Member,  on  the  Unreturned  Capital  of  such  Preferred  Unit.  In
calculating the amount of any Distribution to be made during a period, a Preferred Unit’s Preferred Yield for the portion of such period elapsing before
such Distribution is made shall be included as part of such Preferred Unit’s Preferred Yield.

“Priore” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Prior Owner” or “Prior Owners” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Proceeding” has the meaning set forth in  Section 9.2.

“Profits” for any period means all items of Company income and gain for such period determined in accordance with  Section 4.2.

“Proposed Rules” has the meaning set forth in  Section 10.3(a).

“Public Offering” means the sale in an underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of shares of the Company’s or any other

Company Entity’s equity securities, or the equity securities of any successor corporation of any of the foregoing.

“Regulatory Allocations” has the meaning set forth in  Section 5.4(f).

“Repurchase Interest Rate” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.7(b)(ii).

“Repurchase Option” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.7(a)(iii).

“Repurchase Option Closing” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.7(b)(ii).

“Repurchase Price” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.7(c).

“Repurchase Triggering Event” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.7(a)(iii).

“Requisite Members” has the meaning set forth in  Section 12.2(a).

“Reserve Amount” has the meaning set forth in  Section 5.1(d).

“Reserves”  means  reasonable  reserves  established  by  the  Company,  in  the  exercise  of  reasonable  business  judgment  by  the  Board,  for  all
expenses,  debt  payments,  capital  improvements,  replacements  and  contingencies,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  loss  and  liquidity  reserves,  of  the
Company.

“Restricted Period” has the meaning set forth in  Section 8.15(a).

“ROFR Share” has the meaning set forth in  Section 12.3(b).

“Safe Harbor Election” has the meaning set forth in  Section 10.3(a).

“Sale of the Company” means the sale of the Company (or any Company Entity) to an Independent Third Party or group of Independent Third
Parties  pursuant  to  which  such  party  or  parties  acquire,  whether  in  a  single  transaction  or  a  series  of  related  transactions,  (i)  equity  securities  of  the
Company (or any Company Entity) possessing the voting power to elect a majority of the Board (or the board of directors of such Company Entity, as
applicable) (whether by merger, reorganization, combination, consolidation or sale or transfer of the Company’s or any applicable Company Entity’s
equity  securities)  or  (ii)  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  and,  if  any,  its  Subsidiaries  (or  any  Company  Entity’s)  assets,  determined  on  a
consolidated basis, whether by sale, transfer, lease or otherwise; provided that the term “Sale of the Company” shall not include a Public Offering.

“Securities Act” has the meaning set forth in  Section 12.9.

“Separation” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.7(a)(i).

“Separation/Breach/Termination Purchase Option” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.7(a)(i).

“Spousal Consent” has the meaning set forth in  Section 14.16.

“State Acts” has the meaning set forth in  Section 12.9.

“Stein” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Subsidiary”  means  (a)  any  corporation,  partnership,  limited  liability  company  or  other  entity  a  majority  of  the  capital  stock  or  other  equity
interests of which having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors, managers or other Persons performing similar functions is
at the time owned, directly or indirectly, with power to vote, by the Company or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company, (b) a partnership in
which the Company or any direct or indirect Subsidiary is a general partner or (c) a limited liability company in which the Company or any direct or
indirect Subsidiary is a managing member or manager.

“Tax Distribution” has the meaning set forth in  Section 5.2.

“Taxing Authority” means any federal, state, local or foreign taxing authority.

“Tax Matters Partner” has the meaning set forth in  Section 10.2(a).

“Tax Representative” has the meaning set forth in  Section 10.2(a).

“Termination” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.7(a)(i).

“Transactions” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Transfer”  means  any  sale,  transfer,  assignment,  pledge  of  Units  or  right  to  Distributions  or  Tax  Distributions,  mortgage,  exchange,
hypothecation,  grant  of  a  security  interest  or  other  direct  or  indirect  disposition  or  encumbrance  of  an  interest  (including,  without  limitation,  by
operation of law) or the acts thereof. For purposes of the preceding sentence, an indirect disposition of an interest includes any sale, transfer, assignment,
pledge, exchange or any other arrangement on account of which a Person is treated for income tax purposes as a “nominee” within the meaning of the
temporary Treasury Regulations under Section 6031 of the Code. The terms “Transferee,” “Transferred,” and other forms of the word “ Transfer” shall
have correlative meanings.

“Transferring Member” has the meaning set forth in  Section 12.3(a).

“Treasury Regulations” means the United States income tax regulations promulgated under the Code and effective as of the Effective Date. Such
term shall be deemed to include any future amendments to such regulations and any corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations (whether or not
such amendments and corresponding provisions are mandatory or discretionary).

“Unit” means a unit of membership interest in the Company, including the Common Units, Preferred Units and the Incentive Units, and any and

all Incentive Units.

“Unreturned Capital” means (a) with respect to any Preferred Unit an amount, as of any date of determination, equal to the excess, if any, of (i)
the Capital Contribution (which shall include the Invested Capital with respect to such Preferred Unit), over (ii) all Distributions made by the Company
with respect to such Capital Contribution under Section 5.1(a)(i)(C)–(D) and Section 5.2(a)(ii)(E)–(F); and (b) with respect to any Additional Common
Unit, an amount, as of any date of determination, equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the Additional Capital Contribution over (ii) all Distributions made by
the Company under Section 5.1(a)(i)(A)–(B) and Section 5.1(a)(ii)(C)–(D).

“Unvested” means, with respect to any outstanding Incentive Units, that such Incentive Units are subject to further vesting provisions under an

Award Agreement or otherwise.

“Vested” means, with respect to any outstanding Incentive Units, that such Incentive Units are not subject to further vesting provisions under

any Award Agreement or otherwise.

Dated as of the Effective Date

SCHEDULE A

Members

Units

95,000 Common Units

Members

Priority Integrated Partner Holdings, LLC
2001 Westside Parkway, Suite 155
Alpharetta, Georgia 30004
Attn: Thomas C. Priore
Email: tpriore@pps.io

 
Thomas C. Priore
_________________________________
_________________________________
Email: tpriore@pps.io

Stein, Ltd.
6803 Waterman Avenue
St. Louis, Missouri 63130
Attn: Jeffrey Michael Stein, President
Email: theboss@jeffstein.com

833 and 1/3 Preferred Units

166 and 2/3 Preferred Units

*In  addition  to  the  issued  and  outstanding  Units  set  forth  above,  the  Company  is  authorized  to  issue  up  to  5,000  PI  Units  to  one  or  more  Eligible
Incentive Member(s) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

SCHEDULE B 

JOINDER TO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

This Joinder (this “ Joinder”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “Joining Party”)  in  favor  of  and  for  the  benefit  of
Priority  Hospitality  Technology,  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  company,  and  the  other  parties  to  the Amended  and  Restated  Limited  Liability
Company Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2019 (as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented and/or joined to from time to time, the
“LLC Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given such terms in the LLC Agreement.

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by his, her or its execution of this Joinder, the Joining Party will be deemed to
be a party to the LLC Agreement and shall have all of the obligations under the LLC Agreement as a Member as if he, she or it had executed the LLC
Agreement. The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in
the LLC Agreement, including, without limitation, making each of the representations and warrants set forth in Section 3.2 of the LLC Agreement to the
Company effective as of the date of this Joinder.

If the Joining Party is an individual who is married on the date of this Joinder, the Joining Party shall cause the Joining Party’s spouse to execute
and deliver to the Company a consent of spouse in the form of Schedule C to the LLC Agreement (a “ Spousal Consent”). If Joining Party is an individual
who should marry following the date of this Joinder, the Joining Party shall cause his or her spouse to execute and deliver to the Company a Spousal
Consent within 30 days thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder as of the date written below.

Date: ____________, 20____                Signature:                    

Print Name:                    

Agreed to and Accepted by:

Priority Hospitality Technology, LLC

By:                        

Name:                        

Title:                        

04526738.14    

 
EXECUTION VERSION

Exhibit 10.19

DIRECTOR AGREEMENT

This  Director  Agreement  (this  "Agreement")  is  entered  into  as  of  this  [___]  day  of  [_____________],  by  and  among  Priority

Technology Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and [________] (the "Director").

WHEREAS, the Company desires for Director to provide Services (as defined herein below) as the Director of the Board of Directors

of the Company (the "Board").

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and intending to

be legally bound hereby, the parties hereby agree as follows:

W I T N E S S E T H :

1.

Director. In accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Company, as amended, and pursuant to

your appointment to the Board you agree to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company on the terms set forth herein.

2.

Board of Directors Supervision. The activities of the Director to be performed under this Agreement shall be subject to the
supervision of the Board to the extent required by applicable law or regulation and subject to reasonable policies not inconsistent with the terms
of this Agreement adopted by the Board and in effect from time to time.

3.

Services. Subject to Section 2, during the term hereof, the Director shall endeavor to serve as a member of the Board.

4.

Standard of Care. The Director (including any person or entity acting for or on behalf of the Director) shall not be liable for
any mistakes of fact, errors of judgment, for losses sustained by the Company or any of their Subsidiaries or for any acts or omissions of any
kind (including acts or omissions of the Director), unless caused by fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the Director as finally
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Director does not make any warranty, express or implied, with respect to the services to
be provided hereunder.

5.

Fees  and  Reimbursement  of
Costs.

(a)     Annual Fee.  In  consideration  of  his  service  as  a  Director,  commencing  on  the  date  hereof  and  for  the  term  hereof,  the
Company shall pay the Director an annual fee equal to [$___](the "Annual Fee"), commencing with the Director’s initial date of service to the
Company  commencing  as  of  [________].  The  Company  shall  pay  the Annual  Fee  in  monthly  installments,  within  ten  (10)  business  days
following the end of each applicable month during the term hereof. The payment by the Company of the Annual Fee hereunder is subject to the
applicable restrictions contained in the Company' and their Subsidiaries' debt and equity financing agreements, or as set

 
forth in the Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation, or other policies and procedures of the Board and/or the Company. If any such restrictions
prohibit the payment of any installment of the Annual Fee, such unpaid Annual Fee installment shall accrue simple interest at a rate of 6% per
annum  and  the  Company  shall  make  such  installment  payment  plus  accrued  interest  as  soon  as  they  are  permitted  to  do  so  under  such
restrictions. If the Company or their Subsidiaries acquire or enter into any additional business operations after the date of this Agreement, the
Board and the Director will, prior to the acquisition or prior to entering into the business operations, in good faith, determine whether and to
what extent the Annual Fee should be increased as a result thereof. Any increase will be evidenced by a written supplement to this Agreement
signed by the Company and the Director.

(b)     Reimbursement  of  Costs.  All  reasonable  and  documented  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  by  the  Director  in  the
performance of his duties under this Agreement shall be for the account of, on behalf of, and at the expense of the Company. The Director shall
not  be  obligated  to  make  any  advance  to  or  for  the  account  of  the  Company  or  to  pay  any  sums,  except  out  of  funds  held  in  accounts
maintained by the Company. The Director shall be reimbursed for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred by
him in connection with the performance by the Director of his duties hereunder. Subject to and in accordance with the foregoing, the Company
shall, within 30 days of receipt of appropriate documentation evidencing such fees and expenses, reimburse the Director by wire transfer of
immediately available funds for any such amount paid by the Director, which shall be in addition to any other amount payable to the Director
under this Agreement.

6.

Other Interests.  The  Company  acknowledges  and  agrees  that  the  Director  shall  not  be  required  to  devote  his  full  time  and
business efforts to his activities as a director, but instead shall devote only so much of such time and efforts as is usual and customary for an
independent director of a public company.

7.

Term 
Termination.

and

(a)     Term. This Agreement shall commence as of the date hereof and shall continue for so long as the Director is providing

Services as the Director.

(b)     Termination.  This Agreement  may  be  terminated  at  any  time,  upon  the  mutual  written  agreement  of  the  parties  hereto.
Furthermore, this Agreement may be terminated, and the Director removed as a Director of the Company (or any committee or subcommittee
thereof), in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation and/or Bylaws of the Company, as amended. In addition, either party
may  terminate  this Agreement  for  cause  in  the  event  the  other  party  materially  breaches  its  duties  and  obligations  under  the  terms  of  this
Agreement or is in default of any of its obligations hereunder, which breach or default is incapable of cure, or if capable of being cured, has not
been cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from the non-defaulting party or within such additional period of time as the
non-defaulting party may authorize in writing.

(c)    Fees and Reimbursement of Costs. No termination of this Agreement shall affect the Company's obligations hereunder with
respect to (i) fees owed to the Director and not paid by the Company as of the effective date of such termination or (ii) fees, costs and expenses

incurred by the Director and not reimbursed by the Company in accordance with the terms hereof as of the effective date of such termination.

8.

Indemnification  of  the  Director;  Limitation  of  Liability.  The  Company  and their  Subsidiaries  hereby  agree  to  jointly  and
severally indemnify and hold harmless the Director ("Indemnified Party"), whether in connection with serving as officer, director or manager
of  the  Company  or  otherwise,  from  and  against  all  losses,  claims,  liabilities,  suits,  costs,  damages,  judgments,  amounts  incurred  or  paid,
amounts  paid  in  settlement,  fines,  penalties  and  other  liabilities  and  expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees)  ("Losses")  directly  or
indirectly arising from or relating to their performance of their duties as a director of the Company, except for any such Losses resulting from
the  gross  negligence  or  intentional  misconduct  of  an  Indemnified  Party,  or  conduct  of  an  Indemnified  Party  which  constituted  fraud. The
Company  further  agrees  to  reimburse  the  Indemnified  Parties  monthly  for  any  cost  of  defending  any  action  or  investigation  (including
reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and  expenses),  subject  to  an  undertaking  from  such  Indemnified  Party  to  repay  the  Company  if  such  party  is
determined not to be entitled to such indemnity. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in no event shall the Director be
liable to the Company and/or their Subsidiaries in connection herewith for any amount in excess of fees actually received by the Director under
Section 5(a) and Section 5(b); except for any amount arising out of or relating to the gross negligence, intentional misconduct, or fraud of the
Director.  The  Company  shall  pay  the  amounts  described  herein  within  ten  (10)  days  after  written  demand  therefore  is  delivered  to  the
Company.  If  and  to  the  extent  that  the  foregoing  indemnification  undertaking  may  be  unavailable  or  unenforceable  for  any  reason,  the
Company  hereby  agrees  to  make  the  maximum  contribution  to  the  payment  and  satisfaction  of  each  of  the  otherwise  indemnifiable  losses,
claims, liabilities, suits, costs, damages, judgments, amounts incurred or paid, amounts paid in settlement, fines, penalties and other liabilities
and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees), to the maximum extent permissible under applicable law. The rights of any Indemnified
Party to indemnification hereunder will be in addition to, but without duplication to, any other rights any such person or entity may have under
any other agreement or instrument to which such person or entity is or becomes a party or is otherwise a beneficiary or under any applicable
law or regulation. The provisions of Section 4 and Section 9 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

9.

Miscellaneous.

(a)     The  Company  shall  include  Director  as  an  insured  under  a  director’s  and  officer’s  insurance  policy,  with  coverage

determined annually by the Board.

(b)     Entire  Agreement;  Amendments  and  Waivers .  This  Agreement  (including  the  schedules  and  exhibits  hereto,  if  any)
represents  the  entire  understanding  and  agreement  between  the  parties  with  respect  to  the  subject  matter  hereof;  provided  however  that
notwithstanding  the  foregoing  or  anything  in  this Agreement  to  the  contrary,  this Agreement,  and  the  Director’s  Services  to  be  performed
hereunder, shall at all time be subject to the Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation, policies and procedures of the Board and the Company, and
applicable law (collectively, “Applicable Law”). In the event of a conflict between this Agreement and Applicable Law, then Applicable Law
shall  prevail.  The  waiver  by  any  party  of  a  breach  of  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  shall  not  operate  or  be  construed  as  a  further  or
continuing waiver of such breach or as a waiver of any other

or subsequent breach. No failure on the part of any party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall
operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power or remedy by such party preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. All remedies hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other
remedies provided by law.

(c)    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware

without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof.

(d)    Section Headings. The section headings of this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are to be given no effect in

the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

(e)     Notices. All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by personal
delivery,  nationally  recognized  overnight  courier  or  certified  mail  at  the  following  addresses  (or  to  such  other  address  as  a  party  may  have
specified by notice given to the other party pursuant to this provision):

If to the Company, to:

Priority Technology Holdings, Inc.
Attn: Board of Directors
2001 Westside Parkway, Suite 155
Alpharetta, Georgia 30004

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Priority Technology Holdings, Inc.
Attn: General Counsel
2001 Westside Parkway, Suite 155
Alpharetta, Georgia 30004

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP:
Attn: John Mahon
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022

If to Director, to:

[__________]
[__________]
[__________]

 
Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been received (i) when delivered, if personally delivered, (ii) on the next

business day after dispatch, if sent postage pre- paid by nationally recognized, overnight courier guaranteeing next business day delivery, and
(iii) on the 5th business day following the date on which the piece of mail containing such communication is posted, if sent by certified mail,
postage prepaid, return receipt requested.

(f)     Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the balance of this Agreement shall
remain in effect. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the parties shall negotiate in
good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect, the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in
order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

(g)     No Assignment. This Agreement is for personal Services to be provided by the Director and shall not be assigned by the

Director without the consent of the Company.

(h)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but
all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by
facsimile, .pdf or other electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart to the Agreement.

(i)    Remedies Cumulative. Except as otherwise provided herein, no remedy herein conferred upon a party hereto is intended to
be exclusive of any other remedy. No single or partial exercise by a party hereto of any right, power or remedy hereunder shall preclude any
other or further exercise thereof. All remedies under this Agreement or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

(j)     Interpretation. When a reference is made in this Agreement to an article, section, paragraph, clause, schedule or exhibit,
such  reference  shall  be  deemed  to  be  to  this  Agreement  unless  otherwise  indicated.  The  text  of  all  schedules  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference. Whenever the words "include," "includes" or "including" are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the
words "without limitation." As used herein, words in the singular will be held to include the plural and vice versa (unless the context otherwise
requires), words of one gender shall be held to include the other gender (or the neuter) as the context requires, and the terms "hereof", "herein",
and "herewith" and words of similar import
will, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

(k)     Arm's Length Negotiations. Each party herein expressly represents and warrants to all other parties hereto that (a) before
executing this Agreement, said party has fully informed itself of the terms, contents, conditions and effects of this Agreement; (b) said party
has relied solely and completely upon its own judgment in executing this Agreement; (c) said party has had the opportunity to seek and has
obtained the advice of its own legal, tax and business advisors before executing this Agreement; (d) said party has acted voluntarily and of its
own  free  will  in  executing  this Agreement;  and  (e)  this Agreement  is  the  result  of  arm's  length  negotiations  conducted  by  and  among  the
parties and their respective counsel.

(l)     Construction. The parties agree and acknowledge that they have jointly participated in the negotiation and drafting of this
Agreement. In the event of an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by
the parties and no presumptions or burdens of proof shall arise favoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this
Agreement. Any  reference  to  any  federal,  state,  local,  or  foreign  statute  or  law  shall  be  deemed  also  to  refer  to  all  rules  and  regulations
promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise.

(m)     Waiver  of  Jury  Trial .  EACH  PARTY  ACKNOWLEDGES  AND  AGREES  THAT  ANY  CONTROVERSY  WHICH
MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE
EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO
A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS
AGREEMENT, ANY  TRANSACTION  DOCUMENT  OR ANY  OTHER  INSTRUMENT,  DOCUMENT  OR AGREEMENT  EXECUTED
IN  CONNECTION  HEREWITH  OR  THEREWITH,  OR  THE  TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY  OR  THEREBY,  OR  IN
ANY  WAY  CONNECTED  WITH  OR  RELATED  OR  INCIDENTAL  TO  THE  DEALINGS  OF  THE  PARTIES  OR ANY  OF  THEM  IN
RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (i) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT
OR  ATTORNEY  OF  ANY  OTHER  PARTY  HAS  REPRESENTED,  EXPRESSLY  OR  OTHERWISE,  THAT  SUCH  OTHER  PARTY
WOULD  NOT,  IN  THE  EVENT  OF  LITIGATION,  SEEK  TO  ENFORCE  THE  FOREGOING  WAIVER,  (ii)  EACH  SUCH  PARTY
UNDERSTANDS  AND  HAS  CONSIDERED  THE  IMPLICATIONS  OF  THIS  WAIVER,  (iii)  EACH  SUCH  PARTY  MAKES  THIS
WAIVER  VOLUNTARILY,  AND  (iv)  EACH  SUCH  PARTY  HAS  BEEN  INDUCED  TO  ENTER  INTO  THIS  AGREEMENT  BY,
AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION. EACH PARTY AGREES THAT THE OTHER
MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES
TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

(n)     Further Instruments and Actions . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as

may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

(o)     Attorney's  Fees.  In  the  event  that  any  dispute  between  the  parties  to  this  Agreement  should  result  in  litigation,  the
prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such
prevailing  party  under  or  with  respect  to  this Agreement,  including  without  limitation,  such  reasonable  fees  and  expenses  of  attorneys  and
accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

* * * *

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound, the parties have duly executed this Agreement by signing below as of the
Effective Date.

PRIORITY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS, INC.

BY: ___________________________
Name: Thomas C. Priore
Title: Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors

DIRECTOR

BY: ___________________________
Name: [________________]
Title: Director

 
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (No. 333-226713) on Form S-3 of Priority Technology Holdings, Inc. of our report
dated March 29, 2019, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Priority Technology Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries (as successor to Priority Holdings,
LLC and Subsidiaries), appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Priority Technology Holdings, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Exhibit 23.1

/s/ RSM US LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
March 29, 2019

 
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO
EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13a-14(a) AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 303 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.1

I, Thomas C. Priore, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Priority Technology Holdings,
Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light

of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,

results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-

15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide

reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the

disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the

registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and

the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely

affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial

reporting.

March 29, 2019

/s/ Thomas C. Priore

Thomas C. Priore
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO
EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13a-14(a) AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.2

I, Michael Vollkommer, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Priority Technology Holdings,
Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light

of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,

results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-

15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide

reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the

disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the

registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and

the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely

affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial

reporting.

March 29, 2019

/s/ Michael Vollkommer

Michael Vollkommer
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Priority Technology Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") for the year ended December 31, 2018 as filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "Report"), each of the undersigned, on the dates indicated below, hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operation of the

Company.

March 29, 2019

/s/ Thomas C. Priore

March 29, 2019

Thomas C. Priore
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Michael Vollkommer

Michael Vollkommer
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

The foregoing certifications are being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and are not being filed as part of the Report on Form 10-K or as a separate disclosure
document.